Professional Documents
Culture Documents
CR-IR346/348CL
Service Manual
Printed in Japan
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
WARNING
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
BLANK PAGE
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
10
12
13
Introduction.............................................................................. 37
Safety Precautions.................................................................. 41
Cautions Relating to Electromagnetic Compatibility........... 42
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)..................................... 42
Further information for IEC60601-1-2:2001............................ 43
IN: Installation
IN-A: Installation Connection to
One XG-1 RU or CR-IR355RU/356/357.... 14
IN-B: Installation Connection to Two or
More RUs, 5000 plus and CR-IR356/357/
359/362/363/364/366/367/368/370/371/372.... 16
IN-C: Installation
Connection to 9000 Series Equipment.... 18
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
19
OE: Connecting
the CL to Other Equipment.......................
21
35
1.2 Precautions..................................................................
5.2.9 Memory.............................................................. 62
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
4
2.1.1 Installing Windows 2000. ......................................
4
2.1.2 Installing the Driver Software................................. 14
2.1.3 Setting the OS..................................................... 17
9. ****BLANK****.................................................................... 105
Appx RI F-1
Appx RI I-1
Appx RI I-1
Appx RI I-2
Appx RI I-4
Appx RI I-7
5. Replacement Procedure of
Damaged RAID Configuration HDD
(only for DELL OptiPlex 960MT/780MT)......... Appx RI I-8
5.1
Confirmimg which HDD is damaged.............
Appx RI I-8
5.2
Replacing HDD. ........................................ Appx RI I-10
5.3
Rebuilding RAID........................................ Appx RI I-10
5.4
Verification................................................ Appx RI I-12
6. Setting the RAID Status Display Tool
(Windows XP / Vista only).............................. Appx RI I-13
6.1
Installing the RAID Status Display Tool......... Appx RI I-13
6.2
6.3
6.4
Appx RI J-1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
1-2
1-4
1-4
5-1
5-3
5-3
5-4
5-4
6-1
3.1 Procedure for Directly Editing the FilmStrFmt File. ...... 1-29
3.2 FilmStrFmt File Description Format. ........................... 1-30
3.3 Changing the Film Annotation Characters................... 1-32
3.4 Format Descriptors.................................................... 1-36
3.5 Attribute Descriptors.................................................. 1-41
3.6 Film Annotation Character Verification Procedure....... 1-46
9-1
10
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
11
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
12
3. Safety.................................................................................
4. Hardware Cleaning............................................................
6. Functional Checks............................................................
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
13
1. CL Installation Conditions................................................ A1
1.1 Dimensions and Weight................................................ A1
1.2 Temperature and Humidity............................................ A1
1.3 Places of Installation..................................................... A1
1.4 Power Requirements.................................................... A1
1.5 Network Cable. ............................................................ A1
14
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
15
1. CL Installation Conditions................................................ B1
2. Installation Workflow........................................................ B2
3. CL Hardware Setup........................................................... B6
3.1 Unloading and Unpacking............................................. B6
3.2 Checking the Component Items. ................................... B7
3.3 Installing the Accessories and Optional Items................ B10
3.3.1 PC Boards.......................................................... B11
3.3.2 Insulating Transformer (procedures required
only for units used in Japan).................................. B13
3.3.3 Keyboard, Mouse, and Power Cable....................... B13
3.3.4 Monitor............................................................... B14
3.3.5 Remote Power Control Box................................... B16
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
16
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
17
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
18
Appx IN1-1
Appx IN2-1
Appx IN3-1
Appx IN3-1
Appx IN3-1
Appx IN3-1
Appx IN3-3
Appx IN3-4
Appx IN5-1
Appx IN5-1
Appx IN5-1
Appx IN6-1
Appx IN7-1
Appx IN8-1
Appx IN8-1
Appx IN4-1
Appx IN8-5
Appx IN4-1
Appx IN4-2
Appx IN9-1
Appx IN4-3
Appx IN4-6
Appx IN4-10
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
19
Appendix 10 Connecting
a High-resolution Monitor....
1. Mounting a High-resolution Monitor
Board (When a 16001200 or 20481536
Resolution Monitor is Used)..........................
2. Installing a High-resolution Monitor
Driver (When a 16001200 or 20481536
Resolution Monitor is Used)..........................
Appx IN10-1
Appx IN10-1
Appx IN10-1
Appx IN10-7
Appx IN11-1
Appx IN11-2
Appx IN11-4
Appx IN11-5
Appx IN11-6
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-20
Appx IN11-23
Appx IN11-13
Appx IN11-15
Appx IN10-5
Appx IN11-25
4.4.2 Setting the monitor........................
Appx IN11-29
4.5 When No Video Boards Are Added. ............ Appx IN11-33
4.5.1 Connecting the monitor..................
Appx IN11-33
4.5.2 Setting the monitor........................
Appx IN11-34
4.6 Adjusting Width and Height on the 2nd
Monitor (Common to VREngine/SMD5
and FireGL V3600)..................................... Appx IN11-36
Appx IN11-6
Appx IN11-6
Appx IN11-9
20
1-1
CL+HI-C/QA-WS/OD-F
(FINP: Image Input/Output)......................................... 2-1
1. Hardware Setup..............................................................
1-3
1. Hardware Setup..............................................................
2-3
1-3
1-5
2. Software Setup...............................................................
2-4
2-4
2. Software Setup...............................................................
1-6
2-5
1-6
1-6
1-7
1-8
2-5
2-6
2-7
1-9
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
21
CL+HI-C655/QA-WS/FCR VIEW
(DICOM CR Storage)...................................................... 3-1
1. Hardware Setup..............................................................
3-3
1. Hardware Setup..............................................................
4-3
2. Software Setup...............................................................
3-4
2. Software Setup...............................................................
4-4
4-4
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-5
4-4
4-5
4-5
3-6
4-6
3-9
3-13
3-13
3-14
3-16
3-16
4-9
2.1.1 Installing
the Processed Image Transmission Option Key.....
2.1.2 Reinstalling the AP Key. ....................................
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
22
5-1
1. Hardware Setup..............................................................
5-2
1. Hardware Setup..............................................................
6-3
2. Software Setup...............................................................
5-3
2. Software Setup...............................................................
6-4
6-4
6-5
5-3
5-3
5-4
5-4
6-5
6-6
5-5
6-7
5-8
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
23
8-1
1. Hardware Setup..............................................................
7-2
1. Hardware Setup..............................................................
8-3
7-2
2. Software Setup...............................................................
8-4
7-3
8-4
2. CL Software Setup.........................................................
7-4
8-5
7-4
8-5
7-5
7-5
7-6
7-7
8-5
8-8
8-9
7-7
2.6.1 Configuration Setup for RIS Connection............... 7-8
2.6.2 Configuration Setup IDC4 Connection.................. 7-10
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
24
9-1
1. Hardware Setup..............................................................
9-3
2. Software Setup...............................................................
9-4
9-4
9-5
9-5
9-6
9-6
9-8
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
25
CL+QA-WS
(Transfer of Energy Subtraction Images).............. 10-1
CL+F-RIS (Ordering)
[Applicable only in Japan].......................................... 11-1
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
26
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
27
28
CL+POCKET id Console
(Portable Exposure Function). .................................. 18-1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
29
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
30
CL+T-RIS (Ordering)
[Applicable only in Japan].......................................... 21-1
3. Verification...................................................................... 20-19
3.1 Starting the CL-AP. ................................................... 20-19
3.2 Searching/Acquiring Images from the DICOM Server.... 20-20
3.3 Checking Film Output Images.................................... 20-20
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
31
3. Verification...................................................................... 22-10
3.1 Starting the CL-AP. ................................................... 22-10
3.2 Writing Study Information Using the PDI Function....... 22-11
3.3 Verifying the Created CD-R. ...................................... 22-12
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
3. Verification...................................................................... 23-8
3.1 Starting the CL-AP. ................................................... 23-8
3.2 Verifying Connection to a DAP................................... 23-8
3.3 Verifying Reception of Dose-area Product
Information................................................................ 23-9
3.4 Verifying Transfer of Dose-area Product
Information................................................................ 23-10
3.4.1 When DICOM PPS Connection is Enabled........... 23-10
3.4.2 When DICOM Storage Connection is Enabled. ..... 23-10
3.4.3 When DICOM Print Connection is Enabled........... 23-10
32
3. Backup/Restore.............................................................. 24-17
3.1 For Software V7.1. .................................................... 24-17
4. Backup/Restore.............................................................. 25-13
4.1 Backup. .................................................................... 25-13
4.2 Restore..................................................................... 25-15
33
3. Verification...................................................................... 26-13
4. Setup File Backup.......................................................... 26-14
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
34
1.
IMAGE MODALITY.......................................................
2.
FINP SETUP................................................................
3.
QA FUNCTION. ...........................................................
4.
PRINTER.....................................................................
5.
7.
CONFIG OPTION......................................................... 10
8.
9.
CONFIG PDA............................................................... 11
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
35
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
36
Introduction
Introduction
Notes on the Use of the Service Manual
1.
FUJIFILM Corporation.
2.
3.
4.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
WARNING
Serious injuries or death may result if this precaution is not
observed.
Damage of the unit and customer database may also occur.
CAUTION
Mild or moderate injuries may result if this precaution is not
observed.
Serious malfunction (which may be unrepairable or difficult to
repair) may also occur.
IMPORTANT
Abnormal equipment operations (easy to repair) may result if this
precaution is not observed.
NOTE
Indicates items which require particular attention during the necessary
work procedure.
REFERENCE
Explanation of related items and terms.
37
Introduction
CAUTIONS
The grounding wire must be connected.
To avoid damages to the parts/units due to static discharge, use
a wrist strap putting one end on your wrist and the other end on
the grounded section of the equipment, as illustrated below.
When doing so, make sure to unplug the power connector from
the socket to avoid electrical hazards.
Wrist strap
Inspection
Calibration
Digital multimeter
Precautionary Labels
To prevent danger to humans and serious accidents, observe the
following.
WARNINGS
Unless indicated otherwise, be sure to turn off the power switch
before maintenance work, and disconnect the power plug from
the outlet.
Even if the power switch is OFF, 100 to 240VAC (differs
according to machine specifications) will still be supplied to the
primary input terminal of the unit if the power cable is
connected, and this may result in possible electric hazards.
00010003.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
38
Introduction
The unit is also pasted with precautionary labels. Follow the instructions
on the labels when carrying out work.
00010014.EPS
Identification label
CL01002.EPS
Identification label
2007
Sample year of manufacture
00010015.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
39
Introduction
NEC PC
NEC product label
WEEE label
CE label
Identification
label
00010011.EPS
Identification labels
CR-IR348CL (Lite)
CR-IR348CL Plus
00010012.EPS
CE labels
CR-IR348CL (Lite)
CR-IR348CL Plus
00010013.EPS
WEEE label
00010016.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
40
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions (Control Unit)
Follow the precautions below when installing, using, and servicing the
control unit (PC).
See the Users Guide provided for details on the control unit.
Input voltage : 115V or 230V
Electric hazard prevention :
The power cord of the control unit and CRT
monitor uses a 3-pin plug. Connect it to a
properly grounded power outlet. When using
an extension cord, use a 3-line type with a
grounding pin.
Place of installation : Avoid places where dust and foreign particles
may enter inside through the computer opening.
Avoid installing near heaters and heat
sources.
Precautions when working on internal parts of the control unit :
(1) Turn off the power of the PC, CRT, and other peripheral devices.
(2) Disconnect the power cord from the outlet to prevent electric
hazard.
(3) Open the I/O panel on the rear of the PC, touch the metallic part
to fully discharge body static electricity before accessing.
(4) When removing the board and memory module, etc., hold them
without directly touching the connectors and pins and place them
in a static electricity prevention package.
41
Cautions Relating to
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
This equipment complies with the EMC standards applicable to medical
devices, in accordance with the requirements of IEC60601-1-2 :2001 +
A1 2004/EN60601-1-2:2001+A1:2006.
However, there is no guarantee that harmful electromagnetic
interference will not occur in any installation environment.
This equipment generates, and can radiate radio frequency energy. In a
particular environment, e.g., the equipment is not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions or any device that is not compliant with
the EMC Standard is used in a surrounding area, harmful interference
may result, causing the equipment or surrounding device to malfunction.
If this equipment causes harmful interference to other equipment or
receives harmful interference from other equipment, you are
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
Standards applied in
EN 60601-1-2
CISPR 11
EN 55011
IEC 61000-3-2
EN 61000-3-2
IEC 61000-3-3
EN 61000-3-3
IEC 61000-4-2
EN 61000-4-2
IEC 61000-4-3
EN 61000-4-3
IEC 61000-4-4
EN 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-5
EN 61000-4-5
IEC 61000-4-6
EN 61000-4-6
IEC 61000-4-8
EN 61000-4-8
IEC 61000-4-11
EN 61000-4-11
WARNING
Do not place devices generating electromagnetic wave near this
equipment.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
42
Specification
Cat5e or more, UTP-type straight cable
(4) The use of accessories, transducers and cables other than those
specified, with the exception of transducers and cables sold by
[FUJIFILM Corporation] as replacement parts for internal
components, may result in increased emissions or decreased
immunity of the [CR-IR346CL/348CL].
(5) The [CR-IR346CL/348CL] should not be used adjacent to or stacked
with other equipment.
If adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the [CR-IR346CL/348CL]
should be observed to verify normal operation in the configuration in
which it will be used.
(6) Test items (Tables 1 to 4)
Table 1
Guidance and manufacturers declaration - electromagnetic emissions
The CR-IR346CL/348CL is intended for use in the electromagnetic
environment specified below. The customer or the user of the CRIR346CL/348CL should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Emissions test Compliance Electromagnetic environment - guidance
The CR-IR346CL/348CL uses RF energy
only for its internal function. Therefore,
RF emissions
its RF emissions are very low and are
Group 1
CISPR 11
not likely to cause any interference in
nearby electronic equipment.
RF emissions
Class A
The CR-IR346CL/348CL is suitable for
CISPR 11
use in all establishments other than
Harmonic emissions
Class D
domestic and those directly connected to
IEC 61000-3-2
the public low-voltage power supply
Voltage fluctuations/
network that supplies buildings used for
Not
flicker emissions
domestic purposes.
complied.
IEC 61000-3-3
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
43
Table 2
Guidance and manufacturers declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The CR-IR346CL/348CL is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below.
The customer or the user of the CR-IR346CL/348CL should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test
IEC 60601 test level
Compliance level
Electromagnetic environment - guidance
6kV contact
2kV contact
4kV contact
6kV contact
Floors should be wood, concrete or ceramic tile. If floors are covered
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
with synthetic material, the relative humidity should be at least 30%.
IEC61000-4-2
2kV air
8kV air
4kV air
8kV air
2kV for power supply lines 2kV for power supply lines
Electrical fast transient/burst
Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital
IEC61000-4-4
environment.
1kV for input/output lines 1kV for input/output lines
0.5kV, 1kV differential
1kV differential mode
mode
Surge
Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial or hospital
IEC61000-4-5
environment.
2kV common mode
0.5kV, 1kV, 2kV
common mode
<5% UT
<5% UT
(>95% dip in UT)
(>95% dip in UT)
for 0.5 cycle
for 0.5 cycle
40% UT
(60% dip in UT)
for 5 cycles
40% UT
(60% dip in UT)
for 5 cycles
70% UT
(30% dip in UT)
for 25 cycles
70% UT
(30% dip in UT)
for 25 cycles
<5% UT
(>95% dip in UT)
for 5 s
<5% UT
(>95% dip in UT)
for 5 s
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
44
Table 3
Guidance and manufacturers declaration - electromagnetic immunity
The CR-IR346CL/348CL is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below.
The customer or the user of the CR-IR346CL/348CL should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity test
Conducted RF
IEC61000-4-6
Compliance level
3 Vrms
Radiated RF
IEC61000-4-3
3 V/m
80 MHz to 2.5 GHz
3 V/m
where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in watts (W)
according to the transmitter manufacturer and d is the recommended
separation distance in metres (m).
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as determined by an
electromagnetic site survey,a should be less than the compliance level in each
frequency range.b
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the following
symbol:
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures, objects and people.
a Field strength from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio
broadcast and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy.
To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. If the measured field strength in
the location in which the CR-IR346CL/348CL is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance, the CR-IR346CL/348CL should be observed to verify normal
operation. If abnormal performance is observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as reorienting or relocating the CR-IR346CL/348CL.
b Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strength should be less than 3 V/m.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
45
Table 4
Recommended separation distances between
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the CR-IR346CL/348CL
The CR-IR346CL/348CL is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment in
which radiated RF disturbances are controlled.
The customer or the user of the CR-IR346CL/348CL can help prevent electromagnetic
interference by maintaining a minimum distance between portable and mobile RF
communications equipment (transmitters) and the CR-IR346CL/348CL as
recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications
equipment.
Rated maximum
output power of
transmitter
W
0.01
0.12
0.12
0.23
0.1
0.38
0.38
0.73
1.2
1.2
2.3
10
3.8
3.8
7.3
100
12
12
23
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the recommended
separation distance d in metres (m) can be estimated using the equation applicable to
the frequency of the transmitter, where P is the maximum output power rating of the
transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer.
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency
range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations.
Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from
structures, objects and people.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
46
Abbreviations Adopted in
This Manual:
PC : Hardware (personal computer) used in the CR-IR346CL or
CR-IR348CL controller
CL : CR-IR346CL, CR-IR348CL
RU : CR-IR346RU
OS : Operating System (Windows 2000/XP/Vista)
AP : Application Software
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
47
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
48
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-I
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
Reason
04/10/2001
05/30/2001
01
02
05/30/2001
08/30/2001
08/30/2001
03/20/2002
07/20/2002
11/30/2002
03/01/2003
03/01/2003
08/20/2003
08/20/2003
12/10/2003
12/10/2003
02/20/2004
02
03
03
04
05
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
07/30/2004
11/12/2004
11
12
11/12/2004
07/30/2005
12
14
07/30/2005
11/30/2005
07/30/2006
07/30/2006
07/20/2007
07/20/2007
05/09/2008
05/09/2008
10/31/2008
14
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
10/31/2008
11/30/2009
19
20
11/30/2009
20
03/31/2010
21
03/31/2010
21
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Pages affected
All pages
I, II, 111, 14
12, 13, 15, 16
I, II, 18, 11, 14, 17, 18
9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16
I, II, 7, 8, 10, 15, 16, 18
I, II, 13, 6-8, 10
I, II, 5, 712, 19-22
I, II, 18, 13, 15, 20, 26
912, 14, 1619, 2125
I, II, 1016, 21
1720, 2226
IIV, 1, 3, 4, 9, 1216, 28
10, 11, 1727
All pages
I, II, 2, 3, 1214, 17, 22
I, II, 14, 6, 7, 9, 10, 13, 14
11, 12, 1528
I, II, 1, 4, 7, 8, 1114, 1719,
2123, 28, 34
15, 16, 20, 2427, 2933
I, II, 16, 17, 22, 23
IIV, 1, 3, 4, 15, 16, 20, 28
1719, 2127, 2936
I, II, 1, 3, 4, 1719, 21, 22, 28, 29
20, 2327, 3040
I, II, 1, 4, 2022, 24, 25, 29, 31, 32
23, 2628, 30, 3342
IIV, 1, 3, 4, 7, 8, 10, 12-14, 16, 18,
19, 2123, 26, 27, 29, 32, 33, 44
24, 25, 28, 30, 31, 3443
I, II, 1, 3, 5, 17, 2628, 30, 33, 35,
37, 38
4, 6-16, 1825, 29, 31, 32, 34, 36,
3948
I, II, 13, 512, 1418, 20, 21,
2329, 3843, 5052
3037, 4449
MD-II
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
12/10/2010
12/10/2010
22
22
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Reason
Revision for software V8.1(B) (FM5817)
Changes in pagination (FM5817)
Pages affected
I, III, 1, 5, 30, 34, 40
31-33, 35-39, 41-50
MD-III
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
MD-IV
1. System Configuration
1. System Configuration
This section shows the system configuration, which includes the
CR-IR346/348CL application, and the operating environment for the PC.
The application is to be installed on the following PCs. The PC to be
used varies with the image reader specification.
PC used for XG-1 (one RU+CL) connection
Dell OptiPlex GX110 (Pentium type), etc.
Dell OptiPlex GX150, 50, 60, 280, 620, 745 (Celeron type),
755 (Dual Core type) etc.
NEC Model N8368-B0045S01 BASIC UNIT
(Pentium type, for European use only):
Hereinafter referred to as NEC PC.*1
NEC Model N8368-B0045S02 BASIC UNIT
(Celeron type, for European use only):
Hereinafter referred to as NEC PC.*1
MD-1
Operating environment
PC main unit
System configuration
Item
PC main unit
Mother board
(video terminal: onboard)
Video RAM
E-IDE
-i/f
Monitor
CR-IR346CL
application CD
Network i/f
LP connection i/f
(PEI01A board: optional)
X-CON/RIS connection i/f
(PSI04A board: optional)
USB
connector
Celeron
System
memory
512MB or more
VRAM
4MB or more
HDD
FDD
3.5" 2-mode
CD-ROM drive
Expansion
card slots
Network
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX compatible
OS
Other
RS-232C 1, USB 2
Monitor
Item
USB
connector
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
CPU
Video cable
Description
Description
Display resolution
Number of display
colors
00000042.EPS
MD-2
1.2 PC Used for 5000 plus (FCR 5000 Series+CL) or CL-RU N:N Connection and 9000 Series Connection
Item
CPU
PC main unit
Description
Celeron
Mother board
(video terminal: onboard)
Video RAM
Video cable
Monitor
CR-IR348CL
application CD
Option key CD
LP connection i/f,
9000 series connection i/f*
(PEI01A board: optional)
X-CON/RIS connection i/f,
9000 series connection i/f*
(PSI04A board: optional)
USB
PC main unit
Pentium III ; clock frequency: 1 GHz or higher (*1)
System configuration
E-IDE
-i/f
Operating environment
USB
Removable
media
(DVD)
USB
USB
POCKET id
Console
(Applicable only
in Japan)
4MB or more
HDD
FDD
3.5" 2-mode
CD-ROM drive
Expansion
card slots
Network
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX compatible
OS
Other
MD-3
1.2 PC Used for 5000 plus (FCR 5000 Series+CL) or CL-RU N:N Connection and 9000 Series Connection
Description
Display resolution
Number of display
colors
Monitor (SL-IC300)
See manuals provided with the SL-IC300.
Monitor (SL-IC200)
See manuals provided with the SL-IC200.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MD-4
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-5
Memory modules
The maximum amount of memory (512MB) is factory installed prior to
shipment. Therefore, no more memory can be added.
System board
System board
DIMM sockets
B A
00000264.EPS
Mouse connector
Parallel port connector
00000261.EPS
PCI2
PCI1
00000263.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD-6
Memory configuration
A 512MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
F
R
O
N
T
DIMM sockets
Memory slots
System board
A
B
MD000015.EPS
MD000014.EPS
Mouse connector
Parallel port connector
NIC connector
Video connector
GX150, 50
Serial port 1 connector
Serial port 2 connector
Mouse connector
Parallel port connector
Keyboard
connector
GX60
Serial port connector
Video connector
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD-7
Memory configuration
A 512MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
F
R
O
N
T
Memory slots
DIMM sockets
System board
A B
MD000098.EPS
Mouse connector
Parallel port connector
NIC connector
AGP
Video connector
PCI1
1
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Riser board
PCI2
PCI3
PCI4
System board
Keyboard
connector
MD000101.EPS
MD000100.EPS
MD-8
Memory configuration
A 512MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
F
R
O
N
T
Memory slots
RIMM sockets
System board
3
4
1
2
MD000097.EPS
MD000104.EPS
AGP
(Video board)
PCI1
PCI2
PCI3
PCI4
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Riser board
NIC connector
Video connector
MD000115.EPS
MD-9
Memory configuration
A 512MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
FRONT
Memory slots
RIMM sockets
System board
MD000094.EPS
Mouse connector
Parallel port connector
MD000092.EPS
NIC connector
Video connector
MD000095.EPS
MD000093.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD-10
Memory configuration
A 512MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
DIMM sockets
Memory slots
Expansion card slots
System board
F
R
O
N
T
MD000108.EPS
Mouse connector
Parallel port connector
NIC connector
A total of two expansion card slots are used to accept the PEI01A board
(optional) for LP connection and PSI04A board (optional) for RIS
connection. These boards can be mounted in any slots from PCI2 to
PCI4.
F
R
O
N
T
AGP
PCI1
PCI 2
PCI 3
PCI 4
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD000109.EPS
MD000107.EPS
MD-11
2.7 NEC PC
2.7 NEC PC
Memory configuration
A 512MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
DIMM sockets
Memory slots
Expansion card slots
System board
MD000112.EPS
MD000110.EPS
Mouse connector
Keyboard
connector
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD000113.EPS
MD000111.EPS
MD-12
SDT
F
R
O
N
T
System board
PEG
PCI 2
System board
MD000201.EPS
SMT
F
R
O
N
T
PEG
PCI 0
PCI 1
PCI 2
PE1
System board
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MD000202.EPS
MD000222.EPS
MD-13
Memory configuration
SDT
SDT
System board
DIMM sockets
Serial connector
Parallel connector
NIC connector
F
R
O
N
T
Video connector
MD000224.EPS
MD000203.EPS
SMT
SMT
System board
DIMM sockets
Serial connector
Parallel connector
NIC connector
F
R
O
N
T
Video connector
MD000223.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD000204.EPS
MD-14
Memory configuration
A 512MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
F
R
O
N
T
Memory slots
System board
System board
DIMM sockets
MD000207.EPS
MD000205.EPS
AGP
(Video board)
PCI1
1
PCI2
PCI3
PCI4
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Riser board
NIC connector
Video connector
MD000208.EPS
MD000206.EPS
MD-15
Memory configuration
A 512MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
F
R
O
N
T
Memory slots
System board
System board
DIMM sockets
MD000211.EPS
MD000209.EPS
Mouse connector
PCI Express 16
Card slot
(Video board)
PCI1
Parallel connector
NIC connector
Video connector
PCI2
MD000212.EPS
PCI3
PCI Express 1
(Card slot)
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD000210.EPS
MD-16
Memory configuration
A 1024MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
System board
DIMM sockets
Memory slots
Expansion card slots
MD000254.EPS
MD000252.EPS
Parallel connector
NIC connector
A total of two expansion card slots are used to accept the PEI01A board
(optional) for LP connection and PSI04A board (optional) for RIS
connection. These boards can be mounted in any slots of PCI1 and
PCI2.
PCI Express 16
Video connector
PCI1
PCI2
PCI Express 1
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD000255.EPS
MD000253.EPS
MD-17
Memory configuration
A 1024MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
System board
DIMM sockets
Memory slots
Expansion card slots
MD000258.EPS
MD000256.EPS
Mouse connector
NIC connector
A total of two expansion card slots are used to accept the PEI01A board
(optional) for LP connection and the PSI04A board (optional) for RIS
connection. These boards can be mounted in any slots from PCI1 to
PCI3.
PCI Express 1
Card slot
PCI Express 16
Card slot
PCI1
Keyboard connector
PCI Express 8
Card slot
MD000259.EPS
PCI2
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
PCI3
MD000257.EPS
MD-18
DT
PCI Express 16
Card slot
PCI1
PCI2
MD000268.EPS
System board
MD000266.EPS
MT
PCI Express 16
Card slot
PCI1
PCI2
PCI Express 1
Card slot
System board
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MD000265.EPS
MD-19
Memory configuration
DT
DT
Parallel connector
System board
NIC connector
DIMM sockets
Video connector
Serial port connector
MD000262.EPS
MD000264.EPS
MT
MT
Parallel connector
System board
NIC connector
DIMM sockets
Video connector
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD000267.EPS
MD-20
Memory configuration
A 1024MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
System board
DIMM sockets
Memory slots
Expansion card slots
MD000271.EPS
MD000269.EPS
NIC connector
Keyboard connector
PCI1
PCI Express 8
Card slot
MD000272.EPS
PCI2
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
PCI3
MD000270.EPS
MD-21
DT
PCI Express 16
Card slot
PCI1
PCI2
System board
MD000273.EPS
MD000274.EPS
MT
PCI Express 16
Card slot
PCI1
PCI2
PCI Express 1
Card slot
System board
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MD000281.EPS
MD-22
Memory configuration
DT
DT
Parallel connector
System board
NIC connector
DIMM sockets
Video connector
Serial port connector
MT
Parallel connector
MT
System board
MD000276.EPS
NIC connector
DIMM sockets
Video connector
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD-23
Memory configuration
A 1024MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
System board
DIMM sockets
Memory slots
Expansion card slots
MD000279.EPS
Parallel connector
Mouse connector
NIC connector
Keyboard connector
Card slot
PCI Express 16
Card slot
MD000280.EPS
PCI2
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
PCI3
MD000278.EPS
MD-24
Memory configuration
System board
System board
DIMM sockets
MD000286.EPS
NIC connector
Parallel connector
MD000284.EPS
USB port
(6-port)
Video connector
Keyboard connector
Mouse connector
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD000287.EPS
MD-25
Memory configuration
Windows XP : A 1024MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
Windows Vista : A 2048MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
System board
Memory slots
DIMM sockets
AWS10008.ai
AWS10002.ai
PCI Express 16
Card slot
PCI1
PCI2
PCI Express 1
Card slot
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Parallel connector
NIC connector
AWS10007.ai
MD-26
Memory configuration
A 2048MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
DIMM sockets
NAX010130.ai
NAX010129.ai
NIC connector
PCI2
PCI Express 1
Card slot
System board
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Video connector
NAX010131.ai
NAX010128.ai
MD-27
Memory configuration
A 2048MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
System board
DIMM sockets
Memory slots
MD000290.EPS
NIC connector
USB port
(6-port)
Video connector
Keyboard connector
MD000288.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD-28
Memory configuration
A 2048MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
System board
System board
DIMM sockets
Memory slots
Expansion card slots
DCL10018.ai
DCL10012.ai
Video connector
(For 2M monitor)
Parallel connector
NIC connector
PCI Express 16
Card slot
PCI1
PCI2
PCI Express 1
Card slot
System board
DCL10017.ai
Video connector
(For touch panel monitor)
: Indicates the connector used for the CR-IR348CL.
DCL10019.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD-29
Memory configuration
A 2048MB memory is factory-installed prior to shipment.
DIMM sockets
System board
System board
Memory slots
MD000294.ai
NIC connector
USB port
(6-port)
Video connector
Keyboard connector
MD000288.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-30
Network type
This example represents a system connection that is used with the
XG-1 system built into an existing hospital network, to which the IDT
function incorporated FCR5000 Series, IDT connection type FCR5000
Series, or similar equipment is connected.
Image output
(FINP or DICOM)
IDT
connection type
FCR 5000 Series
QA-WS/
HI-C655
Hospital network
FRUP
IDT
XG-1 system
E-i/f
CR-IR346CL
Printer
CR-IR
346CL
CR-IR346RU
IDT function
incorporated
FCR5000 Series
Image output
(FINP)
XG-1 system
FRUP
IDT
MD000019.EPS
CR-IR346RU
MD000018.EPS
DICOM Print
Image output
(FINP)
Image output
(FINP or DICOM)
QA-WS/
HI-C655
IDT
connection type
FCR5000 Series
Hospital network
CR-IR346RU
CR-IR346CL
Printer
ID:FINP
Image:
DICOM
FRUP
MD000023.EPS
CR-IR
346RU
CR-IR
346CL
XG-1 system
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
5000 plus
IDT
CR-IR
348CL
IDT
Image output
(FINP or DICOM)
MD000011.EPS
MD-31
Image output
(FINP or DICOM)
Hospital network
FRUP
CR-IR
346RU
Hospital network
ID: FINP
FRUP
ID: FINP
FRUP
CR-IR
346RU
IDT-IV
CR-IR
35X, 36X or 37X*
Image: DICOM
CR-IR
348CL
5000
plus
DICOM Print
CR-IR348CL
* 35X : 355RU/356/357/359
36X : 362/363/364/366/367/368
37X : 370/371/372
5000
plus
Printer
MD000105.EPS
Image output
(FINP or DICOM)
ID:FINP
Hospital network
FRUP
CR-IR
346RU
IDT-IV
ID:FINP
FRUP
CR-IR
346RU
Image:DICOM
CR-IR
348CL
5000plus 5000plus
CR-IR
348CL
CR-IR
348CL
MD000024.EPS
MD-32
Equipment
CR-IR364, 366 or
367 built-in type
Equipment
Description
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
CR-IR370, 371 or
372 built-in type
9000 series
[Applicable only in
Japan]
Local printer
Network printer
Description
Up to two units can be connected.
The connection protocol used is FRUP2.1.
Uncompressed, nonstandardized 12-bit images
are output to the CL.
Up to two units can be connected.
The connection protocol used is FRUP2.1.
Uncompressed, nonstandardized 12-bit images
are output to the CL.
Connection possible to CR-IR317/319/325/326/
327/329/332/335/336 and CR-MF125/126.
A maximum of two RUs, one cassette type
Image Reader or two built-in type Image
Readers, can be connected to one CL.
Connection protocol used is the CR image
transfer communication protocol (E-i/f) and ID
information used is the IDT/CSL-IR interface
(serial).
Standardized 10-bit images are output to the
CL.
One unit can be connected through the use of
the PEI board. The CR-LP414, FL-IM2636,
FL-IM3543, and FL-IM3543M cannot be
connected.
The double-density recording function is
supported (FM-DPL only).
Four film sizes (14"17", 14"14", 2636cm,
10"12" and 8"10") are supported.
The connection protocol used is DICOM BGP/
Printer SOP. The acceptable connection target
is the FN-PS551, DRYPIX, FM-DP L or other
specified device of a different manufacturer.
However, the network printer cannot be used
together with the local printer.
MD-33
Equipment
DICOM receiver
RIS
Description
This device can deliver its output to one filing
device and eight other devices. As the
connection protocol, FINP, DICOM CR Storage,
DICOM DX/MG Image Storage, or DICOM XR
Storage can be used. For the employed filing
device, DICOM Storage Commitment and
DICOM Query/Retrieve can be used. The
acceptable connection target is the HI-C655,
QA-WS771, HI-C654, OD-F614/624, CR-IR
355CL or other specified devices of different
manufacturers.
DICOM MWM or
DICOM PPS
compliant device
Network connection.
Host connection
device based on
Type A/B interface
Synapse
Network connection.
Software version V8.1(B) or later.
X-CON
Equipment
Description
POCKET id Console
(V4.0(B) or later)
Monitor
SL-IC 200
16001200
Ikegami
monochrome
1k monitor
Magnetic card
reader
Full-size keyboard
Mouse
For mammography
Toshiba and Planmed devices are supported.
(V2.0(B) or later)
For mammography Siemens device are supported.
(V4.0(B) or later)
(For serial connection, use COM port on the PC.)
The ID information collection and ID information
sharing functions are supported.
IDT
IDT-IV
IDC-IV
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-34
Start of processing
Function
User utility
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Exposure
Description
m Displaying the study list stored on the HDD
(local worklist)
m Displaying the DICOM worklist
m The following processes can be performed
with a study listing selected:
Exposure
QA
Lock
Deletion
Multi-frame forced output
This function enables multiple CLs to share
study information and can be set up in service
utility mode.
Function
Study registration
(reception)
Performing studies
Description
MD-35
Function
Performing studies
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
m Exposure list manipulation
New-exposure addition
Repeat
Duplication
Reexposure
Exposure menu change
Exposure menu parameter change
Exposure sequence change
Image change
Information change
(The patient information/exposure
information can be changed. The results
will not be fed to the RIS.)
S value/L value warning function
(for V3.0(B) or later)
Multiple studies performed at the same time
(for V3.0(B) or later)
m Automatic printing/delivery
The user can choose printing/delivering
exposed images successively or making
prints/delivery in compliance with the
instructions issued upon completion of a
study or printing/delivering according to user
operations.
m Study suspension (suspension/termination)
and initiation of a new study
When new patient information is entered via
the magnetic card or host-connected Type A
during study, a new study can be started.
In such an instance, the user can choose
between proceeding without changing the
exposure menu and removing the exposure
menu registration.
m Synapse Web Query (V2.0(B) or later)
Allowing the user to view images of the same
patient stored in the Synapse server
Function
Description
Starting an
exposure (study)
Temporary study
suspension
Study interruption
Setting of 2on1 or
4on1 on the study
window
MD-36
Description
Information display/
correction
Image manipulation
Operations
Other
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Image output
Function
Image
data
Output to printer
output
function
Description
One or two (B00 or later) printers can be
connected. Two-printer connection can be
registered only for the DICOM Print function.
A printer optimum for film output is seleceted
automatically according to the Image size
and Film format for the image to be output
on film.
The QA-WS771s DICOM print format is
complied with. The sorter function is the same
as for the FCR5000 Series. Printers
connectable with the following protocols are
supported:
Local connection (E-i/f connection)
DICOM Print
FINP
The following film sizes are available for film
output with software version B00.
14"17"
2636cm
14"14"
10"12"
8"10"
Life size (100% size) output of a long-view
combined image,
12 frame image (12on1) output on a 14"17"
film,
Multiple images of the same study assigned
on a film (1 to 4),
Magnification-ratio-specified image output
MD-37
Function
Description
Image search
Function
DICOM Query/
Retrieve
Description
Option key
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-38
Image processing
Function
Standardization
(automatic/manual)
Other
Description
Option key
Gradation processing
Standard
Spatial frequency
processing
Standard
DRC
Standard*
TAS
Standard*
MFP
IR 346 MFP
IR 348 MFP
PEM
CL PEM
Blackening
CL SHUTTERPROC
Energy-subtraction
processing
CL ES
20 lines/mm image
support
Image composition
Standard
Composes multiple images into one CL IM
COMPOSITION
so that it is output on one film.
CL GPR
Standard
Image up-and-down
positioning
Right-and-left mammography
images are automatically positioned Standard
up-and-down.
High-luminance view
box correction
processing
Standard
* The DRC and TAS processing items are stored on the standard key
CD.
: XG-1 Standard key CD
XG-1 system
Two
or
more
RUs,
5000
plus
: Lite Standard key CD
Plus Standard key CD
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Function
Description
Option key
Retake Analysis
IP use count
calculation
Supported local
storage
Temporary storage
Simplified image storage
DICOM file storage
Standard
CL DICOM
MEDIA
STORAGE B
PDI creation
CL DICOM
PDI
STORAGE
User interface
For hospitals
Standard
Patient information
protection
Standard
Date/time display
Standard
Logging in to the
Service Utility
Standard
Image Reader QC
processing
FCR QC TEST
SOFT
Mammo QC
processing
FCR QC TEST
SOFT M
Removable media
MD-39
Function
Precise enlargement
images
Description
Presents displayed images and
their additional information on a
capacity-enhanced monitor.
Option key
CR PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT
Japanese
English
French
German
Swedish
Italian
Spanish
Danish
Norwegian
Supported languages
Korean
Chinese (China)
Chinese (Taiwan)
Portuguese
Polish
Hungarian
Czech
Russian
Turkish
RAID status display
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Standard
Standard
MD-40
NOTE
REFERENCE
RU
FLASH ROM
RU-OS
RU message file
RU-AP
CD
RU-Config
FTP server
COMMON
RU-OS
RU-OS
CD
RU-AP
RU-Config
Machine shipment
control data
Machine
shipment
control data
FD
RU-AP
RU individual data
Data enclosed with broken lines are temporarily stored in the FTP
server for transfer to the RU.
Data enclosed with solid lines are constantly stored for comparison with
the contents of the RUs FLASH ROM.
00000508.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-41
RU
CL
FLASH ROM
(1)
(1)
RU-OS
RU-Config
RU-AP
Machine shipment
control data
Image data
(1)
(1)
COMMON
RU-AP
(2)
Memory (SDRAM)
Log data
RU-Config
RU-AP
Machine shipment
control data
Log data
Memory (SDRAM)
Image data
RU-Config
RU-OS
FLASH ROM
Backup memory
FTP server
Backup memory
Default RU-Config
setting data*
RU
RU individual data
*
Network setting items such
as default IP addresses of
the RU and CL.
00000509.EPS
When you boot the RU, the data in the FLASH ROM is copied to the
memory (SDRAM) (arrow mark (1)).
If the backup memory contains default RU-Config setting data, it
overwrites the RU-Config data in the memory (SDRAM) (arrow mark (2)).
REFERENCE
RU-Config
RU-OS
Machine shipment control data
RU-Config
00000510.EPS
Image data
The image data obtained by IP scanning is saved in the SDRAM and
then transferred to the CL via the network.
Log data
The RU-AP copies the log data to the CLs FTP server as needed.
The default RU-Config setting data does not usually exist in the backup
memory. It is written into the backup memory only when any of the
following procedures is performed:
The <Erasure process> switch activation + RU power ON procedure is
performed.
See 3.1 CL/RU Connection Recovery Procedure to be
Performed upon RU Memory Initialization, under
MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
The Temporary Setting procedure for the backup memory is
performed with the RUs maintenance utility.
See MU: Maintenance Utility for the CR-IR346RU.
The RU-AP is installed from the CR-IR346RU MAINTENANCE TOOLS
CD.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-42
CL
RU
FLASH ROM
FTP server
COMMON
Machine shipment
control data
RU-Config
Machine shipment
control data
RU-Config
Backup
Media
When the CL-AP starts running, the FTP servers RU-AP and RUConfig are compared with the contents of the FLASH ROM. If they do
not match, the FTP server data overwrites the data in the FLASH ROM.
Backup memory
Log data
REFERENCE
Log data
RU individual data
AUTO UPDATE
(Currently this function is not used. Turn it OFF.)
Memory (SDRAM)
00000518.EPS
Log data
A set of log data stored in the backup memory is backed up onto
media (FD, USB memory stick or the like) in the sequence indicated
above. Note that the log data cannot be restored.
The RU main unit is not equipped with input devices for directly
rewriting the RU internal data (RU-AP, RU-Config, etc.). Therefore, a
networked PC is used to rewrite the RU internal data. The CL-PC is
basically used when the CL-RU connection is established.
CL
RU
RU M-Utility
Comparison
RU-Config
FLASH ROM
RU-AP
RU-AP
RU-Config
The RU-Config data stored in the FTP server is backed up onto
media. In the restore process, the data on the media is copied to the
FTP server.
Machine shipment control data
The machine shipment control data stored in the FLASH ROM is
backed up onto media in the sequence indicated above. In the
restore process, the data is copied to the FLASH ROM via the FTP
server.
FTP server
Comparison
RU-Config
RU
RU M-Utility
FTP server
Acquisition
FLASH ROM
RU-AP
RU-AP
RU-Config
RU-Config
Acquisition
00010139.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-43
NOTE
The comparison between the RU-AP and RU-Config is made by
checking the file date. It is thus well to remember that the FLASH ROM
data is updated even if a file in the FTP server is dated earlier than
FLASH ROM data.
NOTE
[Influence of RU-AP upgrade on RU-Config]
When you upgrade the RU-AP, the RU-Config file date may change for
the following reason:
If, for instance, the RU-AP version is upgraded from A00 to A01, the
resulting sequence is as indicated below:
1.
2.
CL
RU M-Utility
CD
When installing the RU-AP in the FTP server, use the RU M-Utility.
The RU M-Utility is a utility tool that is dedicated to the RU and used,
for instance, for RU-AP installation and RU-Config setup.
Since this tool is required for RU-AP installation and RU-Config setup,
it needs to be installed in advance. It is stored on the CD supplied with
the RU.
RU
FTP server
FLASH ROM
RU-AP (A01)
RU-AP (A00)
RU-Config
RU-Config
The CL or RU is restarted.
CL
RU M-Utility
REFERENCE
FTP server
Comparison
and
acquisition
RU-AP (A01)
RU
FLASH ROM
RU-AP (A01)
RU-Config
Comparison
only
RU-Config
00010036.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-44
NOTE
The terms CR-IR346RU, application, and RU configuration are
abbreviated hereinafter to RU, AP, and RU-Config, respectively.
CL (other than
RU master IIP)
Images are
transmitted to
a unit in which
the associated
RU
RU
RU
barcode is
registered.
Flow of RU data (RU-AP, RU-Config,
error information, etc.)
Flow of ID information and image data
Not equipped
with the FTP
server.
MD000021.EPS
REFERENCE
The RU master IIP also incorporates the interface for displaying the RU
status and error information.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-45
(3)
(2)
CL
RU/IR
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-46
Function overview
Study information display
Various study lists (Local WL, QA, Queue, Delivered, All, Today) of a
specific CL can display the study information about the other CLs
within the shared range.
In this instance, the study information that is not possessed by the
specific CL can also be obtained from the other cluster-connected
CL and displayed.
Cluster-connected
NOTE
If the Japanese and English versions of the CLs are used together, they
cannot be cluster-connected.
Printer
1.
2.
Cluster-connected
RU1
CL1
CL2
CL1
Patient information
database
Printer
RU1
A
B
C
D
RU2
MD000089.EPS
Study information
database
A
B
Image display
A
Information
sharing
Study information
database
C
D
Image display
Image files
RU2
CL2
Image files
C
MD000090.EPS
Image display
Study information can be selected from a study list to display the
associated image. In this instance, the CL having the study
information may not always be identical with the CL having the
associated image file.
If the CL having the associated image file is turned OFF in such a
situation, a file access error occurs so that a dummy image appears
on the display.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-47
NOTE
If an error occurs, it is displayed and logged by a CL that has been
performing the affected process. Therefore, the error information
must be collected on an individual CL basis.
Example) Image reading error Displayed on a CL that has been
reading the affected image.
Study execution
E
F
E
F
Printer
RU1
CL1
Patient information
database
1.
2.
Study list display
A
B
C
D
E
F
Study information
database
A
B
E
F
Image display
E
Information
sharing
Study information
database
A
B
C
D
E
F
C
D
Image files
C
Image display
Image files
RU2
CL2
MD000091.EPS
When images are read for executing a study, they are stored in a CL
that has executed the study.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-48
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-49
Operational restrictions
A study currently used by a certain CL for exposure or QA
purposes cannot be selected from the other CLs (the All list
indicates that an exposure/QA process is in progress).
While a CL is running User Utility or Service Utility, the other CLs
can share the study information. However, image database
initialization, study-related information editing, and other similar
operations must be performed while all CLs are stopped.
Studies cannot be moved from one X-ray exposure room to
another if they are being used for exposure/QA at another CL,
registered without completing an image input, or in an output
process.
If the output processing CL receives a request for large-volume
output, the processing speed may decrease. To keep a high
output processing speed, perform setup in the same manner as
before so that each CL performs output operation.
When initializing the image database of a specific CL, ensure that
all the CLs within the predefined share range are turned ON (with
the CL application terminated). If the CLs containing any image
files are turned OFF, such image files will remain undeleted.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MD-50
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD-51
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MD-52
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-I
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
Reason
10/20/2000
12/10/2000
04/10/2001
00
00
01
05/30/2001
02
08/30/2001
03/20/2002
03
04
03/20/2002
04
07/20/2002
05
07/20/2002
05
11/30/2002
06
11/30/2002
06
03/01/2003
07
03/01/2003
08/20/2003
07
08
08/20/2003
08
12/10/2003
09
12/10/2003
09
02/20/2004
10
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Pages affected
All pages
Pages I, II, 1, 6, 8, 10, 13, 15, 16
All pages
I, II, 5, 6, 12, 17, 21
I, II, 5, 18
I, II, 4, Appx MT A-1, A-34, A-50,
A-75, A-98, A-99, A-111, A-112
Appx MT A-3549, A-5174,
A-7697, A-100110
I, II, 4, 11, 19, 23-36,
A-43, A-46, A-51, A-52, A-58, A-66,
A-94, A-95, A-104, A-105, A-111
Appx MT A-3538, A-41, A-44,
Appx MT A-34, A-39, A-40, A-42,
A-45, A-4750, A-5357, A-5965,
A-6793, A-96103, A-106110,
A-112116
I-IV, Appx MT A-1, 18, 3133, 36,
4345 ,48, 49, 53, 78 , 105, 109
Appx MTA-1930, 34, 35, 3742,
46, 47, 5052, 5477, 79104,
106108, 110116
I, II, 5, 6, 23, 24, Appx MT A-1, 36,
103, 104
Appx MT A-3749, 105, 106
I, II, 17, Appx MT A-1, 38, 45, 50,
5254, 60, 78, 79, 90, 101, 105,
107114, 118120
Appx MT A-3944, 4649, 51,
5559, 6177, 8089, 91100,
102104, 106, 115117
I, II, 15, 16, Appx MT A-13, 57,
20, 38, 48, 6870, 81, 86, 88,
9098, 124
Appx MT A-4, 819, 2137, 3947,
4967, 7180, 8285, 87, 89,
99123, 125, 126
All pages
MT-II
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
07/30/2004
11
07/30/2004
11
11/12/2004
12
07/30/2005
14
07/30/2005
14
11/30/2005
11/30/2005
07/30/2006
15
15
16
07/30/2006
16
07/20/2007
17
07/20/2007
17
05/09/2008
18
05/09/2008
18
10/31/2008
19
10/31/2008
19
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
I, III, 1, 4, 5, 11, 13, 18, 19, 23, 28,
3034, 40, Appx MT-1, 2, 4, 5, 40,
41, 49, 5159, 65, 88, 89, 105,
121124, 131, 132, 140
2022, 3539, Appx MT-3, 639,
4248, 50, 6064, 6687, 90104,
106120, 125130, 133139
I, III, 4, 23, 24, 4054
MT-III
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
11/30/2009
20
11/30/2009
20
03/31/2010
21
03/31/2010
21
12/10/2010
22
12/10/2010
22
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Reason
Pages affected
I, IV, 1, 4, 5, 7, 11, 13, 14, 24, 25,
2934, 3739, 4145, 49, 50,
Appx1 MT All pages,
Appx2 MT All pages
810, 1523, 2628, 32, 35, 36, 40,
4648, 5164
I, IV, 4, 9, 19, 26, Appx1 MT-1, 62,
63, 104, 113, 120, 164, 166,
Appx2 MT-112, Appx3 MT-14,
Appx4 MT-14
Appx1 MT-64103, 105112,
114119, 121163, 165, 167, 168
I, IV, 36, 37, 39, 40,
Appx1 MT All pages
38, 4168
MT-IV
For errors occurring while the CL-AP is being used, take appropriate
countermeasures following the error codes (and error messages) listed
herein.
A B C C C
A:
Error-detected process
1: Module used in common in the system
2: Main process
3: Input process
4: QA unit
5: Output process
6: FINP process
7: UTILITY process
B:
NOTE
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, which are the same as those
displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
Event column
00000072.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-1
Message
Description
0: Fatal Error
An error that fully
disables system
operation.
1: Warning
An error that
enables the
systems operation
to be continued
after user
intervention.
2: Warning
An error that
enables the
systems
continuous
operation.
00000073.EPS
3: Information
Information that the system development section wishes to
Simple information keep.
9: Logical Error
An error presumably caused by defective program.
Defective program Basically, this error does not occur at users site. This error
type has been aborted by the RU previously. The following
causes can be assumed.
Unspecified value returned from the method
Failure in securing memory
Failure in acquiring Windows resources
Error returned from the Windows API
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
MT-2
13005
13005
13005
13005
13005
13005
13005
1.
2.
3.
See both the error code and error message, and then locate
the associated error description in Appendix CL Error
Message Table.
Causes
For details the procedure for opening the above window, see
2.4 Details of Events.
Error code
Error message
00000472.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
MT-3
1.2 Precautions
1.2 Precautions
An error such as incorrectly entered image processing parameters
will not be handled as an error.
An error code starting with 9 (e.g.: 9XXXX) is that generated by the
RU.
The correlation between the error level (the second digit of an error
code number) of CL-generated errors and that assumed by Windows
(Event Viewer) is as follows.
Error level
0 : Fatal Error
EVENTLOG_ERROR_TYPE
1 : Warning
EVENTLOG_WARNING_TYPE
2 : Warning
EVENTLOG_WARNING_TYPE
3 : Information
EVENTLOG_INFORMATION_TYPE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MT-4
1.
NOTE
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, which are the same as those
displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
MT000008.EPS
00000371.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-5
2.
Click
REFERENCE
Use the following procedures if you cannot start up the Event
Viewer from the Service Utility mode.
1. From the Start menu at the lower left of the desktop window,
select Settings and then Control Panel to display the Control
Panel window.
2. Double-click Administrative Tool to display the Administrative
Tool window.
3. Double-click Event Viewer. The Event Viewer starts up.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-6
E
00000375.ai
A Types:
A
Symbol
Error
Meaning
Error
Description
Warning
B Date
C Time
D Source
E Category
F Event
G User
Description
Displayed when a fatal error, such as failure in
device driver or service startup, or loss of data,
occurs while the system is running.
00000375.EPS
A Types:
Symbol
Meaning
Warning
B
C
D
E
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
MT-7
2.
Described below are the procedures used for checking detailed event
information.
1.
Data (T)
column
00000376.EPS
00000377.EPS
3.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-8
3.
NOTE
Be sure to have media, such as an FD, USB memory stick or the like,
ready to use for saving event logs.
1.
2.
00000379.EPS
REFERENCE
4.
Click
5.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MT-9
1.
1.
Click
00000380.EPS
2.
Click
00000381.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-10
NOTE
RU
IP address
200.150.100.10
CL
SDRAM
RU IP address
200.150.100.50
CL IP address
200.150.100.10
NETMASK
255.255.0.0
Backup
memory
No data
FLASH ROM
FTP server
RU IP ADDR
CL IP ADDR
NETMASK
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, which are the same as those
displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
RU IP ADDR
CL IP ADDR
NETMASK
Same contents
RU-Config
RU IP address
200.150.100.50
CL IP address
200.150.100.10
NETMASK
255.255.0.0
RU-Config
00000089.EPS
REFERENCE
The SDRAM IP address is used as the IP address for the RU.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-11
Details of u Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Restore the CL-PC
main unit IP address
to the default*.
RU
CL
172.16.1.10
Results of procedure
1 execution
SDRAM
Results of
procedure
1 execution
Copy the
data to the
SDRAM when
rebooting
the RU.
RU IP address
172.16.1.10
CL IP address
172.16.1.20
NETMASK
255.255.0.0
FLASH ROM
* Default settings
RU IP ADDR
CL IP ADDR
NETMASK
RU IP address : 172.16.1.10
CL IPaddress : 172.16.1.20
NETMASK : 255.255.0.0
Backup
memory
RU IP address
172.16.1.10
CL IP address
172.16.1.20
NETMASK
255.255.0.0
IP address
200.150.100.10
172.16.1.20
Procedure 1
The RU is rebooted.
2.
Procedure 4
1.
FTP Server
NOTE
If the primary erasure LED does not come on, the initialization
process is not completed. In such an instance, perform steps 1.
and beyond again.
3.
RU P ADDR
CL P ADDR
NETMASK
Procedure 3
00000090.EPS
NOTES
The communication between the CL and RU can be restored to normal
by performing Procedures 1 and 2.
The RU-Config in the FLASH ROM can be restored to the default
settings by performing Procedures 3 and 4.
If the contents of the backup memory are cleared, the SDRAM will not
be overwritten on a reboot.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
MT-12
Details of u Procedure 2
5.
Choose
1.
Double-click
6.
Choose
7.
Double-click
II
For Windows XP
from the
Select
2.
Double-click
8.
Double-click
Click
3.
menu.
00000430.EPS
9.
Click
REFERENCE
When a dialog box opens to prompt for a restart, click [Yes].
This causes the OS to restart and automatically starts up the CL-AP.
4.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-13
1.
menu.
6.
Choose
7.
2.
Double-click
.
II
3.
00000430.EPS
8.
Click
9.
Click
4.
Click
5.
Choose
REFERENCE
When a dialog box opens to prompt for a restart, click [Yes].
This causes the OS to restart and automatically starts up the CL-AP.
.
The Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window opens.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-14
2.
Details of u Procedure 3
1.
NOTE
Make sure that the CL-AP, Service Utility, or other AP or Explorer is
not running. If any such application is running, quit it.
RU host name
III. Specify the file.
00000446.EPS
3.
00000512.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
4.
Click
MT-15
5.
Details of u Procedure 4
1.
Click
III
00000513.EPS
6.
Click
The system saves your setting entries and returns to the main
menu.
7.
Click the
Version B software
MT000049.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-16
CAUTION
While the RU panel LEDs are illuminated, never turn OFF the RU
power because the RUs CPU board may become damaged.
After a while, all the LEDs on the RU panel come on.
A message appears on the CL monitor to indicate that the RUConfig is being updated. (While the update is in progress, the
system repeats a single-beep and two-successive-beep cycle.)
3.
Click
(or
).
A menu opens.
4.
l RU
!
00000196.EPS
l CL
0000517.EPS
2.
Click
on the CL monitor.
NOTE
Do not touch any operating controls for a while.
The Console Warning window automatically disappears.
The RU initialization message appears. In about one minute, the
RU becomes operative.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-17
7.
Change the RUs IP address that is entered from the CLs Service
Utility. If you do not change the RU IP address, an error (error code:
31382) occurs when an image is read.
8.
1.
2.
Click
9.
MT000006.EPS
3.
Click the
sign within
4.
Click the
choose
sign within
.
.
and then
5.
6.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-18
3.2 Typical Procedure for Achieving Recovery from an LP (Local Printer) Printout Generation Failure
1.
Right-click
Properties.
For Windows XP
No Output Option
from the
Right-click
00000447.EPS
select Properties.
The System Properties window opens.
Preliminary checkout
First, conduct the following checks to verify the LP settings:
Check whether the LP option key is installed.
Check whether the PEI01A board is properly set and mounted.
Check for an improper cable connection between the PEI01A board
and printer.
menu to
2.
Click the
3.
Click
tab.
in the Device Manager area.
Cause
If the No Output Option error is indicated when the above procedures
are properly completed, it is conceivable that the PEI01A board driver
may be improperly installed.
The PEI01A board driver is stored on the CL-APs CD. Installing the
CL-AP and starting the AP automatically installs the driver.
However, if a different incompatible driver is already installed, starting
the CL-AP does not automatically install the correct driver.
First of all, you should check whether the correct driver is installed as
directed below.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MT-19
3.2 Typical Procedure for Achieving Recovery from an LP (Local Printer) Printout Generation Failure
4.
1.
2.
Click
menu.
00000448.EPS
NOTE
If the OS is installed with the PEI01A board mounted in the PC, the
driver installation will not be successful causing a status where
other improper drivers have been installed.
00000449.EPS
3.
NOTE
For Windows XP, the installation wizard window opens after the PC
has been restarted. Install the PEI board driver following on-screen
instructions.
4.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-20
3.3 Messages Displayed upon an RU-AP/RU-Config Update (RU-AP of version A06 or earlier)
RU-Config
installation
completed?
No
Yes
A message appears (code: 11025).
The RU-Config in the FLASH ROM
is updated.
The above message reports such an
update to the CL.
Click [Restart] that appears on the
CL monitor.
RU-AP changed?
No
Yes
A message appears (code: 11024).
The RU-AP in the FLASH ROM is updated.
The above message reports such an update
to the CL.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
00000514.EPS
MT-21
3.3 Messages Displayed upon an RU-AP/RU-Config Update (RU-AP of version A06 or earlier)
00000603.EPS
00000602.EPS
00000604.EPS
00000606.EPS
00000605.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-22
Check
Verify that the option key is installed, and then
check whether SCU setup is properly completed
for this equipment. The procedure is described
below:
IR346 DICOM
CR STORAGE
IR346 DICOM
IM PROCESSED
IR346 DICOM PRINT
IR346 DMS
NETWORK IN-OUT
OE3.
OE4.
OE6.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-23
Probable Causes
NOTE
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, which are the same as those
displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
Check Method/Remedies
The PC (Windows) does not It is conceivable that the PCs memory may be
defective.
start up.
Check the hard disk. If any error is revealed by the check, perform a
procedure for achieving error recovery or replace the hard disk.
For the memory check procedure, see 4.1 Checking the Memory.
For the hard disk check procedure, see 4.2 Checking the Hard Disk.
Output system options are not installed or not properly
set up.
[Displayed error code: 50001 20110]
MT-24
Symptom
The CL-AP (application)
does not start up.
Probable Causes
The selector resetup procedure is not completed.
[Displayed error code: 31099]
Check Method/Remedies
After the host name for the built-in type equipment is changed, use the
selector setup of the Service Utility to set the built-in type equipment host
name again.
For the setup procedure, see 12. Setting the Selectors Selector
Setting in MU: Maintenance Utility.
With the utility tool for the touch panel, perform the touch panel sound setup
procedure again.
For the setup procedure, see 4.5 Resetting the Touch Panel
Sound.
The barcode reader (BCR)/ The proper driver software is not installed.
With Windows Device Manager, switch to the proper driver software.
magnetic card reader
Reinstalling the OS with the BCR or MCR connected to
For the driver software change procedure, see 4.6 Changing the
(MCR) does not operate.
a USB port results in installation of improper driver
Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Driver Software.
software.
The BCR/MCR does not
normally operate.
For the update procedure, see 4.8 Installing the 3Com Network
Driver (Ver. A10).
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-25
7.
1.
2.
Time remaining: 09
NOTE
If you do not press the <F2> key in time, the setup screen does not
open. In such an instance, restart the PC and then perform step 2.
3.
4.
MT000020.EPS
8.
2. Hard-Disk Drive C:
3. IDE CD-ROM Device
SPACE to enable/disable
5.
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MT000021.EPS
The reading process for the modules starts (and it takes about two
minutes).
MT-26
9.
Choose Test One Device with the <> key, and then press
the <Enter> key.
Dell (www.dell.com)
Diagnostics Build: 1068 Service Tag: CT1621X
12. Verify that Extended Tests is selected, and then press the
<Enter> key.
Diagnostics Menu
Dell (www.dell.com)
Diagnostics Build: 1068 Service Tag: CT1621X
Test All Devices
Test One Device
Advancded Testing
Information and Results
Program Options
Device Configuration
Exit to MS-DOS
System Memory
Extended Tests
Quick Tests
MT000022.EPS
10. Choose System Memory with the <> key, and then press
the <Enter> key.
The testing process starts (and it takes about 15 minutes when the
memory size is 512MB).
Dell (www.dell.com)
Diagnostics Build: 1068 Service Tag: CT1621X
Device Groups
MT-27
14. Press the <ESC> key a number of times until you are
brought back to the Dell Diagnostics Menu.
Dell (www.dell.com)
Diagnostics Build: 1068 Service Tag: CT1621X
Dell (www.dell.com)
Diagnostics Build: 1068 Service Tag: CT1621X
Maximum loops: 0001
Maximum errors: 0001
Loop count:
0001
Error count:
0000
Start time:
04/11/2002 15:05:29
Test status:
NONE
Diagnostics Menu
: Pass
: Pass
MT000026.EPS
15. Choose Exit to MS-DOS with the <> key, and then press
the <Enter> key.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT000048.EPS
MT-28
4.
1.
2.
Verify that the check boxes in the Check disk options area
are unchecked, and then click
.
MT000012.EPS
The hard disk check starts (and it takes about 5 minutes when the
disk size is 40GB).
MT000010.EPS
3.
MT000011.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-29
4.3 USB Ports Recommended for Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Mounting (for GX150 Only)
1.
Barcode reader
MT000014.EPS
MT000013.EPS
Barcode reader
MT000015.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-30
NOTE
If the screen becomes disordered when a setting of 75 Hertz is
chosen, change the setting to 70 Hertz.
If the screen becomes disordered even when set to 70 Hertz,
change it to 60 Hertz.
MT000015.ai
Click
MT000016.EPS
4.
Click
5.
Click
6.
Click
The screen area changes and the Monitor Setup window opens.
(When the OS used is Windows Vista, the Display Settings
window opens.)
MT000015.ai
2.
3.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
NOTE
If you do not click within 15 seconds, the system reverts the
previous setting. Therefore, click it without delay.
7.
Click
MT-31
For Windows XP
1.
Double-click
on the desktop.
1.
From
IN000309.EPS
2.
2.
3.
IN000310.EPS
. The touch
3.
II.
IN000311.EPS
I.
Touch
II. Touch
touchdown].
4.
Touch
MT000019.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-32
1.
Double-click
on the desktop.
2.
DCL70420.ai
3.
I.
II.
DCL70421.ai
I.
Touch
drag].
II. Touch
4.
Touch
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-33
5.
1.
2.
From the
Control Panel.
MT000046.EPS
3.
4.
Double-click
6.
7.
mark. From
8.
9.
10. Open Device Manager again to verify that the proper USB
drivers are installed.
MT000047.EPS
MT-34
5.
For Windows XP
1.
2.
menu.
3.
Double-click
4.
MT0000053.EPS
6.
Select
and click
.
7.
Select
and click
.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MT-35
8.
MT0000054.EPS
MT040022.ai
MT040021.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-36
9.
Clck
NOTE
A window may open to request a restart when the driver software
for the barcode reader is changed in the software version 8.1 or
later. In that case, perform the following procedures.
I. Remove the barcode reader from the PC and click [OK].
The PC restarts.
After restarting, the CL-AP starts running.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-37
5.
1.
2.
menu.
3.
Double-click
4.
MT000057.ai
6.
MT000058.ai
MT0000053.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
The Select the device driver you want to install for this hardware
window opens.
MT-38
7.
MT0000054.ai
8.
MT0000055.ai
MT040024.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-39
9.
Click [Close].
NOTE
A window may open to request a restart when the driver software
for the barcode reader is changed in the software version 8.1 or
later. In that case, perform the following procedures.
I. Remove the barcode reader from the PC and click [OK].
The PC restarts.
After restarting, the CL-AP starts running.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-40
5.
1.
2.
From the
menu.)
3.
Double-click
.
MT000036.EPS
4.
6.
MT000035.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-41
9.
Click
MT000038.EPS
7.
Click
MT000041.EPS
10. Click
MT000042.EPS
MT000039.EPS
MT000040.EPS
MT000043.EPS
12. Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-42
).
).
1.
2.
menu.
3.
Double-click
4.
MT000044.EPS
MT040001.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-43
5.
7.
MT040004.ai
8.
MT040002.ai
6.
Checkmark
and click
MT040005.ai
MT040003.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-44
9.
10. Click
MT040008.ai
11. Click
MT040012.ai
12. Click
MT040006.ai
MT040009.ai
MT040007.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-45
13. Click
is
NOTE
If
sure to checkmark it.
is not checkmarked, be
14. Click
17. Click
15. Select
and click
.
MT040010.ai
18. Click
MT040015.ai
MT040017.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-46
19. Click
MT040011.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-47
1.
2.
3.
From the
6.
Control Panel.
The Control Panel opens.
4.
Double-click
5.
MT000028.EPS
MT000027.EPS
MT-48
7.
9.
Check
MT000031.EPS
10. Check
MT000029.EPS
MT000030.EPS
8.
Click
twice.
MT000032.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-49
MT000033.EPS
12. Click
13. Click
REFERENCE
Installation is completed normally when the 3Com 3C920
Integrated Fast... window opened in step 7. displays the following
information.
Driver Provider: 3Com
Driver Version: 4.8.0.0
MT000034.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-50
Probable Causes
NOTE
Screens referred to herein are those of Windows XP. Note however that
contents displayed under Windows Vista are the same.
Check Method/Remedies
The PC (Windows) does not It is conceivable that the PCs memory may be
defective.
start up.
Check the hard disk. If any error is revealed by the check, perform a
procedure for achieving error recovery or replace the hard disk.
For the hard disk check procedure, see 5.1.2 Device Test
Procedures.
Output system options are not installed or not properly
set up.
[Displayed error code: 50001 20110]
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-51
Symptom
The CL-AP (application)
does not start up.
Probable Causes
The selector resetup procedure is not completed.
[Displayed error code: 31099]
Check Method/Remedies
After the host name for the built-in type equipment is changed, use the
selector setup of the Service Utility to set the built-in type equipment host
name again.
For the setup procedure, see 12. Setting the Selectors Selector
Setting in MU: Maintenance Utility.
With the utility tool for the touch panel, perform the touch panel sound setup
procedure again.
For the setup procedure, see 4.5 Resetting the Touch Panel
Sound.
The barcode reader (BCR)/ The proper driver software is not installed.
With Windows Device Manager, switch to the proper driver software.
magnetic card reader
Reinstalling the OS with the BCR or MCR connected to
For the driver software change procedure, see 4.6 Changing the
(MCR) does not operate.
a USB port results in installation of improper driver
Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Driver Software.
software.
The local printer does not
generate a film output.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-52
Shutdown procedure
1.
2.
3.
Startup procedure
1.
2.
MT000058.EPS
NOTE
The setup window will not open unless the <F4> key is pressed
with the timeliness.
In such an instance, restart the PC to repeat step 2.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-53
REFERENCE
Use the <Space> key to turn ON/OFF the items marked with *.
For items marked with ->, use the <S> key to display detailed
setting items.
Executing the test will implement tests with all devices marked
with * at the same time.
As the default, the test implementation time is determined to be
eight minutes. The test implementation time can be set up
accordingly with the Test Execution Option (displayed at the
press of the <F9> key).
For details of each item, see the help function (displayed at the
press of the <F1> key) that the error analysis tool (TeDoLi)
provides.
Use the error analysis tool (TeDoLi) to test each of the devices.
1.
2.
3.
NOTE
To conduct serial and network tests, connect a jig to the PC as
appropriate.
+---------------------------------------|
Test Select
|----------------------------------------+
|
|
| < > <SYS> System
|
-> |
|
[ ] <FD0> Floppy0
|
[ ] <KB> Keyboard
|
|
[ ] <MOUSE> Mouse
|
|
[ ] <SERIAL0> Serial0
> |
-> |
|
[ ] <SERIAL1> Serial1
-> |
|
[ ] <PARALLEL> Parallel
|
[ ] <VRAM> VRAM
|
-> |
|
[ ] <SPK> Speaker
-> |
|
[ ] <MEM> Memory
|
[ ] <CACHE> Cache
> |
-> |
|
[ ] <FAN> Fan Sensor
-> |
|
[ ] <TMP> Temperature Sensor
-> |
|
[ ] <VLT> Voltage Sensor
| <-> <IDE> IDE
|
|
<-> <IDE 0> 00:82801DB ICH4 IDE
|
-> |
|
[ ] <HDD_0:0> 00: HDS722580VLAT20
|
<-> <IDE 1> 00:82801DB ICH4 IDE
|
-> |
|
[ ] <CD-ROM_1:0> 00: FX48++M
| <-> <NET> NETWORK
|
|
[ ] <eth0> 00: 82551QM [Ethernet Pro 100]
> |
| <-> <MISC> MISC
|
-> |
|
[ ] <AUDIO> ICH - Intel 82801DB-ICH4
|
|
|
|
|
<Set(S)>
<Execution(X)>
<Cancel(ESC)>
|
|
|
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
4.
5.
6.
Press the <Esc> key some times to return to the Main Menu.
7.
After completing the tests, shut down the error analysis tool
(TeDoLi).
MT000061.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-54
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
|--------------- +
|
|
| Log Info
|
|
|
| Please input the filename.
|
|
|
| <FIL>td.log_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ |
|
|
|
<OK> <Cancel(ESC)>
|
+----- ---------------------------------------------+
+
Save
MT000060.EPS
8.
9.
Make sure that the FD drive access lamp is off and remove
the FD from the FD drive.
MT000059.EPS
REFERENCE
Use the <Space> key to turn ON/OFF the items marked with *.
6.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-55
Dismounting procedure
NOTE
1.
When you are requesting a part to be replaced free of charge, use the
error analysis tool (TeDoLi) to attach error log for the part that caused
an error to occur.
Shut down Windows XP and then turn OFF the power to the
CL-PC.
2.
NOTE
For details of the error log save procedure, see 5.1.3 Log
Save Procedure.
Reference
3.
4.
Covers
5.2.2 Covers
Secure a one- to two-meter space back-and-forth and rightand-left, and also on top of the CL-PC.
CPU fan
Hard Disk
CD-ROM drive
FDD drive
CPU
5.2.6 CPU
Housing fan
Memory
5.2.9 Memory
Motherboard
5.2.10 Motherboard
Target work
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Mounting procedure
Reverse the dismounting procedure to mount a part.
NOTE
After finishing the necessary work, check to see that the CL-PC starts
up normally.
MT-56
5.2.2 Covers
Dismounting procedure
Dismounting procedure
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Lever
Mounting procedure
Reverse the dismounting procedure to mount a cover.
MT000053.EPS
5.
#1
[Unlock]
Four claws
#2
[Dismount]
CPU fan
MT000054.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-57
Mounting procedure
Reverse the dismounting procedure to mount the CPU fan.
NOTE
NOTE
Pay due attention to the direction where the CPU fan is to be mounted.
Dismounting procedure
CPU fan
Cable
MT000055.EPS
1.
2.
3.
For how to dismount the CPU fan, see 5.2.3 CPU Fan.
NOTE
Disconnect cables carefully. When doing so, exercise care not to
hit your hands against surrounding parts, which, otherwise, may
damage those parts incidentally.
4.
5.
NOTE
Hold tight the hard disk bay, exercising due care so as not to touch
CPU or parts mounted on the motherboard.
6.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remove the four screws from the hard disk bay to dismount
the hard disk.
MT-58
Mounting procedure
1.
NOTE
Make sure that the hard disk has been set to be the MASTER and
then mount it appropriately. Note, however, that you do not have to
check the settings when the NEC-PC (RAID specification) is used.
Rear of the hard disk
MT000050.EPS
2.
3.
4.
Dismounting procedure
1.
2.
3.
REFERENCE
Screws to be removed are as follows.
CD-ROM drive Right side : Two screws
Left side : Two screws
Right side : One screw
FD drive
Left side : Two screws
Mounting procedure
NOTE
5.
6.
Motherboard
side
Drive side
NOTE
If the CL-PC does not start running normally, check to see if the
cables are connected properly.
MT000051.eps
MT-59
5.2.6 CPU
CAUTION
Whenever dismounting/remounting the CPU, be sure to wear a
wrist strap to discharge the buildup of static electricity that is held
by the human body, otherwise, the CPU may be damaged due to
static electricity discharged from the human body.
Mounting procedure
NOTES
When a floppy disk used for BIOS upgrading is attached to the CPU
for replacement, upgrade BIOS accordingly after the CPU has been
replaced.
Exercise care not to mount the CPU in an incorrect direction.
Dismounting procedure
1.
2.
NOTE
Carefully handle the CPU as it can be damaged easily.
CPU
MT000056.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-60
Dismounting procedure
Dismounting procedure
1.
2.
3.
Mounting procedure
NOTE
1.
2.
3.
While holding the CL-PC with both hands, tilt the CL-PC
gently so that its left side faces up.
4.
5.
6.
Label face
Rear of the CL
MT000052.EPS
For how to remove the hard disk bay, see 5.2.4 Hard Disk.
Mounting procedure
Reverse the dismounting procedure to remount the power supply unit.
After assembling the CL-PC properly, turn ON the power to the CL-PC
to make sure that no error messages appear during diagnosis for
initialization.
For details of error messages appearing during diagnosis for
initialization and actions to take, see 5.3 NEC PC Diagnosis
Messages During Initialization.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-61
5.2.9 Memory
Mounting procedure
1.
CAUTION
Whenever dismounting/remounting memory, be sure to wear a
wrist strap to discharge the buildup of static electricity that is held
by the human body, otherwise, the CPU may be damaged due to
static electricity discharged from the human body.
NOTE
Pay due attention to the memory mounting direction. A notch is
provided on the terminal side of the memory to prevent it from
being pushed in the socket mistakenly.
NOTE
Use only NEC-specified memories. If a memory of a third party is used,
an error may occur not only with it but also with the CL-PC main unit.
Repair of an error or damage caused by the use of a third partys
memory will be at your own cost even still under warranty.
Dismounting procedure
1.
2.
2.
3.
For how to remount the hard disk bay, see 5.2.4 Hard Disk.
NOTE
If an error message is displayed, perform Error cancel
procedure.
Error cancel procedure
Lever
MT000057.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-62
1.
2.
CAUTION
NOTE
NOTE
The setup window will not open unless the <F2> key is pressed
with the timeliness.
In such an instance, restart the PC to repeat step 2.
The setup window (PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility) then opens.
3.
5.2.10 Motherboard
Dismounting procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Advanced Chipset Control and then press the <Enter> key.
S
elect
Memory Reconfiguration and then press the <Enter> key.
Select Clear DIMM Errors:[Enter] and then press the <Enter> key.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Make sure that Yes has been selected and press the
<Enter> key.
The PC restarts. Check to see then that the error has been
canceled properly.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
For how to remove the hard disk bay, see 5.2.4 Hard Disk.
Mounting procedure
Reverse the dismounting procedure to mount the motherboard.
MT-63
Error
Drive A FDD error
Causes
FDD failure, FDD cable
failure
DIMM error
Abnormal memory
DIMM error
Abnormal disk
1. Setup failure
2. IDE device failure
3. Motherboard failure
Keyboard error
Abnormal keyboard
controller
Abnormal keyboard
Abnormal RTC
Dead battery
10
11
12
13
Abnormal cache
Abnormal timer
SROM checksum error
14
15
Illegal date/time
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Actions to Take
* After cable connection
1. Replace FDD.
2. Replace FDD cable.
* For an error occurring after confirming
status of the mounted memory
Replace DIMM.
* For an error occurring after confirming
status of the mounted memory
Replace DIMM.
* For an error occurring after confirming
status of the mounted memory
Replace DIMM.
* After cable connection
1. Check setup.
2. Replace IDE device.
3. Replace IDE device cable.
Replace motherboard.
Keyboard error
MT-64
No.
Error Message
16 Fan Alarm occurred.
Error
Abnormal fan
Causes
Housing fan error
17
18
Abnormal temperature
Temperature error, MB
failure
19
Abnormal voltage
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Actions to Take
* For an error occurring after confirming
connection
1. Clean fan.
2. Replace fan.
* For an error occurring after confirming
connection and mounting
1. Clean fan.
2. Replace fan.
For an error occurring at normal
temperature
1. Setup
2. Replace motherboard.
* For an error occurring after redetermining
the setup
1. Replace power supply.
2. Replace motherboard.
MT-65
Error
Cause
Remedy
Replace motherboard.
1-3-1-3
1-3-3-1
1-3-4-1
1-3-4-3
1-4-1-1
2-1-2-3
Replace motherboard.
2-2-3-1
Motherboard failure
Replace motherboard.
Confirm PCI board mounting condition if expansion of the option board is not
Failure of Flash Memory, Graphic displayed for the additionally extended PCI board.
Adapter or PCI Card
If the failure still remains, replace additionally extended PCI board or
motherboard.
1-2-2-3
1-3-1-1
1-2
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-66
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-67
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MT-68
Event Source
Description
<ImgConvAfterDicomSt>
10774 OutImgPrcCFcImgConv DICOM ReplaceVR/Push
Error
<ImgConvAfterDicomSt>
10775 OutImgPrcCFcImgConv DICOM ReplaceVR/Push
Error
<ImgConvAfterDicomSt>
10776 OutImgPrcCFcImgConv DICOM ReplaceVR/Push
Error
<ImgConvAfterDicomSt>
%1 : Registry Value
10900 IIPInputEz
Get/Set Error%n
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Database Connection
10901 IIPInputEz
Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Database Data
10902 IIPInputEz
Get/Set Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
%1 : Dicom Data Object
10903 IIPInputEz
Get/Set Error%n
[Tag] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Other Error%n
10904 IIPInputEz
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Unknown error.
Appx1MT-1
Event
Event Source
11900 IIPInputEz
11900 IIPPortable
11901 IIPInputEz
11901 IIPPortable
11902 IIPInputEz
11902 IIPPortable
11903 IIPInputEz
11903 IIPPortable
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
%1 : Registry Value
Get/Set Error%n
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Registry Value Get/
Set Error
[Key] %2
[Exp] %3
%4
%5
%1 : Database Connection
Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Database Connection
Error
[DB] %2
[Exp] %3
%4
%5
%1 : Database Data Get/
Set Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
%1 : Database Data Get/
Set Error
[DB] %2
[Table]%3
[Field]%4
[Exp]%5
%1 : Dicom Data Object
Get/Set Error%n
[Tag] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : DDO Data Get/Set
Error
[Tag] %2
%3
%4
%5
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-2
Event
Event Source
11904 IIPInputEz
11904 IIPPortable
12001 FF32
Description
%1 : Other Error%n
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
%1 : Other Error
[Procedure] %2
[Error Code]%3
[Exp]%4
%5
[%1]
It failed in CreateFile(%2).
%3
Causes
Remedies
Unknown error.
12002 FF32
[%1]
It failed in
CreateFileMapping(%2).
%3
12003 FF32
[%1]
It failed in
MapViewOfFile(%2).
%3
12004 FF32
[%1]
It failed in
CreateCompatibleDC.
[%2]
[%1]
It failed in
CreateDIBSection(%2).
%3
12006 FF32
[%1]
It failed in
OleCreatePictureIndirect(%2).
%3
12008 FF32
[%1]
It failed in ExtractIon.
%2
12005 FF32
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-3
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
12009 FF32
[%1]
It failed in
OleCreatePictureIndirect(%2).
%3
12011 FF32
12012 FF32
[%1]
It is a filepath error. %2
[%1]
Memory allocation failed(%2).
%3
12014 FF32
[%1]
12015 FF32
[%1]
%2
12016 FF32
[%1]
%2
%3
12900 IIPInputEz
%1 : Registry Value
Get/Set Error%n
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Registry Value Get/
Set Error
[Key] %2
[Exp] %3
%4
%5
%1 : Database Connection
Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
12900 IIPPortable
12901 IIPInputEz
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
%1: Instance name
%2: Error code
%3: Bitmap file
name/Icon file
name
%1: Instance name
%2: Error code
%1: Instance name
%2: Error code
%3: Bitmap file
name/Icon file
name
%1: Instance name
(function name),
occurred error,
error code
%1: Instance name
(function name),
occurred error,
error code
%1: Error details
%1: Instance name
(function name),
occurred error,
error code
%2: Error details (1/2)
%3: Error details (2/2)
Appx1MT-4
Event
Event Source
12901 IIPPortable
12902 IIPInputEz
12902 IIPPortable
12903 IIPInputEz
12903 IIPPortable
12904 IIPInputEz
12904 IIPPortable
13000 FFIdDepartSelect
13000 FFIdFilmMark
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
%1 : Database Connection
Error
[DB] %2
[Exp] %3
%4
%5
%1 : Database Data
Get/Set Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
%1 : Database Data Get/
Set Error
[DB] %2
[Table]%3
[Field]%4
[Exp]%5
%1 : Dicom Data Object
Get/Set Error%n
[Tag] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : DDO Data Get/Set
Error
[Tag] %2
%3
%4
%5
%1 : Unknown Error%n
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
%1 : Other Error
[Procedure] %2
[Error Code]%3
[Exp]%4
%5
It failed that [%1] connects
departDB
It failed that [%1] gets the
FontName
Causes
Remedies
Unknown error.
Remarks
Appx1MT-5
Event
Event Source
13000 FFIdMenuChange
13000 FFIdMenuItem
13000 FFIdParamedicSelect
Description
Causes
Remedies
13000 FFIdPatInfoInput
13001 FF32LIB
13001 FFCustomMsgBox
13001 FFCustomMsgBox
13001 FFIdDepartSelect
13001 FFIdFilmMark
13001 FFIdMenuChange
13001 FFIdMenuItem
13001 FFIdParamedicSelect
13001 FFIdPatInfoInput
13001 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Reinstall.
Restart.
Appx1MT-6
Event
Event Source
13001 FFImageDBCTL
13001 FFImageDBCTL
13001 FFIpcInf
Description
Image Database Access
Error.
ErroNo:%1
Source:%2
Description:%3
Image Database Access
Failure.
ErrNo:%1 NativeErrNo:%2
SQLState:%3 Source:%4
Description:%5
[%1]
It failed in CoInitialize(%2).
Causes
Remedies
13001 FFLogFile
[%1]
It failed in CreateFile(%2).
13001 FF32LIB
13002 FFCustomMsgBox
13002 FFIdDepartSelect
13002 FFIdFilmMark
13002 FFIdMcrControl
13002 FFIdMenuChange
13002 FFIdMenuItem
13002 FFIdParamedicSelect
13002 FFIdPatInfoInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-7
Event
Event Source
Description
13002 FFIdRuMainControl
13002 FFIipInput
13002 FFImageDBCTL
[%1]
%2
Image Database Access
Failure.
InstanceName[%1]%2
[%1]
It failed in
CoCreateInstance(%2).
LogFileCom create failure.
[%1]
It failed in
CreateFileMapping(%2).
FF32lib Database Access
Failure. InstanceName[%1]
%n%2%nFunction:%3
Command:%4
Image Database Access
Failure.
InstanceName[%1]%2
%3
Same MessageBox
Existed.
[%1]
It failed that [%1] gets the
FontSize
13002 FFImageDBCTL
13002 FFIpcInf
13002 FFLogFile
13002 FF32LIB
13003 FF32LIB
13003 FFCustomMsgBox
13003 FFIdDepartSelect
13003 FFIdFilmMark
13003 FFIdMenuChange
13003 FFIdMenuItem
13003 FFIdParamedicSelect
13003 FFIdPatInfoInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
The FontSizeSS/FontSizeS/
FontSizeM/FontSizeL/FontSizeLL key
was not found in the registry.
The LangStrDB key was not found in
Directory.ini.
The DisplayDataDB key was not found in
Directory.ini or the connection character
string was not properly registered in the
display group table.
The Bitmap key was not found in
Directory.ini.
The FontSizeSS/FontSizeS/
FontSizeM/FontSizeL/FontSizeLL key
was not found in the registry.
The LangStrDB key was not found in
Directory.ini or the ID 30703 was not
registered in the character string database.
Reinstall.
Reinstall the IIP because the displayed
characters can be corrupted.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-8
Event
Event Source
13003 FFIipInput
13003 FFImageDBCTL
13003 FFImageDBCTL
13003 FFIpcInf
13003 FFLogFile
13003 FF32LIB
13004 FFCustomMsgBox
13004 FFIdDepartSelect
13004 FFIdFilmMark
13004 FFIdMcrControl
13004 FFIdMenuChange
Description
It failed that [%1] gets the
multibyte flag
[%1]
%2
%3
Image Database Access
Failure.
InstanceName[%1]%2%3
[%1]
Memory allocation failed.
[%1]
It failed in
MapViewOfFile(%2).
FF32lib Database Access
Failure.
InstanceName[%1]%n%2
%n%3
MessageBox Dialog Create
Error.
[%1]
It failed that [%1] gets the
depart field list
It failed that [%1] connects
to strDB
Magnetic card data
acquisition error[%1]
[%1] failed in the display
group data acquisition
13004 FFIdMenuItem
13004 FFIdParamedicSelect
13004 FFIdPatInfoInput
13004 FFIdRuMainControl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Have a normal magnetic card be read.
Appx1MT-9
Event
Event Source
13004 FFIipInput
13004 FFIpcInf
13004 FFLogFile
13005 FFCustomMsgBox
13005 FFIdConnectionWatch
EX
13005 FFIdFilmMark
13005 FFldMcrControl
13005 FFIdMenuChange
13005 FFIdPatInfoInput
13005 FFIdRuMainControl
13005 FFIdRuMainControl
Description
13005 FFIpcInf
13006 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remedies
Reinstall.
Restart.
Causes
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Remarks
Appx1MT-10
Event
Event Source
13006 FFCustomMsgBox
13006 FFIdFilmMark
Description
Causes
13006 FFIdMcrControl
13006 FFIdMenuChange
13006 FFIdPatInfoInput
13006 FFIdRuMainControl
13006 FFIipInput
13006 FFIpcInf
13007 FFIdDepartSelect
13007 FFIdMcrControl
13007 FFIdMenuChange
13007 FFIdParamedicSelect
13007 FFIdPatInfoInput
13007 FFIdRuMainControl
13007 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Reinstall.
Have the specified hospital card be read.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-11
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
13007 FFIpcInf
[%1]
It failed in CreateFile(%2).
13007 FFIpcInf
[%1]
It failed in CreateFile(%2).
[Send Msg:%3]
13008 FFCustomMsgBox
An exception error
occurred.
[%1]
%2
Message Send Error [%1] A connection error occurred.
Error Code [%2]
It failed that [%1] connects The connection character string was not
to strDB
properly registered for the LangStrDB key
in Directory.ini.
It failed that [%1] get the
The Bitmap key was not found in
folder path to Bitmap
Directory.ini.
[%1] failed in the display
Not properly registered to the display group
menu data acquisition
table.
It failed that [%1] connects The connection character string was not
to strDB
properly registered for the LangStrDB key
in Directory.ini.
It failed that [%1] gets the The LangStrDB key was not found in
DateOfBirth caption
Directory.ini or the ID 30708 was not
registered in the character string database.
DataFormatDB close
The database was faulty.
error[%1]
Message Send Error [%1] A connection error occurred.
WSAGetLastError = [%2]
It failed that [%1] calls the The message database did not exist or the
CUSTOM MESSAGE BOX program was faulty.
(%2)
[%1]
A message was not successfully
It failed in WriteFile(%2).
transmitted. It is conceivable that the pipe
was closed or that the system was
unstable.
[%1]
The message transmission was not
It failed in WriteFile(%2).
successfully completed. This error
[Send Msg:%3]
occurred due to a closed pipe or system
instability.
13008 FFIdConnectionWatch
Ex
13008 FFIdDepartSelect
13008 FFIdFilmMark
13008 FFIdMenuChange
13008 FFIdParamedicSelect
13008 FFIdPatInfoInput
13008 FFIdRuMainControl
13008 FFIdRUMainControlEx
13008 FFIipInput
13008 FFIpcInf
13008 FFIpcInf
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-12
Event
Event Source
Description
13009 FFCustomMsgBox
13009 FFIdMcrControl
13009 FFIdMenuChange
13009 FFIdParamedicSelect
13009 FFIdPatInfoInput
13009 FFIdRuMainControl
13009 FFIdRUMainControlEx
13009 FFIpcInf
DataFormatDB close
error[%1]
[%1] Failed in the liberating
processing of the display
menu data acquisition
Is failed that [%1] gets the
connection string of sysDB
It failed that [%1] gets the
FontName
LogFile Name Make
error[%1]
Log File Name Make
Error[%1]
Error Code [%2]
[%1]
Memory allocation failed.
Causes
Remedies
Restart.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Reinstall.
Properly register the SysConfigDB key in
Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-13
Event
Event Source
13010 FFIdFilmMark
13010 FFIdMcrControl
13010
13010
13010
13010
13010
13010
13010
13010
13011
13011
13011
13011
Description
It failed that [%1] get the
bitmap to Next Page
Causes
Remedies
Id_DownScroll_U.bmp/Id_DownScroll_D.
bmp/Id_DownScroll_X.bmp was not
found in the path to an image folder or the
image format was illegal.
The patient information contained in the
magnetic card was incorrect.
The connection to the display menu table
was not successfully closed.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Restart.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-14
Event
Event Source
13011 FFIdParamedicSelect
13011 FFIdPatInfoInput
13011 FFIdRuMainControl
Description
It failed that [%1] gets the
connection string of
paramedicDB
It failed that [%1] gets the
max length of ID#
DB Read error[%1]
13011 FFIipInput
13011 FFIpcInf
13011 FFIpcInf
13011 FFCustomMsgBox
13012 FFIdPatInfoInput
13012 FFIpcInf
13012 FFIpcInf
13013 FFIdMenuChange
13013 FFIdPatInfoInput
13013 FFIdRUMainControlEx
13013 FFIpcInf
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Ensure that the PortFrupMain,
AckTimeout, and EnableLogFrupMain
keys are all registered in SysConfig.mdb.
Reinstall.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Reinstall.
Restart.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-15
Event
Event Source
Description
13013 FFIpcInf
[%1]
It failed in ReadFile(%2).
[Pipe:%3]
13014 FFIdConnectionWatch Ack Messeage Time
Out(%1).%n[%2]
13014 FFIdConnectionWatchEx Ack Message Time
Out[%1]
Error Code [%2]
It failed that [%1] get the
13014 FFIdMenuChange
bitmap to Previous Page
13014 FFIdPatInfoInput
13014 FFIdRuMainControl
13014 FFIdRUMainControlEx
13014 FFIipInput
13014 FFIpcInf
13015 FFIdMenuChange
13015 FFIdPatInfoInput
[%1]
It is a parameter error.
It failed that [%1] get the
bitmap to Next Page
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
Check the connection to the RU.
Restore the RU connection to normal.
Reinstall.
Check the setup.
Appx1MT-16
Event
Event Source
13018 FFIdPatInfoInput
13019 FFIdPatInfoInput
13020 FFIdPatInfoInput
13020 FFIipInput
13021 FFIipInput
13022 FFIdPatInfoInput
13022 FFIipInput
13023 FFIdPatInfoInput
13023 FFIipInput
13024 FFIdPatInfoInput
13024 FFIipInput
13025 FFIdPatInfoInput
13026 FFIdPatInfoInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
It failed that [%1] connects The connection character string was not
to strDB
properly registered for the LangStrDB key
in Directory.ini.
It failed that [%1] gets the The SysConfigDB key was not found in
connection string of sysDB Directory.ini.
It failed that [%1] connects The connection character string was not
to sysDB
properly registered for the SysConfigDB
key in Directory.ini.
RU Error DB Connect Error The connection character string was not
in [%1]
properly registered for the RuErrorDataDB
key in Directory.ini or the RU error
information database did not exist.
RU Error Data Get Error in The window number sent from the RU was
[%1]
not found in the RU error information
database.
It failed that [%1] gets
The system setup database was damaged.
System ID
RU Status DB Connection The connection character string was not
String Get Error in [%1]
properly registered for the
RuStatusDataDB key in Directory.ini.
%1 (%2) : Patient
The patient information contained illegal
Information Check Error%n information.
Item [%3]%n
Error [%4]
RU Status DB Connect
The connection character string was not
Error in [%1]
properly registered for the RuErrorDataDB
key in Directory.ini or the RU error
information database did not exist.
%1 (%2) : Bitmap Image
Id_LocalSearch_U.bmp,
Get Error%n
Id_LocalSearch_D.bmp, or
BMP File [%3]
Id_LocalSearch_X.bmp was not found in
the path to the folder in which images were
positioned.
RU Status Data Get Error The window number sent from the RU was
in [%1]
not found in the RU error information
database.
%1 (%2) : Patient Info Get The patient information database was
Error%n
damaged.
Error [%3]%n
RetCode [%4]
%1 (%2) : Patient Info Set The patient information to be registered
Error%n
contained illegal information or the patient
Error [%3]%n
information database was damaged.
RetCode [%4]
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Place Id_LocalSearch_U.bmp,
Id_LocalSearch_D.bmp, and
Id_LocalSearch_X.bmp in the path to the
folder in which images are positioned.
Ensure that the RU version agrees with the
RU error information database version.
Repair the patient information database.
Appx1MT-17
Event
Event Source
13027 FFIdPatInfoInput
13027 FFIipInput
13030 FFIipInput
13031 FFIipInput
13032 FFIipInput
13033 FFIipInput
13034 FFIipInput
13035 FFIipInput
13036 FFIipInput
13037 FFIipInput
13038 FFIipInput
13039 FFIipInput
13040 FFIipInput
13041 FFIipInput
13042 FFIipInput
13043 FFIipInput
13044 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
%1 (%2) : Patient Info Not
Correspond%n
RetCode [%3]%n
%1%n%2%n%3%n%4%n
%5%n%6%n%7%0
%1%n%2%n%3%n%4%n
%5%n%6%n%7%0
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-18
Event
Event Source
13045 FFIipInput
13046 FFIipInput
13047 FFIipInput
13048 FFIipInput
13049 FFIipInput
13050 FFIipInput
13051 FFIipInput
13052 FFIipInput
13053 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-19
Event
Event Source
13054 FFIipInput
13055 FFIipInput
13056 FFIipInput
13057 FFIipInput
13058 FFIipInput
13059 FFIipInput
13060 FFIipInput
13061 FFIipInput
13062 FFIipInput
13063 FFIipInput
13064 FFIipInput
13065 FFIipInput
13066 FFIipInput
13067 FFIipInput
13068 FFIipInput
13069 FFIipInput
13070 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Menu
Parameter Data in
ImageDB Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Failed
MenuDB Termination
[%s] %s (%s): NetDB
Connection Character
String Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Failed
NetDB Connection
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-20
Event
Event Source
13072 FFIipInput
13073 FFIipInput
13074 FFIipInput
13076 FFIipInput
13077 FFIipInput
13078 FFIipInput
13079 FFIipInput
13080 FFIipInput
13081 FFIipInput
13082 FFIipInput
13083 FFIipInput
13084 FFIipInput
13085 FFIipInput
13086 FFIipInput
13087 FFIipInput
13088 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Connected String
Acquisition[Depart]
[%s] %s (%s): Cannot
Access Data
Base[Paramedicmdb]
[%s] %s (%s): Displayed
Item Is Not
Understood[Paramedic List]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Connected String
Acquisition[Paramedic]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Window Size Acquisition
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
ExposureList Erase
[%s] %s (%s): Config
Directory Character String
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
ImageDBFlag Data Get
Error
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Check whether the SQL service manager
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
Reinstall.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-21
Event
Event Source
13089 FFIipInput
13090 FFIdDepartSelect
13090 FFIdParamedicSelect
13090 FFIdIndividualSelect
13091 FFIdDepartSelect
13091 FFIdParamedicSelect
13091 FFIdIndividualSelect
13094 FFIipInput
13096 FFIipInput
13098 FF32LIB
13098 FFIipInput
13098 FFIdPatInfoInput
13098 FFNetDB
13099 FFIipInput
13099 FF32LIB
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Menu Read
Error <IdExposureList>
%1 (%2) : Invalid Depart
Code%n
Code [%3]
%1 (%2) : Invalid
Paramedic Code%n
Code [%3]
%1 (%2) : Invalid
Depart/Paramedic Code%n
Code [%3]
%1 (%2) : Invalid Depart
Name (SBCS)%n
Name (SBCS) [%3]
%1 (%2) : Invalid
Paramedic Name
(SBCS)%n
Name (SBCS) [%3]
%1 (%2) : Invalid
Depart/Paramedic
Name (SBCS)%n
Name (SBCS) [%3]
[%s] %s (%s): Message
Send Error <IpcInfCom>
[%s] %s (%s): Request
Command Not Executed
<RU>
FF32lib A WIN32 system
library error occurred.
[%1]%n%2
[%s] %s (%s): Reconnect
Error <RU>
%1 (%2) : %n
[%3]%n
%4%n
%5
FFNetDB A WIN32 system
library error occurred.
[%1]%n%2
[%s] %s (%s): Disconnect
Error <RU>
FF32lib An unknown error
occurred. [%1]%n%2
Causes
Remedies
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Repair Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Restart.
Remarks
Reinstall.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-22
Event
Event Source
13099 FFNetDB
Description
13100 FFIipInput
13101 FFIipInput
13101 IdMassOrder
13103 FFIipInput
frmMassOrder
frmMassOrderConfig
13104 FFIipInput
13104 IdMassOrder
frmMassOrder
frmMassOrderConfig
13108 FFIipInput
13109 FFIipInput
13110 FFIipInput
13111 FFIipInput
13112 FFIipInput
13113 FFIipInput
13114 FFIipInput
13115 FFIipInput
13116 FFIipInput
13120 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Restart.
Reinstall.
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-23
Event
Event Source
13121 FFIipInput
13122 FFIipInput
13123 FFIipInput
13124 FFIipInput
13125 FFIipInput
13126 FFIipInput
13128 FFIipInput
13131 FFIipInput
13132 FFIipInput
13134 FFIipInput
13135 FFIipInput
13136 FFIipInput
13137 FFIipInput
13138 FFIipInput
13157 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in IDOnline Device Name
[%s] %s (%s): RU Status
DB Connection String Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
selectable direction
Causes
The database was not found or the
associated key did not exist.
Directory.ini was damaged.
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-24
Event
Event Source
13158 FFIipInput
13159 FFIipInput
13160 FFIipInput
13161 FFIipInput
13162 FFIipInput
13165 FFIipInput
13166 FFIipInput
13167 FFIipInput
13168 FFIipInput
13177 FFIipInput
13178 FFIipInput
13179 FFIipInput
13180 FFIipInput
13181 FFIipInput
13182 FFIipInput
13183 FFIipInput
13184 FFIipInput
13185 FFIipInput
13186 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): RU Error DB
Connection String Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s): RU Error DB
Table Name Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Call Error
[RU Error CUSTOM
MESSAGE BOX]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed
Display Thumbnail Image
[%s] %s (%s): Ip Size Unit
(Inch/Metric) Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Image Size
Code Specify Error
[%s] %s (%s): Pantomo
Setting Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): RU Error
Info Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): RU Status
Info Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Default
Menu Code Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Next Multi
Frame Pair Code Data Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s): Next Multi
Frame Pair Code Data Set
Error
[%s] %s (%s): Series
Generation Type Data Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s): Multi Frame
UID Information Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Getting XCON Port#
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
XCON Device Name
[%s] %s (%s): MCR Type
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): MCR
Variation Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Custom
Card Use Get Error
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
RU-dependent symptom.
Reinstall.
Restart. If the problem frequently occurs,
initialize the image database.
Reinstall.
The system setup database was damaged. Repair the system setup database.
The RU error database was damaged.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-25
Event
Event Source
13187 FFIipInput
13188 FFIipInput
13189 FFIipInput
13190 FFIipInput
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Font Name
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Font Size
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Multibyte
Flag Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption Acquisition[Id#]
13191 FFIipInput
13192 FFIipInput
13193 FFIipInput
13194 FFIipInput
13195 FFIipInput
13196 FFIipInput
13197 FFIipInput
13198 FFIipInput
13199 FFIipInput
13200 FFIipInput
13201 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-26
Event
Event Source
13202 FFIipInput
13203 FFIipInput
13204 FFIipInput
13205 FFIipInput
13206 FFIipInput
13207 FFIipInput
13208 FFIipInput
13209 FFIipInput
13210 FFIipInput
13211 FFIipInput
13212 FFIipInput
13213 FFIipInput
13214 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption
Acquisition[Paramedic]
[%s] %s (%s): Image
Folder Path Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Clear]Button Image Get
Error
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
be displayed normally.
Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
be displayed normally.
Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
be displayed normally.
Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
be displayed normally.
Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
be displayed normally.
Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
be displayed normally.
Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
be displayed normally.
The program was faulty.
The program was faulty.
The program was faulty.
The program was faulty.
Appx1MT-27
Event
Event Source
13217 FFIipInput
13218 FFIipInput
13219 FFIipInput
13220 FFIipInput
13221 FFIipInput
13222 FFIipInput
13223 FFIipInput
13224 FFIipInput
13225 FFIipInput
13226 FFIipInput
13227 FFIipInput
13228 FFIipInput
13229 FFIipInput
13230 FFIipInput
13231 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption
Acquisition[Complete]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption Acquisition[QA
Unfinished]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption
Acquisition[Interrupt]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption Acquisition[Cancel]
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-28
Event
Event Source
13232 FFIipInput
13233 FFIipInput
13234 FFIipInput
13235 FFIipInput
13236 FFIipInput
13237 FFIipInput
13238 FFIipInput
13239 FFIipInput
13240 FFIipInput
13241 FFIipInput
13242 FFIipInput
13243 FFIipInput
13244 FFIipInput
13245 FFIipInput
13246 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Image Acquisition[End]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Image Acquisition[Change]
[%s] %s (%s):
[New]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Repeat]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Again]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Add]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Delete]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Prev]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Next]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Monitor Mode]Button
Image Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[QA]Button Image Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Change]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[AP/PA]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[EDR Mode]Button Image
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Film Format]Button Image
Get Error
Causes
Remedies
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Remarks
Appx1MT-29
Event
Event Source
13247 FFIipInput
13248 FFIipInput
13249 FFIipInput
13250 FFIipInput
13251 FFIipInput
13252 FFIipInput
13253 FFIipInput
13254 FFIipInput
13255 FFIipInput
13256 FFIipInput
13257 FFIipInput
13258 FFIipInput
13259 FFIipInput
13260 FFIipInput
13261 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s):
[Detail]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[New]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Repeat]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Again]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Add]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Delete]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Prev]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Next]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Monitor Mode]Button
ToolTipText Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[QA]Button ToolTipText Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Change]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[AP/PA]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[EDR Mode]Button
ToolTipText Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Film Format]Button
ToolTipText Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Detail]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
Causes
Remedies
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Remarks
Appx1MT-30
Event
Event Source
13262 FFIipInput
13263 FFIipInput
13264 FFIipInput
13265 FFIipInput
13266 FFIipInput
13267 FFIipInput
13268 FFIipInput
13269 FFIipInput
13270 FFIipInput
13271 FFIipInput
13272 FFIipInput
13273 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Image Acquisition[New]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Image Acquisition[Normal]
Causes
Remedies
Id_NormalImage_U.bmp/
Id_NormalImage_ D.bmp/
Id_NormalImage_X.bmp was not found in
the path to an image folder or the image
format was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Id_LR_Reverse_U.bmp/Id_LR_Reverse_
Image Acquisition[LR]
D.bmp/Id_LR_Reverse_X.bmp was not
found in the path to an image folder or the
image format was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Id_TB_Reverse_U.bmp/Id_TB_Reverse_
Image Acquisition[TB]
D.bmp/Id_TB_Reverse_X.bmp was not
found in the path to an image folder or the
image format was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Id_Rotation180_U.bmp/
Image Acquisition[TB LR] Id_Rotation180_D.bmp/
Id_Rotation180_X.bmp was not found in
the path to an image folder or the image
format was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Id_Rotation90_U.bmp/Id_Rotation90_D.
Image Acquisition[Rotation] bmp/ Id_Rotation90_X.bmp was not
found in the path to an image folder or the
image format was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Id_Single_U.bmp/Id_Single_D.bmp/Id_
Image Acquisition[Single]
Single_X.bmp was not found in the path
to an image folder or the image format was
illegal.
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Id_Twin_U.bmp/Id_Twin_D.bmp/
Image Acquisition[Twin]
Id_Twin_ X.bmp was not found in the
path to an image folder or the image format
was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s): An Illegal
The film mark database was damaged.
Film Mark Character Was
Detected
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
The LangStrDB key was not found in
Caption Acquisition[FIX]
Directory.ini or the ID 33502 was not
registered in the character string database.
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
The LangStrDB key was not found in
Caption Acquisition[Skfix] Directory.ini or the ID 33503 was not
registered in the character string database.
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
The LangStrDB key was not found in
Caption Acquisition[SEMI- Directory.ini or the ID 33504 was not
X]
registered in the character string database.
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
be displayed normally.
Appx1MT-31
Event
Event Source
13274 FFIipInput
13275 FFIipInput
13276 FFIipInput
13277 FFIipInput
13278 FFIipInput
13279 FFIipInput
13280 FFIipInput
13281 FFIipInput
13282 FFIipInput
13283 FFIipInput
13284 FFIipInput
13285 FFIipInput
13286 FFIipInput
13287 FFIipInput
13288 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption Acquisition
[DensityAverage]
[%s] %s (%s):
[Utility]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption Acquisition[Alarm
Stop]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption Acquisition[Exit]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption Acquisition[User
Utility]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption Acquisition[List
Setting]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption
Acquisition[Version]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption
Acquisition[CANCEL]
[%s] %s (%s):
[Clear]Button Image Get
Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Clear]Button ToolTipText
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption
Acquisition[CANCEL]
[%s] %s (%s): Failed in
Caption Acquisition[DUST]
Causes
Remedies
Reinstall.
Reinstall the IIP because the button cannot
be displayed nor
mally.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-32
Event
Event Source
13289 FFIipInput
13290 FFIipInput
13291 FFIipInput
13292 FFIipInput
13293 FFIipInput
13294 FFIipInput
13295 FFIipInput
13296 FFIipInput
13297 FFIipInput
13298 FFIipInput
13299 FFIipInput
13300 FFIipInput
13301 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[%s] %s (%s): Version Info
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s): Option List
Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Cassette Acceptable]
Image Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Cassette Unacceptable]
Image Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Miss]Image Get Error
[%s] %s (%s):
[Image Style]Button Image
Get Error
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Id_ApPa_U.bmp/Id_ApPa_D.bmp/
Id_ ApPa_ X.bmp was not found in the
path to an image folder or the image format
was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s):
Id_Edr_U.bmp/Id_Edr_D.bmp/
[EDR]Button Image Get
Id_Edr_ X.bmp was not found in the path
Error
to an image folder or the image format was
illegal.
[%s] %s (%s):
Id_Edr_U.bmp/Id_Edr_D.bmp/Id_Edr_X.
[Function]Button Image Get bmp was not found in the path to an
Error
image folder or the image format was
illegal.
[%s] %s (%s):
Id_FilmCount_U.bmp/Id_FilmCount_
[Film Count]Button Image D.bmp/Id_FilmCount_X.bmp was not
Get Error
found in the path to an image folder or the
image format was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s):
Id_IpSize_U.bmp/Id_IpSize_D.bmp/
[Ip Size]Button Image Get Id_ IpSize_X.bmp was not found in the
Error
path to an image folder or the image format
was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s):
Id_FilmFormat_U.bmp/Id_FilmFormat_
[Image Format]Button
D.bmp/Id_FilmFormat_X.bmp was not
Image Get Error
found in the path to an image folder or the
image format was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s):
Id_FilingMode_U.bmp/Id_FilingMode_
[Filing]Button Image Get
D.bmp/Id_FilingMode_X.bmp was not
Error
found in the path to an image folder or the
image format was illegal.
[%s] %s (%s):
Id_FilmMark_U.bmp/Id_FilmMark_D.bmp
[Film Mark]Button Image
/Id_ FilmMark_X.bmp was not found in
Get Error
the path to an image folder or the image
format was illegal.
Appx1MT-33
Event
Event Source
Description
13302 FFIipInput
[%s] %s (%s):
[Distribution Code]Button
Image Get Error
13303 FFIipInput
[%s] %s (%s):
[CSSS]Button Image Get
Error
13304 FFIipInput
13309 FFIipInput
13345 FFIdDepartSelect
13345 FFIdFilmMark
13345 FFIdMcrControl
13345 FFIdParamedicSelect
13345 FFIdPatInfoInput
13345 FFIipInput
13345 FFIdIndividualSelect
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Id_DistributionCode_U.bmp/
Id_DistributionCode_D.bmp/
Id_DistributionCode_ X.bmp was not
found in the path to an image folder or the
image format was illegal.
Id_CsCs_U.bmp/Id_CsCs_D.bmp/
Id_CsCs_ X.bmp was not found in the
path to an image folder or the image format
was illegal.
The line was abnormal.
The patient information contained an illegal Ensure that the patient information does
character string.
not contain any illegal character string.
The database was damaged.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Appx1MT-34
Event
Event Source
13345 IdMassOrder
frmMassOrder
frmMassOrderConfig
13346 FFIipInput
13346 IdMassOrder
frmMassOrder
frmMassOrderConfig
13347 FFIipInput
13347 IdMassOrder
frmMassOrder
frmMassOrderConfig
13348 FFIdDepartSelect
13348 FFIdFilmMark
13348 FFIdMenuChange
13348 FFIdParamedicSelect
13348 FFIdPatInfoInput
13348 FFIipInput
13348 FFIdIndividualSelect
13348 IdMassOrder
frmMassOrder
frmMassOrderConfig
13349 FFIdDepartSelect
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
%1 (%2) : Database Data
Get Error%n
Database [%3]%n
Table [%4]%n
Key [%5]
%1 (%2) : Patient
Information Check Error%n
Item [%3]%n
Error [%4]
%1 (%2) : Patient
Information Check Error%n
Item [%3]%n
Error [%4]
%1 (%2) : Caption Get
Error%n
CaptionId [%3]
%1 (%2) : Caption Get
Error%n
CaptionId [%3]
%1 (%2) : Registry Data
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
%1 (%2) : Registry Data
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
%1 (%2) : Registry Data
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
%1 (%2) : Registry Data
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
%1 (%2) : Registry Data
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
%1 (%2) : Registry Data
Get Error%n
Value [%3]
%1 (%2) : Registry Data
Get Error%n
%1 (%2) : Registry
Data Get Error%n
Value [%3]
%1 (%2) : INI File Data Get
Error%n
Key [%3]
Causes
Remedies
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Remarks
Appx1MT-35
Event
Event Source
13349 FFIdFilmMark
13349 FFIdMenuChange
13349 FFIdParamedicSelect
13349 FFIdPatInfoInput
13349 FFIipInput
13349 FFIdIndividualSelect
13349 IdMassOrder
frmMassOrder
frmMassOrderConfig
13350 FFIdFilmMark
13350 FFIdMenuChange
13350 FFIipInput
13350 IdMassOrder
frmMassOrder
frmMassOrderConfig
13352 FFIipInput
13353 FFIipInput
13362 FFIipInput
13370 FFIipInput
13371 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
%1 (%2) : INI File Data Get
Error%n
Key [%3]
%1 (%2) : INI File Data Get
Error%n
Key [%3]
%1 (%2) : INI File Data Get
Error%n
Key [%3]
%1 (%2) : INI File Data Get
Error%n
Key [%3]
%1 (%2) : INI File Data Get
Error%n
Key [%3]
%1 (%2) : INI File Data Get
Error%n
Key [%3]
%1 (%2) : INI File
Data Get Error%n
Key [%3]
%1 (%2) : Bitmap Image
Get Error%n
BMP File [%3]
%1 (%2) : Bitmap Image
Get Error%n
BMP File [%3]
%1 (%2) : Bitmap Image
Get Error%n
BMP File [%3]
%1 (%2) : Bitmap
Image Get Error%n
BMP File [%3]
%1 (%2) : Dicom MWM &
PPS Option Not Install
%1 (%2) : Dicom MWM
Option Not Install
%1 (%2) : Not Entry Host
Name
%1 (%2) : PPS Request
Failure [IN PROGRESS]
%1 (%2) : PPS Request
Failure [COMPLETED]
Causes
Remedies
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Repair Directory.ini.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Remarks
The DICOM MWM & PPS option was not Install the DICOM MWM & PPS option.
installed.
The DICOM MWM option was not installed. Install the DICOM MWM option.
The host name for the local enclosure was
not successfully acquired.
The equipment connection was faulty or
the remote equipment power was OFF.
The equipment connection was faulty or
the remote equipment power was OFF.
Appx1MT-36
Event
Event Source
13372 FFIipInput
13382 FFIipInput
13386 FFIipInput
13389 FFIdDepartSelect
13389 FFIdFilmMark
13389 FFIdParamedicSelect
13389 FFIdPatInfoInput
13389 FFIipInput
13389 FFIdIndividualSelect
13392 FFIipInput
13420 FFIipInput
13421 FFIipInput
13423 FFIipInput
13424 FFIipInput
13425 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
%1 (%2) : PPS Request
Failure [DISCONTINUED]
%1 (%2) : Study List
Refresh Exception%nError
[%3]
%1 (%2) : Failed in data
reception%n[Online Time
Out]
%1 (%2) : Database
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%n
%1 (%2) : Database
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%n
%1 (%2) : Database
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%n
%1 (%2) : Database
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%n
%1 (%2) : Database
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%
%1 (%2) : Database
Connection Error%n
Database [%3]%n
%1 (%2) : BCR Control
Initialize Error
%1 (%2) : Failed in Menu
Clear.%nInternal Error in
Builtin [%3]
%1 (%2) : Menu Clear
Command Time out [%3]
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Retry.
Retry.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
Reinstall.
A problem occurred in the 550X unit when Check the 550X unit.
a cleared menu was reported.
Appx1MT-37
Event
Event Source
Description
13426 FFIipInput
%1 (%2) : Ip Shelter
Command Time out [%3]
13428 FFIipInput
13429 FFIipInput
13430 FFIipInput
13432 FFIipInput
13435 FFIipInput
13436 FFIipInput
13438 FFIipInput
13439 FFIipInput
13440 FFIipInput
13441 FFIipInput
13442 FFIipInput
13443 FFIipInput
13444 FFIipInput
13447 FFIipInput
13448 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
%1 (%2) : Failed in Ip
Size%nConnection Error to
Builtin [%3]
%1 (%2) : Failed in Ip
Size.%nInternal Error in
Builtin [%3]
%1 (%2) : Ip Size
Command Time out [%3]
Causes
Remedies
A timeout occurred because the 550X unit Check the 550X unit (power supply, cable,
did not respond to an IP evacuation
etc.).
request.
A line abnormality was encountered.
Check the line.
A problem occurred in the 550X unit when Check the 550X unit.
a finalized menu was reported.
A timeout occurred because the 550X unit Check the 550X unit (power supply, cable,
did not respond to a report about a
etc.).
finalized menu.
A line abnormality was encountered.
Check the line.
A problem occurred in the 550X unit when Check the 550X unit.
a size notification request was issued.
Remarks
Appx1MT-38
Event
Event Source
13449 FFIipInput
13451 FFIipInput
13452 FFIipInput
13457 FFIipInput
13458 FFIipInput
13459 FFIipInput
13462 FFIipInput
13470 FFIipInput
13471 FFIipInput
13472 FFIipInput
13473 FFIipInput
13474 FFIipInput
13475 FFIipInput
13477 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
%1 : IipInput.exe [Forced
Termination]
%1 (%2) : Failed in Get Ip
Information
Response.%nConnection
Error to Builtin [%3]
%1 (%2) : Get Ip
Information Response Time
out [%3]
%1 (%2) : Image
Processing Information
<InImg>
%1 (%2) : Failed in
Connection Between
Reader and
Console.%nIIP[%3]%nRU
[-%4]
%1 (%2) : Wait Timeout for
X-Cont Shot Result
%1 (%2) : Ordering
Exposure Menu Not Entry
[%3]
%1 (%2) : Exposure Menu
Register Error.
%1 (%2) : All Exposure
Menu Register Error.
%1 (%2) : Selected Menu
is Done.
XCON Result Information is
annulled. [%3]
%1 (%2) : Menu is not
Selected.
XCON Result Information is
annulled. [%3]
%1 (%2) : Exceeded the
Limitation Value of XCON
Exposure Data. [%3 = %4]
%1 (%2) : Failed in
Ordering Data.[RIS]
%1 (%2) : Exposure Menu
Register Error.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Setup error.
The XCON parameter was improperly set. Reregister the XCON parameter with the
user utility.
The patient exposure order information
sent from the RIS was abnormal.
The exposure menu specified by the
received ordering information was not
registered.
Appx1MT-39
Event
Event Source
Description
13478 FFIipInput
13479 FFIipInput
%1 (%2) : Failed in
Examination End
Command.[Ris]
%1 (%2) : Failed in
Communication with RIS.
[%3]%n[%4]
%1 (%2) : Menu is not
Selected.
Failed in Getting ID
Information
%1 (%2) : Failed in the
System Start.
[Error: OpDcmStandardDx
or MenuData.mdb]
%1 (%2) : Patient Info Set
Error%n
Error [%3]%n
RetCode [%4]
%1 (%2) : UserName
Check Error%n
Item [%3]%n
Error [%4]
User Login [UserName:%1]
13480 FFIipInput
13483 FFIipInput
13484 FFIipInput
13489 FFIipInput
13490 FFIipInput
13491 FFIipInput
13492 FFIipInput
13493 FFIipInput
13494 FFIipInput
13495 FFIipInput
13496 FFIipInput
13497 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Inappropriate installation.
Remarks
User Logout
The user logged off the system.
[UserName:%1
%1 (%2) : MCR-Data Send Failed in transferring magnetic card
Error.[RIS]
information to the FRIS.
Appx1MT-40
Event
Event Source
13901 IIPInputEz
13902 IIPInputEz
13903 IIPInputEz
13903 IIPInputEz
13904 IIPInputEz
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
%1 : Registry Value
Get/Set Error%n
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Database Connection
Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Database Data
Get/Set Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
%1 : Dicom Data Object
Get/Set Error%n
[Tag] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Other Error%n
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
%1 (%2) : [%3]
SendToCommPort, COMM
Port Send Error
m_hQUEMutex, Create
Mutex Error
CommOpen, COMM Port
Open Error
CommOpen, COMM Port
Param Set Error
tControlMain,
_beginthreadex Create
Error
End_ControlProc, COMM
Port Close Error
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Unknown error.
Restart.
A failure resulted in an attempt to establish Check connection and settings of the port.
connection to the data transmission port.
Settings of the data transmission port are Check settings for connection to the port.
defective.
A failure occurred in an attempt to start the Restart.
main thread.
A failure occurred in an attempt to close
the port.
Appx1MT-41
Event
Event Source
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
MakeSendMessage,
Message Code Convert
Error
lFocus,
DicomDataFormatError
lTubeVoltage,
DicomDataFormatError
lExposureTime,
DicomDataFormatError
lmAs,
DicomDataFormatError
csGrid,
DicomDataFormatError
lGlandulardose,
DicomDataFormatError
csFilterMaterial,
DicomDataFormatError
BodyPartThickness,
DicomDataFormatError
csActualStereoAngle,
DicomDataFormatError
csTubeHeadAngle,
DicomDataFormatError
lmAsActualValue,
DicomDataFormatError
SetAllMammoXcon,
DicomDataCreateError
SaveResExpParamData,
DicomFile Save Error
SaveResExpParamData,
Not Use Dicom Directory
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-42
Event
Event Source
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
RespOperation, response
data Format error
RespOperation, response
data Checksum error
RespOperation, Alloc Error
for Dicom Data
RespOperation, Alloc Error
for XConError
RespOperation, XConError
data Iregular Format
ACKOperation, No Target
[ACK] Receive
SendToCommPort, Send
Error
RetryOperation, Retry Send
Error
RetryOperation, Comm
Send Retry Over
RetryOperation, Response
Timeout
RespOperation,
Compression Force data
Format error
RespOperation,
Compression Force data
Checksum error
RespOperation, Delete
Dicom File Error
RetryOperation, Delete
Dicom File Error
RespOperation, Send
AskParam Error
FFGetPASSecurityFuncIDList
Error nCount=%1
ConfigData Is Illegal
[DAPDataBit]
DAPDataBit Nothing
ConfigData Is Illegal
[DAPStopBit]
DAPStopBit Nothing
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Nothing particular.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-43
Event
Event Source
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
Description
ConfigData Is Illegal
[DAPParity]
DAPParity Nothing
ConfigData Is Illegal
[DAPBaudrate]
DAPBaudrate Nothing
ConfigData Is Illegal
[DAPWaitTime]
DAPWaitTime Nothing
ConfigData Is Illegal
[DAPTrialCount]
DAPTrialCount Nothing
Causes
Remedies
Check ConfigDB.
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
DAPComPort Nothing
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
Bad DSN
13998 FFIipInput
ComPortNo Error
13998 FFIipInput
DAPAddress Nothing
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
ConfigData Is Illegal
[DAPAddress]
Not Read MDB Data
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Bad Directory
Remarks
Set 1<=DAPWaitTime>=30.
Set 1<=DAPTrialCount>=255.
Set 1<=DAPTrialCount>=255.
Check status of connected devices.
Check ConfigDB.
Check ConfigDB.
Check ConfigDB.
Check ConfigDB.
Check ConfigDB.
Check ConfigDB.
Check ConfigDB.
Check ConfigDB.
Check to see if the system is up and
running double.
Check status of connected devices.
Check status of connected devices.
Check the machine load.
Appx1MT-44
Event
13998
13998
13998
13998
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
FFIipInput
FFIipInput
FFIipInput
FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
Response Timeout
A response timeout.
CreateError
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Failed in acquiring the time setting of a PC. Check the PC setup and then restart.
Appx1MT-45
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
13998 FFIipInput
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998
13998
13998
13998
IdSRISConvert
FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
MoveResultFile() : Not
Move Files
CheckPatientData error
13998 FFIipInput
CreateResultXmlFile error
13998 FFIipInput
GetInfoFileURL() Error :
%1
FcDicomOperation.
LoadDicomObject() Error :
%1
GetExposureData() Error :
%1
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
IdSRISConvert
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-46
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
13998 FFIipInput
ImageDBCOM.
Failed in accessing the image database.
OpenRecordset() Error :%1
sql=%2
13998 FFIipInput
ImageDBCOM.
Failed in accessing the image database.
CloseRecordset() Error :%1
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
IdSRISConvert
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
CreateNodeStudy() Error
13998 FFIipInput
CreateNode() Error
IdSRISConvert
IdSRISConvert
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-47
Event
Event Source
13998 FFIipInput
Description
Causes
Remedies
XMLTag : %1 TagType = 1
Not Elemnt Valu
CreateNodeMenu() Error
13998 FFIipInput
CreateNodeImage() Error
13998 FFIipInput
CreateNodeRadiation()
Error
13998 FFIipInput
FFNetDBConnect() :%1
13998
FFNetDBClose() :%1
Not FileExists : %1
Not FolderExists : %1
GetAccessionNumberErr
IdSRISConvert
13998 FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
IdSRISConvert
IdSRISConvert
13998
13998
13998
13998
IdSRISConvert
FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
FFIipInput
IdSRISConvert
IdExposerList
GetAccesionNumber()
IdOrderingReserve
13998 IdOrderingReserve
CreateOneStudyInfo()
13998 IdOrderingReserve
SortStudyNumber()
13998 IdOrderingReserve
SortMenuNumber()
13998 IdOrderingReserve
SetOrderInfo()
13998 IdOrderingReserve
SetOrderInfo()
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
CheckStudyCount.%4
Remarks
Appx1MT-48
Event
Event Source
13998 IdOrderingReserve
SetOrderInfo()
13998 IdOrderingReserve
SetOrderInfo()
13998 IdOrderingReserve
SetOrderInfo()
13998 IdOrderingReserve
SetOrderInfo()
13998 IdOrderingReserve
13998
13998
13998
13998
13998
13998
13999
14000
14001
14002
14003
14004
SortStudyAndMenu
Number()
IdOrderingReserve
AddInsert()
IdOrderingReserve
AddInsert()
IdOrderingReserve
CheckStudyCount()
IdOrderingReserve
CheckStudyCount()
IIPInput.exe
m_ctlHome_
OnSelectedTab
IIPInput.exe
m_ctlIdInputRecept_
OnErrorOccurred()
FFIipInput
Description
Causes
Remedies
FcDicomOperation.
SetStrData(&H181401)
Error : %1
FcDicomOperation.
SetStrData(&H7F222) Error
: %1
FcDicomOperation.
SetStrData(&201110A0)
Error : %1
FcDicomOperation.
SetStrData(&H20100050)
Error : %1
SortStudyAndMenu
Number_Unknown_Error
Restart.
UnKnown_Error
Restart.
Restart.
FFIipInput
Restart.
FFIipInput
SetCasetteThickness-010
Restart.
FFIipInput
GetCasetteThickness-010
Restart.
FFIipInput
ProcImageCombine-600
Restart.
FFIipInput
Initialize-22-04
Restart.
14006 FFIipInput
14900 IIPInputEz
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
UserControl_Terminate-1
Restart.
Check the registry key.
Appx1MT-49
Event
Event Source
14900 IIPPortable
14901 IIPInputEz
14901 IIPPortable
14902 IIPInputEz
14902 IIPPortable
14903 IIPInputEz
14903 IIPPortable
14904 IIPInputEz
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
%1 : Registry Value Get/
Set Error
[Key] %2
[Exp] %3
%4
%5
%1 : Database Connection
Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Database Connection
Error
[DB] %2
[Exp] %3
%4
%5
%1 : Database Data
Get/Set Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
%1 : Database Data Get/
Set Error
[DB] %2
[Table]%3
[Field]%4
[Exp]%5
%1 : DDO Data Get/Set
Error%n
[Tag] %2%n
%3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : DDO Data Get/Set
Error
[Tag] %2
%3
%4
%5
%1 : Other Error%n
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Incorrect Directory.ini file character strings. Check the Directory.ini file. Also check the
An incorrect database filename. Damaged database filename.
database.
Other error.
Appx1MT-50
Event
Event Source
14904 IIPPortable
Description
%1: Other Error
[Procedure] %2
[Error Code]%3
[Exp]%4
%5
Initialization failed.
[DPM Invoke fail]
Initialization failed.
[DPC Invoke fail]
Initialization failed.
[Insufficient memory]
Initialization failed.
[DPM Invoke fail]
Initialization failed.
[Insufficient memory]
Initialization failed.
[DPM Invoke fail]
Initialization failed.
[Insufficient memory]
Initialization failed.
[DPM Invoke fail]
Initialization failed.
[Insufficient memory]
Initialization failed.
[DPM Invoke fail]
Initialization failed.
[Insufficient memory]
Initialization failed.
[DPM Invoke fail]
Initialization failed.
[DPC Invoke fail]
Initialization failed.
[Insufficient memory]
Initialization failed.
[DPM Invoke fail]
Initialization failed.
[Insufficient memory]
Method Invoke failed.
[PushPrc]
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Restart.
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-51
Event
Event Source
Description
19002 FFDICOMEchoSCU
19002 FFDICOMMPPSSCU
19002 FFDICOMMPPSSCU
19002 FFDICOMMWLSCU
19002 FFDICOMMWLSCU
19002 FFDICOMPrintSCU
19002 FFDICOMPrintSCU
19002 FFDICOMPrintSCU
19002 FFDICOMQRSCU
19002 FFDICOMQRSCU
19002 FFDICOMQRSCU
19002 FFDICOMQRSCU
19002 FFDICOMStoreSCU
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Restart.
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Although the communication log cannot be
obtained, execution is possible.
Appx1MT-52
Event
Event Source
19003 FFDICOMMPPSSCU
19003 FFDICOMMWLSCU
19003 FFDICOMPrintSCU
19003 FFDICOMStoreSCP
19003 FFDICOMStoreSCP
19003 FFDICOMStoreSCP
19003 FFDICOMStoreSCU
19900 IIPInputEz
19901 IIPInputEz
19902 IIPInputEz
19903 IIPInputEz
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
File I/O failed.
[Communication log file
name]
File I/O failed.
[Communication log file
name]
File I/O failed.
[Communication log file
name]
File I/O failed.
[Communication log file
name]
File I/O failed.
[Communication log file
name]
File I/O failed.
[Communication log file
name]
File I/O failed.
[Communication log file
name]
%1 : Registry Value
Get/Set Error%n
[Key] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Database Connection
Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
%1 : Database Data
Get/Set Error%n
[DB] %2%n
[Table] %3%n
[Field] %4%n
[Exp] %5
%1 : Dicom Data Object
Get/Set Error%n
[Tag] %2%n
[Exp] %3%n
%4%n
%5
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
An adequate disk space was not available. Check the available disk space.
An image-related file was not successfully
accessed. The problem is attributable to a
disk.
A communication log file was not
successfully opened.
Appx1MT-53
Event
Event Source
19904 IIPInputEz
20001 FFCtrlProc
20002 FFCtrlProc
20003 FFCtrlProc
20004 FFCtrlProc
20005 FFCtrlProc
20006 FFCtrlProc
20007 FFCtrlProc
20102 FFCustomMsgBox
20104 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
%1 : Other Error%n
[Procedure] %2%n
[ErrorCode] %3%n
[Exp] %4%n
%5
It failed in CreateProcess.
It has the possibility that an
executive file doesnt exist.
The start treatment cant be
continued. /CtrlProc:
RunProc()
%1
Process start information is
unusual. The start
treatment cant be
continued. /CtrlProc:
RunProc()
It failed in the completion
message preparation
treatment. The treatment
cant be continued. /
CtrlProc:EndProc()
It failed in the completion
message transmitting
treatment. The treatment
cant be continued. /
CtrlProc:EndProc()
It failed in the switching
message preparation
treatment. The treatment
cant be continued. /
CtrlProc:ChangeProc()
It failed in the switching
message transmitting
treatment. The treatment
cant be continued. /
CtrlProc:ChangeProc()
It failed in CreateProcess.
It has the possibility that an
executive file doesnt exist.
The start treatment cant be
continued.
/CtrlProc:SetInitProcEnd()
[20102] Setup not
completed.
[20104] Failed in securing
system settings.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Unknown error.
A subprocess was not successfully started Restart. If the same symptom occurs after A subsystem name is
up. The system was unstable or a
a restart, reinstall.
placed in the %1
necessary executable file was not found.
position.
An illegal parameter was used for process Restart. If the same symptom occurs after
startup. It is conceivable that the contents a restart, reinstall.
of the process information database were
wrong.
A process end request message was not Restart.
successfully created. It is conceivable that
the available resource was not adequate
or that the system was unstable.
A process end request message was not Restart.
successfully transmitted. It is conceivable
that the transmission destination process
was down or that the transmission
destination was wrong.
A window show/hide message was not
Restart.
successfully created. It is conceivable that
the available resource was not adequate
or that the system was unstable.
A window show/hide message was not
successfully transmitted. It is conceivable
that the transmission destination process
was down or that the transmission
destination was wrong.
A window show/hide message was not
successfully transmitted. It is conceivable
that the transmission destination process
was down or that the transmission
destination was wrong.
Appx1MT-54
Event
Event Source
20104 FFIIPMAIN
20105 FFCustomMsgBox
20105 FFIIPMAIN
20106 FFCustomMsgBox
20106 FFIIPMAIN
20108 FFCustomMsgBox
20108 FFIIPMAIN
20110 FFCustomMsgBox
20110 FFIIPMAIN
20111
20118 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom occurs after Main
or deleted.
a restart, reinstall.
Data was not successfully acquired from
the process information database.
This error occurred due to an improper
installation or system instability.
It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom occurs after Main
or deleted.
a restart, reinstall.
The message database was not
successfully opened. This error occurred
due to an improper installation or system
instability.
Main
Main
Appx1MT-55
Event
Event Source
20118 FFIIPMAIN
20124 FFCustomMsgBox
20124 FFIIPMAIN
Description
It failed in the completion of
the sub-process.
/MainProcess:
ProcessEndRequirement()
[20124] Failed in process
switchover.
It failed in switching of the
process. /MainProcess:
xxxxx
Causes
Remedies
Restart.
21001 FFCustomMsgBox
[21001] Failed in
connecting to the image
database.
21002 FFCustomMsgBox
21003 FFCustomMsgBox
21004 FFCustomMsgBox
21005 FFCustomMsgBox
21006 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
List
List
List
List
List
List
Appx1MT-56
Event
Event Source
21007 FFCustomMsgBox
21008 FFCustomMsgBox
21009 FFCustomMsgBox
21010 FFCustomMsgBox
21011 FFCustomMsgBox
21012 FFCustomMsgBox
21013 FFCustomMsgBox
21014 FFCustomMsgBox
21015 FFCustomMsgBox
21016 FFCustomMsgBox
21017 FFCustomMsgBox
21018 FFCustomMsgBox
21019 FFCustomMsgBox
21020 FFCustomMsgBox
21021 FFCustomMsgBox
21022 FFCustomMsgBox
21023 FFCustomMsgBox
21024 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[21007] Failed in
connecting to the system
setting database.
[21008] Failed in accessing
the system setting
database.
[21009] Failed in obtaining
information from the system
setting database.
[21010] Failed in
connecting to the character
database.
[21011] Failed in accessing
the character database.
[21012] Failed in obtaining
information from the
character database.
[21013] Failed in accessing
the definition file.
[21014] Failed in opening
the registry information.
[21015] Failed in retrieving
the registry information.
[21016] Failed in writing the
registry information.
[21017] Failed in closing
the registry information.
[21018] Failed in receiving
message.
[21019] Failed in canceling
the output processing.
[21020] Failed in output.
[21021] Failed in receiving
the message.
[21022] Failed in initializing
process for message
communication.
[21023] Failed in
terminating process for
message communication.
[21024] Failed in obtaining
information from the host
setting database.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
List
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
List
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
List
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
Appx1MT-57
Event
Event Source
21025 FFCustomMsgBox
21030 FFCustomMsgBox
Description
[21025] Failed in editing the
host setting database.
[21030] Failed in study
start.
[21031] Failed in QA start.
Causes
Remedies
21052 FFMWMHelper
21053 FFMWMHelper
[MWMHelper]%1
21054 FFMWMHelper
[MWMHelper]%1
21031 FFCustomMsgBox
21032 FFCustomMsgBox
21033 FFCustomMsgBox
21034 FFCustomMsgBox
21035 FFCustomMsgBox
21036 FFCustomMsgBox
21037 FFCustomMsgBox
21038 FFCustomMsgBox
21039 FFCustomMsgBox
21040 FFCustomMsgBox
21041 FFCustomMsgBox
21051 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
Appx1MT-58
Event
Event Source
21101 FFCustomMsgBox
21102 FFCustomMsgBox
21103 FFCustomMsgBox
21104 FFCustomMsgBox
21105 FFCustomMsgBox
21106 FFCustomMsgBox
21129 FFCustomMsgBox
21201 FFCustomMsgBox
21202 FFCustomMsgBox
21203 FFCustomMsgBox
21204 FFCustomMsgBox
21205 FFCustomMsgBox
21206 FFCustomMsgBox
21207 FFCustomMsgBox
21208 FFCustomMsgBox
21209 FFCustomMsgBox
21210 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[21101] An error of
unknown cause occurred.
[21102] Failed in obtaining
study information.
[21103] Unable to specify a
target destination for move.
[21104] Unable to specify a
target destination for move.
[21105] Unable to move an
image.
[21106] A study information
display error occurred.
[21129] The hard disk was
full.
[21201] An error of
unknown cause occurred.
[21202] Initialization has
not been completed.
[21203] Radiographer
information database is
abnormal.
[21204] Failed in obtaining
the registry information.
[21205] Failed in setting
registry values.
[21206] Failed in clearing a
displayed image.
[21207] Failed in
connecting to the database.
[21208] Failed in
connecting to the database.
[21209] Failed in setting the
study information sharing
host.
[21210] Failed in obtaining
the study information from
the database.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
List
List
List
List
List
List
- The free hard disk space was insufficient. - Delete unnecessary images. If any
- The shuttering process was used with
images are left without being output,
software version A07 or earlier. Or, a
output them.
forced termination procedure was
- Upgrade the software to version A08 or
performed during a startup or freeze
later and then initialize the image
(when version A07 or earlier was used).
database.
The system was unstable.
Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
perform a reinstallation.
The system was unstable.
Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
Main
List
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
List
Appx1MT-59
Event
Event Source
21211 FFCustomMsgBox
21212 FFCustomMsgBox
21213 FFCustomMsgBox
21214 FFCustomMsgBox
22100 FFIIPListMoveImage
22103 FFIIPMAIN
22128 FFIIPMAIN
22200 FFIIPListMoveImage
22201 FFIIPListMoveImage
22201 FFPDIWizardCom
22202 FFIIPListMoveImage
22202 FFPDIWizardCom
22203 FFIIPListMoveImage
22203 FFPDIWizardCom
22204 FFIIPListMoveImage
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[21211] An error of
unknown cause occurred in
obtaining radiographer
information.
[21212] An error of
unknown cause occurred.
[21213] An error of
unknown cause occurred.
Study information cannot
be obtained.
[21214] Failed in starting
remote search/acquisition
processing.
Warning.
%1
It failed in the acquisition of
the configuration information.
The initialization treatment
cant be continued. /
MainProcess:Main()
An error occurred in logfile
backup treatment. /
MainProcess:xxxxx
Error.
%1
Initialize Error.
%1
%1%n%2%n
Failed in obtaining the
registry information.
FFGetString Error.
%1
%1%n%2%n
Failed in reading of the
configuration file (Directory.
ini).
DB Connect Error.
%1
%1%n%2%n
Failed in accessing the
system setting database.
DB Get Error.
%
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
List
List
List
List
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-60
Event
Event Source
22204 FFPDIWizardCom
22205 FFIIPListMoveImage
22205 FFPDIWizardCom
22206 FFIIPListMoveImage
22206 FFPDIWizardCom
22207 FFIIPListMoveImage
22207 FFPDIWizardCom
22208 FFIIPListMoveImage
22208 FFPDIWizardCom
22209 FFPDIWizardCom
22211 FFPDIWizardCom
23000 FFMWMStudyList
23000 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
Description
%1%n%2%n
Failed in accessing the
character database.
SetDB Error.
%1
%1%n%2%n
Failed in accessing the
image database.
Dicom Data Object Get
Error.
%1
%1%n%2%n
An error occurred in an
imageprocessing server.
Dicom Data Object Set
Error.
%1
%1%n%2%n
An error occurred in a
PDIcontrol library.
Dicom Data Object Set
Error.
%1
%1%n%2%n
An error occurred in the
DicomDataObject.
%1%n%2%n
An error occurred in the
called function.
%1%n
An exception error
occurred.
RegCreatekey() returned
with Error at %1.
[%2]
RegCreatekey() returned
with Error at %1.%n[%2]
23000 FFIIPListCustomize
RegCreatekey() returned
with Error at %1.%n[%2]
23000 FFIIPListSearch
RegCreatekey() returned
with Error at %1.%n[%2]
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-61
Event
Event Source
23000 FFIIPListMoveImage
23000 FFMWMStudyList
23001 FFMWMStudyList
23001 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23001 FFIIPListCustomize
23001 FFIIPListSearch
23001 FFMWMStudyList
23001 FFMediaList
23002 FFMWMStudyList
23002 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23002 FFIIPListCustomize
23002 FFIIPListSearch
23002 FFMWMStudyList
23002 FFMediaList
23003 FFMWMStudyList
23003 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Information.
%1
Study couldnt be started
automatically. %1.
[%2]
RegOpenkey() returned
with Error at %1.
[%2]
RegOpenkey() returned
with Error at %1.%n[%2]
Causes
Remedies
Information log.
Restart.
Remarks
Appx1MT-62
Event
Event Source
23003 FFIIPListCustomize
23003 FFIIPListSearch
23003 FFMWMStudyList
23003 FFMediaList
23004 FFMWMStudyList
23004 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23004 FFIIPListCustomize
23004 FFIIPListSearch
23004 FFMWMStudyList
23004 FFMediaList
23005 FFIIPListCustomize
23005 FFIIPListSearch
23005 FFMWMStudyList
23005 FFMWMStudyList
23005 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23005 FFMediaList
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
RegQueryNumericValue()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
RegQueryNumericValue()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
RegQueryNumericValue()
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
RegQueryNumericValue()r
eturned with Error at %1.
[%2]
RegSetNumericValue()
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
RegSetNumericValue()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
RegSetNumericValue()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
RegSetNumericValue()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
RegSetNumericValue()
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
RegSetNumericValue()retu
rned with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFGetString() returned with
Error at %1.%n[%2]
FFGetString() returned with
Error at %1.%n[%2]
FFGetString() returned with
Error at %1. [%2]
FFGetString() returned with
Error at %1.
[%2]
FFGetString() returned with
Error at %1.%n[%2]
FFGetString() returned with
Error at %1.
[%2]
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-63
Event
Event Source
23006 FFIIPListCustomize
23006 FFIIPListSearch
23006 FFMWMStudyList
23006 FFMWMStudyList
23006 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23006 FFMediaList
23007 FFIIPListCustomize
23007 FFIIPListSearch
23007 FFMWMStudyList
23007 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23007 FFMediaList
23008 FFIIPListCustomize
23008 FFIIPListSearch
23008 FFMWMStudyList
23008 FFMWMStudyList
23008 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-64
Event
Event Source
23008 FFMediaList
23009 FFIIPListCustomize
23009 FFIIPListSearch
23009 FFMWMStudyList
23009 FFMWMStudyList
23009 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23009 FFMediaList
2300A FFMWMStudyList
23010 FFIIPListCustomize
23010 FFIIPListSearch
23010 FFMWMStudyList
23010 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23010 FFMediaList
23011 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23011 FFIIPListCustomize
23011 FFMWMStudyList
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
FFStrDBReadString()
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFRegGetKeySZ() returned
with Error at %1.%n[%2]
FFRegGetKeySZ() returned
with Error at %1.%n[%2]
FFRegGetKeySZ() returned
with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFRegGetKeySZ() returned
with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFRegGetKeySZ() returned
with Error at %1.%n[%2]
FFRegGetKeySZ() returned
with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFRegGetKeyDWORD()
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFRegGetKeyDWORD()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
FFRegGetKeyDWORD()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
FFRegGetKeyDWORD()
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFRegGetKeyDWORD()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
FFRegGetKeyDWORD()
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFSysDBConnect()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
FFHostDBInitialize()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
FFHostDBInitialize()
returned with Error at
%1. [%2]
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-65
Event
Event Source
23011 FFMediaList
23012 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23012 FFIIPListCustomize
23012 FFMWMStudyList
23012 FFMediaList
23013 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23013 FFIIPListCustomize
23013 FFMWMStudyList
23013 FFMediaList
23014 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23014 FFMediaList
23014 FFMWMStudyList
23015 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23015 FFMediaList
23015 FFMWMStudyList
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
FFHostDBInitialize()
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFSysDBClose() returned
with Error at %1.%n[%2]
FFHostDBGetQueryHost()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
FFHostDBGetQueryHost()
returned with Error at
%1. [%2]
FFHostDBGetQueryHost()
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFSysDBReadszValue()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
FFHostDBSetQueryHost()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
FFHostDBSetQueryHost()
returned with Error at
%1. [%2]
FFHostDBSetQueryHost()
returned with Error at %1.
[%2]
FFSysDBReadnValue()
returned with Error at
%1.%n[%2]
FFSysDBReadnValue()
returned with Error at
%1.%n
[%2]
Failed WorkListDB Open
Recordset at %1.%n
[%2]
Failed ImageDB
Connection at %1.%n[%2]
Failed ImageDB
Connection at %1.%n
[%2]
Failed WorkListDB Close
Recordset at %1.%n
[%2]
Causes
Remedies
Restart.
FFHostDBGetQueryHost() returned an
error.
Restart.
FFHostDBSetQueryHost() returned an
error.
Restart.
Remarks
Appx1MT-66
Event
Event Source
23016 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23016 FFMWMStudyList
23017 FFStudyList,
Description
Failed ImageDB
Disconnection at
%1.%n[%2]
Failed ReleasePossession
at %1.%n
[%2]
Failed ImageDB Open
Recordset at %1.%n[%2]
Failed ImageDB Update
Recordset at %1.%n[%2]
Failed ImageDB Close
Recordset at %1.%n[%2]
Failed Get HostName as
%1.%n[%2]
Causes
Remedies
23022 FFStudyList
Failed GetPossession at
%1.%n
[%2]
23023 FFMediaList
23023 FFStudyList
Error Occurred.%n
Failed
DDOChangeOrDelivery at
%1.%n[%2]
Failed DicomQ/R at
%1.%n[%2]
FFNetDBConnect()
returned with Error at
%1.%n [%2]
Failed DicomQ/R Initialize
at %1.%n[%2]
FFOutputList
23018 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23019 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23020 FFStudyList
23020 FFMediaList
23021 FFStudyList
23021 FFMediaList
23022 FFStudyList
23024 FFStudyList
23025 FFStudyList
23026 FFStudyList
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Restart.
Restart the system.
Check the network/network settings, and
then restart the system as necessary.
Check NetConfig.mdb and restart the
system.
Restart the system.
Appx1MT-67
Event
Event Source
23027 FFStudyList
23028 FFStudyList
23029 FFStudyList
23031 FFStudyList
23099 FFIIPListCustomize
23099 FFIIPListSearch
23099 FFMWMStudyList
23099 FFMWMStudyList
23099 FFStudyList,
FFOutputList
23099 FFMediaList
23108 FFIIPMAIN
23118 FFIIPMAIN
23124 FFIIPMAIN
24001 FFCustomMsgBox
24002 FFCustomMsgBox
24003 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Failed
MultiPrintDDOUpdate at
%1.%n[%2]
Failed MultiPrintDelivery
%1.%n[%2]
Failed FFNetDBGet
%1.%n[%2]
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
List
List
List
Appx1MT-68
Event
Event Source
24004 FFCustomMsgBox
24005 FFCustomMsgBox
24057 FFCustomMsgBox
24062 FFCustomMsgBox
25001 FFCustomMsgBox
Description
[24004] Cancels the
selected output request.
[24005] The search target
string %S was not found.
[24057 ] Unable to receive
information from the RIS
trigger transmitter.
[24062] Failed in changing
the host setting.
[25001] Failed in
connecting to the media
database.
Causes
Remedies
Worklist
Media list
Media list
25003 FFCustomMsgBox
[25003] Failed in obtaining Due to the fact, for example, that the SQL
information from media.
server service manager has not yet been
started.
25004 FFCustomMsgBox
25007 FFCustomMsgBox
25008 FFCustomMsgBox
25009 FFCustomMsgBox
25010 FFCustomMsgBox
25011 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
List
List
[25002] Failed in accessing Due to the fact, for example, that the SQL
the media database.
server service manager has not yet been
started.
25006 FFCustomMsgBox
List
25002 FFCustomMsgBox
25005 FFCustomMsgBox
Remarks
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Appx1MT-69
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
25012 FFCustomMsgBox
[25012] Failed in accessing Due to the fact, for example, that the SQL
the image database.
server service manager has not yet been
started or the image database not
initialized appropriately.
25013 FFCustomMsgBox
[25013] Failed in obtaining Due to the fact, for example, that the SQL
information from the image server service manager has not yet been
database.
started or the image database not
initialized appropriately.
25014 FFCustomMsgBox
25015 FFCustomMsgBox
25016
25017
25018
25019
25020
25021
25022
25026
29001
29002
29010
29011
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
Media list
List
List
Restart.
Restart.
Worklist
Appx1MT-70
Event
Event Source
29107 FFIIPMAIN
29112 FFIIPMAIN
29114 FFIIPMAIN
29115 FFIIPMAIN
29116 FFIIPMAIN
29117 FFIIPMAIN
29119 FFIIPMAIN
29122 FFIIPMAIN
29123 FFIIPMAIN
29125 FFIIPMAIN
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
A message was received from an unknown Restart. If the same symptom occurs after
source. It is conceivable that the
a restart, reinstall.
transmission source was not registered in
the message information database or that
a wrong transmission source was selected.
An unknown transmission destination was
specified for the received message.
It is conceivable that the transmission
destination was not registered in the
message information database or that a
wrong transmission destination was
selected.
A message delivery was not successful.
It is conceivable that the subprocess at the
transmission destination was not running.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-71
Event
Event Source
29126 FFIIPMAIN
29127 FFIIPMAIN
29128 FFIIPMAIN
29129 FFIIPMAIN
29130 FFCustomMsgBox
30001 FFCustomMsgBox
30002 FFCustomMsgBox
30003 FFCustomMsgBox
30004 FFCustomMsgBox
30005 FFCustomMsgBox
30013 FFCustomMsgBox
30019 FFCustomMsgBox
30027
FFCustomMsgBox
30045 FFCustomMsgBox
30057 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
It failed in reading of the
registry information. /
MainProcess:xxxxx
It failed in writing of the
registry information. /
MainProcess:xxxxx
Trash Folder is not found.
Tempolary file(s) could not
delete.
[29130] The system is now
starting up.
Causes
Data was not successfully acquired from
the registry. It is conceivable that
installation was not properly completed.
Data was not successfully written into the
registry. It is conceivable that the system
was unstable.
%IipApplication%\Trash cannot be found.
Remedies
Remarks
Reinstall.
Restart.
Appx1MT-72
Event
Event Source
30085 FFCustomMsgBox
30105 FFCustomMsgBox
30106 FFCustomMsgBox
30107 FFCustomMsgBox
30108 FFCustomMsgBox
30109 FFCustomMsgBox
30110 FFCustomMsgBox
30117 FFCustomMsgBox
30121 FFCustomMsgBox
30122 FFCustomMsgBox
30125 FFCustomMsgBox
30129 FFCustomMsgBox
30147 FFCustomMsgBox
30148 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[30085] Failed in obtaining
the connection characters
to the Image Reader status
information database.
[30105] Failed in list
initialization (waiting for
study).
[30106] Failed in list
initialization (waiting for
QA).
[30107] Failed in list
initialization (waiting for
output).
[30108] Failed in list
initialization (already
output).
[30109] Failed in list
initialization (all).
[30110] Failed in list
initialization (today).
[30117] Failed in updating
list (worklist) display.
[30121] Failed in obtaining
the connection characters
to the Image Reader
information database.
[30122] Failed in accessing
the Image Reader
information database.
[30125] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (IP size series).
[30129] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information
(Pantomography
processing).
[30147] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Magnetic card
type).
[30148] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Magnetic card
type).
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
The system was unstable.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
Appx1MT-73
Event
Event Source
30149 FFCustomMsgBox
30150 FFCustomMsgBox
30151 FFCustomMsgBox
30152 FFCustomMsgBox
30153
FFCustomMsgBox
30155 FFCustomMsgBox
30157 FFCustomMsgBox
Description
[30149] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Hospital card
used).
[30150] Failed in accessing
the system setting
database.
[30151] Failed in
initialization processing.
Causes
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
30201 FFCustomMsgBox
[30201] A communication
error with RIS occurred.
30202 FFCustomMsgBox
[30202] A communication
error with RIS occurred.
30204 FFCustomMsgBox
[30204] Because of
Failed in installation.
improperly performed
installation processing, the
system cannot be started.
[30205] Failed in search
The system was unstable.
processing.
[30206] Failed in initializing The system was unstable.
patient-incidental
information.
30206 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
30200 FFCustomMsgBox
30205 FFCustomMsgBox
Remedies
Appx1MT-74
Event
Event Source
30213 FFCustomMsgBox
30507 FFCustomMsgBox
31001 FFCustomMsgBox
31002 FFCustomMsgBox
31003 FFCustomMsgBox
31004 FFCustomMsgBox
31005 FFCustomMsgBox
31006 FFCustomMsgBox
31007 FFCustomMsgBox
31008 FFCustomMsgBox
31010 FFCustomMsgBox
31011 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[30213] Failed in displaying
the preview screen.
[30507] A communication
error with Ascent View
occurred.
[31001] Failed in obtaining
the registry information
(font name).
[31002] Failed in obtaining
the registry information
(font size).
[31003] Failed in obtaining
the registry information
(multi-byte language
information).
[31004] Failed in obtaining
the used language in
system setting.
[31005] Failed in obtaining
the connection characters
to the character database.
[31006] Failed in
connecting to the character
database.
[31007] Failed in obtaining
the connection characters
to the system setting
database.
[31008] Failed in
connecting to the system
setting database.
[31010] Failed in
connecting to the image
database.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
ID input section
Communication error
with the linkage
application
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
an inactive SQL service manager or
is normally operating. If the symptom
uninitialized image database.
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
[31011] Failed in acquiring - The problem is attributable, for instance, - Check whether the SQL service manager
information from the image to an inactive SQL service manager or
is normally operating. If the symptom
database.
uninitialized image database.
occurs while the SQL service manager is
- Software version A07 or earlier was used. normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
- Upgrade the software to version A08 or
later.
Appx1MT-75
Event
Event Source
31012 FFCustomMsgBox
31013 FFCustomMsgBox
31014 FFCustomMsgBox
31015 FFCustomMsgBox
31016 FFCustomMsgBox
31017 FFCustomMsgBox
31018 FFCustomMsgBox
31019 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
[31012] Failed in accessing The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
the image database.
an inactive SQL service manager or
is normally operating. If the symptom
uninitialized image database.
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
[31013] Failed in obtaining The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
the information from the
an inactive SQL service manager or
is normally operating. If the symptom
image database.
uninitialized image database.
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
[31014] Failed in setting
The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
information to the image
an inactive SQL service manager or
is normally operating. If the symptom
database.
uninitialized image database.
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
[31015] Failed in deleting
The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
the information from the
an inactive SQL service manager or
is normally operating. If the symptom
image database.
uninitialized image database.
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
[31016] Failed in
The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
connecting to the flag
an inactive SQL service manager or
is normally operating. If the symptom
database.
uninitialized image database.
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
[31017] Failed in accessing The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
the flag database.
an inactive SQL service manager or
is normally operating. If the symptom
uninitialized image database.
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
[31018] Failed in setting
The problem is attributable, for instance, to Check whether the SQL service manager
information to the flag
an inactive SQL service manager or
is normally operating. If the symptom
database.
uninitialized image database.
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
[31019] Failed in
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
initialization process for
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
menu setting database.
Appx1MT-76
Event
Event Source
31020 FFCustomMsgBox
31021 FFCustomMsgBox
31022 FFCustomMsgBox
31023 FFCustomMsgBox
31024 FFCustomMsgBox
31025 FFCustomMsgBox
31026 FFCustomMsgBox
31027 FFCustomMsgBox
31028 FFCustomMsgBox
31029 FFCustomMsgBox
31030 FFCustomMsgBox
Description
[31020] Failed in obtaining
the menu information from
the menu setting database.
[31021] Failed in obtaining
the menu parameter
information from the menu
setting database.
[31022] Failed in
terminating the menu
setting database.
[31023] Failed in obtaining
the connection characters
to the network setting
database.
[31024] Failed in
connecting to the network
setting database.
[31025] Failed in obtaining
the information from the
network setting database.
[31026] Failed in issuing
the image information.
[31027] Failed in obtaining
the image information.
31031 FFCustomMsgBox
31032 FFCustomMsgBox
31033 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
The system was unstable.
Appx1MT-77
Event
Event Source
31034 FFCustomMsgBox
31035 FFCustomMsgBox
31036 FFCustomMsgBox
31037 FFCustomMsgBox
31038 FFCustomMsgBox
31039 FFCustomMsgBox
31040 FFCustomMsgBox
31041 FFCustomMsgBox
31042 FFCustomMsgBox
31043 FFCustomMsgBox
31044 FFCustomMsgBox
31045 FFCustomMsgBox
31047 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31034] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(study#).
[31035] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(patient name).
[31036] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Kanji-patient name).
[31037] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(sex).
[31038] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(sex: M).
[31039] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(sex: F).
[31040] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(sex: O).
[31041] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(data of birth).
[31042] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (ID# input
character limitation).
[31043] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Study # input
character limitation).
[31044] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (ID # padding
format).
[31045] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Study #
padding format).
[31047] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (date of birth
format).
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
Appx1MT-78
Event
Event Source
31051 FFCustomMsgBox
31052 FFCustomMsgBox
31053 FFCustomMsgBox
31054 FFCustomMsgBox
31055 FFCustomMsgBox
31056 FFCustomMsgBox
31057 FFCustomMsgBox
31058 FFCustomMsgBox
31059 FFCustomMsgBox
31060 FFCustomMsgBox
31061 FFCustomMsgBox
31062 FFCustomMsgBox
31063 FFCustomMsgBox
31064 FFCustomMsgBox
31065 FFCustomMsgBox
31066 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was
damaged or deleted.
Appx1MT-79
Event
Event Source
31067 FFCustomMsgBox
31068 FFCustomMsgBox
31069 FFCustomMsgBox
31070 FFCustomMsgBox
31071 FFCustomMsgBox
31072 FFCustomMsgBox
31074 FFCustomMsgBox
31076 FFCustomMsgBox
31077 FFCustomMsgBox
31078 FFCustomMsgBox
31079 FFCustomMsgBox
31080 FFCustomMsgBox
31081 FFCustomMsgBox
31082 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31067] Failed in obtaining
the registry information
(window size).
[31068] No patient
information is input.
[31069] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (succeeded
from exposure menu
reservation list).
[31070] Multiple studies
cannot be executed.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-80
Event
Event Source
31097 FFCustomMsgBox
31099 FFCustomMsgBox
31100 FFCustomMsgBox
31101 FFCustomMsgBox
31103 FFCustomMsgBox
31105 FFCustomMsgBox
31106 FFCustomMsgBox
31107 FFCustomMsgBox
31108 FFCustomMsgBox
31109 FFCustomMsgBox
31110 FFCustomMsgBox
31111 FFCustomMsgBox
31112 FFCustomMsgBox
31113 FFCustomMsgBox
31114 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31097] Failed in obtaining
the information from the
character database.
[31099] An error of
unknown cause occurred.
[31100] The image display
process resulted in a failure
while operating in the
image input subsystem.
[31101] Failed in obtaining
the pass information (log
saving folder).
[31103] Failed in calling up
the patient information.
[31105] Failed in
terminating the image input
subsystem.
[31106] Failed in
terminating the image input
subsystem.
[31107] Failed in image
inputting process in the
image input sub-system.
[31108] Failed in image
inputting process in the
image input sub-system.
[31109] Failed in image
inputting process in the
image input sub-system.
[31110] Failed in calling up
the exposure menu.
[31111] Failed in study
terminating process.
[31112] Failed in image
inputting process.
[31113] Failed in image
inputting process.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is highly probable that the program was
faulty.
It is conceivable that the image data or
image information file was damaged.
It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
The system was unstable.
The system was unstable.
Appx1MT-81
Event
Event Source
31116 FFCustomMsgBox
31117 FFCustomMsgBox
31118 FFCustomMsgBox
31119 FFCustomMsgBox
31120 FFCustomMsgBox
31121 FFCustomMsgBox
31122 FFCustomMsgBox
31123 FFCustomMsgBox
31124 FFCustomMsgBox
31125 FFCustomMsgBox
31126 FFCustomMsgBox
31127 FFCustomMsgBox
31128 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31116] Communication line
for monitoring the
connection status with the
Image Reader(%s) has
broken.
[31117] No connection
monitoring response from
the Image Reader(%s).
[31118] Control line with the
Image Reader(%s) has
broken.
[31119] No command
response from the Image
Reader(%s).
[31120] Failed in Image
Reader status control.
[31121] Command
requested to the Image
Reader has not been
executed.
[31122] Failed in obtaining
the information (status)
from the Image Reader.
[31123] Failed in obtaining
the information (machine
code) from the Image
Reader.
[31124] Failed in obtaining
the information (FRUP
version) from the Image
Reader.
[31125] Failed in reconnecting with the Image
Reader.
[31126] Failed in breaking
connection with the Image
Reader.
[31127] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Study with QA completed).
[31128] Failed in obtaining
the caption (only exposure
competed).
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is highly probable that the RU or line was Check the RU and line.
faulty.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
Appx1MT-82
Event
Event Source
31129 FFCustomMsgBox
31130 FFCustomMsgBox
31131 FFCustomMsgBox
31132 FFCustomMsgBox
31133 FFCustomMsgBox
31134 FFCustomMsgBox
31135 FFCustomMsgBox
31136 FFCustomMsgBox
31137 FFCustomMsgBox
31138 FFCustomMsgBox
31139 FFCustomMsgBox
31140 FFCustomMsgBox
31141 FFCustomMsgBox
31142 FFCustomMsgBox
31143 FFCustomMsgBox
31144 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31129] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Study interrupt button).
[31130] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Cancel button).
[31131] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Study reception tab).
[31132] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(waiting for study tab).
[31133] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(waiting for QA tab).
[31134] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Waiting for output tab).
[31135] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Already output tab).
[31136] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(All tab).
[31137] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Today tab).
[31138] Failed in obtaining
the button image (System
button).
[31139] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Study reservation button).
[31140] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Study start button).
[31141] Patient information
is illegal.
[31142] Failed in obtaining
the display group data.
[31143] Failed in obtaining
the display group data.
[31144] Failed in obtaining
the display group data.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the bitmap file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
An unacceptable character was contained. Make a proper entry.
It is conceivable that the database file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was
damaged or deleted.
Appx1MT-83
Event
Event Source
31145 FFCustomMsgBox
31146 FFCustomMsgBox
31147 FFCustomMsgBox
31148 FFCustomMsgBox
31149 FFCustomMsgBox
31152 FFCustomMsgBox
31153 FFCustomMsgBox
31154 FFCustomMsgBox
31155 FFCustomMsgBox
31158 FFCustomMsgBox
31159 FFCustomMsgBox
31160 FFCustomMsgBox
31161 FFCustomMsgBox
31162 FFCustomMsgBox
31163 FFCustomMsgBox
31164 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-84
Event
Event Source
31165 FFCustomMsgBox
31166 FFCustomMsgBox
31167 FFCustomMsgBox
31168 FFCustomMsgBox
31169 FFCustomMsgBox
31170 FFCustomMsgBox
31171 FFCustomMsgBox
31172 FFCustomMsgBox
31173 FFCustomMsgBox
31174 FFCustomMsgBox
31175 FFCustomMsgBox
31176 FFCustomMsgBox
31177 FFCustomMsgBox
31178 FFCustomMsgBox
31179 FFCustomMsgBox
31180 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31165] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Monitor
mode button).
[31166] Failed in obtaining
the button image (QA
button).
[31167] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Change
button).
[31168] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Rotation/
Inversion button).
[31169] Failed in obtaining
the button image (EDR
mode button).
[31170] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Image
format button).
[31171] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Change
menu parameter button).
[31172] Failed in obtaining
the tool tip (New button).
[31173] Failed in obtaining
the tool tip (Repeat button).
[31174] Failed in obtaining
the tool tip (Re-shoot
button).
[31175] Failed in obtaining
the tool tip (Add button).
[31176] Failed in obtaining
the tool tip (Delete button).
[31177] Failed in obtaining
the tool tip (Before scroll
button).
[31178] Failed in obtaining
the tool tip (After scroll
button).
[31179] Failed in obtaining
the tool tip (Monitor mode
button).
[31180] Failed in obtaining
the tool tip (QA button ).
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
Appx1MT-85
Event
Event Source
31181 FFCustomMsgBox
31182 FFCustomMsgBox
31183 FFCustomMsgBox
31184 FFCustomMsgBox
31185 FFCustomMsgBox
31186 FFCustomMsgBox
31187 FFCustomMsgBox
31188 FFCustomMsgBox
31189 FFCustomMsgBox
31191 FFCustomMsgBox
31192 FFCustomMsgBox
31193 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the registry
information was damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
Appx1MT-86
Event
Event Source
31194 FFCustomMsgBox
31196 FFCustomMsgBox
31197 FFCustomMsgBox
31198 FFCustomMsgBox
31201 FFIIPInImgCtrl
Description
[31194] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Set No.
maximum value
information).
[31196] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Series
information issuing
method).
[31197] No matching work
ID exists.
[31198] Failed in distribution
process.
Data error. [Detailed error
information 31201 2 items]
31201 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31201 FFIIPInImgCtrl
InImgReadProc method
parameter error.
31201 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
31202 FFCustomMsgBox
Data error.%n[%1]
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
Appx1MT-87
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
GetMessage(THREAD_
END) error.
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
GetMessage(DICOM_
RUN_COMPLETE) error.
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
GetMessage(THREAD_
COMPLETE) error.
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-88
Event
Event Source
Description
31202 FFIIPInImgCtrl
31202 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
31203 FFCustomMsgBox
Initialize error.%n[%1]
%n[%1]
31207 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Function error.%n[%1]
Causes
Remedies
Failed in requesting for terminating DICOM Restart the system. If the same symptom
SCP control.
occurs after a restart, perform a
reinstallation and initialize the image
database.
Failed in initialization processing.
Restart the system.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
31210 FFCustomMsgBox
31211 FFCustomMsgBox
31212 FFCustomMsgBox
31213 FFCustomMsgBox
31214 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the bitmap file was
damaged or deleted.
Appx1MT-89
Event
Event Source
31215 FFCustomMsgBox
31218 FFCustomMsgBox
31219 FFCustomMsgBox
31220 FFCustomMsgBox
31225 FFCustomMsgBox
31226 FFCustomMsgBox
31227 FFCustomMsgBox
31232 FFCustomMsgBox
31235 FFCustomMsgBox
31236 FFCustomMsgBox
31241 FFCustomMsgBox
31242 FFCustomMsgBox
31243 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31215] Failed in obtaining
the button image
(90 degree rotation button).
[31218] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Image format
selectable range).
[31219] Failed in obtaining
the button image (SINGLE
button).
[31220] Failed in obtaining
the button image (TWIN
button).
[31225] Failed in obtaining
the connection characters
to the film annotation
database.
[31226] Failed in
connecting characters to
the film annotation
database.
[31227] Failed in obtaining
the information from the
film annotation database.
[31232] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (upper limit of
No. of output film).
[31235] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(CS).
[31236] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(SS).
[31241] Failed in creating
thumbnail images with the
image input subsystem.
[31242] Failed in
processing in image input
subsystem.
[31243] Image format
information is illegal.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the bitmap file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
- Software version A06 or earlier was used - Upgrade the software to version A07 or
to enter an image from the 5000 plus
later.
Series.
- Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
- The system was unstable.
perform a reinstallation.
The system was unstable.
Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
perform a reinstallation.
A value in the image file conflicted with a
system setting.
Appx1MT-90
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
31244 FFCustomMsgBox
[31244] Annotation
information is illegal.
31245 FFCustomMsgBox
31246 FFCustomMsgBox
31247 FFCustomMsgBox
31248 FFCustomMsgBox
31249 FFCustomMsgBox
31250 FFCustomMsgBox
31251 FFCustomMsgBox
31252 FFCustomMsgBox
31253 FFCustomMsgBox
31254 FFCustomMsgBox
31255 FFCustomMsgBox
[31255] There is a
discrepancy between
system setting and image
information.
[31256] There is a
discrepancy between
system setting and image
information.
[31257] There is a
discrepancy between
system setting and image
information.
31256 FFCustomMsgBox
31257 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-91
Event
Event Source
31258 FFCustomMsgBox
31259 FFCustomMsgBox
31260 FFCustomMsgBox
31261 FFCustomMsgBox
31262 FFCustomMsgBox
31265 FFCustomMsgBox
31266 FFCustomMsgBox
31267 FFCustomMsgBox
31268 FFCustomMsgBox
31269 FFCustomMsgBox
31270 FFCustomMsgBox
31272 FFCustomMsgBox
31273 FFCustomMsgBox
31274 FFCustomMsgBox
31277 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31258] There is a
discrepancy between
system setting and image
information.
[31259] Failed in obtaining
the image invert/rotate
information.
[31260] Failed in setting the
image format information.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-92
Event
Event Source
31278 FFCustomMsgBox
31279 FFCustomMsgBox
31280 FFCustomMsgBox
31281 FFCustomMsgBox
31282 FFCustomMsgBox
31284 FFCustomMsgBox
31285 FFCustomMsgBox
31288 FFCustomMsgBox
31290 FFCustomMsgBox
31291 FFCustomMsgBox
31292 FFCustomMsgBox
31293 FFCustomMsgBox
31294 FFCustomMsgBox
31295 FFCustomMsgBox
31296 FFCustomMsgBox
31303 FFCustomMsgBox
31304 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31278] Failed in setting the
sensitivity shift.
[31279] Failed in setting the
EDR mode information.
[31280] Failed in setting the
FIX mode S value.
[31281] Failed in setting the
SEMI-X mode average
output density.
[31282] Failed in QA
starting process.
[31284] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Filing mode
selectable range).
[31285] Failed in setting the
image filing information.
[31288] Failed in obtaining
the distribution destination
information.
[31290] Failed in obtaining
IP logical size information.
[31291] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Distribution
code change).
[31292] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Film annotation
change).
[31293] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Function
change).
[31294] Failed in
terminating process.
[31295] Failed in
terminating process.
[31296] Failed in updating
the list display.
[31303] No list (Waiting for
study) is selected.
[31304] No list (Waiting for
QA) is selected.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-93
Event
Event Source
31305 FFCustomMsgBox
31306 FFCustomMsgBox
31307 FFCustomMsgBox
31308 FFCustomMsgBox
31309 FFCustomMsgBox
31310 FFCustomMsgBox
31311 FFCustomMsgBox
31312 FFCustomMsgBox
31313 FFCustomMsgBox
31314 FFCustomMsgBox
31315 FFCustomMsgBox
31316 FFCustomMsgBox
31317 FFCustomMsgBox
31318 FFCustomMsgBox
31319 FFCustomMsgBox
31320 FFCustomMsgBox
31321 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31305] No list (Waiting for
output) is selected.
[31306] No list (Already
output) is selected.
[31307] No list (All) is
selected.
[31308] No list (Today) is
selected.
[31309] Failed in updating
the list (Waiting for study)
display.
[31310] Failed in updating
the list (Waiting for QA)
display.
[31311] Failed in updating
the list (Waiting for output)
display.
[31312] Failed in updating
the list (Already output)
display.
[31313] Failed in updating
the list (All) display.
[31314] Failed in updating
the list (Today) display.
[31315] No. of selected
study is illegal. Study
cannot be started.
[31316] Failed in study
starting process.
[31317] No. of selected
studies is illegal. QA cannot
be started.
[31318] Failed in QA
starting process.
[31319] Failed in QA
starting process.
[31320] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Operational
mode after studying).
[31321] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Utility
button).
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-94
Event
Event Source
31322 FFCustomMsgBox
31323 FFCustomMsgBox
31324 FFCustomMsgBox
31329 FFCustomMsgBox
31330 FFCustomMsgBox
31331 FFCustomMsgBox
31332 FFCustomMsgBox
31333 FFCustomMsgBox
31334 FFCustomMsgBox
31335 FFCustomMsgBox
31336 FFCustomMsgBox
31337 FFCustomMsgBox
31339 FFCustomMsgBox
31340 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31322] Failed in obtaining
the patient information.
[31323] Date of birth could
not be converted to the
displaying format.
[31324] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Stop alarm button).
[31329] Message from the
Image Reader could not be
displayed.
[31330] Failed in the
obtaining the caption
information (System
Terminating button).
[31331] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(User Utility button).
[31332] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Study list setting button).
[31333] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Version displaying button).
[31334] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Cancel button).
[31335] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Clear
button).
[31336] Failed in obtaining
the tool tip information
(Clear button).
[31337] Failed in displaying
the thumbnail images.
[31339] Failed in executing
the dust removing process
starting method of the
Image Reader.
[31340] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Cancel button).
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the bitmap file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
The thumbnail image file was damaged,
deleted, or otherwise abnormal.
The RU is not ready for performing the
method.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
Appx1MT-95
Event
Event Source
31341 FFCustomMsgBox
31343 FFCustomMsgBox
31344 FFCustomMsgBox
31346 FFCustomMsgBox
31347 FFCustomMsgBox
31348 FFCustomMsgBox
31349 FFCustomMsgBox
31350 FFCustomMsgBox
31351 FFCustomMsgBox
31352 FFCustomMsgBox
31353 FFCustomMsgBox
31354 FFCustomMsgBox
31355 FFCustomMsgBox
31356 FFCustomMsgBox
31358 FFCustomMsgBox
31359 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31341] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Cancel button).
[31343] Failed in inputting
images.
[31344] Image size could
not be detected.
[31346] Failed in obtaining
the Image Reader error
information.
Causes
Remedies
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
Remarks
Appx1MT-96
Event
Event Source
31360 FFCustomMsgBox
31361 FFCustomMsgBox
31362 FFCustomMsgBox
31363 FFCustomMsgBox
31364 FFCustomMsgBox
31365 FFCustomMsgBox
31366 FFCustomMsgBox
31367 FFCustomMsgBox
31368 FFCustomMsgBox
31369 FFCustomMsgBox
31370 FFCustomMsgBox
31371 FFCustomMsgBox
31372 FFCustomMsgBox
31373 FFCustomMsgBox
31374 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31360] Failed in obtaining
the caption information
(Option label).
[31361] Failed in obtaining
the version information.
[31362] Option list could
not be obtained.
[31363] Failed in obtaining
the registry information
(Next multiple frame set
No.).
[31364] Failed in setting the
registry information (Next
multi-frame set No.).
[31365] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Series issuing
type).
[31366] Failed in obtaining
the multi-frame UID
information.
[31367] Failed in obtaining
the cassette insertion
enabled image.
[31368] Failed in obtaining
the cassette insertion
disabled image.
[31369] Failed in obtaining
the image icon (Misexposure).
[31370] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Image
style button).
[31371] Failed in obtaining
the button image (EDR
button).
[31372] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Function
button).
[31373] Failed in obtaining
the button image (No. of
output film button).
[31374] Failed in obtaining
the button image (IP size
button).
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the file was damaged
or deleted.
It is conceivable that the registry
information was damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the registry
information was damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
The system was unstable.
Appx1MT-97
Event
Event Source
31375 FFCustomMsgBox
31376 FFCustomMsgBox
31377 FFCustomMsgBox
31378 FFCustomMsgBox
31379 FFCustomMsgBox
31380 FFCustomMsgBox
31381 FFCustomMsgBox
31382 FFCustomMsgBox
31386 FFCustomMsgBox
31387 FFCustomMsgBox
31388 FFCustomMsgBox
31390 FFCustomMsgBox
31391 FFCustomMsgBox
31392 FFCustomMsgBox
31393 FFCustomMsgBox
31394 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31375] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Film
format button).
[31376] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Filing
button).
[31377] Failed in obtaining
the button image (Film
annotation button).
[31378] Failed in obtaining
the button image
(Distribution code button).
[31379] Failed in obtaining
the button image (CS/SS
button).
[31380] Failed in obtaining
the system setting
information (Serial port No.
for connecting to XCON).
[31381] Failed in obtaining
the XCON device name.
[31382] Image data line to
the Image Reader(%s) has
broken.
[31386] Failed in obtaining
the caption information.
[31387] Failed in reading
the bit-map file.
[31388] Failed in obtaining
the font information.
[31390] The information
about a requesting
department was illegal.
[31391] The information
about a paramedic was
illegal.
[31392] A patient
information search was
unsuccessful.
[31393] Failed in setting up
connection status with the
RIS.
[31394] The line connected
to the RIS was faulty.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
The line was abnormal.
Check the line.
It is conceivable that the database file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the bitmap file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the registry
information was damaged or deleted.
The entered information or its format was
in error.
This error is attributable to an RIS problem Check RIS-side status or RIS setup.
or RIS setup problem.
This error is attributable to an RIS problem Check the RIS status and RIS setup.
or RIS setup problem.
Appx1MT-98
Event
Event Source
31400 FFCustomMsgBox
31401 FFCustomMsgBox
31402 FFCustomMsgBox
31403 FFCustomMsgBox
31404 FFCustomMsgBox
31405 FFCustomMsgBox
31406 FFCustomMsgBox
31407 FFCustomMsgBox
31408 FFCustomMsgBox
31409 FFCustomMsgBox
31410 FFCustomMsgBox
31411 FFCustomMsgBox
31412 FFCustomMsgBox
31413 FFCustomMsgBox
31414 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31400]The selected menu
did not exist.
[31401] Path information
(image data folder)
acquisition was not
successful.
[31402] Parameter icon
image acquisition was not
successful.
[31403] Caption information
acquisition was not
successful.
[31404] Failed in
communicating with other
connected device.
[31405] Failed in
evacuating the IP.
[31406] Failed in setting the
IP.
[31407] Failed in setting the
exposure size.
[31408] Failed in setting the
reference position for
exposure.
[31409] No response
comes from other
connected device.
[31410] There is no answer
from the device that ID
information is shared.
[31411] A Study cant
register because the
exposure menu registerd in
IDT isn't registered in IIP.
[31412] An image data line
with the reader is cut off.
[31413] There are some
inconsistency in the IIP-RU
connection setting of the
system configuration.
[31414] Failed in obtaining
the caption information (RIS
tab).
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
This error is attributable to an RIS problem Check the RIS status and RIS setup.
or RIS setup problem.
It is conceivable that the file was damaged Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the bitmap file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
This error is attributable to a problem with
the connected equipment or connection
setup.
The connected equipment may be faulty.
Appx1MT-99
Event
Event Source
31415 FFCustomMsgBox
31416 FFCustomMsgBox
31417 FFCustomMsgBox
31418 FFCustomMsgBox
31419 FFCustomMsgBox
31420 FFCustomMsgBox
31422 FFCustomMsgBox
31423 FFCustomMsgBox
Description
[31415] A communication
error with RIS occurred.
[31416] Some exposure
menus couldnt be
registered.
[31417] An exposure menu
couldnt be registered.
[31418] Failed in the
reference of the reader
device.
[31419] The exposure
condition values to be sent
to the X-ray apparatus was
over the limit.
[31420] A failure occurred
in the communication with
the RIS.
[31422] Failed in registering
the study to the patient
information database.
[31423] Failed in image
stitching processing.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
The patient information database operation Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
was wrong.
perform a reinstallation.
The system was unstable.
31424 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx1MT-100
Event
Event Source
31425 FFCustomMsgBox
31426 FFCustomMsgBox
31427 FFCustomMsgBox
31428 FFCustomMsgBox
31429 FFCustomMsgBox
31430 FFCustomMsgBox
31431 FFCustomMsgBox
31441 FFCustomMsgBox
31444 FFCustomMsgBox
31445 FFCustomMsgBox
31446 FFCustomMsgBox
31456 FFCustomMsgBox
31457 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31425] Failed in setting
actual exposure result
value.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-101
Event
Event Source
31458 FFCustomMsgBox
31459 FFCustomMsgBox
31460 FFCustomMsgBox
31461 FFCustomMsgBox
31462 FFCustomMsgBox
31850 FFCustomMsgBox
31851 FFCustomMsgBox
31852 FFCustomMsgBox
31853 FFCustomMsgBox
31854 FFCustomMsgBox
31855 FFCustomMsgBox
31856 FFCustomMsgBox
32001 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[31458] Failed in starting
up the exposure guidance.
[31459] Failed in initializing
the exposure guidance.
[31460] Failed in
initialization of dose-area
product meter.
[31461] Failed in
initialization of dose-area
product meter.
[31462] Failed in dose
acquisition from dose-area
product meter.
[31850] Failed in
communicating with X-ray
equipment.
[31851] Failed in registering
a reserved study.
[31852] Failed in starting a
reserved study.
[31853] An error occurred
with connection to the
equipment.
[31854] Failed in searching
a reserved study.
[31855] Received illegal
information from the
outside.
[31856] Received illegal
information from the
outside.
[32001] The card type is
not acceptable.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
ID input section
ID input section
ID input section
ID input section
Appx1MT-102
Event
Event Source
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Initialize warning. [Detailed A warning-level error occurred in an image Check whether the SQL service manager
error information 32001 35 database initialization process. The
is normally operating. If the same symptom
items]
common probable causes are as follows: occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
An abnormality occurred when the image database (the entire image data is then
database was accessed.
deleted).
An abnormality occurred when an
information file was accessed.
An abnormality occurred when an image
file was created or referenced for image
file recovery.
The contents of the image database or
information file were illegal.
An unrecoverable image file was
encountered.
DICOM SCP was Not found DICOM SCP is not defined in the
Check whether the SQL service manager
in NetConfigDB.
NetConfigDB.
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
DICOM SCP control status Failed in starting the DICOM SCP control. Check whether the SQL service manager
error.
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
DDO file load error.
Failed in reading the information file (DDO). Check whether the SQL service manager
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
DDO file save error.
Failed in storing the information file. (DDO). Check whether the SQL service manager
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
Size code was not found in There is no size code in the information file Check whether the SQL service manager
DDO.
(DDO).
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
Appx1MT-103
Event
Event Source
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
RecordID was not found in There is no record ID in the information file Check whether the SQL service manager
DDO.
(DDO).
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
HQ file was not found in
There is no HQ image file in the information Check whether the SQL service manager
DDO.
file (DDO).
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
Std file was not found in
There is no standard image file name in
Check whether the SQL service manager
DDO.
the information file (DDO).
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
Image size was not found There is no image size in the information Check whether the SQL service manager
in DDO.
file (DDO).
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
Image sizecode error.
Illegal image size cede.
Check whether the SQL service manager
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
Std file make error.
Standard image generation processing
Check whether the SQL service manager
error.
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
Thumb file make error.
Thumbnail image generation processing
Check whether the SQL service manager
error.
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
FoeEDR file make error.
Reduced image generation processing
Check whether the SQL service manager
error.
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
Appx1MT-104
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-105
Event
Event Source
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-106
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
UpdateCloseRec error.
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32001 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
Initialize warning.%n[%1]
32002 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-107
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
32002 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32002 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
32003 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
%n[%1]
32003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
32003 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
32041 FFCustomMsgBox
32042 FFCustomMsgBox
34001 FFCustomMsgBox
34002 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Actual results of studies already subjected Check both the PDA and CL studies.
to exposure were received from the PDA.
Reperform exposure.
Correct the ExposureIndex.prm file.
This dialog box merely opens to attract the
users attention. No particular response is
required.
Check information sent by the connected
device.
Appx1MT-108
Event
Event Source
34084 FFCustomMsgBox
34085 FFCustomMsgBox
34091 FFCustomMsgBox
34092 FFCustomMsgBox
34094 FFCustomMsgBox
34095 FFCustomMsgBox
34096 FFCustomMsgBox
34097 FFCustomMsgBox
34098 FFCustomMsgBox
34107 FFCustomMsgBox
34109 FFCustomMsgBox
34112 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
[34109] Images were input This error message is issued if the 3rd
during the preview display. image is input while 2 stitched images are
being previewed.
[34112] One of the target
Image stitching was performed while 1 of Re-perform image stitching after the
ID input section
menus for stitching is in
the 2 menus targeted for stitching
completion of image input in the menu that
progress.
processing was being processed.
is in process.
Appx1MT-109
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
34310 FFCustomMsgBox
34842 FFCustomMsgBox
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
ImgReadProcess memory
allocate error.
Memory allocate error.
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
GammaTable(LUT) area.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Remarks
ID input section
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-110
Event
Event Source
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39001 FFRUInpImgMgr
39001 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
39002 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39002 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39002 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39002 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39002 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39002 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39002 FFRUInpImgMgr
39002 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Beta param area.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-111
Event
Event Source
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
Description
Remedies
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39003 FFIIPInImgCtrl
Exception error.
39003 FFRUInpImgMgr
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
Causes
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
Image Jpeg-compress
error.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-112
Event
Event Source
Description
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
ImageDB/DDO access
error.(%s)
Jpeg control (%s) error.
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39004 FFRUInpImgMgr
39004 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
39005 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39005 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39005 FFRUInpImgMgr
39005 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
39006 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39006 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39006 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39006
39006
39006
39006
Causes
Remedies
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
File error(%s).
Restart.
Restart.
FFIIPInImgCtrl
FFIIPInImgCtrl
CreateFileMapping error.
Restart.
FFIIPInImgCtrl
MapViewOfFile error.
Restart.
FFIIPInImgCtrl
EDRImageFile mapping
error.
File mapping error.
Restart.
Restart.
39006 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39006 FFRUInpImgMgr
39006 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
39007 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Make an exposure again. If the error
recurs, initialize the image database (the
entire image data is then deleted).
Appx1MT-113
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
39007 FFIIPInImgCtrl
Data not found. / DDO Data The relevant VR cannot be found in the
not found.
information file (DDO).
39007 FFIIPInImgCtrl
Data not found.(%s) / DDO The relevant data cannot be found in the
Data not found.(%s)
information file (DDO).
39007 FFIIPInImgCtrl
%s GetVR error.
39007 FFRUInpImgMgr
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
ImageDB OpenRecordset
error.
ImageDB get_Fields error.
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39007 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-114
Event
Event Source
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
Description
Causes
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39008 FFIIPInImgMgr
39008 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
39009 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39009 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39009 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39009 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39009 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39009 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39009 FFIIPInImgMgr
39010 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39010 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39010 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39010 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39010 FFIIPInImgCtrl
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-115
Event
Event Source
Description
39010 FFIIPInImgCtrl
39010 FFIIPInImgMgr
Exception error.%n[%1]
39010 FFInImgMonitorCtrl
39010 FFInImgMonitorDispCtrl Exception error.%n[%1]
[39035] Unable to obtain
39035 FFCustomMsgBox
39044 FFCustomMsgBox
39045 FFCustomMsgBox
39901 FFInitializingStudy
39902 FFInitializingStudy
40001 FFCustomMsgBox
40002 FFCustomMsgBox
40200 FFQAMsgBox
40201 FFQAMsgBox
40202 FFQAMsgBox
40203 FFQAMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
[%1]
An exception error
occurred(%2).
[%1]
%2.
[40001] An error of
unknown cause occurred.
[40002] A communication
error with Ascent View
occurred.
Process Communication
Control Error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
Journal Proc Failure.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
CustomMessageCtrl
Access Failure.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
Image DB Access Control
Error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
There may be a problem on the connection Check the connection device status.
device side.
A failure occurred in an attempt to acquire Restart the system. If the same failure
an image from the Image Reader.
recurs, restart both the Image Reader and
the system.
Restarting the Image Reader disables
image retransmission from it to the system.
If the same error recurs even after
restarting the Image Reader, contact our
maintenance personnel.
An exception error occurred.
Restart.
An error occurred.
Restart.
Communication error
with the linkage
application
Restart.
The method return value for the interprocess communication control resulted in
an error.
The method return value for the log save
control resulted in an error.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-116
Event
Event Source
40204 FFQAMsgBox
40205 FFQAMsgBox
40206 FFQAMsgBox
40207 FFQAMsgBox
40208 FFQAMsgBox
40209 FFQAMsgBox
40210 FFQAMsgBox
40211 FFQAMsgBox
41001 FFCustomMsgBox
Description
Media DB Access Control
Error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
Process Communication
API Error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
SysConfig DB Access
Error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
LangStr DB Access Error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
LangMsgBox DB Access
Error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
Flag DB Access Error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
Return value of a
ImgDeliveryCom makes an
error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
NetConfig DB Access Error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
41106 FFCustomMsgBox
41107 FFCustomMsgBo
41002 FFCustomMsgBox
41003 FFCustomMsgBox
41004 FFCustomMsgBox
41005 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-117
Event
Event Source
41108 FFCustomMsgBox
41109 FFCustomMsgBox
41110 FFCustomMsgBox
41111 FFCustomMsgBox
41112 FFCustomMsgBox
41113 FFCustomMsgBox
41114 FFCustomMsgBox
41115 FFCustomMsgBox
41116 FFCustomMsgBox
41117 FFCustomMsgBox
41118 FFCustomMsgBox
41119 FFCustomMsgBox
41120 FFCustomMsgBox
41130 FFCustomMsgBox
41131 FFCustomMsgBox
41140 FFCustomMsgBox
41141 FFCustomMsgBox
41150 FFCustomMsgBox
41151 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[41108] Failed in reading
the LUT file for JPEG
Image.
[41109] A menu of a
different modality has been
selected.
[41110] Failed in access to
the image database.
[41111] Failed in access to
the image database.
[41112] Failed in access to
the image database.
[41113] Failed in access to
the image file.
[41114] Failed in saving the
information.
[41115] Failed in access to
the image file.
[41116] Failed in saving the
information.
[41117] Failed in saving the
information.
[41118] Failed in image
output processing.
[41119] Failed in QA startup
processing.
[41120] Failed in access to
the image file.
[41130] Failed in replacing
an image.
[41131] Study information
cannot be modified.
[41140] The function cannot
be implemented.
[41141] An error occurred.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-118
Event
Event Source
41152 FFCustomMsgBox
41200 FFQAMsgBox
41201 FFQAMsgBox
41202 FFQAMsgBox
41203 FFQAMsgBox
41210 FFQAMsgBox
42200 FFQAMsgBox
42201 FFQAMsgBox
42202 FFQAMsgBox
42203 FFQAMsgBox
42204 FFQAMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[41152] Free space is
insufficient on the
destination for output.
HDD FULL.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
The specified path does not
exist.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
Media are not ready.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
The capacity of copy place
media is insufficient.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
Return value of a
ImgDeliveryCom makes an
error.
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
Cant Get Bitmap
(Processing continuation).
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
CustomMessageCtrl
Access Failure(Processing
continuation).
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
SysConfig DB Access
Failure(Processing
continuation).
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
LangStr DB Access
Failure(Processing
continuation).
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
LangMsgBox DB Access
Failure(Processing
continuation).
[File Name] [Function Name]
[Error Code]
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-119
Event
Event Source
42205 FFQAMsgBox
42206 FFQAMsgBox
42207 FFQAMsgBox
42209 FFQAMsgBox
42210 FFQAMsgBox
42211 FFQAMsgBox
42212 FFQAMsgBox
42214 FFQAMsgBox
42299 FFQAMsgBox
43000 FFQAManagerCom
43010 FFIIPInImgCtrl
43010 FFQAManagerCom
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
A character string is
placed in the %S
position.
Appx1MT-120
Event
Event Source
43020 FFIIPInImgCtrl
43060 FFQAManagerCom
43061 FFQAManagerCom
43062 FFQAManagerCom
43063 FFQAManagerCom
43064 FFQAManagerCom
43110 FFIIPInImgCtrl
43201 FFIIPQACtrl
43301 FFQAManagerCom
43310 FFQAManagerCom
44200 FFQAMsgBox
44201 FFQAMsgBox
44262 FFCustomMsgBox
44263 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Cant Get Caption
Information.
[Control: %1,
Function: %2 , Code: %3]
[Control: %1,
Function: %2 , Code: %3]
[Control: %1,
Function: %2 , Code: %3]
[Control: %1,
Function: %2 , Code: %3]
[Control: %1,
Function: %2 , Code: %3]
Cant Access Local
Configuration Data.
Focus Set Failure.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-121
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
44266 FFCustomMsgBox
44267 FFCustomMsgBox
44268 FFCustomMsgBox
44269 FFCustomMsgBox
44270 FFCustomMsgBox
44354 FFCustomMsgBox
44355 FFCustomMsgBox
44356 FFCustomMsgBox
44357 FFCustomMsgBox
44358 FFCustomMsgBox
44359 FFCustomMsgBox
44360 FFCustomMsgBox
44361 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
QA section
QA section
QA section
QA section
Appx1MT-122
Event
Event Source
44362 FFCustomMsgBox
44363 FFCustomMsgBox
44364 FFCustomMsgBox
44365 FFCustomMsgBox
44366 FFCustomMsgBox
44367 FFCustomMsgBox
44368 FFCustomMsgBox
44369 FFCustomMsgBox
44392 FFCustomMsgBox
44393 FFCustomMsgBox
44394 FFCustomMsgBox
44551 FFCustomMsgBox
44603 FFCustomMsgBox
44604 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[44362] Invalid character
has been input in the
anatomical region.
[44363] Invalid character
has been input in the kanjianatomical region.
[44364] No menu name
has been input.
[44365] Invalid character
has been input in the menu
name.
[44366] Invalid character
has been input in the kanjimenu name.
[44367] Invalid character
has been input in the film
annotation characters.
[44368] No patient
information has been input.
[44369] The Study ID
contained an invalid
character.
[44392]The maximum
number of View Modifiers
settable exceeded.
[44393] View modifier code
sequence items cannot be
changed.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
QA section
QA section
QA section
QA section
QA section
Appx1MT-123
Event
Event Source
44732 FFCustomMsgBox
49200 FFQAMsgBox
49201 FFQAMsgBox
49202 FFQAMsgBox
49203 FFQAMsgBox
49204 FFQAMsgBox
49298 FFQAMsgBox
49299 FFQAMsgBox
50000 FFFinpSend
50000 FFOutImgPrc
Description
Causes
Remedies
50000 FFOutImgPrc2
Initialize Error.%n%1
50001 FFCustomMsgBox
[50001] Failed in
initialization process.
50001 FFFinpSend
50001 FFIIPOUTPUT
Remarks
Reperform exposure.
Correct the ExposureIndex.prm file.
Restart the system.
Restart the system.
Restart the system.
Restart the system.
Appx1MT-124
Event
Event Source
Description
50001 FFOutImgPrc
DB Connect Error.%n%1
50001 Spooler
Initialize Error.%n[%1]
50001 FFOutImgPrc2
DB Connect Error.%n%1
50002 FFCustomMsgBox
50002 FFFinpSend
50002 FFIIPOUTPUT
State Change
Error.%n[%1]
Causes
Remedies
An abnormality occurred in the connection Check whether the SQL service manager
to a database.
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
Initialization process error.
Restart. If the same symptom frequently
Output section
occurs, perform a reinstallation.
container.
No output control was exercised.
An error check method call was
unsuccessful.
Other program error.
An abnormality occurred in the connection Check whether the SQL service manager
to a database.
is normally operating. If the same symptom
occurs while the SQL service manager is
normally operating, initialize the image
database (the entire image data is then
deleted).
The system was unstable.
Restart. If the same symptom recurs after
a restart, perform a reinstallation.
There is no output raw data file.
Reinstall.
State transition notification process error.
50002 FFOutImgPrc
50002 Spooler
50002 FFOutImgPrc2
50003 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Restart.
Output section
container.
Appx1MT-125
Event
Event Source
50003 FFFinpSend
50003 FFIIPOUTPUT
Description
Causes
Remedies
Reinstall.
Routine Change
Error.%n[%1]
Restart.
50003 FFOutImgPrc
System Error.%n%1
50003 Spooler
Routine Change
Error.%n[%1]
50003 FFOutImgPrc2
System Error.%n%1
50004 FFCustomMsgBox
50004 FFFinpSend
FinpSend Error.%n%1
50004 FFIIPOUTPUT
Spool Error.%n[%1]
Spool Error.%n[%1]
50004 FFOutImgPrc
50004 Spooler
50004 FFOutImgPrc2
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Output section
container.
Restart.
Output section
container.
Appx1MT-126
Event
Event Source
50005 FFCustomMsgBox
50005 FFIIPOUTPUT
50005 FFOutImgPrc
50005 Spooler
50005 FFOutImgPrc2
50006 FFCustomMsgBox
50006 FFIIPOUTPUT
50006 FFOutImgPrc
50006 FFOutImgPrc2
50007 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[50005] Failed in output
process.
ExeOutput Error.%n[%1]
CreateFileMapping
Error.%n%1
ExeOutput Error.%n[%1]
CreateFileMapping
Error.%n%1
[50006] Failed in output
process.
Image Proc Error.%n[%1]
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Output section
container.
[50007] Failed in
terminating process.
Appx1MT-127
Event
Event Source
50007 FFIIPOUTPUT
Description
Causes
Remedies
50007 FFOutImgPrc
File Read/Write
Error.%n%1
50007 Spooler
Terminate Error.%n[%1]
50007 FFOutImgPrc2
File Read/Write
Error.%n%1
50008 FFCustomMsgBox
50008 FFIIPOUTPUT
50008 FFOutImgPrc
50008 Spooler
50008 FFOutImgPrc2
50009 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
CreateDispatch
Error.%n%1
Image Proc Error.%n[%1]
CreateDispatch
Error.%n%1
[50009] Failed in output
process.
Remarks
Restart.
Output section
container.
Restart.
Output section
container.
Appx1MT-128
Event
Event Source
50009 FFIIPOUTPUT
Description
Queue Resume
Error.%n[%1]
50009 FFOutImgPrc
50009 Spooler
50009 FFOutImgPrc2
50010 FFIIPOUTPUT
Queue Delete
Error.%n[%1]
50010 FFOutImgPrc
50010 Spooler
50010 FFOutImgPrc2
50011 FFIIPOUTPUT
Memory(DDO) Get
Error.%n%1
Queue Resume
Error.%n[%1]
Memory(DDO) Get
Error.%n%1
Unit Suspend
Error.%n[%1]
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Output section
container.
Restart.
Restart.
Output section
container.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-129
Event
Event Source
50011 FFOutImgPrc
50011 Spooler
50011 FFOutImgPrc2
50012 FFIIPOUTPUT
50012 FFOutImgPrc
50012 Spooler
50012 FFOutImgPrc2
50013 FFOutImgPrc
50013 Spooler
50013 FFOutImgPrc2
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Memory(VR) Get
Error.%n%1
Queue Delete
Error.%n[%1]
Causes
The system was abnormal (memory
allocation was not achieved).
Queue deletion process error.
Remedies
Restart.
Restart.
Remarks
Output section
container.
Output section
container.
Output section
container.
Appx1MT-130
Event
Event Source
50015 FFIIPOUTPUT
Description
Causes
Remedies
Terminate Error.%n[%1]
50020 FFOutImgPrc
Data Error.%n%1
50020 FFOutImgPrc2
Data Error.%n%1
50021 FFOutImgPrc
50021 FFOutImgPrc2
50022 FFOutImgPrc
Memory Over.%n%1
50022 FFOutImgPrc2
Memory Over.%n%1
50030 FFOutImgPrc
50030 FFOutImgPrc2
50100 FFOutImgPrc
OutImgPrc Error.%n%1
OutImgPrc Error.%n%1
An abnormality occurred.
Restart.
IFormatCom Error.%n%1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Restart.
Restart. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
initialize the image database.
Restart. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
initialize the image database.
Restart. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
initialize the image database.
Restart. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
initialize the image database.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-131
Event
Event Source
50100 Spooler
Description
Spooler Error.%n%1
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Spooler
50100 FFOutImgPrc2
IFormatCom Error.%n%1
50101 FFOutImgPrc
IRawMakeCom
Error.%n%1
50101 Spooler
RunProc Error.%n%1
50101 FFOutImgPrc2
IRawMakeCom
Error.%n%1
50102 FFOutImgPrc
FFNetDB Error.%n%1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Spooler
Appx1MT-132
Event
Event Source
50102 Spooler
Description
OutputRegisterProc
Error.%n%1
50102 FFOutImgPrc2
FFNetDB Error.%n%1
50103 FFOutImgPrc
IImgJpegCtrl Error.%n%1
50103 Spooler
StateChangeProc
Error.%n%1
50103 FFOutImgPrc2
IImgJpegCtrl Error.%n%1
50104 FFOutImgPrc
IFMImgSkGpCtrl
Error.%n%1
50104 Spooler
ErrorCheckProc
Error.%n%1
50104 FFOutImgPrc2
IFMImgSkGpCtrl
Error.%n%1
50105 FFOutImgPrc
IFMImgVRSCtrl
Error.%n%1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Spooler
Spooler
Spooler
Appx1MT-133
Event
Event Source
50105 Spooler
Description
Causes
Remedies
RestoreJob Error.%n%1
50105 FFOutImgPrc2
IFMImgVRSCtrl
Error.%n%1
50106 FFOutImgPrc
IRotateCom Error.%n%1
50106 Spooler
SpoolProc Error.%n%1
50106 FFOutImgPrc2
50107 FFOutImgPrc
50107 Spooler
50107 FFOutImgPrc2
50108 FFOutImgPrc
50108 Spooler
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Spooler
Spooler
Spooler
Spooler
Appx1MT-134
Event
Event Source
Description
50108 FFOutImgPrc2
IFMImgHandCtrl
Error.%n%1
50109 FFOutImgPrc
IFMImgFCmpCtrl
Error.%n%1
50109 Spooler
Causes
Remedies
50109 FFOutImgPrc2
IFMImgFCmpCtrl
Error.%n%1
50110 FFOutImgPrc
IDataToPrintCom
Error.%n%1
50110 Spooler
GetImageProcJob
Error.%n%1
50110 FFOutImgPrc2
IDataToPrintCom
Error.%n%1
50111 FFOutImgPrc
IDataToStorageCom
Error.%n%1
50111 Spooler
SetImageProcComplete
Error.%n%1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Spooler
Spooler
Spooler
Appx1MT-135
Event
Event Source
Description
50111 FFOutImgPrc2
IDataToStorageCom
Error.%n%1
50112 FFOutImgPrc
IFMImgMoireCtrl
Error.%n%1
50112 FFQCMsgBox
50112 Spooler
Causes
Remedies
Data conversion (for DICOM Storage) was Restart. If the same symptom frequently
abnormal.
occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
initialize the image database.
Moire elimination was abnormal.
Restart. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
initialize the image database.
Access error to ReaderQC.mdb.
Restart.
50112 FFOutImgPrc2
IFMImgMoireCtrl
Error.%n%1
50113 FFOutImgPrc
IFilmCharMakeCom
Error.%n%1
50113 Spooler
SetOutputProcComplete
Error.%n%1
50113 FFOutImgPrc2
IFilmCharMakeCom
Error.%n%1
50114 FFOutImgPrc
50114 Spooler
GetCommitProcJob
Error.%n%1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Spooler
Spooler
Appx1MT-136
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
50114 FFOutImgPrc2
50115 FFOutImgPrc
RecognizeProcExec
Error.%n%1
50115 Spooler
QueueResume
Error.%n%1
50115 Spooler
SetCommitProcComplete
Error.%n%1
50115 FFOutImgPrc2
RecognizeProcExec
Error.%n%1
50116 FFOutImgPrc
ExecMarker Error.%n%1
50116 Spooler
QueueDelete Error.%n%1
50116 FFOutImgPrc2
ExecMarker Error.%n%1
50117 FFOutImgPrc
ExecMarker
Warning.%n%1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Output image process
control
Spooler
Spooler
Appx1MT-137
Event
Event Source
Description
50117 FFOutImgPrc
LUTProcExec Error.%n%
50117 Spooler
QueueResume
Error.%n%1
50117 Spooler
UnitSuspend Error.%n%1
50117 FFOutImgPrc2
LUTProcExec Error.%n%
50118 FFOutImgPrc
50118 FFOutImgPrc
ExecMarker
Information.%n%1
MPMCode Error.%n%1
50118 Spooler
QueueDelete Error.%n%1
50118 Spooler
UnitResume Error.%n%1
50118 FFOutImgPrc2
MPMCode Error.%n%1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Spooler
Spooler
Appx1MT-138
Event
Event Source
50119 Spooler
50119 Spooler
Description
SuspendProc Error.%n%1
UnitSuspend Error.%n%1
50119 FFOutlmgPrc
Trimming Error.%n%1
50119 FFOutlmgPrc2
Trimming Error.%n%1
50120 Spooler
ResumeProc Error.%n%1
50120 Spooler
UnitResume Error.%n%1
50120 FFOutlmgPrc
AnnotationProc
Error.%n%1
50120 FFOutlmgPrc2
AnnotationProc
Error.%n%1
50121 Spooler
EndProc Error.%n%1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Spooler
Spooler
Spooler
Appx1MT-139
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
50121 Spooler
SuspendProc Error.%n%1
50121 FFOutlmgPrc
FNCProc Error.%n%1
50121 FFOutlmgPrc2
FNCProc Error.%n%1
50122 Spooler
ResumeProc Error.%n%1
50122 FFOutlmgPrc
50123 Spooler
MaskProcExec
Warning.%n%1
MaskProcExec
Warning.%n%1
EndProc Error.%n%1
50123 FFOutlmgPrc
IIPHand Error.%n%1
50123 FFOutlmgPrc2
IIPHand Error.%n%1
50400 FFQCAutoCalcCom
FFIipMedia
Restart.
FFIipMedia
Restart.
FFIipMedia
Restart.
FFIipMedia
Restart.
FFIipMedia
Not Initialize. %n
Restart.
50122 FFOutlmgPrc2
50500 FFQCAutoCalcCom
50600
50601
50602
50603
50604
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-140
Event
Event Source
Description
50605 FFIipMedia
50606 FFIipMedia
50607 FFIipMedia
50608 FFIipMedia
50609 FFIipMedia
50610 FFIipMedia
50611 FFIipMedia
50612 FFIipMedia
50613 FFIipMedia
50614 FFIipMedia
50615 FFIipMedia
50616 FFIipMedia
50617 FFIipMedia
50618 FFIipMedia
50619 FFIipMedia
50620 FFIipMedia
50621 FFIipMedia
50622 FFIipMedia
50623 FFIipMedia
50624 FFIipMedia
50625 FFIipMedia
50626 FFIipMedia
50627 FFIipMedia
50628 FFIipMedia
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Restart.
Restart.
Remarks
Restart.
Nothing particular.
Restart.
Resistry Error. %n
Nothing particular.
Media Drive Type Error. %n The media drive type was not correct.
Appx1MT-141
Event
Event Source
50629 FFIipMedia
50630 FFIipMedia
Description
Causes
Remedies
Restart.
50632 FFIipMedia
50633 FFIipMedia
50634 FFIipMedia
Restart.
50631 FFIipMedia
50637
50638
50639
50640
50641
50642
Restart.
Nothing particular.
Nothing particular.
Nothing particular.
FFIipMedia
Restart.
FFIipMedia
Restart.
FFIipMedia
Restart.
FFIipMedia
Other Error. %n
Other errors.
Restart.
FFIipMedia
ddo error. %n
Nothing particular.
FFIipMedia
50635 FFIipMedia
50636 FFIipMedia
Nothing particular.
50643 FFIipMedia
50644 FFIipMedia
Not Removable. %n
50645
50646
50647
50648
50649
50650
50651
50652
FFIipMedia
Eject FALSE. %n
FFIipMedia
Lock FALSE. %n
Nothing particular.
FFIipMedia
Unlock FALSE. %n
Nothing particular.
FFIipMedia
Nothing particular.
FFIipMedia
SaveDCMFile FALSE. %n
Nothing particular.
FFIipMedia
SaveDDOFile FALSE. %n
FFIipMedia
Restart.
FFIipMedia
Restart.
Restart.
50653 FFIipMedia
50654 FFIipMedia
50655 FFIipMedia
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Restart.
Appx1MT-142
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
50656 FFIipMedia
50657 FFIipMedia
Restart.
50658 FFIipMedia
50659 FFIipMedia
50660 FFIipMedia
Nothing particular.
FFIipMedia
FFIipMedia
No data available.
FFIipMedia
DeleteFile failed. %n
FFIipMedia
Restart.
FFIipMedia
Restart.
Buffer Error. %n
Restart.
50661
50662
50663
50664
50665
50666 FFIipMedia
50667 FFIipMedia
50668 FFIipMedia
50669 FFIipMedia
50670 FFIipMedia
50671 FFIipMedia
50672 FFIipMedia
50673 FFIipMedia
50674 FFIipMedia
50675 FFIipMedia
50676 FFIipMedia
50677 FFIipMedia
50678 FFIipMedia
50679 FFIipMedia
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Nothing particular.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Restart.
Appx1MT-143
Event
Event Source
50680 FFIipMedia
50681 FFIipMedia
50700 FFIIPDicomQR
50700 FFCustomMsgBox
50701 FFIIPDicomQR
50701 FFCustomMsgBox
50702 FFIIPDicomQR
50703 FFIIPDicomQR
50704 FFIIPDicomQR
50705 FFIIPDicomQR
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
FFDicom2Internal failed.
%n
FFInternal2Output failed.
%n
Unknown Error. %n[Module]
%1%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode]%3
%n[Ret]%4
%n[Description]%5
[50700] An unknown error
occurred.
Logical Program Error.
Exception has Occurred.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
[50701] Failed in
initialization processing.
Logical Program Error. Not
Supported Case.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Initialization Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
UnInitialization Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
System Configuration
Information Acquisition
Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Restart.
Restart the system.
Appx1MT-144
Event
Event Source
50706 FFIIPDicomQR
50707 FFIIPDicomQR
50708 FFIIPDicomQR
50709 FFIIPDicomQR
50710 FFIIPDicomQR
50711 FFIIPDicomQR
50720 FFIIPDicomQR
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Network Configuration
Information Acquisition
Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Resource (Message/String/
Bitmap etc.) Acquisition
Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Registry Information
Acquisition
Error. %n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
InterProcess Message
Communication Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Database Access Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
DDO Access Error.
%n[Module]
%1 %n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Query Processing Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-145
Event
Event Source
50721 FFIIPDicomQR
Description
50900 FFIIPImgProcServer
51001 FFIIPOUTPUT
Initialize Warning.%n[%1]
50740 FFIIPDicomQR
50741 FFIIPDicomQR
50742 FFIIPDicomQR
50809 FFCustomMsgBox
51001 Spooler
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Initialize Warning.%n[%1]
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Image processing
server
Output section
container.
Appx1MT-146
Event
Event Source
51002 FFIIPOUTPUT
51002 Spooler
51007 Spooler
51010 FFCustomMsgBox
51011 FFCustomMsgBox
51012 FFCustomMsgBox
51013 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
State Change
Warning.%n[%1]
State Change
Warning.%n[%1]
Causes
State transition notification process
warning.
Remedies
Restart.
Remarks
Restart.
Output section
container.
Output section
container.
Appx1MT-147
Event
Event Source
51015 FFIIPOUTPUT
51300 FFCustomMsgBox
51301 FFCustomMsgBox
51302 FFCustomMsgBox
51303 FFCustomMsgBox
51304 FFCustomMsgBox
51305 FFCustomMsgBox
51306 FFCustomMsgBox
51307 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Restart.
Appx1MT-148
Event
Event Source
51308 FFCustomMsgBox
51309 FFCustomMsgBox
51310 FFCustomMsgBox
51311 FFCustomMsgBox
51312 FFCustomMsgBox
51313 FFCustomMsgBox
51314 FFCustomMsgBox
51315 FFCustomMsgBox
51316 FFCustomMsgBox
51317 FFCustomMsgBox
51318 FFCustomMsgBox
51319 FFCustomMsgBox
51320 FFCustomMsgBox
51321 FFCustomMsgBox
51322 FFCustomMsgBox
51323 FFCustomMsgBox
51324 FFCustomMsgBox
51325 FFCustomMsgBox
51326 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[51308] The entered value
is illegal.
[51309] The entered value
is illegal.
[51310] The data save
process cannot be
performed.
[51311] The measurement
process cannot be
performed.
[51312] Failed in the image
output process.
[51313] The entered value
is illegal.
[51314] The entered value
is illegal.
[51315] The entered value
is illegal.
[51316] The entered value
is illegal.
[51317] The entered value
is illegal.
[51318] The entered value
is illegal.
[51319] The entered value
is illegal.
[51320] Failed in accessing
the image file.
[51321] Failed in accessing
the database. [ReaderQC]
[51322] Failed in the data
save process.
[51323] An error of
unknown cause occurred.
[51324] The measurement
process cannot be
performed.
[51325] The image is
illegal.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
The image noise setting was out of range. Enter another value.
The sharpness setting was out of range.
Restart.
Appx1MT-149
Event
Event Source
51501 FFCustomMsgBox
51502 FFCustomMsgBox
51701 FFIIPDicomQR
51702 FFCustomMsgBox
51710 FFCustomMsgBox
51711 FFCustomMsgBox
51712 FFCustomMsgBox
51713 FFCustomMsgBox
51714 FFCustomMsgBox
51715 FFCustomMsgBox
51717 FFCustomMsgBox
51718 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
[51501] Failed in
initialization processing.
[51502] Descrepancy in
settings.
Failed in Query Processing.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
[51702] Failed in displaying
the study information list.
[51710] Input information
includes illegal characters.
[51711] Input information
exceeds the limit number of
characters.
[51712] The hit rate of
searching for studies
exceeded the limit value.
Search processing is
suspended.
[51713] Failed in searching
study information.
[51714] A network error
occurred while in search of
study information.
[51715] A timeout error
occurred while in search of
study information. No
responses come from
equipment targeted for
search.
[51717] Information of
equipment targeted for
search cannot be found.
Network settings may not
be correct.
[51718] A communication
error occurred while in
search of study information.
Remarks
Appx1MT-150
Event
Event Source
51720 FFIIPDicomQR
51721 FFIIPDicomQR
51721 FFCustomMsgBox
51722 FFCustomMsgBox
51722 FFIIPDicomQR
51723 FFCustomMsgBox
51725 FFCustomMsgBox
51726 FFCustomMsgBox
51727 FFCustomMsgBox
51729 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Query Processing Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Queried Information Display
Error. %n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
[51721] Failed in
processing to acquire
studies.
[51722] Failed in
processing to acquire
studies. Free hard disk
space is not sufficient.
Failed in Query Processing.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
[51723] Failed in
processing to acquire
studies. Studies include
images that cannot be
displayed.
[51725] Information of
equipment targeted for
image acquisition cannot
be found. Network settings
may not be correct.
[51726] A communication
error occurred in an attempt
to acquire studies.
[51727] A timeout error
occurred while in process
of study acquisition. No
responses come from the
equipment targeted for
study acquisition.
[51729] Input information is
not correct.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Free space on the hard disk is insufficient. Increase free space on the hard disk
appropriately.
A query processing error occurred.
Processing can be continued after the
error is notified to the user as it is
insignificant.
Appx1MT-151
Event
Event Source
51730 FFCustomMsgBox
51731 FFCustomMsgBox
51732 FFCustomMsgBox
51740 FFIIPDicomQR
51741 FFIIPDicomQR
51742 FFIIPDicomQR
51743 FFIIPDicomQR
51805 FFCustomMsgBox
51806 FFCustomMsgBox
51810 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[51730] An attempt is made
to acquire a study
generated by an unknown
modality.
[51731] A study generated
by an unknown modality
was acquired.
[51732] The hit rate of
searching for studies
exceeded the listed limit
value.
Retrieve Processing Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Retrieved Image Display
Error. %n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Retrieved Image Output
Error. %n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Failed in Retrieve
Processing.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
[51805] Failed in image
display processing. Some
images cannot be
displayed.
[51806] Failed in image
distribution processing.
[51810] Information on the
device targeted for image
printout was not found.
Network settings may
possibly be incorrect.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Acquired study information includes illegal Stop acquiring studies that include illegal
data.
information.
Acquired information includes illegal data.
Appx1MT-152
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
52000 FFFinpSend
52000 FFOutImgPrc
52002 FFEifPrinter
Warning.%n%1
Warning.%n%1
Restart.
52003 FFEifPrinter
52004 FFEifPrinter
52006 FFEifPrinter
52100 FFQCMsgBox
52100 Spooler
52101 Spooler
52102 FFQCMsgBox
52103 FFQCMsgBox
52103 Spooler
RunProc Warning.%n%1
SysConfig DB Access
Failure (Processing
continuation).
[File Name]
[Function Name] [52102]
LangStr DB Access Failure
(Processing continuation).
[File Name]
[Function Name] [52103]
StateChangeProc
Warning.%n%1
Restart.
Check the log of communications with the
connected printer or restart the printer/IIP.
The raw data file for output was not found. Since the problem is attributable to a
program error, try performing a reinstall.
The bitmap was not successfully acquired. Check that the bitmap file is installed.
Common warning message.
Queue information class related
message. Image information
(SOPInstanceUID) was not successfully
acquired. The job status was not
successfully acquired.
Spooler class related message.
A database connection was not
successfully closed.
Illegal image display format data.
Initialization process warning.
A character string database connection
was not successfully opened.
An error/invalid value was encountered
when an attempt was made to acquire a
system setup database access API value.
Spooler
Spooler
Restart.
Restart.
Remarks
Spooler
Appx1MT-153
Event
Event Source
52105 FFQCMsgBox
Description
Causes
Remedies
52105 Spooler
52106 Spooler
52108 FFQCMsgBox
52108 Spooler
52109 FFQCMsgBox
52109 Spooler
52110 FFQCMsgBox
52110 Spooler
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Spooler
Spooler
Restart.
Spooler
Spooler
Spooler
Appx1MT-154
Event
Event Source
52112 Spooler
52114 Spooler
Description
Remedies
GetOutputProcJob
Warning.%n%1
GetCommitProcJob
Warning.%n%1
52116 Spooler
QueueDelete
Warning.%n%1
52117 Spooler
UnitSuspend
Warning.%n%1
52118 Spooler
QueueDelete
Warning.%n%1
52118 Spooler
UnitResume
Warning.%n%1
52119 Spooler
UnitSuspend
Warning.%n%1
52120 Spooler
UnitResume
Warning.%n%1
52400 FFQCAAutocalccom
52500 FFQCAAutocalccom
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remarks
Spooler
Spooler
Spooler
Spooler
Appx1MT-155
Event
Event Source
52720 FFIIPDicomQR
52721 FFIIPDicomQR
52740 FFIIPDicomQR
52741 FFIIPDicomQR
52742 FFIIPDicomQR
52750 FFIIPDicomQR
52751 FFIIPDicomQR
52760 FFTsSearchCondition
52761 FFTsSearchCondition
52770 FFMaSearchCOM
52771 FFMaSearchCOM
52772 FFMaSearchCOM
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Query Processing Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Queried Information Display
Error. %n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Retrieve Processing Error.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Retrieved Image Display
Error. %n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Retrieved Image Output
Error. %n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Logical Program Error.
%nNetwork Warning
(Timeout). %n%1 %n %2
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Network Warning(Over
The number for hit results exceeded the
Number Of Result). %n%1 upper limit.
%n %2
Disk Full Error. %n
The hard disk is full.
DB Operation Status
Warning. %n
Disk Full Error. %n
Network Error. %n
Network Error. %n
Appx1MT-156
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
52800 FFIIPDicomQR
52801 FFIIPDicomQR
52802 FFIIPDicomQR
FFTsImgRetInd
Warning(Retrieve Image
Nothing). %n%1 %n %2
Disk Full Error. %n
FFMaRetrieve
FFMaRetrieve
FFMaRetrieve
52810
52820
52821
52822
52823 FFMaRetrieve
52824 FFMaRetrieve
52825 FFMaRetrieve
52826 FFMaRetrieve
52850 FFMaCommon
52851 FFMaCommon
FFMaCommon
FFMaCommonImage
FFTsCommon
FFTsCommon
Catch DB exception. %n
FFIIPImgProcServer
Warning.%n%1
52902 FFIIPImgProcServer
52903 FFIIPImgProcServer
I/F Error.%n%1
53106 Spooler
SpoolProc
Infomation.%n%1
52852
52860
52870
52871
52900
52901 FFIIPImgProcServer
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Restart.
Restart. If the same symptom frequently
occurs, perform a reinstallation and then
initialize the image database.
Image processing
server
Spooler
Appx1MT-157
Event
Event Source
53820 FFMaRetrieve
53821 FFMaRetrieve
53823 FFMaRetrieve
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Process shutdown.
Writing error.
54600 FFIipMedia
54601 FFIipMedia
Network Error. %n
54602 FFIipMedia
Not Mount. %n
54603 FFIipMedia
Media Ctrl(Format or
Mount or Unmount)Run.
%n
Media Read Only. %n
Media Unformat. %n
Media Storage Is
Operating. %n
Message reception from
other cases. %n
ReceptionMessage is
Abnormal. %n
Next Transaction by
Timeout. %n
Media Is Already Mount.
%n
Set Default by acquisition
failure. %n
Media White Protect. %n
53827 FFMaRetrieve
53870 FFTsCommon
54100 FFQCMsgBox
54604 FFIipMedia
54605 FFIipMedia
54606 FFIipMedia
54607 FFIipMedia
54608 FFIipMedia
54609 FFIipMedia
54610 FFIipMedia
54611 FFIipMedia
54612 FFIipMedia
54613 FFIipMedia
54614 FFIipMedia
54615 FFIipMedia
54616 FFIipMedia
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Nothing particular.
Nothing particular.
Nothing particular.
DICOMDIR Read Only. %n The DICOMDIR file was for read only.
Nothing particular.
Cant Format by
Formatting was not possible because there Nothing particular.
DICOMDIRfile. %n
was the DICOMDIR file.
Not Browseable Media. %n It was not browseable media.
Nothing particular.
Not Writeable Media. %n
Nothing particular.
Appx1MT-158
Event
Event Source
54617 FFIipMedia
54618 FFIipMedia
54619 FFIipMedia
54620 FFIipMedia
54621 FFIipMedia
54622 FFIipMedia
54623 FFIipMedia
54624 FFIipMedia
54625 FFIipMedia
54625 FFCustomMsgBox
54626 FFIipMedia
54626 FFCustomMsgBox
54627 FFIipMedia
54628 FFIipMedia
54629 FFIipMedia
54630 FFIipMedia
Causes
Remedies
Nothing particular.
No media existed.
Nothing particular.
Nothing particular.
Version is Different. %n
Nothing particular.
Media Diskfull. %n
Nothing particular.
Restart.
[54626] No media
management files exist.
DICOMDIR is protected.
%n
Unsuitable right format. %n
Cancellation demand. %n
Nothing particular.
FFIipMedia
FFIipMedia
Nothing particular.
FFIipMedia
Other information.
Nothing particular.
FFEifPrinter
System call has failed. [%1] An error returned upon a WIN32 API
function call. It is conceivable that the
system was unstable.
54632 FFIipMedia
54633 FFIipMedia
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
54631 FFIipMedia
54634
54635
54640
59001
Description
Restart.
Appx1MT-159
Event
Event Source
59005 FFEifPrinter
59100 FFQCMsgBox
59102 FFQCMshBox
59103 FFQCMsgBox
59198 FFQCMsgBox
59701 FFIIPDicomQR
59702 FFIIPDicomQR
59751 FFIIPDicomQR
59761 FFTsSearchCondition
59762 FFTsSearchCondition
59763 FFTsSearchCondition
59771 FFMaSearchCOM
59772 FFMaSearchCOM
59773 FFMaSearchCOM
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Unable to setup timers.
[%1]
FF32 Error.
[File Name]
[Function Name] [59100]
Cant get Tag Information.
[File Name]
[Function Name] [59102]
Memory or Resource
cannot be gained.
[File Name]
[Function Name] [59103]
Secondary detection code
Error.
[File Name]
[Function Name] [59198]
Logical Program Error.
Exception has Occurred.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Logical Program Error. Not
Supported Case.
%n[Module] %1
%n[Function] %2
%n[SpotCode] %3
%n[Ret]%4 %n[Description]
%5
Catch Exception Error.
%n%1 %n %2
Catch Exception Error. %n
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-160
Event
Event Source
Description
59774 FFMaSearchCOM
59801 FFIIPDicomQR
59802 FFIIPDicomQR
59811 FFTsImgRetInd
59812 FFTsImgRetInd
59813 FFTsImgRetInd
59821 FFMaRetrieve
59822 FFMaRetrieve
59823 FFMaRetrieve
59824 FFMaRetrieve
59825 FFMaRetrieve
59826 FFMaRetrieve
59827 FFMaRetrieve
59828 FFMaRetrieve
59829 FFMaRetrieve
59830 FFMaRetrieve
59831 FFMaRetrieve
59832 FFMaRetrieve
59851 FFMaCommon
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-161
Event
Event Source
59852 FFMaCommon
59853 FFMaCommon
59855 FFMaCommon
59856 FFMaCommon
59857 FFMaCommon
59861 FFMaCommonImage
59862 FFMaCommonImage
59863 FFMaCommonImage
59871 FFTsCommon
59872 FFTsCommon
59873 FFTsCommon
59900 FFIIPImgProcServer
60000 FFCustomMsgBox
60002 FFCustomMsgBox
60050 FFCustomMsgBox
60051 FFCustomMsgBox
60052 FFCustomMsgBox
60053 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Image processing
server
Appx1MT-162
Event
Event Source
60054 FFCustomMsgBox
60055 FFCustomMsgBox
60056 FFCustomMsgBox
60057 FFCustomMsgBox
60080 FFCustomMsgBox
60081 FFCustomMsgBox
60100 FFCustomMsgBox
60114 FFCustomMsgBox
60183 FFCustomMsgBox
60184 FFCustomMsgBox
60185 FFCustomMsgBox
60203 FFCustomMsgBox
60204 FFCustomMsgBox
60205 FFCustomMsgBox
60215 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[60054] Failed in obtaining
the information from the
character string database.
[60055] Failed in obtaining
the information from the
system setting database.
[60056] Failed in obtaining
the information from the
system setting file.
[60057] Failed in setting
information to the system
setting file.
[60080] Failed in obtaining
the display group
information.
[60081] Failed in obtaining
the menu information.
[60100] Failed in obtaining
the MPM code.
[60114] Failed in obtaining
the XCON parameter.
[60183] Failed in accessing
the technician information
database.
[60184] Failed in accessing
the technician information
database.
[60185] Failed in obtaining
the information from the
system setting database.
[60203] Failed in accessing
the requesting department
information database.
[60204] Failed in accessing
the requesting department
information database.
[60205] Failed in obtaining
the information from the
system setting database.
[60215] Failed in accessing
the film annotation
database.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
The setup file format was incorrect or the
file could not be read.
Check settings.
Check settings.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was
damaged or deleted.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
Appx1MT-163
Event
Event Source
60216 FFCustomMsgBox
60251 FFCustomMsgBox
60260 FFCustomMsgBox
60300 FFCustomMsgBox
60301 FFCustomMsgBox
60302 FFCustomMsgBox
61060 FFCustomMsgBox
61082 FFCustomMsgBox
61083 FFCustomMsgBox
61084 FFCustomMsgBox
61085 FFCustomMsgBox
61090 FFCustomMsgBox
61093 FFCustomMsgBox
61094 FFCustomMsgBox
61103 FFCustomMsgBox
61106 FFCustomMsgBox
61109 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[60216] Failed in accessing
the film annotation
database.
[60251] Image processing
parameter data is
abnormal.
[60260] System has not
been rebooted.
[60300] The option and the
database do not agree with
each other.
[60301] Data storage
resulted in a failure.
[60302] Failed in deleting
image data.
[61060] Wrong password
has been input.
[61082] No menu has been
selected.
[61083] Already registered
for displaying and cannot
be deleted.
[61084] Already registered
to the study menu and
cannot be deleted.
[61085] No menu was
registered for a certain
display group.
[61090] Invalid character
has been input in the
display group name.
[61093] Display group will
be deleted.
[61094] Display group
name is illegal.
[61103] Same extension
menu code already exists.
[61106] Same ANK
exposure menu name
already exists.
[61109] Same kanjiexposure menu name
already exists.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
It is conceivable that the database file was Restart. If the same symptom recurs,
damaged or deleted.
perform a reinstallation.
The image processing parameter data is
abnormal.
The menu could not be deleted because it Remove the target menu from the
was registered for the examination menu. examination menu in advance.
A certain display group was empty because No empty display group is allowed to exist.
no menu was registered for it.
Register one or more menus for the display
group or delete the display group.
The entered data was abnormal due, for
Make a proper entry.
instance, to the inclusion of an
unacceptable character.
This window opens for confirmation only.
The entered data was abnormal due, for
instance, to its excessive length or the
inclusion of an unacceptable character.
The entered data value was already
registered or otherwise unacceptable.
The entered data value was already
registered or otherwise unacceptable.
Appx1MT-164
Event
Event Source
Description
61110 FFCustomMsgBox
61111 FFCustomMsgBox
61112 FFCustomMsgBox
[61112] Kanji-exposure
menu name is illegal.
61122 FFCustomMsgBox
61125 FFCustomMsgBox
61130 FFCustomMsgBox
Causes
Remedies
61131 FFCustomMsgBox
61132 FFCustomMsgBox
[61132] Auto-exposure
mechanism is illegal.
61142 FFCustomMsgBox
61145 FFCustomMsgBox
61148 FFCustomMsgBox
61149 FFCustomMsgBox
61151 FFCustomMsgBox
61152 FFCustomMsgBox
61153 FFCustomMsgBox
61154 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Appx1MT-165
Event
Event Source
61155 FFCustomMsgBox
61171 FFCustomMsgBox
61172 FFCustomMsgBox
61173 FFCustomMsgBox
61174 FFCustomMsgBox
61175 FFCustomMsgBox
61176 FFCustomMsgBox
61177 FFCustomMsgBox
61178 FFCustomMsgBox
61179 FFCustomMsgBox
61180 FFCustomMsgBox
61181 FFCustomMsgBox
61182 FFCustomMsgBox
61191 FFCustomMsgBox
61192 FFCustomMsgBox
61193 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[61155] Kanji-study menu
code is illegal.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-166
Event
Event Source
61194 FFCustomMsgBox
Causes
Remedies
FFCustomMsgBox
FFCustomMsgBox
Insert media.
FFCustomMsgBox
A wrong media was inserted into the drive. Insert correct media.
FFCustomMsgBox
A wrong media was inserted into the drive. Insert correct media.
61195 FFCustomMsgBox
61196 FFCustomMsgBox
61197 FFCustomMsgBox
61198 FFCustomMsgBox
61199 FFCustomMsgBox
61200 FFCustomMsgBox
61201 FFCustomMsgBox
61202 FFCustomMsgBox
61211 FFCustomMsgBox
61212 FFCustomMsgBox
61213 FFCustomMsgBox
61214 FFCustomMsgBox
61224
61234
61235
61236
Description
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remarks
Insert media.
Appx1MT-167
Event
Event Source
Description
Causes
FFCustomMsgBox
[64230] Restoring is
interrupted.
[64231] Restoring is
completed.
[64232] Being restored.
FFCustomMsgBox
FFCustomMsgBox
FFCustomMsgBox
61300 FFCustomMsgBox
61301 FFCustomMsgBox
61302 FFCustomMsgBox
61303 FFCustomMsgBox
61340 FFCustomMsgBox
61341 FFCustomMsgBox
61342 FFCustomMsgBox
64220 FFCustomMsgBox
64221 FFCustomMsgBox
64222 FFCustomMsgBox
64223 FFCustomMsgBox
64230 FFCustomMsgBox
64231 FFCustomMsgBox
64232
64233
64237
64250
64313 FFCustomMsgBox
64314 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Remedies
Remarks
Check settings.
Check settings.
Appx1MT-168
Event
Event Source
64460 FFCustomMsgBox
64595 FFCustomMsgBox
70000 FFCustomMsgBox
70001 FFCustomMsgBox
70002 FFCustomMsgBox
70005 FFCustomMsgBox
70006 FFCustomMsgBox
70007 FFCustomMsgBox
70008 FFCustomMsgBox
70009 FFCustomMsgBox
70010 FFCustomMsgBox
70011 FFCustomMsgBox
70012 FFCustomMsgBox
70013 FFCustomMsgBox
70014 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
Appx1MT-169
Event
Event Source
70015 FFCustomMsgBox
70016 FFCustomMsgBox
70017 FFCustomMsgBox
70019 FFCustomMsgBox
70020 FFCustomMsgBox
70021 FFCustomMsgBox
70022 FFCustomMsgBox
70023 FFCustomMsgBox
70024 FFCustomMsgBox
70025 FFCustomMsgBox
70026 FFCustomMsgBox
70027 FFCustomMsgBox
70028 FFCustomMsgBox
70029 FFCustomMsgBox
70030 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[70015] Failed in acquiring
information for setup of
mis-exposure image
analysis.
[70016] Failed in reading
image files.
[70017] Failed in displaying
images.
[70019] Failed in
conversion of date format.
[70020] Failed in storage of
the mis-exposure image log
list.
[70021] Failed in storage of
the calculation result.
[70022] An error occurred
while an image is being
displayed.
[70023] An unknown error
occurred.
[70024] Connection to the
database of regions to be
exposed resulted
unsuccessful.
[70025] Connection to the
database of causes of
mis-exposure images
resulted unsuccessful.
[70026] Failed in calculation
of the mis-exposure image
log.
[70027] Failed in displaying
calculation result of the
mis-exposure image log.
[70028] Connection to the
network setting database
resulted unsuccessful.
[70029] Failed in acquiring
necessary data from the
network setting database.
[70030] Failed in displaying
the list.
Causes
It is possible that the database file is
damaged or deleted.
Remedies
Remarks
It is possible that the image file is damaged Although the image file in question is not
or deleted.
displayed, there are no problems with
other operations.
An error occurred while in image
Restart the system. If the same symptom
processing.
recurs, perform a reinstallation.
The date display format may have been
Input in a correct format.
input incorrectly.
This error is displayed when a failure
Retry data store. If the same symptom
occurred in data storage.
recurs, change the destination for storage
accordingly.
This error is displayed when a failure
Retry data storage. If the same symptom
occurred in data storage.
recurs, change the destination for storage
accordingly.
It is possible that the image display control Restart the system. If the same symptom
or image file has a problem.
recurs, perform a reinstallation.
The system was unstable.
It is possible that the database file is
damaged or deleted.
Appx1MT-170
Event
Event Source
70031 FFCustomMsgBox
70032 FFCustomMsgBox
70033 FFCustomMsgBox
70034 FFCustomMsgBox
70035 FFCustomMsgBox
70036 FFCustomMsgBox
70037 FFCustomMsgBox
70038 FFCustomMsgBox
70039 FFCustomMsgBox
70040 FFCustomMsgBox
70041 FFCustomMsgBox
70042 FFCustomMsgBox
70043 FFCustomMsgBox
94001 FFCustomMsgBox
94002 FFCustomMsgBox
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Description
[70031] Free hard disk
space for writing data is
insufficient.
[70032] Failed in deleting
the mis-exposure image
log.
[70033] Failed in deleting
the exposure result log.
[70034] Failed in deleting
an image file.
[70035] Failed in writing
image data in the system
setting database.
[70036] Failed in writing
image data in the display
setting database.
[70037] Failed in relocating
the tree structure.
[70038] Failed in reducing
the tree structure.
[70039] Transition to the
main window resulted
unsuccessful.
[70040] Failed in accessing
the menu database.
[70041] Failed in accessing
the log information
database.
[70042] Failed in accessing
the system setup database.
[70043] Failed in storage of
image data.
Causes
Remedies
Remarks
The size of the file copied is too large to be Replace for media of large capacity, if
accommodated in the media.
available.
It is possible that the file is damaged or
deleted.
Appx1MT-171
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx1MT-172
Message
00005
00005
00005
00005
00015
00240
00240
00345
10000
10005
10005
10010
10015
10015
10035
10050
10050
10010
10070
10071
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Causes
Remedies
Appx2MT-1
ID
Message
Causes
Remedies
10071
10071
10071
10071
10071
10072
10075
10180
10205
10205
10210
10210
10215
10220
10221
10225
10230
10230
10230
10230
10230
10235
10235
10235
10221
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-2
ID
Message
Causes
Remedies
10240
10240
10240
10240
10295
10295
10295
10295
10301
File: [Config file]: The Config element with Key=[Key] is The config file does not exist or is damaged.
invalid.
Error in load multi language.
The config file is damaged.
10302
10302
10302
10302
10302
10302
10240
10240
10240
10240
10295
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-3
ID
Message
Causes
Remedies
10302
10302
10302
10302
10302
10302
10302
10303
10303
10303
10303
10303
10303
10303
10303
10303
10303
10303
10303
10303
10303
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-4
ID
Message
Causes
Remedies
10304
10320
10320
10320
10320
10320
10320
10320
10320
10320
10320
10320
10320
10345
10345
10345
10345
10345
10345
10345
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-5
ID
10345
Message
Causes
Remedies
10365
10365
10365
Content of exception
10375
Given key [Message id] does not exist for lookup from The config file does not exist or is damaged.
[MessageBoxDef.xml file].
Parameter is null
The config file does not exist or is damaged.
10380
10385
10385
10385
10385
10385
10385
10410
10410
10410
10410
10410
10410
10410
10410
Given key [Config file name] does not exist for lookup The config file does not exist or is damaged.
from ConfigData (ConfigAccessor).
Empty data (should be loading error) or cannot retrieve The config file does not exist or is damaged.
data from ConfigData (ConfigAccessor)
Given key [Keyword] does not exist for lookup from
The config file does not exist or is damaged.
ConfigData (ConfigAccessor).
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-6
ID
Message
Causes
Remedies
10430
10430
10430
10435
10435
10450
10450
10450
10465
10465
10465
10465
10465
10465
10465
10465
10565
10565
10565
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-7
ID
10565
Message
Causes
Remedies
10565
10565
10565
10565
10605
10605
10605
10605
10615
10615
10615
10615
10615
10615
10615
10615
10615
10565
10615
10615
10615
10635
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-8
ID
10640
Message
Causes
Remedies
10640
10640
Item \[Item name] dont have DDO tag in Note config The config file is damaged.
file
[Value] is not appropriate number format.
The DDO file is damaged.
[Value] is not appropriate hexadecimal format.
The config file is damaged.
10640
10640
10640
Number of DDO tag differ from value of Num attribute The config file is damaged.
10640
10680
10680
10680
10680
10680
Wrong characterset.
10685
Exception content.
10685
10685
10685
10685
10685
10640
10640
10675
10675
10715
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-9
ID
10715
10715
10715
10720
10720
10720
10720
10720
10720
10720
10720
10720
10720
10720
10725
10725
10725
10730
10730
10730
10740
10740
10740
10740
10740
Message
Retrieve data time out
Causes
Remedies
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-10
ID
Message
10740
10740
10740
10740
10740
10740
10745
20005
Causes
Remedies
20005
20005
20010
20050
20175
20205
20205
20205
The file on path [Path] is not exist or maybe it is already The config file is damaged.
running.
Create process for {0} application failed.
The config file is damaged.
20215
20235
20350
20350
20350
20350
20350
20350
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-11
ID
Message
Causes
Remedies
20350
20350
20350
20615
20615
20615
20615
20615
20715
20720
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx2MT-12
ID
01001
01005
01010
01010
01015
Message
01145
Unknown error
Not found config file: Echo.Config.exe
Saving data error
Content of exception
UserUtility: The config with Key={0} is not found in the
config file of application
VersionInformation: The Application element with
ID={0} in the version file cant be load.
Unknown error
01145
01145
01145
01145
01165
01025
01390
10000
11005
11010
11155
11155
11375
11380
11380
21175
21390
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Causes
Remedies
Reinstall ECHO.
Verify the setting of the CL application.
ConfigQA->PEM Processing in the case of Magnify
Display
Reinstall the CL application.
Reinstall all the linking applications and Cooper which
have been installed.
Reinstall ECHO.
Reinstall ECHO.
Restart the system.
Exposure again.
Reinstall ECHO.
Reinstall ECHO.
Reinstall ECHO.
Restart the system.
Exposure again. If the problem continues to occur, reinstall
the CL application.
Reinstall ECHO.
Appx3MT-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx3MT-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx3MT-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx3MT-4
ID
Message
01001
01010
Unknown Error!
Not found config file: {0}
01045
01390
10000
11005
11005
11015
11015
11015
11020
11025
11025
11025
11025
11025
11025
11025
11025
11025
11025
11025
11025
01045
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Causes
Remedies
Appx4MT-1
ID
11025
11025
11030
11035
11040
21005
21005
21030
31010
31010
31010
Message
Can not get images sensitivity!
Can not get images rotate/invert state!
Read configuration information failed!
Bad parameters!
Bad parameters!
Can not apply layout for screen.
Can not set string definition for screen items.
Invalid XML file format!
Roi started OK!
Receive command: {0}
Receive message: {0}
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Causes
Remedies
Appx4MT-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx4MT-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx4MT-4
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
RI-I
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
10/20/2000
12/10/2000
00
00
04/10/2001
01
05/30/2001
02
08/30/2001
03
08/30/2001
03
03/20/2002
04
03/20/2002
07/20/2002
04
05
07/20/2002
05
11/30/2002
06
11/30/2002
03/01/2003
06
07
03/01/2003
08/20/2003
07
08
12/10/2003
09
12/10/2003
09
02/20/2004
10
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
All pages
I, II, 5, 7, 8, 9, 1315, 22, 23, 27,
28, 33, 35, 39, 40
All pages
I, II, 1, 35, 8, 9, 11, 13-16, 1842,
Appx A-18, Appx B-14,
Appx C-1, 2, Appx D-16,
I, II, 1, 3, 4, 7, 1217, 21, 22,
2429,31, 32, 34, 35, 37, 38, 41
Appx A-1, 4, 7, Appx C-3, 4,
Appx D-1, 3, 4, 6-8
1820, 23, 30, 33, 36, 39, 40,
4246
I, II, 15, 34, 41, Appx A-7,
Appx B-13, Appx D-1, 4
Appx D-2, 3, 5, 6-8
I, II, 13-16, 1924, 26, 28, 29, 31,
32, 38, 39, 41, 4548, 54, Appx A-1,
7, Appx D-1, 2, 47, Appx E-14,
Appx F-14
12, 17, 18, 25, 27, 30, 3337, 40,
4244, 4953, Appx D-810
I, II, 3, 4, 9, 22, 24, 26, 28, 3133,
38, Appx D-1, 2, 49, 11,
Appx F-5, 6
Appx D-10, 12
I, II, 20, 22, 26, 3234, 39,
Appx C-24, Appx D-1, 7
40-54
I, II, 1, 3, 14, 15, 20, 22, 24, 2628,
3145, 4858, Appx C-2, Appx D-1
IIV, 22, 25, 29, 38, 41, Appx A-7,
Appx C-2, Appx D-1, Appx D-2
2628, 3037, 39, 40, 4258,
Appx D-314
All pages
RI-II
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
07/30/2004
11
07/30/2004
11
11/12/2004
12
07/30/2005
14
07/30/2005
11/30/2005
14
15
11/30/2005
07/30/2006
15
16
07/30/2006
16
07/20/2007
17
07/20/2007
05/09/2008
17
18
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
RI-III
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
10/31/2008
19
10/31/2008
19
11/30/2009
20
11/30/2009
20
03/31/2010
21
03/31/2010
21
12/10/2010
22
12/10/2010
22
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Reason
Pages affected
I, IV, 1, 3, 42, 44, 4649, 51, 54,
5759, 61, 63, 64, 6668, 70, 72,
78, 79, 82, 85, 92, Appx RI A-2, 8,
10, 20, D-2, 3, 911, 16, 17, G-1, 2,
13, 14, 16, H-1, J-14
50, 52, 53, 55, 56, 60, 62, 65, 69,
71, 7377, 80, 81, 83, 84, 8691,
Appx RI A-1119
I, IV, 14, 22, 4281, 83, 8596,
98101, 103, 105109, 111, 114,
115, 123, 126129, 136144,
Appx A-15, 1013, 2124, B-13,
6, C-4, D-15, 10, 1214, 17, 18,
E-1, 46, G-1, 2, 14, 17, 18, I-712
82, 84, 97, 102, 104, 110, 112, 113,
116122, 124, 125, 130135,
Appx A-69, 1420, B-4, 5, D-69,
11, 15, 16, 19, 20, E-2, G-313, 15,
16
I, IV, 24, 43, 45, 61, 62, 84, 85, 87,
90, 93, 94, 96, 97, 99, 100,
102104, 107, 108, 112116, 121,
131, 143, 144, 147, 148, Appx A-1,
2, 7, 8, 2325, 27, 28, D-13, 911,
14, 15, 18, 19, 2124, D-1, H-1, I-4,
7, 8
6383, 86, 88, 89, 91, 92, 95, 98,
101, 105, 106, 109111, 117120,
122130, 132142, 145, 146,
Appx A-26, D-12, 13, 16, 17, 20
I, IV, 45, 84, 107, 111, 112, 133,
145, Appx D-2, 14, 22,
Appx I-1316
Appx B-7, 8, Appx C-7, 8,
Appx E-7, 8, Appx G-19, 20
RI-IV
NOTES
To facilitate you to understand installation workflow in this edition, the
following icons are shown to the right of the title in each chapter.
XG-1 RU
5000plus
9000
355RU
356
357
359
362
363
364
366
367
368
370
371
372
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
XG-1 RU
FCR5000, etc.
9000 series
CR-IR 355RU
CR-IR 356
CR-IR 357
CR-IR 359
CR-IR 362
CR-IR 363
CR-IR 364
CR-IR 366
CR-IR 367
CR-IR 368
CR-IR 370
CR-IR 371
CR-IR 372
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
When setting procedures to be performed are different between
Windows 2000, Windows XP and Windows Vista, follow the procedure
specific to the used OS to perform necessary settings.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-1
Installation workflow
CL-Config and RU-Config(*1) backup
2.
7.
8.
9.
****BLANK****
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-2
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
NOTES
Before installing the OS, note down the CL host name, IP address,
subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of
information will be called for during OS installation.
The 5000 plus is abbreviated hereinafter simply IR.
OS installation drive
Partition/format
Name
Organization
Product key
Computer name
and password
Computer name
Password
Protocol used
IP address
Network settings
For Windows XP
See 2.2 Installing and Setting Windows XP.
u Property sheet
Regional settings
Display color
True Color (24 or 32bits)
Display area
1024768 (15inch LCD/17inch CRT)
MS-IME setting
(Japanese version The toolbar is stored in the task bar.
only)
Subnet mask
Domain or
work group
C:\
C drive only (no other partitions will
be created.) /NTFS
FUJIFILM Corporation
FUJIFILM Corporation
Indicated on the right-hand side of
the PC main unit cover.
The default settings when shipped
from factory
CR-IR346CL
: CLXXXXXXXX
CR-IR346CL (Lite) : CRXXXXXXXX
CR-IR348CL (Plus) : CPXXXXXXXX
(XXXXXXXX : manufacture No.)
Take notes accordingly if changed.
fcr-iip
TCP/IP
172.16.1.20 when shipped from
factory.
* Take notes accordingly if changed.
255.255.0.0 when shipped from
factory.
* Take notes accordingly if changed.
Used by the work group.
(The group name remains the
default.)
RI-3
NOTES
OS installation procedures are described herein using a DELL
OptiPlex GX110 PC and a GX150 PC models.
If other PC models are used, see the user manual that comes with the PC.
If the PC is not connected via the network, the network setup windows
will not be displayed while the OS is being installed. To establish
network settings, be sure to connect the PC to the network (connection
to the RU) before installation work.
When the HDD has been replaced, check setup details ahead of time
because the HDD cannot be operated unless the PCs BIOS settings
are changed accordingly.
Driver software installation can be required while Windows 2000 is
being installed. In such a case, install it using the Dell Resource CD.
1.
IMPORTANT
Before formatting the HDD, back up necessary data other than image
data as required by the user.
Back up config data (CL-Config, RU-Config) that stores various CL
and RU settings, ahead of time.
Use the User Utility function to back up user setup information items
(check all the items).
2.
NOTES
When the OS was installed with the PEI/PSI board mounted on the
PCI slots, be sure to delete the
file from the Device
Manager upon completion of OS installation.
Checking the PEI01A board device driver in 3.2 Typical
Procedure for Achieving Recovery from an LP (Local Printer)
Printout Generation Failure under MT: Machine
Troubleshooting.
If you perform the OS installation procedure while the peripheral
devices are connected to the USB ports, improper drivers will be
installed as is the case with the PEI and PSI boards.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-4
1.
2.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RAID-related settings
When a RAID-based PC is used, perform RAID-related settings as
appropriate.
For details of RAID-related settings, see Appendix I RAID-related
Settings.
RI-5
1.
6.
After a while, the message Press any key to boot from CD..
appears at the upper left corner of the window.
2.
NOTE
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window
will not open.
In such a case, restart the PC to perform step 2. again.
00000346.EPS
7.
NOTE
3.
4.
8.
5.
00000325.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-6
9.
Deleting/formatting a partition
1.
NOTE
Before deleting a partition, back up important image data and other
necessary data that are stored on the HDD.
If a partition is deleted, the entire data in that partition is lost.
00000303.EPS
00000307.EPS
NOTE
00000304.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-7
2.
4.
NOTE
NOTE
The <C> key needs not be pressed because only the C drive will
be used on the CL.
Note, however, that creation of partition is not required for software
version A10 or later.
00000308.EPS
3.
00000310.EPS
00000309.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-8
5.
Verify that the Format the partition using the NTFS file
system option is selected, and then press the <Enter> key.
8.
Check (
C:.
00000311.EPS
6.
10. After the installation data has been read from the HDD (this
when
takes about three minutes), click
Windows 2000 setup wizard startup window opens.
REFERENCE
NOTE
If you fail to press the <F2> key, restart the PC, wait until the
message F2 SETUP appears at the upper right corner of the
screen, and press the <F2> key.
The setup window opens.
7.
9.
00000511.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-9
1.
5.
2.
CR-IR346CL : CLXXXXXXXX
(use upper-case characters to enter the CL.
XXXXXXXX are for the CL serial number.)
3.
Click
NOTES
Enter the host name that was noted down before the start of OS
installation.
Even if you enter lower-case characters, their upper-case
00000318.EPS
4.
field.
REFERENCE
The product key is indicated on the right-hand side cover of the PC
main unit.
A window opens to prompt for computer name and password
input.
field.
field.
REFERENCE
The character string entries in the [Administrator Password:] and
[Confirm Password:] fields appear as asterisks (*).
00000319.EPS
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
RI-10
6.
7.
Click
NOTE
Verify the date, time, and time zone, and then click
1.
.
Verify the date.
2.
3.
Select
then click
00000320.EPS
4.
Choose
(so that
changes to
).
REFERENCE
The IP Address and Subnet Mask fields are now ready to accept
your numerical value input.
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
RI-11
5.
8.
radio
field.
NOTE
Enter the IP address and subnet mask that were noted down
before the start of OS installation.
6.
Click
7.
Click
00000345.EPS
REFERENCE
9.
10. Click
00000314.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-12
1.
5.
Click
.
A computer user setup window opens.
00000336.EPS
2.
3.
radio
within the
field to change to
.
Enter fcr-iip in the
Enter fcr-iip in the
00000323.EPS
6.
Deselect
to
field.
field.
7.
(so that
changes
).
Click the
REFERENCE
The character string entries in the [Password:] and [Confirm
Password:] fields appear as asterisks (*).
4.
Click
RI-13
REFERENCE
To determine what driver software needs to be installed, you can use
Device Manager. To open Device Manager, perform the following steps:
1. Right-click the [My Computer] icon from the [Start] menu. From the
pop-up menu that opens, choose [Properties].
The [System Properties] window opens.
00000366.EPS
3.
Click
4.
Verify that
then click
is chosen, and
.
The PC restarts.
1.
2.
REFERENCE
Depending on the version of the Dell ResourceCD utility software,
the PC needs not to be restarted.
00000365.EPS
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
RI-14
3.
4.
Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model and
utility CD-ROM version, confirm the correct drivers by calling Dell
Technical Support or visiting associated home page.
Click
Click
to decompress files.
NOTE
1.
5.
Click
2.
6.
Click
RI000063.EPS
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
RI-15
7.
Scroll the screen downward until you reach its bottom, and
then click
.
8.
9.
Click
RI000066.EPS
11. Install the other driver software (Intel CHIP SET, ADI1885
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
RI000065.EPS
RI-16
4.
1.
Click
5.
Click
The screen area changes and the monitor setting window opens.
6.
Click
NOTE
Click
immediately. If it is not clicked in 15 seconds,
the window returns to the previous status.
00000108.EPS
2.
3.
II
00000109.EPS
I. Colors
: Choose True Color (24- or 32-bit).
II. Screen area : Choose 1024 768 pixels.
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
RI-17
5.
1.
2.
3.
6.
Click
NOTE
If you do not click
within 15 seconds, the system
reverts the previous setting. Therefore, click it without delay.
7.
NOTE
The screen area changes and the Monitor Setup window opens.
Click
Click
RI000041.EPS
4.
Click
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
RI-18
4.
Uncheck
1.
Click
Panel.
The Control Panel opens.
2.
Double-click
00000125.EPS
5.
3.
Click
6.
Click
00000124.EPS
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
RI-19
1.
From the
1.
Control Panel.
2.
Double-click
2.
Double-click
3.
3.
Control Panel.
From the
Click the Numbers tab and then select . (period) for the
Decimal symbol field.
If, as a result of the above selection, the same symbol is selected for
the Digit grouping symbol field and Decimal symbol field, change
the symbol for the Digit grouping symbol field.
RI000084.EPS
4.
Uncheck
(
).
RI000083.EPS
5.
Click
RI000101.EPS
4.
Click
RI-20
1.
2.
Place a checkmark to
).
RI0000362.EPS
3.
Click
and close the Taskbar and Start Menu
Properties window.
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
RI-21
IMPORTANT
Before formatting the HDD, make backup copy of data other than
image data, if any, as required by the user.
NOTES
OS installation procedures are described herein using a Dell Optiplex
GX60 PC model.
If other PC models are actually used, see the User Manual that comes
with the PC.
If the PC is not connected via the network, the network setup windows
will not be displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform
network settings, be sure to connect the PC to the network (connection
to the RU) accordingly before installation work.
When HDD of a recommended PC model is replaced, check setup
details ahead of time because the HDD may not be operated unless
the PCs BIOS settings are changed accordingly.
Driver software installation may be required while Windows XP is
being installed. In such an instance, use the Dell Resource CD to
install it.
1.
2.
NOTES
When the OS was installed with the PEI/PSI board mounted on the
PCI slots, make sure to delete the
file using Device
Manager upon completion of OS installation.
Checking the PEI01A board device driver in 3.2 Typical
Procedure for Achieving Recovery from an LP (Local Printer)
Printout Generation Failure under MT: Machine
Troubleshooting
If you perform the OS installation procedure while the peripheral
devices are connected to the USB ports, improper drivers will be
installed as is the case with the PEI or PSI board.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-22
1.
2.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RAID-related settings
When a RAID-based PC is used, perform RAID-related settings as
appropriate.
For details of RAID-related settings, see Appendix I RAID-related
Settings.
RI-23
6.
1.
2.
NOTE
RI000211.EPS
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window
will not open.
In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 2. above again.
7.
NOTE
3.
If you do not press the <Enter> key within about three seconds
after the Press any key to boot from the CD message appears at
the upper left corner of the window, the installation CD will not be
recognized accordingly.
If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform step 7. again.
4.
1. Diskette Drive
2. Hard-Disk Drive C:
3. IDE CD-ROM Device
SPACE to enable/disable
8.
5.
9.
RI000210.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-24
5.
Deleting/formatting a partition
1.
NOTE
Before deleting a partition, make backup copy of necessary image
data stored on the HDD.
If a partition is deleted, the entire data in that partition will be lost.
XXXX MB Disk 0 Id 0 on bus 0 atapi [MBR]
C: partition1: NTFS
D: partition2: NTFS
The PC restarts.
6.
If you fail to press the <F2> key, restart the PC, wait until the
message F2 SETUP appears at the upper right corner of the
window, and the press the <F2> key.
RI000212.EPS
NOTE
7.
8.
NOTE
4.
SPACE to enable/disable
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
1. Diskette Drive
2. Hard-Disk Drive C:
3. IDE CD-ROM Device
3.
2.
NOTE
Verify that the Format the partition using the NTFS file
system option is selected, and then press the <Enter> key.
Check (
9.
) both 1. and 2.
RI000213.EPS
RI-25
1.
5.
2.
CR-IR346CL : CLXXXXXXXX
(use upper-case characters to enter the CL.
XXXXXXXX are for the CL serial number.)
3.
Click
4.
NOTES
field and then
REFERENCE
The product key is indicated on the right-hand side cover of the PC
main unit.
A window opens to prompt for computer name and password
input.
Enter the host name that was noted down before the start of OS
installation.
Even if you enter lower-case characters, their upper-case
equivalents appear in the
field.
field.
field.
REFERENCE
The character string entries in the [Administrator Password:] and
[Confirm Password:] fields appear as asterisks (*).
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
RI-26
6.
7.
Click
NOTES
Verify the date, time, and time zone, and then click
.
If any wrong setting is encountered, correct it and then click
.
Verify the date.
1.
Verify the time.
00000320.EPS
2.
3.
Select
then click
4.
Choose
(so that
changes to
).
REFERENCE
The IP Address and Subnet Mask fields are now ready to accept
your numerical value input.
5.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-27
1.
NOTE
Enter the IP address and subnet mask that were noted down
before the start of OS installation.
6.
Click
2.
Click
3.
4.
5.
Click [Finish].
After a while, the Windows desktop opens.
radio
), and then click
8.
Click Skip.
A window opens where user registration to Microsoft is to be
made.
7.
6.
menu.
7.
Select
8.
Select
9.
00000345.EPS
REFERENCE
Do not let the CL become a domain member.
The Welcome to Windows window opens in about 15 minutes.
RI0000381.EPS
RI-28
11.
: Enter fcr-iip.
: Enter fcr-iip.
REFERENCE
The character string entries in the [Type a new password:] and
[Type the new password again to confirm:] fields appear as .
13. Click
14. Click
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-29
REFERENCE
1.
2.
RI000214.EPS
R 000215.EPS
3.
Click
4.
Click
5.
REFERENCE
Depending on the version of the Dell Resource CD utility software,
the PC needs not to be restarted.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-30
2.
3.
4.
NOTE
Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model and
utility CD-ROM version, confirm the correct drivers by calling Dell
Technical Support or visiting associated home page.
1.
Click
5.
Click
A window opens to prompt you to confirm the folder where the file
is to be decompressed.
6.
Click
7.
Click
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-31
8.
Scroll the screen downward until you reach its bottom, and
then click
.
RI000218.EPS
9.
Click
10. Click
11. Click
12. Click
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-32
4.
Click
NOTE
Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model and
utility CD-ROM version, confirm the correct drivers by calling Dell
Technical Support or visiting associated home page.
1.
RI0000372.EPS
A window opens to prompt you to confirm the folder where the file
is to be decompressed.
5.
Click
6.
Click
7.
8.
menu to
select Properties.
The System Properties window opens.
RI000216.EPS
2.
3.
Click
RI-33
9.
RI0000375.EPS
RI0000373.EPS
RI0000376.EPS
RI-34
13. Select Dont search. I wil choose the driver to install. and
click
RI0000379.EPS
17. Click
18. Click
RI0000377.EPS
19. Click
20. Click
21. Make sure that the network driver has been installed
properly and close the Device Manager window.
RI0000378.EPS
15. Click
RI0000380.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-35
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
NOTE
If the screen becomes disordered when a setting of 75 Hertz is
chosen, change the setting to 70 Hertz.
If the screen becomes disordered even when set to 70 Hertz,
change it to 60 Hertz.
RI0000354.EPS
3.
I.
II.
RI0000355.EPS
4.
Click
RI000221.EPS
The screen area changes and the monitor setting window opens.
5.
Click
NOTE
Click immediately. If it is not clicked in 15 seconds, the window
returns to the previous status.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-36
4.
Click
5.
Click
1.
NOTE
Click immediately. If it is not clicked in 15 seconds, the window
returns to the previous status.
6.
Click
Click
2.
Select
3.
Doubl-click
4.
RI0000357.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-37
5.
Uncheck
).
RI000223.EPS
6.
Click
Click
2.
8.
From the
7.
1.
Double-click
3.
RI0000363.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-38
4.
5.
).
1.
menu.
2.
Double-click the
icon.
R 000225.EPS
6.
Click
7.
3.
RI000228.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-39
4.
1.
menu.
2.
Double-click
3.
4.
RI000226.EPS
5.
Click
6.
R 0000365.EPS
5.
Click
6.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-40
1.
2.
1.
2.
).
RI00000356.EPS
R 0000361.EPS
3.
Click
).
4.
Click
window.
RI0000364.EPS
3.
Click
Properties window.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
RI-41
1.
IMPORTANT
Before formatting the HDD, make backup copy of data other than
image data, if any, using Explorer or the like.
Make backup copy of config data that stores various CL and RU
settings, ahead of time.
Use the User Utility function to back up user setup information items
(place checkmarks to all items).
NOTE
If the PC is not connected via the network, the network setup windows
will not be displayed while the OS is being installed. To perform network
settings, be sure to connect the PC to the network (HUB) accordingly
before installation work.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-42
1.
2.
RAID-related settings
When a RAID-type PC is used, RAID-related settings must be
performed accordingly.
For details of the RAID-related settings, see Appendix I RAIDrelated Setting.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
1.
2.
Press the <F2> key when the DELL logo appears at the
center of the window.
NOTE
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup
window will not open.
In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 2. above again.
The setup window opens.
RI-43
3.
5.
AWV32124A.ai
AWV32126.ai
4.
6.
AWV32127.ai
7.
AWV32125.ai
AWV32149.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-44
8.
Re-installing the OS
1.
DCL32001.ai
AWV32002.ai
9.
10. Click
2.
NOTE
If you do not press the <Enter> key within about three seconds
after the Press any key to boot from the CD or DVD message
appears at the upper left corner of the window, the installation CD
will not be recognized accordingly.
If such a failure occurs, restart the PC to perform step 12. again.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
AWV32003.ai
RI-45
3.
6.
Click [Next].
AWV32006.ai
AWV32004.ai
4.
5.
7.
AWV32007.ai
AWV32005.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-46
8.
Select Delete.
AWV32008.ai
9.
AWV32010.ai
Click [OK].
AWV32009.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
AWV32011.ai
RI-47
Windows setup
1.
AWV32012.ai
AWV32014.ai
NOTES
The character string entries in the Type a password
(recommended): and Retype your password: fields appear as
.
When a character has been entered into the column Type a
password hint, it becomes possible to click
.
AWV32013.ai
2.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-48
3.
CR-IR346CL : CLXXXXXXXX
(CL represents capitals and XXXXXXXX, a product name.)
CR-IR348CL : CRXXXXXXXX (Lite)
(CR represents capitals and XXXXXXXX, a product name.)
CR-IR348CL : CPXXXXXXXX (Plus)
(CP represents capitals and XXXXXXXX, a product name.)
6.
AWV32017.ai
AWV32145.ai
4.
Click
NOTE
5.
If a dialog box like that shown below opens, select Public location.
AWV32018.ai
AWV32016.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-49
1.
menu.
AWV32019.ai
7.
Click
8.
9.
AWV32021.ai
2.
AWV32020.ai
NOTE
The entered password is displayed as .
The desktop screen opens.
REFERENCE
AWV32028.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-50
3.
5.
Click
AWV32031.ai
6.
AWV32029.ai
4.
7.
AWV32030.ai
AWV32033.ai
RI-51
8.
AWV32036.ai
New password
: fcr-iip
Confirm password : fcr-iip
NOTE
AWV32034.ai
9.
AWV32037.ai
12. Click
AWV32035.ai
10. Click
AWV32148.ai
RI-52
1.
menu.
AWV32038.ai
2.
AWV32040.ai
AWV32039.ai
RI-53
3.
5.
Click
AWV32041.ai
AWV32043.ai
4.
6.
AWV32044.ai
AWV32045.ai
7.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-54
8.
REFERENCE
AWV32020.ai
NOTE
The entered password is displayed as .
The desktop screen opens.
REFERENCE
If the Welcome Center window has been displayed, close the
Welcome Center window.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-55
4.
1.
Click
2.
AWV32050.ai
5.
Click
AWV32128.ai
3.
Cliclk
AWV32051.ai
6.
Click
7.
AWV32048.ai
AWV32049.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-56
1.
Controller Drivers
Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility Rev:Axx
2.
REFERENCE
1.
Video Drivers
3.
Audio Drivers
Analog Device ADI 198X Integrated HD Audio Rev:Axx
4.
5.
OS Tools
Dell OS Tools Rev:Axx
Dell System Software:Rev:Axx
NOTE
Since the drivers to be installed vary with the employed PC model
and utility CD-ROM version, confirm the correct drivers by calling
Dell Technical Support or visiting associated home page.
AWV32054.ai
2.
AWV32139.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-57
3.
4.
Click
AWV32057.ai
5.
Click
AWV32055.ai
6.
Click
AWV32059.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-58
7.
Click
12. Select No, I will restart this computer later. and click
[Finish].
8.
13. Click
Click [Next].
The following window opens.
AWV32065.ai
AWV32061.ai
9.
Click [Yes].
AWV32062.ai
AWV32063.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-59
6.
1.
2.
Press the <F2> key when the DELL logo appears at the
center of the window.
NOTE
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the setup window
will not open.In such an instance, restart the PC to perform step 2.
above again.
The setup window opens.
3.
AWV32020.ai
7.
AWV32124.ai
4.
Click
5.
Click [Yes].
After the PC restarted, a login window opens.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
RI-60
1.
2.
Click [Next].
The Please read the license terms window opens.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click [Close].
7.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-61
1.
menu.
AWV32021.ai
2.
AWV32067.ai
3.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-62
4.
1.
menu.
AWV32146.ai
5.
Click
AWV32021.ai
2.
Double-click
3.
AWV32073.ai
AWV32147.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-63
6.
8.
Click
9.
Click
10. Click
AWV32074.ai
7.
I
II
AWV32077.ai
NOTE
Enter the IP address and subnet mask that were noted downbefore
the start of OS installation.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-64
4.
1.
menu.
AWV32082.ai
5.
Click
6.
2.
Double-click
3.
AWV32081.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-65
4.
1.
menu.
AWV32085.ai
5.
AWV32021.ai
2.
Double-click
6.
3.
AWV32084.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-66
4.
1.
menu.
AWV32088.ai
Double-click
2.
5.
3.
AWV32087.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-67
3.
1.
2.
AWV32091.ai
4.
AWV32090.ai
AWV32092.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-68
5.
Select 1280 by 1024, True Color (32 bit), 60 Hertz and click
1.
menu.
AWV32093.ai
6.
AWV32021.ai
Click
NOTE
If a window like that shown below opens, click
seconds.
in 15
2.
Double-click
3.
AWV32094.ai
7.
Click
8.
AWV32098.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-69
4.
1.
2.
Select Theme.
AWV32099.ai
5.
AWV32153.ai
3.
AWV32152.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-70
4.
5.
Click
Click
1.
menu.
6.
AWV32150.ai
2.
Double-click
3.
AWV32101.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-71
4.
6.
AWV32136.ai
5.
Select Hard disk - Turn off hard disk after and select
Never.
AWV32154.ai
7.
AWV32137.ai
AWV32155.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-72
8.
9.
Click
1.
menu.
AWV32150.ai
2.
Double-click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-73
3.
1.
menu.
AWV32150.ai
4.
2.
Double-click
3.
AWV32104.ai
5.
Click
AWV32106.ai
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-74
4.
Addition of components
Installing additional Windows components.
1.
menu.
AWV32150.ai
2.
Double-click
AWV32107.ai
5.
3.
AWV32109.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-75
4.
1.
menu.
AWV32150.ai
2.
Double-click
3.
Double-click Services.
AWV32110.ai
REFERENCE
indicates an item to be installed.
indicates installation of some items of the lower level.
When a check box is checked, all items in lower levels are
selected at the same time.
5.
Click
6.
AWV32130.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-76
4.
5.
1.
menu.
AWV32150.ai
6.
2.
Double-click
7.
3.
AWV32112.ai
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-77
4.
1.
menu.
AWV32150.ai
2.
Double-click
.
AWV32115.ai
3.
AWV32151.ai
5.
Click
6.
7.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-78
3.
1.
menu.
AWV32121.ai
4.
AWV32119.ai
2.
AWV32122.ai
5.
Click
6.
RI-79
3.
1.
menu.
AWV32141.ai
AWV32150.ai
2.
Double-click
4.
AWV32143.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-80
5.
Click
6.
Click
7.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-81
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
372
Model 9416TD15/H2
Contrast : 127
(Press the Menu switch on the right-hand side of
the monitor to adjust the contrast with Page1.)
Brightness : 255
(Press the or button on the right-hand side of
the monitor while the Main Menu is not displayed
on the screen.)
Model 9416TD15/H2-1
Contrast : 65%
(Press the Menu switch on the right-hand side of
the monitor to adjust the contrast with Page1.)
Brightness : 100%
(Press the or button on the right-hand side of
the monitor while the Main Menu is not displayed
on the screen.)
Model L350P-TS
Contrast : 80%
Brightness : 80%
(Press the Enter switch on the front of the monitor
to adjust the brightness by selecting <Picture
Adjustment>, then <Contrast/Brightness>.)
Model L351P-TS
Contrast : 90%
Brightness : 90%
(Press the Enter switch on the front of the monitor
to adjust the brightness by selecting <Picture
Adjustment>, then <Contrast/Brightness>.)
Model L362T
Model L560T-C
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-82
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-83
4. Installing MSDE/Database
Management System and Its
Service Pack
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD.
372
RI0000470.ai
REFERENCE
IIP Setup Tool is a utility tool that performs CL-AP installation and
other tasks. This tool is stored on the CD (product name:
Application software; Part No. 114Y5342001A) that is supplied with
the CL as a standard accessory.
REFERENCE
The service pack is a modification program that corrects various
problems with MSDE.
For the OS of V7.0(B) or earlier, one CL-AP CD contains all the
programs. Therefore, read CL-AP CD (1 of 2) or CL-AP CD (2 of 2)
for CL-AP CD as necessary.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
2.
RI-84
3.
4.
5.
R 000098.EPS
6.
7.
8.
RI000099.EPS
REFERENCE
When you choose 6) Version Check, you can view the version
information about MSDE and service pack.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-85
3.
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD.
RI000099.ai
REFERENCE
Choosing 6) Version Check enables you to view the version
information about SQL Server and service pack.
RI0000470.ai
2.
4.
RI-86
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
1.
371
372
NOTE
NOTE
To use the Synapse servers Web Query function with software version
V7.1(B) or earlier, perform the procedure below.
I. When the Synapse Client software is installed, uninstall it.
12. Synapse Client Software (Synapse Workstation) in
Appendix A Uninstalling the APs under RI: Reinstalling the
Software
II. Install the Synapse Client software.
CL+Synapse Server (Web Query) in OE19: Connecting the
CL to Other Equipment
RI000097.EPS
REFERENCE
For the OS of V7.0(B) or earlier, one CL-AP CD contains all the
programs. Therefore, read CL-AP CD (1 of 2) or CL-AP CD (2 of 2)
for CL-AP CD as necessary.
2.
00000178.EPS
3.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-87
4.
5.
Click
When the 15" monitor with the touch panel or the 17" CRT monitor
is to be used, choose Color (1024 768).
When the 17 monitor with the touch panel is to be used, choose
Color (1280 1024).
When the color Super Resolution LCD SL-IC300 is to be used,
select Color (2048 1536).
RI000026.EPS
u NOTE u
Although a message saying that Image Database does not exist.
can appear for software versions A04 or later, the CL-AP
installation processing will not be affected.
RI000032.EPS
6.
RI000027.EPS
RI000100.EPS
u NOTE u
Although a message saying that Patient Database does not exist.
can appear for software versions A04 or later, the CL-AP
installation processing will not be affected.
00000180.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-88
7.
9.
u NOTE u
For the software of version V2.0 (B) or later or V1.0 (C), the
following two windows will be displayed. Press the <Enter> key.
Make sure that installation processing has ended, and then
proceed to step 10.
RI000227.EPS
RI0000468.AI
RI000105.EPS
RI0000469.AI
8.
00000181.EPS
RI000028.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-89
10. Click
NOTES
D:\Tools\StudyAutoDelete\SetStudyAutoDeleteReg.bat
For software version V7.0(B) or later, perform all the steps from
11 through 16.
For software version V6.0(B) or earlier, it is not necessary to
perform steps 11 through 14.
NOTE
Specify for the underlined section a name of the drive where the
CL-AP CD has been installed.
.
RI0000489.ai
RI0000490.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-90
13. When Windows XP is used for the OS, enter 1 and press 2
when Windows Vista is used for the OS. Press 3 when a
RAID-based PC is used for the CL. Press then the <Enter>
key to determine the entry.
NOTE
For software version V7.0(B), the 2) Set DiskUsageLimitSize for
60GB option does not appear.
A window like that shown below opens.
u NOTE u
Note that exposure menu settings will revert to the default if a menu
database is replaced.
RI0000476.ai
15. Turn the PC power OFF and mount the PEI or PSI board on
the PC.
u NOTE u
If the OS was being installed with the PEI/PSI board mounted on
the PCI slots, use Device Manager to delete the
file
at this step.
Checking the PEI01A board device driver in 3.2 Typical
Procedure for Achieving Recovery from an LP (Local Printer)
Printout Generation Failure under MT: Machine
Troubleshooting.
1.
Enter 3 on the IIP Setup Tool main menu and press the
<Enter> key.
A window like that shown below opens.
00000301.EPS
u NOTE u
For Windows XP, you must perform driver software settings after
USB peripheral devices are connected.
For the driver software setup procedure, see
4.6 Changing the Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader
Driver Software under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-91
2.
4.
NOTE
When you have selected hospital menus, a window opens where
whether or not to use the FNC (Flexible Noise Control processing)
parameters is specified. Enter an item number that is for the menu
to be used at the institution and then press the <Enter> key.
RI0000382.EPS
3.
RI0000384.EPS
RI0000383.EPS
NOTE
When you have selected For Digital X-ray (DX Storage Option) at
step 2 above, a window opens where whether or not to use the
FNC (Flexible Noise Control processing) parameters is specified.
Enter an item number that is for the menu to be used at the
institution and then press the <Enter> key.
R 0000384.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-92
5.
1.
Enter 3 on the IIP Setup Tool main menu and press the
<Enter> key.
A window like that shown below opens.
00000301.EPS
2.
6.
RI0000382.EPS
3.
7.
8.
RI0000471.ai
NOTE
When you have selected For Digital X-ray (DX Storage Option) at
step 2 above, a window where the item number for a desired image
processing parameter (for film/for monitor) is to be entered will
open. In such cases, skip step 4 to proceed to step 5.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-93
4.
7.
RI0000472.ai
5.
R 0000384.EPS
6.
Enter the item number for the FNC parameter (Flexible Noise
Control processing) that is to be used in the hospital and
press the <Enter> key.
The message saying Menu Database Installation Completed will
be displayed to indicate that the menu database change is
completed.
8.
9.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-94
1.
3.
Enter 3 on the IIP Setup Tool main menu and press the
<Enter> key.
A window like that shown below opens.
RI0000385.EPS
NOTE
00000301.EPS
2.
When you have selected For Digital X-ray (DX Storage Option) at
step 2 above, a window opens where whether or not to use the
FNC (Flexible Noise Control processing) parameters is specified.
Enter an item number that is for the menu to be used at the
institution and then press the <Enter> key.
When English (U.S.) was selected as the language to be
installed:
RI0000386.EPS
RI0000384.EPS
RI0000427.EPS
NOTE
Do not select 20) Slovene because software version V7.0 (B)
does not provide support to it.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-95
4.
1.
Enter 3 on the IIP Setup Tool main menu and press the
<Enter> key.
A window like that shown below opens.
00000301.EPS
RI0000386.EPS
2.
RI0000384.EPS
5.
6.
7.
RI0000427.EPS
8.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-96
3.
5.
RI0000385.EPS
NOTE
RI0000386.EPS
When you have selected For Digital X-ray (DX Storage Option) at
step 2 above, a window where the item number for a desired image
processing parameter (for film/for monitor) is to be entered will
open. In such cases, skip step 4 to proceed to step 5.
4.
RI0000384.EPS
6.
RI0000472.ai
7.
8.
9.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-97
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-98
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
3.
Click
4. Click
.
.
Install as follows the components (files) that are necessary for activating
the CL.
u NOTE u
Built_inConsole must be installed even when only the RU or 5000
cassette-type Image Reader is installed. If it is not installed, an error
occurs when the CL-AP starts running.
1.
RI000031.EPS
NOTE
RI000029.EPS
5.
Click
6.
Click
RI000030.EPS
The PC restarts.
RI000097.EPS
2.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
7.
Click
RI-99
3.
For the FRIS Modules, use IIP Setup Tool on the CL-AP installation
CD (2 of 2).
Click
u NOTE u
Even if the F-RIS function is not used, install the FRIS Modules. If they
are not installed, an error occurs when the CL-AP starts.
RI000043.EPS
1.
4.
NOTE
Click
RI000044.EPS
5.
Click
2.
RI000045.EPS
RI000042.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-100
6.
Click
9.
Click
RI000049.EPS
R 000046.EPS
7.
Click
10. Click
RI000047.EPS
8.
Click
RI000048.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-101
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
REFERENCE
372
2.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
3.
371
Click
372
Install the XG-1 Standard Key that is supplied with the CL, as directed
below.
If the CD supplied with the CL is the Standard Key, proceed to
8.3 Installing the Standard Key.
REFERENCE
00000337.EPS
When the XG-1 Standard Key (A01) is installed, the following functions
are available.
4.
Click
RU connection (FRUP)
HQ image transfer (image transfer from the RU only)
DRC image processing
TAS image processing
Image magnification or full screen display on the QA window
LUT adjustment function for connection to other competing PACS
REFERENCE
00000338.EPS
The XG-1 Standard Key will be supplied only for a shipment when a
single RU is to be connected. When two or more RUs or a single 5000
plus are to be connected, install the 5000 Standard Key as well.
5.
1.
6.
7.
00000332.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Click
RI-102
3.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
When a single 5000 plus are connected, install the 5000 Standard Key.
The 5000 Standard Key is stored on the CD that is supplied with the
CL.
REFERENCE
When the 5000 Standard Key is installed, the following functions are
available.
5000 plus connection
DRC image processing
TAS image processing
Image magnification or full screen display on the QA window
LUT adjustment function for connection to other competing PACSs
1.
RI000002.EPS
4.
Click
5.
Click
.
These on-screen portions
vary with the key to be installed.
00000332.EPS
REFERENCE
RI000003.EPS
The above error window opens when the AP key is not installed.
This error screen does not imply any anomalies because the AP
key will be installed later in 11. AP Key Installation.
2.
Click
The installation start window for the DRC image transfer key
opens.
6.
7.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-103
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
2.
371
372
3.
Install the Standard Key supplied with the CL, as directed below.
The Standard Key released after A09 includes the two types, Lite and
Plus, and their available functions are different with each other.
1.
u NOTE u
REFERENCE
RU connection (FRUP)
HQ image transfer (only images from RUs)
5000 plus connection
DRC image processing
TAS image processing
FNC processing (A01 or later for Lite and A02 or later for Plus)
Image magnification or full screen display on the QA window
[not available for Lite.]
LUT adjustment function for connection to other competing PACSs
[not available for Lite.]
Film annotation characters [not available for Lite.]
Delux QA [not available for Lite.]
Click
00000337.EPS
4.
Click
00000332.EPS
00000338.EPS
5.
6.
REFERENCE
The above error window opens when the AP key is not installed.
This error screen does not imply any anomalies because the AP
key will be installed later in 11. AP Key Installation.
7.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Click
RI-104
9. ****BLANK****
9. ****BLANK****
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-105
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
Function
371
Product Code
CL DICOM MAMMO S
CR Digital Mammography
function. Image processing
parameters will not be provided.
CL DICOM MAMMO P
CR Digital Mammography
function. Image processing
parameters will be provided.*1
372
Install the same option keys that were used immediately before OS
reinstallation.
Unless the option keys have been deleted by newly installing the OS or
deleting the option key registry, option key reinstallation is not required.
Description
Image input/
output (contd) CL DICOM MEDIA
STORAGE B
u NOTE u
CL DICOM QR
After option key installation, be sure to install the AP key. The reason is
that installing the option keys disables the AP key that has been enabled.
CL DICOM PDI
STORAGE
CL DICOM
COMMITMENT
IR 346 DELUX-QA
QA function addition*3
Function
Print output
Product Code
IR346 LOCAL PRINT
IR346 DICOM CR
STORAGE
DICOM-based image
transmission functions available
(Also include a function to
transmit unstandardized images
to the QA-WS.) Options installed
are as follows.
CR Storage SCU (Standard)
CR Storage SCU (Private)
(Private Unstandardized CR
Storage is included in
Private.)
Image input/
output
IR346 DICOM IM
PROCESSED
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Description
Image
storage
assurance
QA function
Image
processing
CL SHUTTER-PROC
Shuttering processing
CL PEM
CL IM COMPOSITION
Image composition
CL IM-MAGNIFY FOR
LITE
CL LUT-ADJUSTMENT
FOR LITE
CL ANNOTATION
FOR LITE
Annotation function
(for Lite Standard Key)
*1 To use this option, the CL DICOM MAMMO S option key must have
been installed.
*2 To use this option, the IR346 DICOM CR STORAGE option key
must have been installed.
*3 When IR346 DELUX-QA is installed, all the QA functions are made
available. If it is not installed, only a limited number of QA functions
available.
RI-106
Function
Image
processing
(contd)
Product Code
Description
CL GPR
Mammo QC function
CL ID ONLINE
ID Online function
CL DICOM MPPS
DX CL SYNAPSE RIS
CONNECT
Energy
subtraction
processing
CL ES
X-ray
controller
CL X ONLINE
P-Console
Acquisition
of patient
information
Display of
CR PRECISE
precise
enlargement ENLARGEMENT
images
QA ROI
CR QA ROI
measurement MEASUREMENT
Other
u NOTE u
CL RETAKE ANALYSIS
1.
u NOTE u
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
00000455.EPS
3.
Click
u NOTE u
Depending on the option for installation, the installation start
window will be displayed some times.
4.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
RI-107
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
1.
371
372
u NOTE u
u NOTE u
2.
REFERENCE
The CL is designed so that the CL-AP can be started up when registry
information is generated to define the encryption key. The associated
registry information is generated when the AP key is installed.
Click
Version A software
00000456.EPS
3.
Click
Version B software
4.
RI0000104.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-108
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
3.
372
u NOTES u
After initial installation of the OS, be sure to initialize the image
database. Starting up the CL-AP without initializing the image
database will cause errors to be indicated (error codes: 50001, 20001,
30107, 30151, 20110, etc).
[For Windows 2000/XP]
Database can be initialized only when MSDE has been running.
If MSDE is running, the
icon will be displayed in the task tray at the
lower right corner of the window. If it is not displayed, restart the PC.
00000130.EPS
4.
Click
1.
DCL44011.ai
5.
Click
2.
00000184.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-109
6.
u NOTES u
If the following message appears, images included in the image
database have not been initialized accordingly.
It failed in initialized DB.
Make sure that MSDE has been running and images are not
accumulated on the image output queue.
[For Windows 2000/XP]
To start up MSDE
Restart the PC and make sure that the
the task tray.
icon is displayed in
7.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-110
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
nanao L362T
359
370
371
372
With [LUT] of the Service Utility, install an LUT file that matches the
display characteristics.
: LCD monitor
(2M monochrome monitor)
: LCD monitor
nanao Radiforce GS220
(2M monochrome monitor)
nanao Radiforce GS310-ECN : LCD monitor
(3M monochrome monitor)
: LCD monitor
nanao Radiforce RX320
(3M color monitor)
For details, see 4. Display Optimization - LUT in
MU: Maintenance Utility.
RI000106.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
RI-111
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
IMPORTANT
Data files to be restored must be of the same software versions.
Restoring data files of different software versions will disable the
software to be operated correctly. Note, however, that the following can
be restored correctly.
Restoring the A02 version data to A03
Restoring the A04 or A05 version data to A06
RI-112
u NOTES u
If no backup data is available, restore the configuration settings as
follows.
Restoring the RU (one RU connection) configuration (NETWORK
CONFIG
ALL OTHER NODES and CONNECTING EUIPMENT)
Host name : ru0 (default)
IP address : 172.16.1.10
(default)
Add Node : FRUP
Attribute
: CASSETTE
Function : READER
Device#1 : ru0 (default)
1.
Insert media (FD, USB memory stick or the like) that stores
a CL-Config backup into the PC.
2.
00000512.EPS
3.
Click
4.
Click
00000349.EPS
00000350.EPS
RI-113
5.
within
, and then choose the
media drive.
6.
Click
7.
Click
u NOTES u
Even when the restore process ends, no message appears to
indicate it. While the restore process is being performed, the
mouse cursor is replaced by the mark. When the mark
changes back to the mouse cursor, it means that the restore
process is ended.
Note, however, that the
8.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-114
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
1.
REFERENCE
When the Dell OptiPlex GX110 is employed as the PC, use the
Dell Product Recovery CD.
371
372
Perform the following procedures to prepare on the CLs HDD the FTP
server to be viewed by the XG-1 RU and CR-IR35X/36X.
Windows 2000
u NOTES u
When the OS used is Windows Vista, the work operation directed
herein needs not be done.
For RU-CL N:N connection (when two or more CLs are connected),
create the FTP server only for the CL that will serve as the RU masterIIP.
REFERENCE
The IIS manager is a program used for creating an FTP server and
comes with the OS (Windows 2000/XP).
00000140.EPS
Windows XP
RI0000358.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-115
2.
For Windows XP
Place a checkmark to
) and click
For Windows XP
Click
Place a checkmark to
) and click
Click
4.
Click
3.
5.
6.
Place a checkmark to
) and click
Click
CAUTION
When the FTP server was created following the procedure
described in this chapter before performing 4. Installing MSDE/
Database Management System and Its Service Pack, with
Windows XP SP2 installed as directed in 2. Installing and Setting
Up the OS, return to 4. Installing MSDE/Database Management
System and Its Service Pack to reinstall the software.
Return to 4. Installing MSDE/Database Management System and
Its Service Pack.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-116
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
372
u NOTE u
For RU-CL N:N connection (when two or more CLs are connected),
perform CR-IR346RU-related settings only for the CL that will serve as
the XG-1 RU master-IIP.
16.1 Installing the RU M-Utility
16.2 Setting Up the FTP Server
16.3 Installing the RU-AP and Restoring
the RU-Config
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-117
4.
To set up the FTP server, use the IIS manager to specify the location
(directory) where the RU saves configuration and other data.
Communications between the CL and the RU will not be enabled if the
location for saving the data is not specified on the directory.
1.
2.
Double-click
.
00000460.EPS
3.
Click the
select
5.
00000152.EPS
00000151.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-118
6.
9.
II
I
00000153.EPS
I.
Click
to select directory of
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\FCR\CR-IR346.
II. Check
7.
Click
(so that
changes to
u NOTE u
Even when you enter the password, nothing appears on the
display.
).
8.
u NOTE u
If the above message does not appear, it means that the FTP
server is not properly set up. In such an instance, perform steps
12. and 13. and then repeat the whole FTP server setup procedure
beginning with step 1.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-119
13.
REFERENCE
[registration of the FTP user (user name: cr-ir346)]
For the RU to access the FTP, both the login name and the
password are required. For the CL operation, no such settings are
required because both the login name and the password are set up
automatically.
Use the procedure below to check the setup data.
1. Click the Users and Passwords icon in the Control Panel.
The Users and Passwords window opens.
2. Make sure that the cr-ir346 user name has been registered to
the Administrators group.
IMPORTANT
If the CLs IP address written in the RU-Config backup is other than
172.16.1.20, you must pay due attention to the procedure that you
perform immediately after RU-AP installation.
Be sure to restore the RU-Config immediately after RU-AP installation.
Before restoring it, never restart the CL-AP or PC.
The FTP servers RU-Config data reverts to the default values when the
RU-AP is installed. Since the RU-Config in the RUs FLASH ROM is
updated to the default data if the CL-AP is started up with the FTP
server RU-Config reverted to the default, the RU will result in losing
track of the CL.
Confirm.
u NOTE u
Before installing the RU-AP, turn ON the RU power.
00000461.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-120
REFERENCE
The scanner data, which was backed up at the time of installation, need
not be restored unless the FLASH ROM of the RU main unit becomes
defective.
1.
2.
3.
IV. Click.
00000434.EPS
II. Click.
I. Click.
00000219.EPS
RI-121
4.
Note the
field to
verify that
7.
8.
is
Click the
From the
REFERENCE
00000351.EPS
5.
Click
00000352.EPS
6.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-122
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
This section describes the software setup procedures for the CR-IR35X/
36X/37X.
u NOTE u
When two or more CLs are connected, perform the following procedures
for only the CL unit that serves as the RU master IIP.
REFERENCE
You do not have to perform an FTP server setup procedure for the
CR-IR35X/36X, because FTP server setup is automatically completed
when you install the RU PC-TOOL. (However, the FTP server setup
procedure must be performed for the XG-1 RU.)
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-123
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
3.
372
I
II
III
NOTE
00000356.EPS
I.
Installing NetMeeting
1.
field.
field.
4.
Click
field.
5.
For Windows XP
From the [Start] menu, select Run....
The Run... window opens.
Enter conf.exe in
and click
II
00000357.EPS
00000355.EPS
2.
Click
RI-124
6.
Click
13. Click
7.
Click
8.
14. Click
I
II
00000358.EPS
9.
Click
changes to
changes to
).
).
00000361.EPS
For Windows XP
00000359.EPS
10. Click
11. Click
12. Click
RI0000353.EPS
RI-125
1.
00000362.EPS
2.
Click
3.
Click
4.
Turn ON the
(so that
changes to
),
00000363.EPS
5.
Click
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-126
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
3.
372
1.
Click
Panel.
RI000068.EPS
menu.)
2.
Double-click
and then
4.
Choose "Disabled".
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI000069.EPS
RI-127
5.
Click
The selection for the Startup type field changes from Automatic
to Disabled.
1.
and
2.
Click on the host name in the left-hand pane and then click
on Default FTP Site in the right-hand pane.
RI000070.EPS
6.
RI000072.EPS
3.
4.
R 000071.EPS
RI000073.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-128
5.
1.
then
and
2.
RI000074.EPS
6.
Click
7.
8.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI0000478.ai
3.
RI-129
4.
7.
8.
RI0000479.ai
5.
RI0000480.ai
6.
Click
RI-130
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
1.
2.
371
CL-AP shutdown
Windows XP SP2 installation
Firewall settings
3.
4.
3.
) and click
Click
5.
Click
The computer restarts and then the Help protect your PC window
opens.
6.
2.
CL-AP shutdown
Turn ON the PC power.
NOTE
Installation of Windows XP SP2 is performed provided that the CL has
already been installed appropriately. If Windows XP SP2 was reinstalled
for reason of a CL failure, for example, be sure to reinstall the CL and
then install Windows XP SP2.
Click
372
To protect the CL from the threat of network viruses and illegal access,
Windows XP Service Pack 2 (hereinafter referred to as SP2) should
be installed. Follow the steps below to perform settings necessary for
installation of Windows XP SP2.
1.
) and click
.
The CL-AP starts.
7.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-131
Firewall settings
The two types of settings, exceptional settings and communication
protocol ICMP settings, are performed on the Firewall window.
3.
Click
Exceptional settings
1.
200000001.EPS
2.
20000003.EPS
4.
Click
200000002.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
20000004.EPS
RI-132
5.
Remarks
20000005.EPS
6.
For installing
the RU PC-TOOL.
For installing
the FCR-TOOL.
When the POCKET id
Console is used.
Click
with the program to be added being
selected appropriately.
The system returns to the Windows Firewall window.
7.
C:\Program Files\NetMeeting\conf.exe
C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\FTP.exe
C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\mnmsrvc.exe
C:\WINDOWS\SYSTEM32\INETSRV\inetinfo.exe
For installing
the client RU PC-TOOL.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\WOL\FF-WakeOnLAN.exe
When WakeOnLAN is used.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\WOL\FF-WakeOnLAN Utility.exe When WakeOnLAN is used.
C:\Program Files\fujifilm\IIP\System\Retrieve.exe
For version V3.0 or later
C:\Program Files\fujifilm\IIP\System\
For version V3.0 or later
IIPRetakeAnalysisTool.exe
C:\Program Files\fujifilm\IIP\System\IIPTRISScreen.exe For version V3.1 or later
C:\Program Files\fujifilm\IIP\System\IdLoginExe.exe
For version V3.1 or later
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\
For version V8.1 or later
IIPSynapseRISScreen.exe
20000006.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
RI-133
8.
9.
Click
I
II
III
20000008.EPS
20000007.EPS
I.
11. Click
Port number
21
1433
1434
Protocol type
TCP
TCP
UDP
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-134
ICMP settings
1.
3.
Click
4.
Click
20000009.EPS
2.
20000010.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-135
1.
2.
menu.
4.
5.
Click
NOTE
Following the procedure shown below, you can ensure that Windows
XP SP2 has been installed successfully.
menu.
20000011.EPS
3.
20000012.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-136
1.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
2.
in
Performance.
372
AWS35012.ai
3.
in Virtual
memory.
menu, and
AWS35013.ai
AWS35040.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-137
4.
AWS35014.ai
5.
Click
6.
Click
7.
8.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-138
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
4.
357
368
359
370
371
372
1.
menu, and
2.
II
3.
NOTE
If the maximum log size is set to a value other than the one
shown above, change it to 512 KB.
II. Select Overwrite event as needed.
5.
Click
6.
RI0000481.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
7.
8.
9.
RI-139
4.
1.
menu, and
2.
3.
I
II
AWS35011.ai
NOTE
AWS35039.ai
If the maximum log size is set to a value other than the one
shown above, change it to 20480 KB.
5.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
6.
7.
RI-140
8.
20000012.ai
9.
AWS35011.ai
10. Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-141
1.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
menu.
2.
Double-click
3.
AWS35021.ai
4.
Click [Save].
5.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-142
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
NOTE
Firewall settings are performed provided that the CL has already been
installed appropriately.
AP shutdown
1.
2.
DXL41001.ai
3.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-143
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
1.
20000011.ai
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI0000496.ai
4.
RI-144
1.
2.
REFERENCE
Execution file list
menu and
AWS35015.ai
3.
BmpServer.exe
DicomStoreSCP.exe
FF-WakeOnLAN.exe
IdLoginExe.exe
IipInput.exe
IipMain.exe
IipOutput.exe
IIPServiceUtility.exe
IIPTRISScreen.exe
inetinfo.exe
ML_UPSEvent.exe
Retrieve.exe
SSFinp.exe
SSXfer.exe
conf.exe
FF-WakeOnLAN Utility.exe
FTP.exe
IipFinp.exe
IipInputEz.exe
IipMedia.exe
IIPRetakeAnalysisTool.exe
IIPSynapseRISScreen.exe
IIPUserUtility.exe
InfoHostServer.exe
mnmsrvc.exe
SSDecision.exe
SSIpServer.exe
Remarks
RU PC-TOOL
installed
FCR-TOOL
installed
Client PC tool
installed
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\WOL\FF-WakeOnLAN.exe
WakeOnLAN
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\WOL\FF-WakeOnLAN Utility.exe
WakeOnLAN
C:\Program Files\fujifilm\IIP\System\Retrieve.exe
For V3.0 or later
C:\Program Files\fujifilm\IIP\System\IIPRetakeAnalysisTool.exe For V3.0 or later
C:\Program Files\fujifilm\IIP\System\IIPTRISScreen.exe
For V3.1 or later
C:\Program Files\fujifilm\IIP\System\IdLoginExe.exe
For V3.1 or later
C:\Program Files\fujifilm\IIP\System\IIPSynapseRISScreen.exe For V8.1 or later
Port number
21
1433
1434
Protocol type
TCP
TCP
UDP
RI240001.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
RI-145
3.
1.
menu and
2.
AWS35021.ai
RI0000483.ai
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-146
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-147
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RI-148
CAUTION
*1: Uninstall this software only when reinstalling or upgrading a
linking application. No support is provided to only
uninstallation of any linking application.
u NOTE u
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
When setting procedures to be performed are different between
Windows 2000, Windows XP and Windows Vista, follow the procedure
specific to the used OS to perform necessary settings.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI A-1
1. CL-AP
5.
Click
Use the IIP Setup Tool on the CL-AP CD (2 of 2) to uninstall the CL-AP.
u NOTE u
u NOTE u
When uninstalling CL-AP of software version V7.0 (B) or later, have the
date/time display application (IIPDisDateTime) exit beforehand the task
manager (by calling up at the press of the <Ctrl>+<shift>+<Esc> keys).
1.
6.
u NOTE u
NOTES
When the Synapse Client software is installed on the CL, uninstall first
the CL-AP and then the Synapse Client software.
For how to uninstall the Synapse Client software, see
12. Synapse Client Software (Synapse Workstation) in
Appendix A Uninstalling the APs under
RI: Reinstalling the Software.
RI000097.EPS
2.
3.
4.
Click
Appx RI A-2
4.
1.
Double-click
Right-click
in the task tray at the lower right corner of the
desktop, and then click MS SQL Server-Stop.
on the desktop.
Double-click
For Windows XP
Select
from the
menu.
00000473.EPS
2.
Click
3.
Right-click
5.
Double-click
6.
00000474.EPS
The
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-3
7.
Click
1.
menu.
2.
Double-Click
3.
Double-Click
4.
00000475.EPS
8.
Click
5.
9.
Click
10. Click
00000485.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-4
6.
7.
Click
Tools window.
The Control Panel window opens.
8.
Double-Click
9.
12. Close the Programs and Features window and then the
Control Panel window.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-5
2.
3. RU-AP
Click [UNINSTALL].
u NOTE u
1.
IV. Click.
II. Click.
00000477.EPS
I. Click.
The RU M-Utility main menu opens.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
00000476.EPS
3.
Click
Appx RI A-6
4. RU M-Utility
u NOTES u
Although the window says Welcome to the FCR TOOL Setup
Wizard, the setup process does not start.
u NOTE u
Use the RU-CD to uninstall the RU M-Utility. Do not uninstall the RU
M-Utility from Add/Remove Programs in Control Panel because an
improper uninstallation results.
1.
3.
Click
00000479.EPS
4.
Click
5.
Click
00000214.EPS
2.
Click
6.
Click [EXIT].
7.
00000478.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI A-7
4.
5. Option Keys
The option key CD is required for uninstalling an option key.
u NOTE u
u NOTE u
1.
2.
3.
REFERENCE
To confirm the executable file name of an option key, you should
directly view the contents of the CD from Explorer or the like.
Insert into the PC the CD for the option key you wish to
uninstall.
OptionDcmStandardCR.exe
OptionDcmPrivateCR.exe
button to select the executable file
You can click the
for the option key to be uninstalled.
menu.
5.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Click
Appx RI A-8
4.
Click
1.
RI000008.EPS
5.
on the desktop.
Click
Double-click
For Windows XP
Select
from the
menu.
2.
Double-click
3.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-9
L362T monitor
4.
u NOTE u
1.
Click
5.
6.
Double-click
Double-click
Click
7.
Click
8.
9.
For Windows XP
Select
from the
menu.
2.
Double-click
3.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-10
L560T-C monitor
4.
u NOTE u
When the OS used is Windows Vista, the procedure to be performed is
different.
See L362T/L560T-C under Windows Vista.
For the procedure to be performed under Windows Vista, see
L362T/L560T-C under Windows Vista.
1.
Click
5.
Click
on the desktop.
RI0000466.AI
Double-click
6.
Click
For Windows XP
Select
from the
menu.
RI0000467.AI
2.
Double-click
7.
Click
8.
.
.
3.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
9.
.
Appx RI A-11
1.
menu.
2.
Double-click
3.
4.
Click
5.
6.
7.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-12
3.
u NOTE u
1.
4.
NOTE
Click
The install shield starts running and begins to uninstall the MSDE.
After a while, the Shared Component window opens.
RI000009.EPS
5.
Click
NOTE
When
RI000097.EPS
2.
6.
Click
7.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-13
8. FRIS Modules
[Applicable only in Japan]
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-14
9. DVD-RAM Driver
[Applicable only in Japan]
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-15
2.
From the
tab.
REFERENCE
While holding down either of the right and left scan trigger buttons
on the POCKET id Console, press the Enter key and the Function
key at the same time, and then release these keys.
Scan trigger
Function key
(
button)
Enter key
(
button)
Scan trigger
RI000102E.EPS
RI0000366.EPS
3.
Double-click
RI000101E.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-16
4.
5.
Tap
RI000103E.EPS
RI000105E.EPS
6.
NOTES
If the following window opens, perform steps 7 and onward to
remove specific files.
Until you have performed step 7, be careful not to touch the PDA
screen. Touching the screen will cause the current screen to
disappear.
RI000104E.EPS
RI000106E.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-17
7.
Take a note of the folders or file paths that are listed on the
screen as shown below.
11. Press and hold with the stylus pen one of the folders or files
that you have noted down at step 7, and then tap Delete
from the menu that appears.
RI000109E.EPS
8.
12. Tap on
9.
Tap on the
RI000110E.EPS
The specified folder or file is deleted, and then the system returns
to the File Explorer screen.
RI000108E.EPS
Appx RI A-18
NOTE
Study information file(s) and Screen customization setting file(s)
are stored under the folders that are set for the following paths,
respectively.
Study information file(s)
No.3, StudyFilePath under SYSTEM CONFIG - CONFIG
PDA
Screen customization setting file(s)
No.4, CustomFilePath under SYSTEM CONFIG - CONFIG
PDA
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-19
11. ActiveSync
6.
NOTE
When ActiveSync has been removed, the POCKET id Console option
key needs to be reinstalled for reinstallation of the ActiveSync function.
1.
Click
7.
Double-click
Double-click
For Windows XP
Select
from the
menu.
2.
Double-click
3.
4.
Click
5.
Click
Appx RI A-20
9.
Double-click
Click the
symbol at the upper right-corner of the window
to close the Downloaded Program Files window.
The system returns to the desktop.
7.
8.
Double-click
6.
from the
menu.
2.
Double-click
in Control Panel.
3.
4.
Click
RI000229.EPS
11. Click
5.
Click
RI000230.EPS
Appx RI A-21
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI A-22
CAUTION
Uninstall the Precise Enlargement software only when
reinstalling or upgrading this application software.
Uninstallation processing can be performed only from a CD of
the same version of software that has already been installed.
Described below are the procedure on how to confirm the
Precise Enlargement software version and the CDs that are for
the available version.
I. Click C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Version.xml.
II. Confirm <SoftwareVersion> shown in <Application ID=
Name=ECHO>.
III. Depending on the version confirmed of the Precise
Enlargement software, use either of the following CDs.
For <SoftwareVersion>1.0:
Precise Enlargement software installation CD
(Precise enlargement function (114Y5342318A00))
For <SoftwareVersion>2.1:
Precise Enlargement software installation CD
(Precise enlargement function (114Y5342318A01))
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI A-23
4.
1.
2.
3.
Click
AWS807003.ai
AWS807004.ai
AWS807002.ai
5.
Click
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI A-24
4.
1.
2.
Click
3.
Click
AWS807010.ai
AWS807008.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
5.
Click
6.
Appx RI A-25
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI A-26
4.
Click
CAUTION
Uninstall the QA ROI Measurement software only when
reinstalling or upgrading this application software.
AWS807012.ai
1.
2.
3.
AWS807013.ai
5.
Click
Click
6.
AWS807011.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI A-27
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI A-28
1.
on the desktop.
Double-click
Double-click
For Windows XP
Initializing the image database ... Use this procedure only when
you wish to remove images from
the HDD.
* If you wish to retain images, do
not perform this procedure.
u NOTE u
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
When setting procedures to be performed are different between
Windows 2000, Windows XP and Windows Vista, follow the procedure
specific to the used OS to perform necessary settings.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Select
from the
menu.
Double-click
Appx RI B-1
menu.
Double-click
R 0000359.EPS
Click
Click
2.
Change.
RI0000360.EPS
3.
00000482.EPS
Click
Click
Change.
00000483.EPS
RI0000361.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI B-2
4.
Click
5.
Click
.)
u NOTE u
6.
Click
.)
The PC restarts.
7.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI B-3
1.
Select
from the
When you change the CLs host name, the Service Utilitys network
setup for this equipment changes to that for other connected equipment.
Therefore, you have to restore the original network setup as directed
below:
1.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Temp\
ImageDB\SQL\Attach.bat
2.
Within the tree in the left-hand area of the window, click the
mark to the left of
, and then click
the mark to the left of
.
3.
Choose
4.
Change the
u NOTE u
5.
Click
6.
00000484.EPS
2.
This makes it possible to use again HDD images that have been
available before CL host name change.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
7.
Click
Appx RI B-4
1.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI B-5
BLANK PAGE
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI B-6
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI B-7
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI B-8
Appendix C Removing/Reinstalling
the Board (PEI/PSI)
Removing the board (for GX110)
1.
After shutting down the CL-AP, make sure that the power to
the CL-PC has been turned OFF.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the PEI or PSI board from the PCI slot in the card
cage.
5. Lever
ON
FR
Disk unit
CL-PC
#2 [Pull]
O
FR
00000353.EPS
NT
#1 [Push]
Hard disk rear cable
CL-PC
00000202.EPS
8.
9.
010-054-12
11.12.2004 FM4450 (ITC)
Appx RI C-1
1.
After shutting down the CL-AP, make sure that the power to
the CL-PC has been turned OFF.
Removing the board (for GX260, 270, 280 SMT, 620 and
Precision WS340, 330, 360, 370)
1.
After shutting down the CL-AP, make sure that the power to
the CL-PC has been turned OFF.
2.
3.
2.
4.
Hold the card cage handle and remove the card cage.
3.
5.
Remove the PEI or PSI board from a PCI slot within the card
cage.
4.
Remove the support arm (GX260, 270, 280 SMT, WS340, 360,
370) or screw (WS330, 620) that fastens the PEI or PSI board
bracket.
Handle
u NOTE u
4. Card cage
AGP slot
ON
FR
CL-PC
RI000022.EPS
6.
7.
8.
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
Appx RI C-2
5.
6.
Support arm
PEI or PSI
board slot
R 000202.EPS
PCI slot
Bracket
Screw
PEI or PSI
board slot
7.
8.
9.
WS330
PCI slot
Screw
PEI or PSI
board slot
PCI slot
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
Bracket
PEI or PSI board
WS620
RI000430.EPS
Appx RI C-3
Removing the board (for 745 DT, 745 MT, 755 DT, 755 MT,
760, Precision WS380, 390, T3400)
1.
After shutting down the CL-AP, make sure that the power to
the CL-PC has been turned OFF.
2.
3.
4.
Unlatch the fixing latch (for 745 DT, 745 MT, 755 DT, 755 MT,
760, 780) or open the fixing door (for WS380, 390, T3400)
that secures the PEI or PSI board bracket.
5.
Fixing latch or
fixing door
6.
RI000432.EPS
7.
8.
9.
PCI slot
Bracket
PEI or PSI
board slot
Fixing latch
PEI or PSI board
745 DT, 755 DT
PCI slot
RI000431.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI C-4
1.
After shutting down the CL-AP, make sure that the power to
the CL-PC has been turned OFF.
2.
3.
4.
Hold the card cage handle and remove the card cage.
u NOTE u
7.
8.
9.
5.
Bracket
PEI or PSI
board slot
PCI slot
6.
00000513.EPS
RI000202.EPS
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
Appx RI C-5
BLANK PAGE
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
Appx RI C-6
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI C-7
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI C-8
IMPORTANT
NOTE
Before upgrading the AP, verify that there are no patients reserved for
exposure (no patients are registered in the examination queue window).
Also, check that no image is left in the QA queue or output queue.
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
When setting procedures to be performed are different between
Windows 2000, Windows XP and Windows Vista, follow the procedure
specific to the used OS to perform necessary settings.
Upgrade type
A00/01A11
A02/03
A11
A04 to A08
A11
A09
A11
A10
A11
10
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
*2
*2
Appx RI D-1
WARNING
*1
*7
*7
*1
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
*3
*4
*5
*4, *6
*5
*4
*5
*4
*5
*8
*8
*8
*8
Appx RI D-2
1.
Use the IIP Setup Tool on the CL-AP CD (2 of 2) to uninstall the CL-AP.
u NOTE u
u NOTE u
When uninstalling CL-AP of software version V7.0 (B) or later, have the
date/time display application (IIPDisDateTime) exit beforehand the task
manager (by calling up at the press of the <Ctrl>+<shift>+<Esc> keys).
NOTE
When installing the FSTD2009 Parameters, initialize the image
database from Service Utility mode and delete past study information
completely.
Installing the FSTD2009 Parameters will cancel the existing menu
information, causing then an inconsistency (in MPM codes or in menu
codes) to result with regard to the past study menu information
accumulated on the hard disk. This may disable the past studies to be
opened.
RI000097.EPS
NOTE
2.
For an institution where the actual exposure result data file output
function and/or mis-exposure comment input function is used, complete
the following steps and then perform uninstallation processing.
3.
menu.
4.
Click
5.
Click
u NOTE u
The message Prepare Installation appears here.
Note that the uninstallation process then starts, and not the
installation process as the message indicates.
In about one minute, the uninstall process ends.
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-3
3.
1.
Choose
From the IIP Setup Tool menu window, type in the number
6 and then press the <Enter> key.
RI000097.EPS
RI000013.EPS
4.
RI000012.EPS
2.
Click
Verify that
click
RI000014.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI D-4
5.
Choose
7.
Click
RI000015.EPS
6.
Choose
RI000016.EPS
RI000017.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI D-5
1.
u NOTE u
After the console software is uninstalled, be sure to reinstall it.
If it is left uninstalled, the CL-AP does not start up.
1.
Enter 5 from the IIP Setup Tool menu and then press the
<Enter> key.
The Add/Remove Programs window opens.
2.
2.
Select Risiip.
Risiip will be displayed in reverse video.
3.
Use the IIP Setup Tool menu to input 5 and press the
<Enter> key.
Click
3.
Click
RI000075.EPS
4.
Click
4.
Click
u NOTE u
If the Shared Component window (that asks if you wish to delete
the Shared File) is displayed during the uninstallation process, click
5.
Click
on the confirmation
window.
6.
, and then
5.
Click
6.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI D-6
1.
4.
Right-click
in the task tray at the lower right corner of the
desktop, and then click MS SQL Server-Stop.
Double-click
on the desktop.
Double-click
For Windows XP
Select
from the
menu.
00000473.EPS
2.
Click
3.
Right-click
5.
.
in the task tray again, and then click Exit.
Double-click
6.
00000474.EPS
The
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI D-7
7.
Click
12. From the IIP Setup Tool menu window, type in 1 and
RI000097.EPS
00000475.EPS
8.
Click
9.
Click
10. Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI D-8
R 000098.EPS
Username : Administrator
Password : fcr-iip
RI000200.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-9
1.
2.
menu.
3.
Chinese
D:\RollupKB\ChineseTraditional\KB891861-v2-x86-CHT.EXE
Traditional
NOTE
Specify the media drive name for the underlined portion.
The installation window opens.
4.
Click [Next].
5.
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-10
NOTE
NOTE
For the CL-AP of V7.1(B) or earlier installed under the Windows 2000
environment, be sure to perform the procedure set forth in Installing
the Windows 2000 SP4 update program rollup and then install the
CL-AP of V8.0(B) or later.
1.
From the IIP Setup Tool main menu, type in 2 and then
press the <Enter> key.
The installer starts running and the IIP - InstallShield Wizard /
Welcome to the ... window opens.
00000178.EPS
2.
Click
3.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
00000180.EPS
Appx RI D-11
4.
Click
6.
Press <Enter>.
The following window opens in several seconds.
RI000026.EPS
u NOTE u
Although a message saying that Image Database does not exist.
can appear for software versions A04 or later, the CL-AP
installation processing will not be affected.
RI0000468.AI
RI000032.EPS
5.
Press <Enter>.
The following window opens in several seconds.
RI0000469.AI
RI000027.EPS
u NOTE u
7.
Press <Enter>.
The following window opens in several seconds.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-12
8.
NOTES
u NOTE u
For software version V7.0(B) or later, perform all the steps from
10 through 17.
For software version V6.0(B) or earlier, it is not necessary to
perform steps 10 through 13. Proceed to step 14.
When the software version used is V2.0 (B) or later, the two windows
like those shown below open. Press the <Enter> key and ensure
that installation processing has ended. Proceed then to step 9.
RI000227.EPS
RI000105.EPS
00000181.EPS
9.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-13
NOTES
NOTE
Specify the media drive name for the underlined section.
RI0000489.ai
When the CL-AP was installed after the Synapse Client software
had been installed, skip steps I. and II. below.
Skip steps I. and II. below when installing the CL-AP of V8.0(B) or
later.
I. When the Synapse Client software is installed, uninstall it.
12. Synapse Client Software (Synapse Workstation) in
Appendix A Uninstalling the APs under RI: Reinstalling the
Software
II. Install the Synapse Client software.
CL + Synapse Server (Web Query) in OE19: Connecting
the CL to Other Equipment
RI0000490.ai
12. When Windows XP is used for the OS, enter 1 and press 2
when Windows Vista is used for the OS. Press 3 when a
RAID-based PC is used for the CL. Press then the <Enter>
key to determine the entry.
NOTE
For software version V7.0(B), the 2) Set DiskUsageLimitSize for
60GB option does not appear.
A window like that shown below opens.
17. When the PDI option is already installed, change the version
of the Application Used to Create This Disk (included in
the README.TXT file stored on the CD-R) to 8.01.0000.
For how to edit the README.TXT file, see 2.7 Editing the
Institution Information in CL+PDI (Portable Data for
Imaging) under OE22: Connecting the CL to Other
Equipment.
RI0000476.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI D-14
1.
From the IIP Setup Tool menu, type in 4 and then press
the <Enter> key.
RI000029.EPS
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
RI000097.EPS
2.
Click
.
RI000030.EPS
3.
Click
The PC restarts.
RI000031.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-15
1.
4.
Click
Start IIP Setup Tool and then choose 10) Install FRIS
Modules.
The [Risiip Setup] window opens.
RI000045.EPS
RI000042.EPS
2.
5.
Click
Click
RI000046.EPS
RI000043.EPS
3.
6.
Click
Click
RI000047.EPS
RI000044.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-16
7.
Click
RI000048.EPS
8.
Click
9.
.
If the same window still opens again, click
repeatedly
10. Click
above.
RI000049.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-17
1.
1.
2.
2.
NOTE
To newly apply the Mammo QC function based on the existing menus
after the software version was upgraded to V7.1(B) or later, add the
Mammo QC menus with the use of the V7.0(B) CL-AP CD and then
follow the steps below.
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD.
RI0000429.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-18
2.
4.
u NOTE u
A dialog box like that shown below may appear. In such cases,
click [OK] to proceed to the subsequent step.
00000301.EPS
3.
RI0000475.ai
u NOTE u
When new Mammo QC menus are to be added from V7.1(B) or
later at an institution where the FSTD2009 Parameters were
adopted, installation processing completes without displaying the
FNC parameter selection window. (FNC parameter installation
processing is not performed.)
RI0000427.EPS
u NOTE u
Do not select 20) Slovene because software version V7.0 (B)
does not provide support to it.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-19
RI0000386.EPS
R 0000384.EPS
5.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-20
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-21
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI D-22
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-23
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI D-24
1.
Windows security
Microsoft
Windows 2000
Professional
Logon Information
You are logged on as xxxxx\xxxxxxxx.
Logon Date:
xx/xx/xx xx:xx:xx
NOTE
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP.
When setting procedures to be performed are different between
Windows 2000 and Windows XP, follow the procedure specific to the
used OS to perform necessary settings.
Settings performed for password change and prompt for password
input at login will not start up the CL automatically. To have it start up
automatically, it is necessary to input the user name and the password
on the Windows initial screen.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Lock Computer
Log Off...
Shut Down
Change Password...
Task Manager
Cancel
RI000078.EPS
2.
Appx RI E-1
3.
1.
Microsoft
Windows 2000
Professional
User name:
Administrator
Log on to:
clxxxxxxxx
Click
Panel.
The Control Panel window opens.
Old Password:
For Windows XP
II
New Password:
Select
III
from the
menu.
Cancel
RI000079.EPS
4.
Click
2.
Double-click
3.
5.
Click
6.
Click
RI000080.EPS
4.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI E-2
1.
4.
and then
RI000082.EPS
5.
Click the
mark for
.
3.
Double-click
RI000081.EPS
2.
Click
6.
7.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx RI E-3
3.
NOTE
Settings performed for password change and prompt for password input
at login will not start up the CL automatically. To have it start up
automatically, it is necessary to input the user name and the password
on the Windows initial screen.
I
II
III
1.
2.
DCL8A005.ai
4.
Click
5.
DCL8A008.ai
Click [OK].
The system returns to the desktop screen.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI E-4
1.
From the
DCL8A006.ai
2.
DCL8A007.ai
3.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI E-5
1.
then
4.
and
DCL8A004.ai
5.
Click
6.
7.
DCL8A003.ai
2.
Click
and then
3.
Double-click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI E-6
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI E-7
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI E-8
1.
Insert the Matrox Millennium G450 CD-ROM into the CDROM drive.
2.
Double-click
, and
in
order named.
The setup program starts running.
3.
u NOTES u
The G450 video driver can be installed only when the PC for the
employed CR CL MA (mammography CL) accepts the G450 video
board.
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP.
RI000085.EPS
RI000093.EPS
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
Appx RI F-1
4.
Click
twice.
1.
2.
RI000094.EPS
5.
Click
6.
7.
Click
The PC restarts.
When the PC is restarted, the Log On to Windows window
opens.
8.
u NOTE u
The User name field reads Administrator by default. Leave this
user name entry unchanged because you have to log onto
Windows 2000 as Administrator.
The desktop screen opens.
RI000095.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx RI F-2
3.
7.
Click
8.
Click
9.
Turn ON the
radio button (
),
RI000087.EPS
4.
Click the
5.
Choose
6.
mark for
.
and then click
RI000096.EPS
10. Click
RI000089.EPS
Appx RI F-3
11. Perform the following monitor setup steps and then click
.
16. If the screen area setting is not 1600 1200, open the
u NOTE u
(Colors: True Color (32-bit))
u NOTE u
As the screen area, choose either 1280 1024 pixels or
1600 1200 pixels depending on the maximum resolution of the jig
monitor. If the screen area setting exceeds the maximum resolution
of the jig monitor, the jig monitor displays nothing. If such a
situation occurs, disconnect the jig monitor and connect a monitor
that supports the selected screen area setting.
You are returned to the Display Properties window.
12. Click
13. Click
14. Click
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx RI F-4
NOTE
To facilitate you to understand installation workflow in this edition, the
following icons are shown to the right of the title in each chapter.
XG-1 RU
5000plus
356
357
359
362
363
364
366
367
368
370
371
372
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
XG-1 RU
FCR5000, etc.
CR-IR 356
CR-IR 357
CR-IR 359
CR-IR 362
CR-IR 363
CR-IR 364
CR-IR 366
CR-IR 367
CR-IR 368
CR-IR 370
CR-IR 371
CR-IR 372
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-1
Installation flow
CL-Config and RU-Config(*1) backup
2.
3.
4.
7.
8.
9.
****BLANK****
6.
*1 For the 5000 plus series and CR-IR356/357/359/36X/37X, see the individual
Service Manual to save Config backup.
For details of the RU master IIP, see 6. RU-CL N:N Connection
Function Overview under MD: Machine Description.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-2
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
NOTES
Before installing the OS, jot down the CL host name, IP address,
subnet mask, and other relevant information. These items of
information will be called for during OS installation.
The 5000 plus is abbreviated hereinafter simply IR.
u Property sheet
OS installation drive
Partition/format
Regional settings
Name
Organization
Product key
Computer name
and password
Computer name
Password
Protocol used
IP address
Network settings
Subnet mask
Domain or
workgroup
C:\
C drive only (no other partitions will
be created)/NTFS
FUJIFILM Corporation
FUJIFILM Corporation
Indicated on the right-hand side of
the PC main unit cover.
The default settings when shipped
from factory.
CR-IR346CL
: CLXXXXXXXX
CR-IR346CL (Lite) : CRXXXXXXXX
CR-IR348CL (Plus) : CPXXXXXXXX
(XXXXXXXX: Manufacture No.)
*Take notes accordingly if changed.
fcr-iip
TCP/IP
172.16.1.20 when shipped from
factory.
*Take notes accordingly if changed.
255.255.0.0 when shipped from
factory.
*Take notes accordingly if changed.
Used by the workgroup.
(The group name remains the
default.)
Administrator
fcr-iip
True Color (24 or 32bits)
1024768 (15inch LCD/17inch CRT)
IMPORTANT
Before formatting the HDD, make backup copies of image data, if
there are any, as required by the user.
Make backup copies of the config data (CL-Config and RU-Config)
that store various settings of the CL and RU, ahead of time.
User the User Utility function to make backup copies of user setting
information (by placing checkmarks to all items).
1.
2.
NOTES
If OS installation processing is performed with the PEI or PSI board
left mounted on the PCI slots, use the Device Manager to delete the
Other Devices file after the OS has been installed accordingly.
Checking the PEI01 board device driver in 3.2 Typical
Procedure for Achieving Recovery from an LP (Local Printer)
Printout Generation Failure under MT: Machine
Troubleshooting
If OS installation processing is performed with the peripheral devices
left connected to the USB port, a different driver will be installed, same
as the case with the PEI or PSI board.
Appx RI G-3
8.
Installing the OS
1.
2.
Make sure that Yes has been selected and press the
<Enter> key.
NOTE
The setup window will not open unless the <F2> key is pressed
with the timeliness.
In such an instance, restart the PC to repeat step 2.
The setup window (PhenixBIOS Setup Utility) opens.
3.
4.
CD-ROM Drive
+Removable Devices
+Hard Drive
IBA 4.1.06 Slot 0200
OK
9.
5.
6.
OK
Cancel
FileName?
RI000235.EPS
FileName?
RI000234.EPS
RI000231.EPS
7.
Cancel
[No]
RI000232.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-4
) and click
1.
Click
RI000237.EPS
2.
Click
RI000238.EPS
3.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-5
5.
1.
menu.
2.
Click
3. Double-click
4.
RI000242.EPS
CR-IR346CL : CLXXXXXXXX
(CL is in uppercase. XXXXXXXX represents the
product number.)
CR-IR348CL : CRXXXXXXXX (Lite)
(CR is in uppercase. XXXXXXXX represents the
product number.)
CR-IR348CL : CPXXXXXXXX (Plus)
(CP is in uppercase. XXXXXXXX represents the
product number.)
6.
Click
7.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-6
6.
1.
menu.
Select
following settings.
2.
Double-click
3.
Double-click
II
4.
Click
5.
Select
, and click
7.
Click
8.
Click
9.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-7
1.
1.
Click
2.
3.
Double-click
3.
menu.
2.
).
NOTE
The CR-IR346RU (XG-1 RU) supports only 100Mbps half duplex.
Be sure to 100Mbps half duplex.
4.
RI000244.EPS
Select the Time Zone tab and confirm the time zone.
RI000239.EPS
4.
Click
RI000245.EPS
5.
5.
Click
Appx RI G-8
5.
By default, the PC prompts for password input when you attempt to exit
the suspend mode. Since it is conceivable that the user may
inadvertently press the Suspend button on the keyboard, perform the
following procedure as required.
1.
Uncheck
).
menu.
2.
Double-click
6.
7.
3.
Click
RI000246.EPS
4.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-9
4.
1.
menu.
2.
Double-click
3.
RI000248.EPS
RI000247.EPS
5.
Click
6.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-10
3.
1.
From the
I
II
RI000397.EPS
I. Enter administrator.
II. Enter fcr-iip.
4.
Click
5.
Drag the scroll bar on the right side of the window down to
the bottom.
RI000395.EPS
2.
RI000396.EPS
RI000398.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-11
6.
II
III
1.
On the menu tree, double-click CRXXXXXXXX FASTTRAK - Controller in this order, and then select
Ary1.
RI000399.EPS
I. Checkmark Enabled.
II. Set the time at which automatic synchronization should take
place, according to the demand of the hospital.
III. If you have changed the set time at which automatic
synchronization is to be performed from the default value to
some other value, click Change.
RI000400.EPS
2.
RI000401.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-12
3.
Click
Synchronization starts.
REFERENCES
During the synchronization process, the progress status of
synchronization is displayed on the tree menu.
RI000402.EPS
4.
to
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-13
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
371
372
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
For how to install MSDE and its Service Pack, see 4. Installing
MSDE/Database Management System and Its Service Pack under
RI: Reinstalling the Software.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
9. ****BLANK****
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
357
368
359
370
371
372
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
For the Option Key installation procedure, see 10. Option Key
Installation under RI: Reinstalling the Software.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-14
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
372
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
For optimization of the screen display (setting the LUT file), see
13. Display Optimization (LUT file setting) under
RI: Reinstalling the Software.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
Perform the following procedure to prepare on the CLs HDD the FTP
server to be viewed by the XG-1 RU and CR-IR356/357/359/36X/37X.
The FTP server can be created by installing the IIS Manager.
u NOTE u
For RU-CL N:N connection (when two or more CLs are connected),
perform necessary settings here only for the CL that will serve as the
RU Master IIP.
REFERENCE
The IIS Manager is a program used for creating an FTP server and
comes with the OS (Window XP).
1.
371
9000
364
menu.
372
2.
Double-click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-15
3.
7.
Click
8.
RI000240.EPS
RI000241 .EPS
4.
Check
) and click
.
The Internet Information Service (IIS) window opens.
5.
Check
) and click
.
The system returns to the Windows Components Wizard window.
6.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-16
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
372
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
For how to set up the event log, see 22. Setting the Event Log
under RI: Reinstalling the Software.
371
372
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
For details of IIS network virus protection, see 19. IIS Network
Virus Protection under RI: Reinstalling the Software.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-17
BLANK PAGE
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI G-18
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI G-19
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI G-20
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
1.
371
372
NOTE
Install CL-AP software version V3SP1 (hereinafter referred to as V3.1)
as a service pack for version V3.0.
Installing V3.1 will make it possible for you to use on the CL additional
functions, such as supports provided to Portuguese, GPR processing in
RU 1:1 configuration and others.
Described herein is the V3.1 installation procedure.
21000001.EPS
Prior to installing V3.1, exit the CL-AP by following the steps below.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
4.
REFERENCE
If you click [OK] without holding down the <Shift> key, both the
CL-AP and Windows exit.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI H-1
4.
Installation of functions
For functions such as support provided to Portuguese, install only
necessary functions to suit installation sites, after V3.1 has been
installed accordingly.
1.
21000002.EPS
2.
21000003.EPS
3.
21000005.EPS
5.
21000004.EPS
010-054-15
11.30.2005 FM4760 (ITC)
Appx RI H-2
010-054-15
11.30.2005 FM4760 (ITC)
Appx RI H-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-15
11.30.2005 FM4760 (ITC)
Appx RI H-4
Appendix I
RAID-related Settings
1.
2.
5.
ystem
rives
skette Drive
rive 0 SATA-0
rive 1 SATA-1
rive 2 SATA-2
rive 3 SATA-3
rive 4 SATA-4
rive 5 SATA-5
ATA Operation
SATA Operation
RAID Autodetect / AHCI
NOTE
6.
If the <F2> key is pressed too late, the setup window fails to open.
In such a case, restart the PC and perform step 2 again.
7.
Combination
RI0000405.EPS
Exit
3.
RAID On
Remain in Setup
Save/Exit
Discard/Exit
RI0000406.EPS
The PC restarts.
RI0000403.EPS
4.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
Appx RI I-1
1.
4.
Name:
RAID Level:
Disks:
Strip Size:
Capacity:
RAID_Volume0
RAID1(Mirror)
Select Disks
N/A
149.0 GB
RI0000407.EPS
2.
Create Volume
RI0000410.EPS
5.
RI0000408.EPS
3.
Create Volume
RAID_Volume0
RAID1(Mirror)
Select Disks
N/A
149.0 GB
RI0000411.EPS
RAID_Volume0
RAID0(Stripe)
Select Disks
128KB
298.0 GB
6.
Create Volume
RI0000409.EPS
Name:
RAID Level:
Disks:
Strip Size:
Capacity:
RAID_Volume0
RAID1(Mirror)
Select Disks
N/A
149.0 GB
Create Volume
RI0000412.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
Appx RI I-2
7.
8.
9.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
Appx RI I-3
5.
CAUTION
1.
Insert the Dell Resource CD that came with the PC into the
PC.
2.
3.
NOTE
If the <F12> key is pressed too late, the setup window fails to open.
In such a case, restart the PC and perform step 3 again.
The setup window opens.
4.
6.
Enter 5.
Dell Precision Workstation Resource CD
Please select an option from the list below.
1.)
2.)
3.)
4.)
5.)
6.)
RI0000416.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx RI I-4
7.
REFERENCE
The following screen shows an example where the drive for the
Precision 370 is selected.
Model name : Precision 370
Interface
: SATA
Driver type : RAID
You can now reboot to your Operatiog System CD to start the install.
*Don't forget to hit F6, when the system is inspecting your computer
Conf iguration if you need to install SCSI or Raid drivers*
C:\>
1.) Precision 670/470/370 Adaptec U320 SCSI RAID onboard or add-in controller
drivers for Windows XP and 2000
2.) Precision 670/470 Adaptec SATA HostRAID controller Drivers for Windows XP
and Windows 2000
3.) Precision 370 SATA AHCI/RAID storage drivers for Windows XP and 2000
4.) Precision 650/450 LSI Onboard SCSI or LSI Add in Controller drivers
for Windows 2000
RI0000421.EPS
RI0000417.EPS
8.
9.
Insert a floppy into the Floppy disk drive, and data on the Disk WILL BE ERASED.
.
Continue?
Y/N
RI0000418.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
Appx RI I-5
13. When the following message appears, press the <F6> key.
NOTE
The following message appears for 5 seconds on the screen after
the PC has been turned ON. Press the <F6> key immediately after
the screen turns blue.
Intel SATA Drivers into the FDD, and press the <Enter>
key.
Please insert the disk labeled
Manufacturer-supplied hardware support disk
into Drive A:
Windows Setup
=============
RI0000422.EPS
You will see no change on the screen immediately after the press
of the <F6> key. After a while as the setup process proceeds as
usual, the Specify Additional Device window opens.
14. When the following message appears, press the <S> key.
RI0000425.EPS
17. When the following window opens, remove the FD from the
FDD and press the <Enter> key.
Windows Setup
=============
Windows Setup
=============
ENTER=Continue
F3=Exit
RI0000423.EPS
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
ENTER=Continue
F3=Exit
RI0000423.EPS
Appx RI I-6
1.
2.
4.
NOTE
If the <F2> key is not pressed with the timeliness, the Interl(R)
Matrix Storage Manager window will not open. In that case, restart
the PC to perform Step 2. again.
RI0000486.ai
5.
RI0000487.ai
NOTE
If the Status is other than Normal, HDD may be defective, so
replace the HDD.
RI0000484.ai
3.
6.
RI0000488.ai
RI0000485.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
7.
Appx RI I-7
3.
1.
NOTE
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click
AWS301001.ai
2.
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts. The IIP Service Utility window opens.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
4.
Appx RI I-8
5.
7.
AWS301002.ai
REFERENCE
AWS301008.ai
6.
AWS301007.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI I-9
1.
2.
NOTE
1.
2.
For the new HDD, use the one with same capacity as the damaged
HDD.
3.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
NOTE
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts. The IIP Service Utility window opens.
3.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI I-10
4.
6.
Click
AWS301008.ai
5.
AWS301004.ai
7.
AWS301003.ai
AWS301005.ai
Appx RI I-11
8.
Click
5.4 Verification
1.
AWS301009.ai
AWS301008.ai
REFERENCE
In the Intel Matrix Storage Console window, selecting basic
mode from the View menu to change the display mode will
enable you to check the progress of RAID reconstruction.
2.
AWS301010.ai
AWS301006.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx RI I-12
1.
Enter D:\Tools\RAIDStatusDisplay\Setup.exe in
and press the <Enter> key.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
proceed to step 3.
4.
Click
FR0J0002.ai
2.
3.
The system exits IIP Setup Tool and returns to the desktop
screen.
RI0000502.ai
For Windows XP
Select Run from the
menu.
RI0I0001.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI I-13
5.
Click
RI0000503.ai
6.
Click
RI0000504.ai
7.
Click
8.
9.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI I-14
NOTE
If the monitor is changed to a smaller one, icons may not be displayed
properly. In that case, directly delete HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\
SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIPDispRaidStatus and restart the PC.
Registry Key
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIPDispRaidStatus
Icon size
Display/hide the text
Name of Value
REG_DWORD
DisplayPositionX
REG_DWORD
DisplayPositionY
REG_DWORD IconWidth
REG_DWORD IconHeight
REG_DWORD DisplayText
Default
32
1
REG_DWORD TextColorR
Font color for texts
REG_DWORD TextColorG
Contents
Set up the icon display position coordinate (pixel coordinate on the upper left corner of icon area) of the RAID status
display tool.
* If the setup value does not exist, the icon displays on the lower right corner of the 1st monitor and the position will be
recorded.
Set up the icon display size of the RAID status display tool. Specify the width and height by pixel.
* The minimum setting value is 16. The value under 16 is recognized as 16.
Set up to display/hide the text with "0: Hide" and "1: Display".
Set up the font color for texts. Specify each of the RGB color space from 0 to 255.
255
REG_DWORD TextColorB
REG_DWORD TextFontSize
REG_SZ Module1
IAAnotif.exe
REG_SZ Module2
IAStorIcon.exe
REG_SZ Gui1
C:\Program Files\Intel\
Intel Matrix Storage
Manager\Shell.exe
REG_SZ Gui2
C:\Program Files\Intel\
Intel(R) Rapid Storage
Technology\IAStorUI.exe
Updating cycle
REG_DWORD RefreshTime
Minimum travel
distance
REG_DWORD
MoveMinDistance
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
1000
5
* If the setup value does not exist, the size of the system font is used. (The value will not be saved)
* The font-related settings other than colors and sizes will be the same as for the system font.
[For internal processing]
* Modules can be registered up to Module8.
[For internal processing]
* GUI can be registered up to Gui8.
* To prevent GUI for management (Matrix Storage Console) from starting up when the icon is clicked, create the registry
of Gui1 and Gui2, and then delete the value (make the columns empty).
Appx RI I-15
1.
2.
Target registry
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FujiFilm\IIPDispRaidStatus
3.
4.
5.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Appx RI I-16
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Appx RI J-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Appx RI J-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Appx RI J-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Appx RI J-4
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-I
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
05/30/2001
08/30/2001
01
03
08/30/2001
03/20/2002
03
04
03/20/2002
07/20/2002
04
05
07/20/2002
05
11/30/2002
11/30/2002
03/01/2003
03/01/2003
08/20/2003
06
06
07
07
08
08/20/2003
12/10/2003
08
09
12/10/2003
09
02/20/2004
10
07/30/2004
11
07/30/2004
11
11/12/2004
12
07/30/2005
14
07/30/2005
11/30/2005
11/30/2005
07/30/2006
14
15
15
16
07/30/2006
16
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
All pages
I, II, III, IV, 3, 5-7, 13, 14, 1624,
28-30, 35, 36, 39, 44
15, 2527, 3134, 37, 38, 4043
I, II, 6, 7, 12-14, 1, 23, 25, 26, 30,
31,35, 44
24, 2729, 3234, 3642
I, II, 1, 15, 17, 22, 2528, 30, 31,
33, 34, 46, 48
16, 1821, 23, 24, 29, 32, 3545,
47
I, II, 25, 1016, 1830, 3335, 38
17, 31, 32, 36, 37, 3952
I, II, 19, 17, 19, 31, 3340, 5056
1016, 18, 2030, 32, 4149
I, II, 3, 4, 69, 15, 17, 18, 20,
3033, 3543, 59, 60
19, 2129, 34, 4458
I, II, 1, 3, 5, 12, 13, 20, 21, 30, 35,
37, 45, 5154 , 62
2229, 3134, 36, 3844, 4650,
5561
All pages
MU-II
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
07/20/2007
17
07/20/2007
05/09/2008
17
18
05/09/2008
18
10/13/2008
19
10/13/2008
11/30/2009
19
20
11/30/2009
20
03/31/2010
12/10/2010
21
22
12/10/2010
22
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Reason
Pages affected
I, III, 1, 4, 1116, 19, 20, 2229,
3546, 4850, 74, 75
5173, 7680
I, III, 1, 2, 5, 13, 15, 25, 47, 61,
7780
3, 4, 612, 14, 1624, 2646,
4860, 6276, 8184
I, III, 1, 2, 1321, 2548, 52, 68, 87,
88
50, 51, 5367, 6986
I, III, 5, 13, 15, 16, 19, 21, 22, 24,
27, 31, 50, 52, 55, 56, 66, 73, 74,
86
23, 25, 26, 2830, 3249, 51, 53,
54, 5765, 6772, 7585, 8792
I, III, 57, 22, 24, 38, 56, 68, 83
I, III, 5, 31, 33, 42, 43, 53, 58, 68,
88
5457, 5967, 6987, 8991
MU-III
BLANK PAGE
010-054-15
11.30.2005 FM4760 (ITC)
MU-IV
2.
When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left and
upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
1.
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility
window opens.
NOTE
A window like that shown below opens in case the date and time
displayed on the PC are older than those when it was started last
time.
Click [OK] on the window that opens, and set correct date and time
on the Date/Time Properties window.
Version B software
When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left and
upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
MU000031.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility mode starts and then the IIP Service
Utility window opens.
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
MU-1
3.
1.
(or
When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left and
upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
key.
The system returns to the desktop screen.
2.
From the
MU000032.EPS
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility
window opens.
Version B software
When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left and
upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
MU000031.EPS
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility mode starts and then the IIP Service
Utility window opens.
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
MU-2
1.
00000056.EPS
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
MU-3
XII
III
XIII
IV
XIV
V
XV
VI
XVI (Displayed only when the
relevant option key is installed.
VII
Applicable only in Japan.)
XVII (Displayed for only V1.0(C)
version: for Japanese
VIII
version only)
IX
X
XVIII
00000061.EPS
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
MU-4
REFERENCE
MU-5
REFERENCE
The EDR data refers to data halfway through a calculation task while
EDR processing is being performed. This data is used to analyze
later how EDR processing was performed actually.
VI. Verify Connection
This menu item is used to verify the connection to the RU or other
connected equipment. The CL offers the following connection
verification functions:
Using the PING (connected equipment host name or IP address
input required) to verify the network connection to other connected
equipment.
Using connected equipments AE name (Application Entity Name)
to verify the connection to DICOM connected equipment
For details of the procedure for verifying connection to other
equipment, see 7. Verifying the Connection to Other
Connected Equipment Verify Connection.
u NOTE u
The contents of the FilmStrFmt.env file are written in Unicode.
Therefore, use NotePad or other Unicode-compliant text editor for
editing purposes.
X. Barcode Setting
This menu item is used for barcode setup.
For details of the format, see 10. Setting the Barcode
Barcode Setting.
MU-6
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MU-7
Items listed in
a tree form
(tree items)
IV
V
VI
VII
00000060.EPS
VIII(*1)
IX(*2)
X(*3) 00000062.EPS
(*1) 9.CONFIG PDA is displayed only when the option key for the
POCKET id Console is installed. (Applicable only in Japan.)
(*2) 10. CONFIG 9000 is displayed only for V1.0 (C).
(*3) 10. CONFIG QR is displayed only for V3.0 (B) or later.
For details of 1. IMAGE MODALITY, see 3.4 Configuration
Details 1. IMAGE MODALITY.
For details of 3. QA FUNCTION, see 3.5 Configuration
Details 3. QA FUNCTION.
For details of 4. PRINTER, see 2. Setup Necessary When
Editing the Film Annotation Character Format under
FR1: Function-specific Reference.
For details of 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION, see 3.6 Configuration
Details 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION.
For details of 7. CONFIG OPTION, see 3.7 Configuration
Details 7. CONFIG OPTION.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
MU-8
PERSON NAME
This tree item is used to define the sequence of patient name
elements and characters that delimit names.
Clicking the + sign to the left of PERSON NAME displays the
items for defining the details of PERSON NAME.
For details on the PERSON NAME, see 3.11 Setting the Name
Elements for DICOM Connection.
NETWORK CONFIG
This tree item is used to set the CL/connected equipment network
information and perform FINP/DICOM setup.
Clicking the + sign to the left of NETWORK CONFIG displays the
NETWORK CONFIG tree items.
The displayed items allow you to set the CL main unit information
(I in the window illustration below) and connected equipment
information (II).
I
II
00000063.EPS
FILM SORTING
This tree item is used to define the film sorting conditions for DICOM
prints.
For details of the FILM SORTING tree item, see 3.12 Setting
Up the DICOM Print Film Sorting Function.
MAC ADDRESS
This tree item is used to prevent error occurrence that disables Mac
Address to be acquired at CL-AP startup.
See 3.14 Mac Address Manual Input.
LOG SHARE
This tree item is used to register the target CLs host name and IP
address when using the Retake Analysis function and the IP use
count calculation function.
See 3.15 Log Information Sharing Function Setup.
DISTRIBUTION CODE
This tree item is used to perform automatic distribution code setup
so that images can be distributed automatically to a device of HD_
FILE attribute.
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
This tree item is used to define the connected equipment that is
connected to the CL.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
MU-9
1.
When you click a tree item in the left-hand area of the Setup
Configuration Item window, a list of setup items appears in the righthand area of the window (this list is hereinafter referred to as a
configuration list).
This section explains about the procedure for editing the setup items in
a configuration list.
REFERENCE
Value column
A configuration list appears when you click the following tree items:
A maximum of nine tree items under SYSTEM CONFIG
(Display items are different depending on the used software version
and options.)
PERSON NAME
2.
00000065.EPS
I. With the mouse, select the text to be edited, and then key in
new text.
When the column you double-clicked changes to a pull-down
menu (e.g.,
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
MU-10
1.
2.
Click [YES].
The system saves the edited configuration data.
1.
2.
3.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
MU-11
Name
System Common
Date Format
Selection
0 : Japanese date (S62.10.07)
1 : ANSI long date (1987.OCT.07)
2 : ANSI short date (1987.10.07)
3 : American long date (OCT.07.1987)
4 : American short date (0.07.1987)
5 : European long date (07.OCT.1987)
6 : European short date (07.10.1987)
Meaning
Specifying the date format to be used in medica linstitutions.
* The date format is applicable in common to entry ofthe date
of birth, monitor display, film output, and allother date-related
representations.
* The default English setting at shipment from factory is
2:ANSI short date (1987.10.07).
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Activate Error
Recovery Retrial
Agreement
required.
Institute/Site Name
Strings
Agreement
required.
IP Size by inch or
Metric
MU-12
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Two independent
Yes
Mask Sizes
Sets independent RN for the right and left images.
Applicable to Left and
(Hipmnrl.prm is used.)
Right images
No
Sets the same RN for the right and left images.
(Hipmenu.prm is used.)
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
0 : Japanese
1 : English
2 : German
3 : French
4 : Spanish
5 : Italian
6 : Swedish
7 : Finnish
8 : Danish
9 : Norwegian
10 : Korean
11 : ChineseSimplified
12 : ChineseTraditional
13 : Portuguese
14 : Polish
15 : Hungarian
16 : Czech
17 : Russian
18 : Slovene
19 : Turkish
Yes
Issues new image UID and SOP Instance UID.
No
Does not issue new image UID and SOP Instance UID.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-13
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Yes
Issues new image UID and SOP Instance UID.
No
Does not issue new image UID and SOP Instance UID.
Yes
Issues new image UID and SOP Instance UID.
No
Does not issue new image UID and SOP Instance UID.
13 DICOM Series
Generation Logic
Agreement
required.
14 System Recognition
ID (A to Z)
A_Z ( A)
Be sure to
assign a
unique ID
for each CL.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
MU-14
Name
Selection
1.2.840.10008.5.1.4.1.1.1
1.2.392.200036.9125.1.1.2
Meaning
Specifying an SOP Class UID that is sent back to PPS when
no other connected hosts are set up as the destinations for
FILE attribute image output (for example, when a QA-WS is
connected as a connected host).
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
* Use the same UID as that used by the HI-C655 for FILE
attribute output.
17 Protocol Name for
PPS
0 : Function Code
Sets up a Code (function codes such as RT, TS, ES, etc).
1 : ANK Menu Name
Sets up a Menu Name (exposure menu) in alphanumerics.
Agreement
required.
18 Display Performed
Procedure on
Worklist Tab
Yes
No
Agreement
required.
21 Connection Between
Reader and Console
L : Low-energy image
H : High-energy image
B : Bone image
S : Soft tissue image
0 : Yes
Transmits Images.
1 : No
Does not transmit images.
0 : 1-1
1-to-1 connection
1: N-N
N-to-N connection
2: N-N (Not Use IP Barcode)
N-to-N connection (IP barcode is not to be used.)
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-15
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Specifying the font sizes of the ID number and other items for
CRT display and film annotation character printing.
23 Tag Mapped on
0040, 0100>0040, 0007
Study Menu at MWM
Use
24 Perform Mapping to
Exposure Menu at
MWM Use
Yes
Performs mapping.
No
Does not perform mapping.
Agreement
required.
26 Use Study
InstanceUID from
RIS
Yes
Uses the Study Instance UID sent from the RIS.
No
Does not use the Study Instance UID sent from the RIS.
27 StudyInstanceUID
Generation Logic
Type1
<company name>.2.1.<Accession number>
Type2
<company name>.2.2<study date><modality>.<Accession number>
Type3
<company name>.2.3.<study date><modality>.<patient ID>
Type4
<company name>.2.4.<study date>.<patient ID>.
<requesting department>
Type5
<company name>.2.5.<order number>
Type6
<company name>.2.6.<study date>.<order number>
Type7
<company name>.2.<MAC address>.<TimeStamp>.
<machine-dependent ID number>
Agreement
required.
* If the order number does not exist or the Study Instance UID
is longer than specified, the system automatically uses
Type7.
* Do not specify anything other than Type7 unless otherwise
requested by the user.
When anything other than Type7 was specified at the request
of the user, have the user understand that the same
components determined double will make the
StudyInstanceUID to be determined double as well, resulting
then in causing a problem to occur on the DICOM Server
side.
MU-16
Name
Selection
Meaning
28 Dicom Storage
Output Connection
Number
1 to 4 ( 3)
29 Image Number
Generation Logic
264
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
MU-17
Name
Selection
0 : Original
Original image only.
1 : Original+Combined
Original image and combined image (reduced to 35 43cm
image).
2 : Combined
Combined image only (reduced to 35 43cm image).
3 : Combined (Lifesize)
Combined image (life size)
4 : Combined (Lifesize)+Combined
Combined image (life size) + combined image (reduced to
35 43cm image).
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Specifying image type of the film output that is generated upon Agreement
image combination.
required.
When you are specifying 3 or 4 (life-size image output) for the
setup value, also confirm setup values for Nos. 75 and 76 of
PRINTER setup items.
* This setting can also be changed from User Utility. The latest
setting takes effect no matter which utility is used.
33 Kind of Transfer
Image (Image
Combining Process)
34 Enable Statistical
Info. Output
Yes
Enables the exposure result data file output function.
No
Disables the exposure result data file output function.
Agreement
required.
35 Modality of
Mammography
Image
MG
Handles as MG.
DX
Handles as DX.
Agreement
required.
MU-18
Name
36 Administrator
Password
Selection
Up to 20 one-byte characters.
( fcr-iip)
For cluster
connection
Meaning
Specifying administrator privilege password for the user
authentication function.
* Be sure to enter a 1-byte character string from the keyboard.
37 Enable Security
Function
Yes
Uses the user authentication function.
No
Does not use the user authentication function.
Yes
Rotates the second image 180 degrees.
No
Does not rotate.
Yes
Rotates the third image 180 degrees.
No
Does not rotate.
At an institution where
double and triple longview cassettes are used
mixed, set both of 40.
and 41. to Yes.
For a double cassette,
rotate the second image
by 180 and for a triple
cassette, rotate the third
image by 180.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-19
Name
42 Enable Stitching
Edge Adjustment
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Yes
Enables the stitching edge adjustment function.
No
Disables the stitching edge adjustment function.
Yes
Cuts the IP edge.
No
Does not cut the IP edge.
44 Use Series
Identification
From F-RIS
Yes
Uses series ID number.
No
Does not use series ID number.
Yes
Issues a new number.
No
Does not issue new number.
Agreement
required.
Yes
Issues a new number.
No
Does not issue a new number.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
48 Apply GS Filter To
8 10 / 1824 Image
Yes
Perform GS conversion.
No
Does not perform GS conversion.
* To set Yes, make sure ahead of time that the F-RIS server
version is compatible with this option.
MU-20
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
0-60 (0)
0 : ALL OFF
No image unevenness removal processing is applied.
1 : ON Table Type Only
Image unevenness removal processing is applied only to
the table type (CR-IR 364T, CR-IR 367 and CR-IR 370)
equipment.
2 : ON Upright Type Only
Image unevenness removal processing is applied only to
the upright type (CR-IR 364U and CR-IR 366) equipment.
3 : ALL ON
Image unevenness removal processing is applied to all
equipment models.
0-1000 (13)
55 Gradients(x10) of
LUT used for Preview
Image
Agreement
required.
Yes
Enables the PAS security function.
No
Disables the PAS security function.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
MU-21
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Yes
Enables the Service Utility password function.
No
Disables the Service Utility password function.
Agreement
required.
72 Enable Exposure
Index Function
Yes
Enables the Exposure Index function.
No
Disables the Exposure Index function.
Agreement
required.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MU-22
Detailed explanations
13. DICOM Series Generation Logic
In relation to the DICOM Series Generation Logic, the following
supplements explain the logic of series numbering subsequent to
image a cquisition from the RU.
1 : 1
1 series
1 : N
1 : N
1 series
1 series
N series
1 : 1
1 : 1
1 : 1
1 Image
1 Image
N Image
1 Image
00000466.EPS
1 Image
1 Image
00000464.EPS
1 : N
1 series
1 : M
1 Image
1 Image
M Image
1 series
N series
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
00000465.EPS
MU-23
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
No
Does not open.
Yes
Opens.
Destination Path of
JPEG File
E : \
Filename Format of
JPEG Information
0 : Image Number
Image number+serial number.txt
1 : Type 1
Host name+date+serial number.txt
2 : Type 2
Paitent ID No+_+dominical year+_+study anatomical
region+_+serial number+_+host name.txt
Yes
Reflects updated image processing parameters upon flag.
No
Does not reflect updated image processing parameters
upon flag.
* Specify No.
: A maximum of 16 characters,
Tag (0010, 0020).
Dominical year
: Fixed at six characters.
Study anatomical region : A maximum of 16 characters,
Tag (0018, 0015).
Serial number
: Fixed at four characters
(starting from 0000).
Host name
: A maximum of ten characters.
Delimitation
: _ (underscore).
Agreement
required.
JPEG Image
Processing Use
CrtLut
None
(Example)
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Config\CrtLut1.env
Agreement
required.
Yes
Opens.
No
Does not open.
MU-24
Name
Selection
Meaning
No
Not displayed.
Yes
Displayed.
No
Not displayed.
Yes
Displayed.
No
Not displayed.
Yes
Displayed.
11 Enable Dicom
File Storage
Yes
Used.
No
Not used.
12 Tranfer Syntax
Used When Using
Dicom File Storage
Yes
Multi-byte characters are saved.
No
Multi-byte characters are not saved.
14 Save Annotation
Information When
Using Dicom File
Storage
Yes
Annotation information is saved.
No
Annotation information is not saved.
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-25
Name
Selection
None
(Example)
Storage-scp
(Software version V5.1 (B) or earlier)
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\Storage-scp.lut
(Software version V6.0 (B) or later)
Meaning
For cluster
connection
16 Change Modality
When Using Dicom
File Storage
(MG CR)
Yes
MG is saved as CR.
No
MG is not saved as CR.
17 Enable Change
ImageDate and
ImageTime
No
Disabled.
Yes
Enabled.
* Select No in Japan.
Yes
PEM processing is performed.
No
No PEM processing is performed.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-26
Name
Selection
0 : Connect with RIS
RIS connection (hospital layer)
1 : Without RIS
Non-RIS connection (general practitioner layer)
2 : Non-Display
Not displayed.
Meaning
For cluster
connection
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-27
Name
Selection
Meaning
AutoMenuSelect
Enable Distribution
Code
No
The distribution code is not used.
Yes
The distribution code is used.
For cluster
connection
No
The film mark is not used.
Yes
The film mark is used.
Agreement
required.
Enable Function
Setup
No
The function setup is not used.
Yes
The function setup is used.
Agreement
required.
No
The pantomography is not used.
Yes
Image isolation processing is performed if the target image
is a pantomography menu (MPMcode20 4) in 10" 12"
size.
Enable
Pantomography
Processing
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-28
Meaning
For cluster
connection
No.
Name
Enable Performance
Data (RIS)
No
The performance data is disabled.
Yes
The performance data is enabled.
Enable Automatic
Selector Switching
No
Not used.
Yes
Used.
Enable Requesting
Dept. Name Field
No
The requesting department name field is not displayed.
Yes
The requesting department name field is displayed.
10 Enable Technologist
Name Field
No
The technologist name field is not displayed.
Yes
The technologist name field is displayed.
Agreement
required.
11 Image Rotation/
Reversal Range
0 : L-R reversal
1 : T-B reversal
2 : L-R,T-B reversal
3 : L-R reversal / 90-deg,Rotation
4 : L-R,T-B reversal / 90-deg,Rotation
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-29
Name
Selection
0 : AUTO/SEMI/FIX
1 : AUTO/SEMI/FIX/SEMI-X
2 : AUTO/SEMI/FIX/MANUAL
3 : AUTO/SEMI/FIX/SEMI-X/MANUAL
Meaning
Specifying the range available for selection of EDR mode
when changing exposure menu parameters.
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
RT,TS,ES,WS,PS,TM
( RT,PS,TM,WS)
Agreement
required.
0 : OFF/ON
1 : OFF/ON/ON*
Selects a combination of OFF, ON or ON* from 0 and 1.
OFF : Not to filing to the OD device.
ON : Filing to the OD device.
ON* : Filing of an HQ image to the OD device after converting
it to a normal density image.
14 Function Setup
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-30
Name
Selection
Meaning
15 Examination No.
Length
1 to 16 ( 10)
16 Examination No.
Padding Method
17 Patient ID Length
1 to 64 ( 10)
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-31
Name
Selection
Meaning
Setting the reception No. length.
* Use this setting for Type B ID Online connection.
* Be sure to enter one-byte characters on the keyboard.
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
20 Reception No.
Padding Method
21 Exposure List
Erasure Setup
No
Does not erase.
Yes
Erases.
Agreement
required.
* This item can also be set up using the User Utility function.
The item set up the last will be valid.
* The default setting at shipment from factory is Yes for the
CR Console Lite/Plus.
22 Requesting Dept.
Name Field Setup
Agreement
required.
23 Technicians Name
Field Setup
0 : Code
Displays the technicians code.
1: NameSbcs
Displays the technicians name in alphanumerics.
2 : NameDbcs
Displays the technicians name in kanji.
Agreement
required.
24 Min.Set Number
1 to ZZ ( 1)
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-32
Name
25 Max.Set Number
Selection
1 to ZZ ( 9Z)
Meaning
For cluster
connection
26 MCR Customized
Card
No
The hospital card is not used.
Yes
The hospital card is used.
0 : JIS
1 : ISO
29 Study Number
0 : OFF
Issuance Logic Setup 1 : <System Id+Auto Increment>
2 : <Date+System Id+Auto Increment>
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
System ID
Date
1 to 2 ( 2)
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
MU-33
Name
Selection
Meaning
31 ID Online Acquisition
Info. Code Setup
33 ID Online Interface
Format
34 ID Online/Offline
Switching Timeout
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
35 ID Online Requesting Enter a numerical value (use the default setting under normal
Timeout
conditions). (30)
Specifying the timeout value for information inquiry at the RIS. Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
0 : Type-A
The RIS transmits information.
1 : Type-B
2 : Type-IDC4
The CL uses a search key to make inquiries at the RIS for
the purpose of acquiring patient information.
Agreement
required.
IDC4 host name when using the ID Online function for IDC4.
Agreement
required.
39 IP Address of RIS
Server (Type-IDC4)
172.16.1.1
Agreement
required.
MU-34
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
IDC4 port number when using the ID Online function for IDC4. Agreement
required.
* Be sure to enter one-byte characters on the keyboard.
1 : S1 (NEC-Type1)
NEC (for TYPE-I)
2 : S2 (NEC-Type2)
NEC (for TYPE II)
3 : S3 (Fujitsu/Hitachi)
For Fujitsu/Hitachi
XCON
44 Xcon Serial_TX
Control Port
Agreement
required.
No
Does not transfer exposure conditions.
Yes
Transfers exposure conditions.
28
110
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-35
Name
Selection
Meaning
400
10
5400
For cluster
connection
0 to 9999 ( 8000)
5000-IIP
No
Does not use the patient database function.
Yes
Uses the patient database function.
57 Max. Number of
Patient Info.
0 to 300000 ( 5000)
Agreement
required.
MU-36
Name
58 Patients Name
Format
Selection
0: Sbcs (one-byte code)
1: Dbcs (two-byte code)
2: Sbcs+Dbcs (both one- and two-byte codes are used.)
Meaning
For cluster
connection
59 Enable Customize
No
Function of Study List Yes
and Patient Info.
ListDB Function
60 IP Info. Request
Timeout
(Reader:CSL=N:N)
No
Does not change.
Yes
Changes.
RIS
Agreement
required.
63 RIS Serial-TX Control Enter figures in accordance with the PSI board CH.
Port
(Enter 0 if this function is not used.) ( 0)
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-37
Name
67 MWM Request
Exposure Dose
Status
Selection
Yes
Makes an inquiry.
No
Makes no inquiry
Meaning
The configuration function for this inquiry item is disabled.
This inquiry item will be validated when you add it as one of
the inquiries to be addressed to the RIS by exercising the
DICOM MWM C-FIND tag setup function.
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
0 : Normal
1 : JJ1017
2 : JJ1017(Ver3)
69 Recept Computer
Hostname
ReceptComp
70 Recept Computer IP
Address
172.16.1.50
71 Recept Computer
Port Number
6000
72 Recept Computer
Patient Info. Format
0 : A01
1 : A51
73 Recept Computer
Request Timeout
74 Search Order of
Patient Info.
Agreement
required.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
MU-38
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Specifying whether the PPS should return the exposure status Agreement
(such as repeat/reject of exposures) with a Private tag.
required.
0 : None
No IME control
1 : ON
IME ON
2 : OFF
IME OFF
3 : OFF-Fix
IME OFF
4 : Dbcs-Hiragana
2-byte hiragana characters
5 : Dbcs-Katakana
2-byte katakana characters
6 : Sbcs-Katakana
1-byte katakana characters
7 : Dbcs-A&
2-byte alphanumeric characters
8 : Sbcs-A&N
1-byte alphanumeric characters
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-39
Name
Selection
Meaning
0 : None
No IME control
1 : ON
IME ON
2 : OFF
IME OFF
3 : OFF-Fix
IME OFF
4 : Dbcs-Hiragana
2-byte hiragana characters
5 : Dbcs-Katakana
2-byte katakana characters
6 : Sbcs-Katakana
1-byte katakana characters
7 : Dbcs-A&N
2-byte alphanumeric characters
8 : Sbcs-A&N
1-byte alphanumeric characters
0 : NEC-Type2-Normal
1 : NEC-Type2-Expand
Yes
Enables the automatic creation function.
No
Shows a warning.
For cluster
connection
81 Enable Continuous
Barcode Read
Yes
Enables the continuous barcode read function.
No
Disables the continuous barcode read function.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-40
Name
82 Selection Type of
Requesting Service
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
0 : Linked
Links.
1 : Separated
Does not link.
83 Default Requesting
Service
0 : Accession Number
Accession number
1 : Patient ID
Patient ID.
0 : ST
Standard pixel density
1 : HQ
High pixel density
0 : Type 1 (GP)
Only processing is displayed.
1 : Type 2 (All)
Full screen display.
Yes
Edits consumables.
No
Does not edit consumables.
Yes
Edits the exposure results.
No
Does not edit the exposure results.
Yes
Handles as an exposure menu name.
No
Does not handle as an exposure menu name.
* This selection takes effect only when Yes is chosen for item
No. 88.
Agreement
required.
MU-41
Name
Selection
Meaning
Specifying the tag for exposure information mapping at the
PPS.
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
93 Use Distribution
Code Depart Name
0 : Yes
Handles as a distribution code.
1 : No
Does not handle as a distribution code.
Agreement
required.
1100000000
Agreement
required.
0 : Standard
FujiFilm Standard
1 : SANYO
Sanyo
2 : TOSHIBA
Toshiba
3 : FUJITSU
Fujitsu
Agreement
required.
MU-42
Name
Selection
Meaning
Selecting whether or not to use a function for automatically
converting to a kana patient name when a kanji patient name
is input on the hospital-specified patient information input
window. (Applicable only in Japan.)
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
98 Recept Computer
Info File Polling
Interval ([sec])
1 to 300 (5)
99 Recept Computer
Info File Type
0 : XMLOnly
Only XML is used.
1 : CSVOnly
Only CSV is used.
2 : Both
Both XML and CSV are used.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Data\Reserved
No
Not used.
Yes
Used.
No
Not used.
Yes
Used.
Yes
Used.
No
Not used.
Agreement
required.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-43
Name
Selection
Yes
Issued automatically.
No
Not issued automatically.
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Yes
Recalculated.
No
Not recalculated.
0 : Old
Conventional X-CON other than for mammography.
1 : Old-Expand
Expanded Shimadzu X-CON format
4 : Mammo1
X-CON-1 for mammography use.
5 : Mammo2
X-CON-2 for mammography use.
6 : Mammo3
X-CON-3 for mammography use (Not used)
Yes
Transmitted.
No
Not transmitted.
0 : 1200
1 : 2400
2 : 4800
3 : 9600
0-255 (20)
Yes
Automatically mounted.
No
Not mounted automatically.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-44
Name
Selection
Synapse
Meaning
For cluster
connection
/All%20Patients
0 : No
Hides all.
1 : Yes (Velocity_T Only)
Displays only on the VELOCITY T.
2 : Yes (Velocity_U Only)
Displays only on the VELOCITY U.
3 : Yes (Both)
Displays on both the VELOCITY T and U.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-45
Name
Selection
Meaning
0 : Replace asterisk
Replaces an external character with the asterisk.
1 : DataCut
Cut off the kanji patient name.
No
Study information is not deleted.
Yes
Study information is deleted.
-80 to 80 ( 1)
-20 to 20 ( 4)
For cluster
connection
* To enable this option, also confirm setup values for Nos. 125
to 130.
A to T ( E)
-20 to 20 ( 4)
MU-46
Name
Selection
Meaning
Yes
Enabled.
No
Disabled.
For cluster
connection
134 MWM
StudyInstanceUID
Regeneration
Yes
Permitted.
No
Not permitted.
Yes
Enabled.
No
Disabled.
0 to 32 ( 0)
(Type in 0 if this number is not used.)
http://localhost : 8080
1 to 65535 ( 5011)
1 to 1000 ( 1000)
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-47
Name
Selection
Meaning
143 TOSHIBA-RIS
IpAddress
0 : none
1 : odd
2 : even
172.16.1.20
For cluster
connection
144 TOSHIBA-RIS
ConnectPortForRIS
0 to 65535 ( 6001)
145 TOSHIBA-RIS
ConnectPortForIIP
0 to 65535 ( 6000)
146 TOSHIBA-RIS
RisDefaultURL
http://172.16.1.30/e-ris/java/fcr-ris.htm?logincode=tosrim
147 TOSHIBA-RIS
TemporaryFolder
\\172.16.1.20\RisShare
148 TOSHIBA-RIS
ExposureStartMsg
TimeOut
0 to 60 ( 5)
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-48
Name
Selection
149 TOSHIBA-RIS
ExposureStartMsg
RetryCount
0 to 10 ( 3)
150 TOSHIBA-RIS
PatListDisplayMsg
TimeOut
0 to 60 ( 5)
151 TOSHIBA-RIS
PatListDisplayMsg
RetryCount
0 to 10 ( 3)
152 TOSHIBA-RIS
ExposureEndMsg
TimeOut
0 to 60 ( 5)
153 TOSHIBA-RIS
ExposureEndMsg
RetryCount
0 to 10 ( 3)
154 TOSHIBA-RIS
ApplicationEndMsg
TimeOu
0 to 60 ( 2)
155 TOSHIBA-RIS
ApplicationEndMsg
RetryCount
0 to 10 ( 3)
156 TOSHIBA-RIS
ConnectionWatch
MsgTimeOut
0 to 60 ( 2)
157 TOSHIBA-RIS
ExternalInputMsg
TimeOut
0 to 60 ( 2)
Meaning
For cluster
connection
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-49
Name
Selection
158 TOSHIBA-RIS
ExternalInputMsg
RetryCount
0 to 10 ( 3)
159 TOSHIBA-RIS
ConnectionWatch
MsgRetryCount
0 to 10 ( 3)
160 TOSHIBA-RIS
IFFilesPreservation
Period
0 to 365 ( 10)
161 TOSHIBA-RIS
ResultType
0 : With series
With series information set
1 : With no series
Without series information set
Meaning
[Toshiba RIS] Number of retries made for sending an external
input information notification message.
* Applicable only in Japan.
[Toshiba RIS] Number of retries made for sending a connection
monitor message.
* Applicable only in Japan.
[Toshiba RIS] Retention period for shared folder information
file (days).
* Applicable only in Japan.
[Toshiba RIS] Type of exposure result information file. With or
without series information set.
* Applicable only in Japan.
0 to 120 ( 60)
162 TOSHIBA-RIS
RISInitializeStartMsg
TimeOut
Yes
Enabled.
No
Disabled.
Yes
Used.
No
Not used.
For cluster
connection
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-50
Name
Selection
A maximum of 64 one-byte characters.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\PDI.lut
Meaning
For cluster
connection
0 : ST
1 : HQ
Yes
Included.
No
Not included.
1-255 ( 3)
1-30 ( 1)
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-51
Name
Selection
Meaning
Yes
Enables the function to automatically display the right-andleft reverse marker.
No
Disables the function to automatically display the right-andleft reverse marker.
For cluster
connection
0 : White-Black
While - Black
1 : White-Clear
White - Clear
2 : Black-White
Black - White
3 : Black-Clear
Black - Clear
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-52
Name
Selection
Meaning
Yes
Displays the message when the patient information is
changed.
No
Dose not display the message when the patient information
is changed.
0:String
1:Number
0:Not Overwrite
1:Overwrite
C:\Usr\IIP\OrderingReportShare\
http://localhost:8080
199 Overwrite of
the Patient Info
For cluster
connection
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-53
Detailed explanations
31. ID Online Acquisition Info. Code Setup
CP850 : DOS Latin1
00000504.EPS
00000503.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-54
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Enable Trimming
Function
Yes
Enables the trimming function.
No
Disables the trimming function.
Enable Reader QC
Function
Yes
Enables the Image Reader QC function.
No
Disables the Image Reader QC function.
Agreement
required.
Enable Display
Previous Study
Function
Yes
Enables the Scroll View function.
No
Disables the Scroll View function.
Agreement
required.
Enable Synapse
WebQuery
Yes
Enables the Synapse Web Query function.
No
Disables the Synapse Web Query function.
Yes
Performs setting and warning.
No
Not to perform setting and warning.
Enable
RetakeAnalysis
Function
Yes
Enables the Retake Analysis function.
No
Disables the Retake Analysis function.
Agreement
required.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-55
Name
Meaning
Yes
Enables the positioning function (button displayed).
No
Disables the positioning function (button not displayed).
Yes
Enables 12on1 format output.
No
Disables 12on1 format output.
Yes
Enables the exposure guidance function.
No
Disables the exposure guidance function.
12 Enable MammoQC
Function
Yes
Displays the button.
No
Does not display the button.
13 Enable Connecting
DAP Directly
Yes
Connect directly to a DAP.
No
Not to connect directly to a DAP.
Enable
MammoImage
Alignment Function
Selection
10 Enable Exposure
Guidance
For cluster
connection
* To enable this option, also confirm setup value for No. 133 of
CSL/IDT FUNCTION setup items and setup values for Nos.
78, 79 and 80 of PRINTER setup items.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-56
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Visible QC Record
Delete Button
Yes
Displays the button.
No
Does not display the button.
Agreement
required.
Destination Path of
QC Record File
E: \
Agreement
required.
Country
0:Japanese
Visible QCRecord
Delete Button
Yes
Shows the button.
No
Does not show the button.
Destination Path of
QC Record File
E: \
1: UseQCTransferPath
2: Last Folder
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-57
Name
Selection
Meaning
BatteryWarning1
0 to 100 ( 30)
BatteryWarning2
0 to 100 ( 20)
For cluster
connection
StudyFilePath
\Program Files\FujiFilm\P-Console\Job
CustomFilePath
\Program Files\FujiFilm\P-Console\Custom
LoginFlag
0 : OFF
Not to display the login window at startup.
1 : ON
Displays the login window at startup.
PDAShare Interval
30 to 300 ( 60)
MU-58
Name
Selection
Meaning
Retrieved Image
Viewer Finish Mode
0 : Normal
Normal finish (finishing after clicking the finish button)
1 : Finish After Reprint
Finishes after generating reprint.
For cluster
connection
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-59
5.
This appendix explains about the procedure for changing the name
element sequence and delimiter.
II
1.
2.
Click
3.
Click the
4.
00000424.EPS
u NOTES u
Any one-byte characters can be used as a delimiter. However, a
one-byte space ( ), hyphen (-), comma (,) or period (.) should
normally be used.
.
sign within
III
u NOTES u
Any one- or two-byte characters can be used as a delimiter.
However, a two-byte space ( ) or hyphen () should normally be
used.
Standard (or condition)
00000423.EPS
IMPORTANT
Do not change the settings for DICOM_MWM_PPS, DICOM_IN, or
DICOM_OUT.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-60
6.
BIN1
MU000010.EPS
7.
BIN2
FM-DPL
RU-1
Equipment
identification code : A
BIN setting :
1
RU-3
B
2
C
2
CL
00000400.EPS
1.
2.
3.
Select
and
from the tree on the left-hand side of the window. Select
then the DICOM print AE name (fujiprinter - DICOM FM-DP L).
The AE setup window for the FM-DP L opens on the right-hand
side of the window.
MU000011.EPS
8.
RU-2
4.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-61
5.
7.
Select
II
III
00000055.EPS
I. Select BIN_I.
II. Select a recognition key (e.g.: DEV_CODE).
(Indent for REQ_SRV, MPM and BODY_PART.)
III. Enter a BIN number (e.g.: 1).
REFERENCE
In the Default Bin Number box, specify the default BIN number to
which the film is to be output when an input number verification is
not possible.
6.
Click
00000054.EPS
8.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-62
9.
II
III
00000053.EPS
00000052.EPS
10. Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-63
5.
II
When the IDT-IV and CLs are interconnected as shown below, the
patient information sharing function is set up to enable the units
(e.g., idt4-a and cl-a) to share the patient information.
III
IV
u Connection example
group-A
idt4-a
group-B
172.16.1.101
172.16.1.201
idt4-b
GateWay
cl-a
V
172.16.1.102
172.16.1.202
00000555.EPS
I.
II.
III.
IV.
cl-b
00000549.EPS
u NOTE u
1.
When you specify the group name for the first time, the GroupName
field contains no entry. Therefore, enter a group name from the
keyboard.
2.
3.
Click
u NOTE u
4.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
6.
Click
MU-64
7.
8.
The window shown below indicates the results that are obtained when
the equipment is set up as indicated in the connection example at the
beginning of this section.
u NOTE u
If the MAC address is not acquired, the CL-AP does not start up (Error
20110 or 20111 occurs).
When the following window opens and indicates that the values in the
MAC address fields are all 0s, it means that the MAC address is not
automatically acquired.
In such an instance, enter a 12-digit value (00:50:DA:C4:D5:8D when
only one CL is used). The next time the CL starts up, it recognizes the
entered value as the MAC address so that the CL-AP starts running.
If two or more CLs are used, make the following entries. For each CL
addition, increment the last two-digit value by one (in hexadecimal
notation).
00000556.EPS
2nd unit : 00 : 50 : DA : C4 : D5 : 8E
3rd unit : 00 : 50 : DA : C4 : D5 : 8F
4th unit : 00 : 50 : DA : C4 : D5 : 90
MU000008.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-65
u NOTE u
6.
Click
7.
8.
New setup
Described below is the procedure used to newly set up host name and
IP address of the CL with which the log information is to be shared.
1.
2.
3.
Click
4.
Click
.
.
5.
I
II
00000565.EPS
MU-66
Changing settings
1.
2.
NOTE
3.
Click
4.
1.
2.
3.
Click
4.
5.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
6.
7.
Click
8.
9.
MU-67
TPS 9416TD15_2
REFERENCE
PRESTO! (B/W)
PRESTO! (Color)
1.
ikegami MDM2130
nanao L350P
2.
Click [LUT].
nanao L351P
3.
nanao SL-IC200
nanao L362T
Linear LUT
nanao Radiforce
GS310-CLG
nanao Radiforce R31
nanao L568M
nanao L560T-C
Settings are thus completed, and the system returns to the IIP
Service Utility window.
IN000129.EPS
u NOTE u
To use a nanao L351P (model L351P-TS) with the CL software A08 or
earlier, install the LUT file on the FD provided with the LCD monitor.
[Installation procedures]
Copy the lut.txt and nanao_L351P.env files on the FD to the
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\lut folder (overwrite the lut.txt file).
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-68
5. Restoring/Backing Up
the Configuration File
Configuration Restore/Backup
For details of procedures used for restoring the configuration
file, see 14. Restoring the CL-Config in RI: Reinstalling the
Software.
1.
4.
5.
Click
u NOTES u
Even when the save process ends, no message appears to
indicate it. While the save process is being performed, the mouse
cursor is replaced by the mark. When the mark changes
back to the mouse cursor, it means that the save process is
ended.
Note, however, that the mark appears only when the mouse
cursor is positioned within the Configuration Restore/Backup
window.
2.
6.
Click
3.
) within
in the Drive: box to
REFERENCE
If drive a is selected, a message appears to prompt for the
insertion of an FD.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-69
2.
A
B
EDR data list
00000068.EPS
00000067.EPS
REFERENCE
No EDR data appears immediately after installation.
EDR data listings do not appear until images are transferred to the
CL.
I.
II. Hold down the Shift key and click the last item (A006 in the
above window illustration) of the contiguous data set.
All the items from the first to the last become highlighted.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-70
4.
) within
A
B
5.
REFERENCE
If drive a is selected, a message appears to prompt for the
insertion of an FD.
00000069.EPS
I.
When the save process ends, the system returns to the Retrieve
EDR Backup Data window.
6.
Click
REFERENCE
Even if highlighted items are hidden when the window scrolls,
they are retained as selected items.
3.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-71
2.
In the
REFERENCE
Clicking the downward arrow mark
within
REFERENCE
Values for time<10ms and TTL=128 in the message above
vary depending on the network status. Connection remains
normal even though such values vary.
IV. Close the command prompt window.
The system returns to the Verify Connection window.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-72
3.
u NOTE u
To verify connections between DICOM equipment units, it is
necessary that both this equipment and other connected
equipment must support Service Class for the Verification
function.
Click
I.
within
to specify the AE name of
00000246.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-73
8. Management of Various
Databases DataBase Utility
2.
00000130.EPS
3.
Click
u NOTE u
If
1.
MU000018.EPS
00000184.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-74
4.
u NOTES u
1.
2.
Click
u NOTE u
icon is displayed in the task
3.
If
MU000019.EPS
5.
00000347.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-75
4.
5.
Click
2.
3.
Click
u NOTE u
If
MU000020.EPS
00000557.EPS
4.
5.
Click
MU-76
2.
3.
Click
4.
Click
MU000021.EPS
MU000017.EPS
5.
6.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-77
3.
4.
u NOTES u
Characters on the gray background cannot be edited.
Be sure to enter one-byte characters.
u NOTE u
This function will not basically be used in Japan.
1.
2.
MU000007.EPS
REFERENCE
To delete an entered character, enter a one-byte space.
5.
Click
MU000006.EPS
6.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-78
To add/modify a format
1.
This section describes the procedures used for barcode format settings
(addition, modification and deletion).
A multiple number of formats can be determined. Data will be processed
in the format in which the Barcode Type, Start Character and Stop
Character match the first.
To modify a format, select a format for modification from the list and
then click Modify.
The Barcode Format window opens.
2.
u NOTE u
Note that only one setting will be generated where Other is determined
for the Barcode Type.
1.
2.
00000560.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-79
u NOTE u
For NW7, it is not allowed to use a for Start Character and c for Stop
Character because those settings represent an IP barcode.
3.
Click
4. Click
u NOTE u
When any data other than 0 has been set to Data Offset, be sure to
specify a Data Length value smaller than Barcode Length-Data Offset.
If 1 is specified, data may include a stop character or an indeterminate
value resulting thus in an error to occur.
To delete a format
1.
2.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-80
Modifying QA items
1.
2.
REFERENCE
Sex
Accession No.
Date of Study
1.
or
.
Choose
2.
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
00000553.EPS
00000552.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-81
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
Group number (If this field is left blank, the patient information is
hidden.)
Element number (If this field is left blank, the patient information
is hidden.)
Private creator flag
VR
Acceptable input character type
0 : Linguistic Area (the language selection is complied with)
1 : Single-byte (ANK)
2 : Ideographic (kanji)
3 : Phonetic (change to katakana)
1.
Choose
or
REFERENCE
The V. selection can be made only when PN is selected for VR.
VI. Display caption name
3.
Click
1.
Choose
or
2.
Click
00000554.EPS
2.
1.
Click
MU-82
1.
2.
3.
4.
Click
u NOTE u
If the host name for the 5501 plus, 5502 plus, or other built-in type
equipment is changed in situations where 5501 or 5502 is
selected as Reader Type, you must perform the hostName
setup procedure again. If you do not observe this precaution, an
error (code: 31099) occurs at CL-AP startup.
00000551.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-83
13. Collecting the Log and Configuration Files Log/Configuration Files Acquisition Tool
u NOTE u
The procedure for collection of log and configuration files varies
depending on the software version used. Therefore, check the software
version used and then perform necessary procedure appropriately.
For the procedure required for software version V5.0 (B) or earlier,
see 13.1 For Software Version V5.0 (B) or Earlier.
For the procedure required for software version V6.0 (B) or later,
see 13.2 For Software Version V6.0 (B) or Later.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-84
u NOTES u
This function is useful when asking the software design section for
error analysis. Collect log files before uninstalling the software,
otherwise log files will be deleted consequently.
MU000029.EPS
Before actually asking for error analysis, be sure to collect log files (Log.
cab), various setup files (Config.cab), and image information files
(Image.cab), together with the date when the problem arose and
description of the operation that caused such problem to arise.
1.
2.
I
II
III
IV
MU000005.EPS
u NOTES u
If you intend to execute step II, III, or IV without executing step I
(with drive A selected as the copy destination), be sure to insert
an FD into the FDD beforehand.
When you have specified HD as the target destination for copying
files, use USB memory or the like to copy Log.cab, Config.cab
and Image.cab that are located immediately below the C:\
Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP folder.
I.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
WARNING
When it is necessary to take a file that contains personal data out
of an institution so that it is submitted to analysis, be sure to
obtain advance approval of the relevant institution.
3.
Click
at the upper right corner of the command prompt
window.
The system returns you to the main menu.
MU-85
u NOTES u
This function is useful when asking the software design section for
error analysis. Collect log files before uninstalling the software,
otherwise log files will be deleted consequently.
Before actually asking for error analysis, be sure to collect log files (Log.
cab), various setup files (Config.cab), and image information files
(Image.cab), together with the date when the problem arose and
description of the operation that caused such problem to arise.
1.
2.
3.
WARNING
When it is necessary to take a file that contains personal data out
of an institution so that it is submitted to analysis, be sure to
obtain advance approval of the relevant institution.
4.
Click
REFERENCE
I
II
DCL41302.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-86
5.
Click
u NOTE u
When the OS used is Windows Vista, a window like that shown
below is displayed while files are being collected. In such cases, do
not click [Cancel] because an error may be caused to occur.
7.
Click
8.
MU000036.ai
DCL41304.EPS
6.
Click
MU000034.EPS
REFERENCE
Checkmarking Delete personal information at step 3 above will
activate the [Check Results] button.
If the [Check Results] button is clicked, the relevant text file is
displayed enabling you to check contents of the collected files.
Check contents of the collected files accordingly.
Image_Collect_NP.txt : A text file from which any personal
information was deleted.
Image_Show_P.txt : A text file from which no personal
information was deleted.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-87
14. Setting the DICOM MWM C-FIND Tags DICOM MWM C-FIND Tag Setting
I.
Sets the tags (C-FIND-RQ) for the information about the CLs
inquiries addressed to the RIS.
II. Perform internal data mapping setup for the tags (C-FIND-RSP)
received in the form of a response from the RIS to the CL. (1/2)
III. Perform internal data mapping setup for the tags (C-FIND-RSP)
received in the form of a response from the RIS to the CL. (2/2)
1.
u NOTES u
2.
The tags that can be set for the inquiry information are limited to
the standard tags for the MWM and the tags extended by the CL.
The response tags can be mapped to up to two destinations.
For response tag mapping, up to three hierarchical layers of the
SQ can be used.
The response tags can be mapped only when they are of the
same VR type.
You cannot select the response tags within the SQ alone. Their
parent tags will also be selected at all times.
When mapping a response tag, an error occurs if only parent SQ
tags are described. Therefore, be sure to describe also daughter
tags.
Received data cannot be processed.
3.
4.
Click
REFERENCE
To copy the Requst Procedure ID (0040, 1001) value to the Study ID
(0020, 0010), for instance, input 00200010 in the line of the Request
Procedure ID.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
II
III
MU000015.EPS
00000067.EPS
MU-88
MU000023.EPS
4.
Click
REFERENCE
The POCKET id Console-related configuration data includes the
following.
All items included in CONFIG PDA under Setup Configuration Item
Config SYSTEM CONFIG
Items that specify the language to be used and the like, included in
IMAGE MODALITY under Setup Configuration Item Config
SYSTEM CONFIG
Setting of padding for the study number and patient ID, included in
CSL/IDT FUNCTION under Setup Configuration Item Config
SYSTEM CONFIG
Intended use (Purpose) of the barcode included in Barcode Format
under Barcode Setting
1.
2.
Click
The P-Console Setting window opens.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
5.
Click
MU000025.EPS
NOTES
3.
MU000024.EPS
MU-89
4.
REFERENCE
The POCKET id Console device ID is indicated in the Device ID
tab that appears on the window displayed by selecting the About
icon under Start Setting System tab.
5.
2.
NOTE
1.
In the
Click
Click
MU000027.EPS
6.
MU000023.EPS
3.
Click
Click
MU000026.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-90
1.
2.
6.
Click
NOTE
For a failure to display the application version, re-place the POCKET id
Console in the cradle and make sure that the PC recognizes the
POCKET id Console correctly.
3.
Click
MU000023.EPS
4.
Click
5.
Verify
MU000028.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
MU-91
BLANK PAGE
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MU-92
FR-I
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
10/20/2000
12/10/2000
04/10/2001
00
00
01
05/30/2001
05/30/2001
08/30/2001
02
02
03
08/30/2001
03/20/2002
07/20/2002
03
04
05
11/30/2002
06
11/30/2002
03/01/2003
06
07
03/01/2003
08/20/2003
12/10/2003
12/10/2003
02/20/2004
07
08
09
09
10
07/30/2004
11
07/30/2004
11/12/2004
07/30/2005
11
12
14
07/30/2005
14
11/30/2005
11/30/2005
07/30/2006
15
15
16
07/20/2007
17
05/09/2008
18
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
All pages
I, II, 13, 59, 1417
All pages
I, II, 1-116, 18, 2022, 2-1, 2
1-17, 19
I, II, 1-1, 611, 1316, 18, 19, 22,
2-1
1-20, 21
I, II, 1-7, 2-1, 3-14, 4-14
I, II, 1-1, 1719, 2138, 2-2, 5-1, 2,
6-1, 2
I, II, 1-212, 14, 1720, 22, 38, 40,
5-2
1-13, 15, 16, 21, 2337, 39
I, II, 1-511, 13, 15, 1922, 33, 34,
39, 41, 7-1, 2
1-14, 1618, 2332, 3538, 40, 42
I, II, 13, 8-1, 2, 9-1, 2
I, II, 1-13, 15, 20, 22, 41, 9-1
1-21
All pages
I, II, 1-13, 14, 2023, 3-1, 4-1, 2,
5-2, 6-1, 8-1, 9-1, 10-1, 2, 11-14
8-2
I, II, 1-20, 21, 39, 5-1
I, II, 1-1, 6, 8, 11, 1316, 18, 2026,
28, 30, 42, 2-1, 4-2, 12-1, 2, 13-1, 2,
14-1, 2
1-9, 10, 12, 17, 19, 27, 29, 3141,
4346
I, II, 1-38, 41
1-39
IIV, 1-7, 17, 46, 6-1, 8-1, 9-1, 13-1,
15-1, 2
I, II, 1-8, 11, 13, 42, 44, 46, 2-1,
5-18, 6-1, 12-1, 16-1, 2
I, II, 1-16, 2226, 4-2, 14-1, 2
FR-II
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
10/31/2008
19
10/31/2008
11/30/2009
19
20
11/30/2009
03/31/2010
20
21
12/10/2010
22
12/10/2010
22
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Reason
Pages affected
I, III, 1-8, 16, 17, 45, 48, 14-2, 17-1,
2, 18-18
1-1844, 46, 47
I, III, 1-12, 13, 20, 44, 3-1, 4-1, 2,
6-1, 8-1, 4, 9-1, 11-14, 13-1, 14-1,
19-1, 2, 20-118
3-24, 8-2, 3, 9-2
I, III, 1-29, 39, 42, 6-1, 8-1, 9-1,
11-1, 13-1, 20-124, 21-1, 2
I, III, 11-1, 16-1, 20-9, 21-1, 2,
22-14
2-3, 4, 5-7, 8, 6-3, 4, 7-3, 4, 8-3, 4,
9-3, 4, 10-3, 4, 12-3, 4, 13-3, 4,
14-3, 4, 15-3, 4, 16-3, 4, 17-3, 4,
18-7, 8, 19-3, 4, 20-8, 1028,
21-3, 4
FR-III
BLANK PAGE
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
FR-IV
Print formats
The CL supports the following formats : Single, Twin, 2on1, 4on1 and
3on1 (energy subtraction images/special format).
Film
Image
u NOTE u
The CR-IR346/348CL and the Local Printer are abbreviated
hereafter CL and LP, respectively.
Single
TWIN
4on1
3on1
2on1
Describes various setup items for the sorter or printer type (New or Old)
for when using the LP.
See 1. Setup Necessary When Connecting the LP.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
F0000020.EPS
REFERENCE
When the image size is larger than the area available for printing an
image on film, the image size will be reduced automatically to the area
available for image printing.
FR1-1
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
10
Basically select this item.
20
Select when the LP i/f cable exceeds 60m in length.
Agreement
required.
Enable Magnify
Print
Yes
Magnifies.
No
Does not magnify.
Agreement
required.
0 : None
1 : Space(2)+Dep.code (8)
2 : Dep.Code(4)+MenuName(6)
3 : Dep.Code(4)+FilmChar1(6)
4 : FCRImageID(1)+Space(9)
5 : Space(4)+MPMcode(4)+Space(2)
6 : Space(4)+FilmChar1(6)
7 : Dep.Code(4)+MPMcode(4)+Space(2)
Specifying the film sorting type when a sorter is used for the
FM-DPL printer.
[Indent]
Film Sorting Info.
Setup
Space
:
Dep.Code :
MenuName :
FilmChar1 :
FCRImageID :
MPMcode :
Space
Requesting department in alphanumerics
Menu name in one-byte characters
Film mark
Image ID (ID on the film annotation characters)
MPM code
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
FR1-2
5
6
Name
[Indent]
Menu Name Start
Position on Film
[Indent]
Unique ID for Film
Sorting Condition
Printer Interface
Type (Old/New)
Selection
0_16 (0)
0 : Space
1 : ID#
0 : Old
Select when using a CR-LP414N/FL-IM2636N or FMIM3543N /FL-IM3543MN printer.
1 : New
Select when using a printer other than the above.
Film Size Available 0 : 2636 (2636cm)
in Printer
1 : 3543 (3543cm/1417inch)
2 : 3535 (3535cm/1414inch)
Film Base Color
(Blue/Clear)
0 : Blue
1 : Clear
0 : Single
1 : Double
Meaning
When 2, 3 or 6 is selected for 3 Film Sorting Info. Setup
above, six characters of the Menu Name (20 characters) or
FilmChar (ten characters) will be used. This item is to specify
which portion of the area is selected and used.
For example, if 0 is specified, six characters from the top will
be used. If 2 is specified, six characters counting from the third
character will be used.
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
u NOTE u
Items after 10 are used when editing the film annotation character format,
which are thus described in 2. Setup Necessary When Editing the Film
Annotation Character Format.
2. Setup Necessary When Editing the Film Annotation Character Format
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
FR1-3
Name
10 Black Margin
Setup on Film
Edge
11
Selection
Meaning
Trimming Range
[mm]
0~25 (0)
The amount of
trimming
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
12 Trimming Range
for Mammography
[mm]
0~25 (0)
13 Print Barcode
Yes : Outputs.
No : Does not output.
Agreement
required.
Yes : Outputs.
No : Does not output.
Agreement
required.
FR1-4
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
15 Print Image
Process Condition
Yes : Outputs.
No : Does not output.
16 Print L, S, CS, SS
Condition
Yes : Outputs.
No : Does not output.
Yes : Outputs.
No : Does not output.
Yes : Outputs.
No : Does not output.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Yes : Outputs.
No : Does not output.
Yes : Outputs.
No : Does not output.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Yes : Outputs.
No : Does not output.
Agreement
required.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
FR1-5
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
FR1-6
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
29 No Print Scale
(User Definition
Rules)
Agreement
required.
30 Representation of
Age
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
FR1-7
Name
32 Print Film
Character Field
(1417-S/4on1,
1843-LR/2on1/
4on1, 810-4on1,
1414-S, 1014-S,
1824-LR/2on1,
810/1824-S
Format)
Selection
0 : None
Does not output film.
1 : Only area 1
Only film annotation character area 1 is displayed.
2 : Only area 2
Only film annotation character area 2 is displayed.
3 : Both
Both areas 1 and 2 are displayed.
Meaning
Specifying the film annotation character area display format
when printing a 3543cm, 3535cm, 2636cm or 2025cm
film in the following patterns.
14"17"
3543cm/14"17" image in the single or 4on1 format
1843cm image in the TWIN, 2on1 or 4on1 format
1824cm/8"10" image in the 4on1 format
14"14"
3535cm/14"14" image in the single format
2636cm
10"14" image in the single format
8"10"
1824cm/8"10" image in the single format
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
0 : Film char 2
Film annotation character 2 (exposure stand information) is
output.
1 : Examination Number
The Accession Number is output.
34 Size Selection of
3543, 3535, 2636,
2025 Film
Character (Single
Format)
0 : Standard
1 : Large
Agreement
required.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-8
Name
Selection
Meaning
Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation
character areas 1 and 2 when printing a 3543cm/14"17"
image in the single or 4on1 format on a 3543cm film.
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
FR1-9
Name
39 2025 (Landscape)
Film Character
Field Position &
Rotation (810,
1824-Single)
Selection
[Dialog setup] (1131)
The setup procedure is described in Details of
[dialog setup].
40 Film Character
[Dialog setup] ( No setup available.)
Field position &
The setup procedure is described in Details of
rotation (User
[dialog setup].
Definition Rules 1)
Meaning
Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation
character areas 1 and 2 when printing a 90-rotated 8"10"/
1824cm image on an 1824cm film in the single format.
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
41 Film Character
[Dialog setup] ( No setup available.)
Field position &
The setup procedure is described in Details of
rotation (User
[dialog setup].
Definition Rules 2)
Agreement
required.
42 Film Character
[Dialog setup] ( No setup available.)
Field position &
The setup procedure is described in Details of
rotation (User
[dialog setup].
Definition Rules 3)
Agreement
required.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
FR1-10
Name
Selection
43 Film Character
[Dialog setup] ( No setup available.)
Field position &
The setup procedure is described in Details of
rotation (User
[dialog setup].
Definition Rules 4)
Meaning
Specifying the position and rotation of film annotation
character areas 1 and 2 when printing an 1824cm/8"10"
image in the 4on1 format on a 3543cm film.
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
44 Film Character
Field position &
rotation (User
Definition Rules5)
45 Film Character
Field position &
rotation (User
Definition Rules6)
47 Patients Name
Justify on Film
0 - 64 (20)
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
0 - 64 (10)
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
FR1-11
Name
49 Patients Name
Length on Film
Selection
0 : Left : Left-padding.
1 : Right : Right-padding.
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Specifying the maximum exposure menu name length in onebyte characters when printing it on film.
Agreement
required.
0 - 64 (16)
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
u NOTE u
The patient name, exposure menu, requesting department, as well as the
patient ID and accession number need setups for both maximum length
displayed and right-/left-padding.
These two items should be set up according to Setup Configuration Item
SYSTEM CONFIG 5. IDT/CSL FUNCTION in Nos.15 to 18.
3.6 Configuration Details 5. CLS/IDT FUNCTION under
MU: Maintenance Utility
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR1-12
Name
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Yes : Enables.
No : Does not enable.
0 - 50 (0)
57 Gap between
Image Edge and
Film Edge
(Mammography
Format) [ 0.1mm]
Agreement
required.
58 Font Size of
Requesting
Service
0 : Standard : Standard.
: Magnified.
1 : Large
Agreement
required.
59 Format Type of
Operators Name
0 : None
Agreement
required.
60 Display Image
Feature
Agreement
required.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR1-13
Name
Selection
64 Enable Reduce To
810 Film
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
0 : 86%
1 : 100%
0 : LOW
1 : MED
1 : HIGH
Agreement
required.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
FR1-14
Name
75
76
77
78
79
80
Selection
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Agreement
required.
Agreement
required.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
FR1-15
Name
Selection
0 : 86%
1 : 100%
Meaning
For cluster
connection
Yes
Printed with image frame.
No
Printed without image frame.
[Dialog setup] ( 0010)
Specifying the position and rotation of the film annotation
For the setup procedure, see Details of [dialog character area when printing 100%-size 8"10" images in the
setup].
2on1 format.
Specifying the position and rotation of the film annotation
[Dialog setup] ( 0010)
For the setup procedure, see Details of [dialog character area when printing 100%-size 8"14" (one half of
setup].
14"17" landscape) images in the 2on1 format.
[Dialog setup] ( 0010)
Specifying the position and rotation of the film annotation
For the setup procedure, see Details of [dialog character area when printing 100%-size 7"8" (one fourth of
setup].
14"17") images in the 4on1 format.
Specifying the position and rotation of the film annotation
[Dialog setup] ( 0010)
For the setup procedure, see Details of [dialog character area when printing 100%-size 7"10" (one half of
setup].
2636cm landscape) images in the 2on1 format.
0 : DICOM
Conforms to the DICOM definitions (as has been so
previously).
1 : XCON-IF
Conforms to the XCON I/F definitions.
Yes
Outputs.
No
Does not output.
Yes
Outputs.
No
Does not output.
FR1-16
Name
Selection
0-10 (0)
90 Setting of minimum
scale to be cut off the
ends of Life-size Output
(cm).
91 Type of processing
0: ExistingFormat
multi-frame format.
Existing image rotation format
1: NewFormat
New image rotation format
Meaning
For cluster
connection
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-17
II
III
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IV
F0000011.EPS
FR1-18
Setup of 35 to 39, 61 to 63, 65 to 68, 72, 73, 75, 80, 83 to 86. XXXX
Film Character Field Position & Rotation (XX x XX Image)
Double-clicking the Value column of Nos. 35 to 39, 61 to 63, 65 to 68,
72, 73, 75, 80, 83 to 86 will open the following dialog.
II
III
IV
0031
90 image rotation of film annotation character area 2
(0: Not rotated, 1: Rotated)
Position of film annotation character area 2
(0: Upper left, 1: Upper right, 2: Lower left, 3: Lower right)
90 image rotation of film annotation character area 1
(0: Not rotated, 1: Rotated)
VI
F0000014.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-19
I. Enter on the keyboard the MPM code of the image the film
annotation character area of which is changed or select it from
the pull-down menu.
Specifying using a wild card is not allowed.
II. Specify the film annotation character area 1 display position.
III. Specify the 90 image rotation (counterclockwise) of film
annotation character area 1.
II
III
IV
Definition of image
position or rotation
MPM code
(a maximum of 8 codes can be displayed.)
VII
F0000012.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR1-20
Position 1
Not rotated.
90 rotated
(counterclockwise).
One-frame film area
Film annotation
character area 2
Output print image
(*Default setting)
Position 2
Position 3
Definition of
positional movement
Definition of
rotational movement
F0000009.EPS
F0000010.EPS
FR1-21
Image
2on1 format
Left-hand
image
8"10"
2636cm
8"10"
10"12"
8"10"
8"10"
14"14"
8"10"
Right-hand
image
4on1 format
Image
Image
Image
Image
Setting range:
0 to 50 mm
(variable in 0.1 mm units)
F0000047.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Determination sequence
FR1-22
2636cm, 3543cm/14"17", 8"10", 3535cm/14"14" and 10"12" film printout patterns [Reference]
2636cm film
5
5
4
2
1
1_1
Routine TWIN
4
5 4
1843 TWIN
4
Pantomography TWIN
2on1
12
11
13
14
12
11
2
13
14
2
1
Pantomography 2on1
2
1
1843cm 2on1
Routine Single
1824cm/810inch Single
12
5
13
14
11
13
1
2
Pantomography Single
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Pantomography Single
Pantomography Single
12
14
*1
1, 1_1 : Patient information area
2 : Image processing parameter area (*1)
3 : Image processing parameter area
4 : Hospital name area
5 : Area for barcode, MPM code, etc.
6 : Patient/image processing parameter area (*1)
7 : Patient/image processing parameter area
11 : Reduced patient information area
12 : Reduced image processing parameter area (*1)
13 : Patient information area
14 : Image processing parameter area (*1)
F0000018.EPS
FR1-23
11
13
12
11
14
13
12
11
13
14
12
11
13
14
11
11
13
13
14
12
91
91
90
91
90
14
14
12
Mammography 2on1
90
91
90
91
90
91
90
91
90
91
90
91
90
91
3543cm film
12
11
13
14
12
11
13
11
12
12
11
12
11
12
14
1843cm TWIN
1843cm 2on1
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
F0000019.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-24
11
12
12
31
12
11
13
1843
3543cm
14
12
11
3
1414inch
810inch
2
1
12
11
12
11
14
13
12
11
13
14
14
15
13
32
12
11
13
3on1
12 11
14
13
12on1
- Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -
12
1
2
3
4
5
11
12
13
14
15
14
13
14
11
12 11
14
13
12
14
13
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
31 :
32 :
810inch 2on1
90
91
90
91
90
91
90
90
90 :
91 :
90
91
90
91
90
91
90
91
91
91
F0000053.EPS
FR1-25
2025cm film
(A)
(B)
(C)
21
21
(D)
21
22
(E)
4
6
22
22
1824cm (mammography)
Single
Pantomography Single
1824cm (mammography)
Single
(F)
(G)
21
22
1824cm/810inch Single,
502 1824cm/810inch,
vertical 1824cm/810inch
2430cm/1012inch,
3535cm, 3543cm,
4343cm, 1843cm,
1014inch, Single
For exposure menus other than mammography, images will be delivered in the (C) format.
For right breast (DSR) (MPM code: 0317) mammographic exposure menus, images will be
delivered in the (A) format.
For other than right breast (DSR) (MPM code: 0317) mammographic exposure menus,
images will be delivered in the (B) format.
- Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) -
21
Pantomography Single
Pantomography Single
22
3535cm film
12
11
13
14
- Legends (items are according to the FMT Nos.) 11 : Reduced patient information area
12 : Reduced image processing parameter area (*1)
13 : Patient information area
14 : Image processing parameter area (*1)
3535cm/1414inch Single
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
F0000022.EPS
FR1-26
10"12" film
(A)
(B)
21
22
(C)
22
21
22
21
(D)
1012inch
(E)
21
22
2430cm
2430cm
1012inch
(G)
(I)
(H)
5
(J)
5
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
22
2430cm
(mammography)
2430cm
(mammography)
(K)
(L)
5
1:
2:
4:
5:
6:
22
Pantomography Single
22
1824cm
1824cm
21
Pantomography Single
22
21
21
(M)
21
2
6
(F)
F0000035.EPS
FR1-27
CL
14"14"
film size
Can be used.
Cannot be used.
Character
quality/position
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Table Differences between the CL and the FCR 5000 Series (2/2)
Item
CL
Film annotation
characters 2
Requesting
department name
display position in
the 2on1 format
Film annotation
character display
position on the
2on1 format output
of an image that
includes
pantomograph.
FR1-28
2.
IMPORTANT
When directly editing the contents of the FilmStrFmt file, be sure to
select No as the configuration setting for No. 56 (Enable Auto Edit
Function of Film String Format File) in 1. Setup Necessary When
Connecting the LP.
If you directly edit the contents of the file while the setting is left ON, the
Service Utility may restore the previous contents of the FilmStrFmt file.
Therefore, when editing the FilmStrFmt file, follow the steps indicated
below.
1. If you intend to edit the printer-related configuration settings with the
Service Utility, do it first.
2. Complete an editing procedure with the Service Utility (only the
configuration settings related to the printer), save the results, and
then change the No. 56 setting to No.
3. Finally, edit the contents of the FilmStrFmt file.
Once the FilmStrFmt file is directly edited, you should avoid performing
setup with the Service Utility.
After the FilmStrFmt file is edited, you should keep a record of the
applied changes within the FilmStrFmt file in the form of a comment.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
FR000056.EPS
3.
Click
Notepad opens.
4.
5.
u NOTES u
The FilmStrFmt file uses Unicode characters. Therefore, be sure to
use Notepad and save the edited file in Unicode format.
The backup function of the Service Utility does not back up the
FilmStrFmt file (up to version A08). Perform a manual backup/restore
procedure by, for instance, selecting the FilmStrFmt file directly and
saving it on media, such as FD, USB memory stick or the like.
If the application software version is upgraded together with the
FilmStrFmt file, do not restore the FilmStrFmt file that is backed up on
media or the like. Locate the new version of FilmStrFmt file that is
installed upon a software upgrade and edit it according to the backed
up file as needed.
FR1-29
Command
FR000015 2.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-30
REFERENCE
The ImageSize.env file stored in the C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\
Configuration folder defines which format should be used by an
output film.
x_1 for the FMT number (1_2 for FMT1) is a setting for the 20pixel/
mm image and x_M is for the mammography format.
Area size and position
Specify the area size and position between parentheses to the right
of the format name, connecting them with each other using an equal
sign (=).
u NOTE u
Because FilmStrFmt is a Unicode-formatted text file, a Unicodeformatted NotePad included in the OS is necessary for file editing.
Description
Specifying the width of the film annotation character
display area (0<X-size<4280pixel)
Y-size
Specifying the height of the film annotation character
display area (0<Y-size<4280pixel)
Position Specifying the position of characters in the film annotation
character display area (C: centering, R: right padding,
L: left padding)
Command
Describes the command for setting film annotation character format.
Here, command format is similar to a programming language.
These commands relate to fonts and character strings.
For details, see 3.3 Changing the Film Annotation Characters.
FR1-31
u NOTE u
Because no default values are available for font type, make sure to
specify values for each film annotation character format.
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
PARANASAL SINUS
FR000016.EPS
TimesNewRoman specified
G G 70
PARANASA
0 R4R0 5
INU
FR000017.EPS
u NOTE u
Specifying ITALIC for characters displayed in reverse video can make
it look like they are missing in parts. ITALIC is thus disabled for
reverse-video characters.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-32
FR000018.EPS
When selecting the two font styles at the same time, use | to delimit
them (ex.: BOLD|ITALIC).
u NOTE u
FR000019.EPS
1234567890ABC
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
FR000020.EPS
1234567890ABC
EXP: 1998.09.29 [10:42]
FR000021.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-33
Attribute descriptor n
Specifies the attribute descriptor that shows an attribute to be
printed out as a character string. Basically, one attribute descriptor
is given per format descriptor. The attribute descriptor is a tag
number that represents the attribute to be printed out.
1234567890ABC
Format descriptor n
Specifies the format descriptor that shows the format in which
character strings are printed out. A maximum of 512 descriptors
can be specified. However, the maximum total length of all
character strings represented by the format descriptor is 256
characters.
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
FR000024.EPS
1234567890ABC
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
FR000025.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-34
Sex
Patient ID
: [+M or F+]
: Character string of variable length, up to 15
characters
: YYYY.MM.DD + B
Date of birth
Date of examination : Character string of variable length, up to 15
characters
Date of exposure
Time of exposure
G1.2G#0.70+0.30R4R0.5
L2.4S325C*1.0*1.0 SCALE: 100%
: EXP+ YYYY.MM.DD
FR000027.EPS
: [+HH:MM+]
FilmStrings(,%*20s,[,%SEX2,]),(0010,0010),(0010,0040);
FilmStrings(,%*15s,,%DATE1,B),(0010,0020),(0010,0030);
FilmStrings(,%*15s),(0008,0050);
FilmStrings(EXP:,%DATE1,[,%TIME1,]),
(0008,0020),(0008,0030)
Printing out image processing parameters
The following image processing parameters are printed out.
Gradation processing
parameters
: G + GA + GT + # + GC + GS
Frequency processing
parameters
: R + RN + RT + RE
: L + latitude
Latitude (L value)
System sensitivity (S value) : S + system sensitivity
: C + gradation correction + density
Corrections
(gradation and density) correction
Image magnif./reduc. rate : SCALE: + percentage
FilmStrings( ,$IMG_PROC);
FilmStrings( ,$L,$S,$CS_SS, ,SCALE:,$MAG,%);
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-35
Meaning
\t
\r
Descriptor type
Character string control descriptor
REFERENCE
The C language command printf format-specified method has been
adopted basically for the format descriptor that specifies the character
string print format.
However, the printf method has been expanded to make the following
items available.
Special print character formats, including characters in reverse video
Some VR-specific patterns, including date format
Information not assigned tag numbers, such as film image
magnification/reduction
Handling of a multiple number of attributes in a group (such as image
processing parameters)
Format descriptors not required by the printf method have been
deleted.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-36
Meaning
[width]
Shows the character string length. When * has been specified for
[flag], this indicates the maximum character string length. When it
has not, it indicates the fixed length.
Only when f has been specified for [type] the a.b style
specification will be effective, where a indicates the number of
digits (of an integer) and b the number of decimal places.
In this case, a can be omitted. Omitting a will not determine the
number of digits while determining only the number of decimal
places. When f has been specified for [type], it will not be possible
to omit only b. Specifying 0 for b will cause an error.
Example of description
%*10d
1234567890
[type] (d=a decimally expressed An integer of a
maximum of
integer )
ten numbers
[width]
Character string length
[flag] (*=maximum number of characters)
Example of description
Example of description
%*10s
Example of printout
ABCDEFGHIJ
A character string
of a maximum of
[width]
ten characters
[flag] (*=maximum number of characters)
A value specified by [width]
FR000031.EPS
[type] (s=character string data)
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Example of printout
%*5.1f
Example of printout
1234.2
[type] (f=decimally expressed
floating-point number)
[width]
Character string length
[flag] (*maximum number of
characters)
A maximum of
five integers,
one decimally
expressed
floating-point
number
FR000032.EPS
FR1-37
[type]
Shows the type of character string notation. This cannot be omitted.
Two types are available: the standard type supported by C language
and a special type added exclusively for film annotation characters.
The standard type uses small letters to annotates character strings and
the special type uses large alphanumerics. Numbers cannot be used at
the beginning of character strings.
Special type
Annotation Attribute
VR
type
TM
AGEn
SEXn
Standard type
Attribute VR
Note
AT,OB,OW,SL,
SS,UL,US
FL,FD
AE,AS,CS,DS,
DT,IS,LO,LT,
PN,SH,ST,UI
Special type
Annotation
type
DATEn
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Attribute VR
DA
Note
Outputs various date display patterns in
accordance with the values specified by n.
Patterns are as follows.
DATE1 : 1998.12.13
DATE2 : 1998.DEC.13
DATE3 : 12.13.1998
DATE4 : DEC.13.1998
DATE5 : 13.12.1998
DATE6 : 13.DEC.1998
DATE7 : H1.01.13
DATE8 : 1.01.13
TIMEn
Annotation
type
Note
PNn
PN
FR1-38
Descriptor
Information
displayed
$GPR
GPR
processing
G
identification
characters
$FNC
FNC
processing
F
identification
characters
$MOD
Image
processing
parameter
change
mark
Information
displayed
Image
$IMG_PROC processing
parameter
$GAMMA
Gradation
processing
parameter
$BETA
Frequency
processing
parameter
$1DUSM
1D-USM
processing
parameter
$DRC
DRC
processing
parameter
Sample
character format
Outputs image
processing
parameters
(G,R,O,D,U,H).
Parameter output will
depend on the image
processing parameter
formats described
hereafter.
G 1.0G#1.6-0.20
Note
Processing parameters for
any processing that is not
subjected to in view of
processing path will not be
output.
R 4R0.5
O 3V1.0
D 2A0.8
$MFP
MFP
processing
parameter
M FA0.8FA0.8
$PEM
PEM
processing
parameter
P ABC1.5
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Sample
character format
Note
$CS_SS
Term of
correction
$FCR_ID
FCR image
A 001
ID
$AP_PA1
Right-andleft reversal
mark (1/2)
$AP_PA2
$IP_NUM
IP number
$MAG
_RATE
Image
67
magnif. rate
C *1.0/1.5
0412657
FR1-39
$FUNC
_PROC
Information
displayed
Sample
character format
RT-01 is for image
processing type RT.
Pair
processing
ES 01 02-01 is for an
information
image processing
type other than RT.
Note
Image processing type
(0019,2F40)
Set numbers (0021,2F30)
Image numbers in the set
(0021,2F40)
Pair processing information
numbers (0021.2F50)
Can be output only when all
four energy subtraction
parameters are within the
range of A to T.
Energy subtraction
parameters
(50F1, 2F06)
Result of subtraction
registration
(50F1, 2F07)
Normal : Does not add @.
Abnormal : Adds @.
$ES
Energy
subtraction
information
T AGGH
$L
L value
L 2.0
$S
S value
S 20000
$IMG_PS
Pixel value
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
0.10->0.15
FR1-40
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-41
Annotation
Hospital (institution)
name
kanji
ANK
IP no.
3
4
Film annotation
characters
Format
descriptor
Attribute
descriptor
%s
(0009, 2F80)
FUJI HOSPITAL
%s
(0008, 0080)
04012657
$IP_NUM
(0018, 1004)
EDR mode
A, S, F , M
$EDR_MODE
(0019, 2F50)
Menu code
0900
%s
(0018, 1401)
A 001
$FCR_ID
$IMG_PROC
$GAMMA
System ID
A to Z
Image no.
Image proc.
conditions
Gradation proc.
Frequency proc.
$BETA
1D-USM
$1DUSM
DRC
$DRC
MFP
$MFP
PEM proc.
$PEM
GPR proc.
$GPR
FNC proc.
$FNC
$MOD
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
G .0G#1.6-0.20
D 2A0.8
FR1-42
Attributes that can be printed out using the CL and its attribute descriptors (2/4)
Attribute
6
Exposure menu
name
Annotation
Film annotation
characters
kanji
ANK
CHEST
GENERAL
Normalization
conditions +
correction term
Latitude
7
Format
descriptor
Attribute
descriptor
%s
(0019, 2F32)
%s
(0018, 1400)
L 2.0
$L
S 20000
$S
C *1.0/1.5
$CS_SS
kanji
%s
(0009, 2F92)
SURGERY1
%s
(0032, 1033)
Radiographer
code
NT
%s
(0019, 2F60)
Exposure stand
information
100kv10mAs
%s
(0019, 2F91)
1010181139
%s
(0010, 0020)
%s
(0011, 2F10)
Department
name
ANK
10 Patient ID
11 Patient name
12 Examination no.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
kanji
ANK
FUJI TARO
%s
(0010, 0010)
Accession Number
1234567890ABC
%s
(0008, 0050)
FR1-43
Attributes that can be printed out using the CL and its attribute descriptors (3/4)
Attribute
Annotation
Film annotation
characters
EXP: ..
EXP:
1998.12.13
%DATE1
1998.DEC.13
%DATE2
12.13.1998
%DATE3
DEC.13.1998
%DATE4
13.12.1998
%DATE5
13.DEC.1998
%DATE6
H10.12.13
%DATE7
10.12.13
%DATE8
Date of
13
exposure
Format
descriptor
Attribute
descriptor
(0008, 0020)
Sex: kanji
kanji
[ ] or [ ]
%SEX1
(0010, 0040)
Sex: ANK
Alphabet
[M] or [F]
%SEX2
(0010, 0040)
Y, YM, MD, D
Age
15
Date of birth
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
kanji
25 , 1 8 ,
1 10 , 13
%AGE1
Alphanumerics
25Y, 1Y8M
1M10D, 13D
%AGE2
YYYY.MM.DD
1989.12.13
%DATEn,
YYYY.MM.DDB
1989.12.13B
%DATEn, B
(0010, 0030)
FR1-44
Attributes that can be printed out using the CL and its attribute descriptors (4/4)
Attribute
Annotation
Film annotation
characters
Format
descriptor
Attribute
descriptor
Pair proc.
ES01 02-01
Routine proc.
RT-01
17 Time of exposure
[10:51]
[ ,%TIME1, ]
(0008, 0030)
18 Film mark
PA
%s
(0019, 2F90)
16
Magnif./reduc.
19
rate
$FUNC_PROC
: 100%
:
$MAG, %
SCALE : 100%
SCALE:,
$MAG, %
: 22
Data compression
code
22
Energy
subtraction
23
Right-and-left
reversal mark
24
Technologist
name
CC : 22
Energy subtraction parameter
table identification characters Ta,
T AGGH
Tb, Tc, Td, and failure flag (only
when there is a failure)
:,%
(0029, 2F50)
CC:,%s
(0029, 2F50)
$ES
R , AP (PA)
$AP_PA1 or
$AP_PA2
kanji
TEC:
TEC: ,%7PN2
(0008, 1070)
ANK
TEC: ,%14PN3
(0008, 1070)
0.05->0.10
$IMG_PS
1.00 dGycm2
%s,dGycm2
25 Pixel value
26
Dose-area
product
(0018, 115E)
To print out attributes other than those listed above, set the relative tag number of the attribute specified in
the Conformance Statement.
Conformance Statement
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-45
4.
With the Service Utility, you can verify the FilmStrFmt file editing results.
The procedure is described below.
1.
2.
FR000056.EPS
3.
Click
FR000046.EPS
5.
6.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Click
FR1-46
Item
Option
REQ-SRV
Requesting
department
DEV-CODE
Image
generation
device (machine
shipment control
identification
code)
MPM
MPM code
The DICOM Print output condition setup data are detailed below.
Item
Option
BLUE FILM
Media type
(Media Type)
Film output
destination
(Film
Destination)
Film size
(Film Size ID)
Image
interpolation
method
(Mag Type)
Image
smoothing
method
(Smoothing
Type)
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Meaning
Remarks
Film having a
Routine setting.
blue background
Identification key
(Recognition
Code)
Film having a
CLEAR FILM transparent
background
MAGAZINE
BIN_I
Printer trays
8IN10IN
8"10"
10IN12IN
10"12"
10IN14IN
2636 cm
14IN14IN
14"14"
14IN17IN
14"17"
REPLICATE
Replicate
method
BILINEAR
Bilinear method
CUBIC
Cubic method
NONE
No interpolation
A character
string
Exposure
BODY-PART anatomical
region
Magazine
PROCESSOR Processor
A character
string
Meaning
NONE
Default BIN
number
(Default BIN
Number)
10-bit image
output
(10Bits Stored
Supported)
Requested
Image Size
(2020, 0030)
Routine setting.
This setting takes effect
only when CUBIC is
selected as the image
interpolation method.
As a character string,
write the character
string that is defined
under Conformance
Statement for the
output destination
printer. If the output
destination is FN-PS,
leave this column blank.
Maximum
density
Dmax
Unchecked
Information for
identifying the BIN
number that is used to
specify the film output
destination
(printer trays)
(character string:
information matching
the information attached
to image data).
No setting
BIN number for printing
images without
matching collation
values.
BIN-numberindicating
number
Checked
Remarks
Generates 10-bit
image output.
Select Checked for a
Generates 12-bit FujiFilm printer.
image output.
Transfers an
SUPPORTED image size
request tag.
Select SUPPORTED
Does not transfer for a FujiFilm printer.
UNSUPPORTED an image size
request tag.
3.0
3.6
FR1-47
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR1-48
u NOTE u
Do not use the TagReplace.ini file, which is used by any other
equipment (such as the QA-WS), for the CL. Due to different file storage
format adopted, an error will result.
2.
u NOTE u
By default, [DICOM] is described in the TagReplace.ini file. Do not
delete this description,otherwise the CL will not be started.
3.
REFERENCE
As the editing target tag VR, only character strings are supported.
If a tag VR entry in the setup file is not a character string, an error
dialog box opens at CL startup.
4.
V. Initial value
FR000001.EPS
I.
1.
I. Comment
II. Section name
(protocol name)
III. Editing destination tag
IV.Command
Comment
Lines beginning with a semicolon (;) are handled as a comment.
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
FR2-1
MOV
DEL
SET
Description
Process
Format
Editing-destination-tag=CPY[-T],editing-source-tag
-T : Performs an element copy operation after
deleting spaces from the beginning and end
of the source tag element. If, for instance, the
source tag = ABC, the command
copies ABC ( : space).
Process
Format
Editing-destination-tag=MOV[-T][-L],source-tag
-L : Performs a move operation after setting the
source tag element length to zero.
-T : Performs an element move operation after
deleting spaces from the beginning and end
of the source tag element. If, for instance, the
source tag = ABC, the command moves
ABC ( : space).
Process
Deletes an element.
Format
Editing-destination-tag=DEL[-L]
-L : Sets the element length of the editing
destination tag to zero.
Process
Format
Editing-destination-tag=SET, initial-value
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
u NOTES u
When writing the TagReplace.ini file, set data in compliance with
DICOM VR. Also, exercise care to avoid internal data inconsistency.
Even if the editing destination tag differs from the source tag in VR,
the editing process is performed as far as they are both in character
string form. Note, however, that even if the character string length is
over the limit specified by the editing destination tag VR, the tag
information is set as is without being checked.
The editing process will not be performed if the associated tag or
element and initial value do not exist on the source side.
For the detailed information about Fujis Private tags, see DICOM
Conformance Statement.
FR2-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR2-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR2-4
Creating/Deleting Markers
Creating/Deleting Markers
By default, the CL allows you to use 83 different markers that are
frequently used at institutions. However, some institutions might want to
use some other markers or delete infrequently used markers from the
list.
This section explains about the procedures for creating new markers
and deleting markers.
u NOTES u
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, which are the same as those
displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
Changing filename of a marker used for automatic markers will cause
an error to result when performing an exposure using a filenamechanged marker.
For this reason, do not change filename of a marker used for
automatic markers. As the need arises to change it, be sure to delete
automatic markers from all the exposure menus beforehand.
Filename
The filename must consist of an alphanumeric character string and
extension (.bmp).
When the CL-AP lists markers, they are arranged in the order
determined by their file names.
REFERENCE
For software version V7.0(B) or later, double-byte characters can be
used to describe a filename.
Minimum/maximum size
The marker size range is from 50 pixels 50 pixels to 1000 pixels
1000 pixels (which corresponds to an actual dimensional range of
0.5 mm 0.5 mm to 100 mm 100 mm).
From Paints Image menu, choose Attributes. In the Attributes
window, specify the size by entering values in the Width and
Height input fields.
Creating markers
New markers can be created with Paint, which is a standard
application supplied with the OS. When creating a marker, launch Paint
and perform the following procedure.
Image format
Only the monochrome format of Windows BMP can be used.
From Paints Image menu, choose Attributes. In the Attributes
window, choose Black and white from the Colors area.
FR000008.EPS
Actual size
One BMP pixel corresponds to an actual size value of 0.1 mm.
To create a 25 mm marker, use Paint to create 250-pixel data.
Example) BMP
: 100 pixels 100 pixels
Actual size : 10 mm 10 mm
FR000007.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR3-1
Creating/Deleting Markers
123
1.
Click
2.
3.
u NOTE u
Be sure that Pixels is selected in the Units area.
FR000003.EPS
4.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Click
FR3-2
Creating/Deleting Markers
5.
7.
u NOTE u
Enter text in black (against a white background of BMP data).
In a CL-AP window, the white portion of BMP data becomes the
background with the text (marker) displayed in black.
FR000004.EPS
Text tool
6.
Enter 123.
Perform the following steps to save the created BMP data in the
predetermined folder (C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\MarkerBmp).
FR000009.EPS
FR000005.EPS
2. Enter 123.bmp.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR3-3
Creating/Deleting Markers
Deleting markers
Move the associated BMP data in the following folder to Recycle Bin or
another folder.
C:\Program Files\Fujifilm\IIP\MarkerBmp
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR3-4
3.
The log files record the numbers of DICOM tags, the information
attached to DICOM tags, the time of communication with connected
equipment, and other relevant information.
u NOTE u
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, which are the same as those
displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
1.
4.
(The
Parameter
symbol represents a space.)
Click
FR000010.EPS
2.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\DicomLogMode.exe
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR000011.EPS
5.
Click
u NOTE u
After completion of a DICOM Log Mode change and log file
verification, be sure to return the mode selection to 1.
FR4-1
1.
2.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR000012.EPS
REFERENCE
Previous log files are stored in folders named A, B, C, and so
on. The log files saved directly under the Log folder are those
which were generated when the application was last started. When
the application is started again, a new folder is created (e.g., folder
D) and the log files saved directly under the Log folder are
moved to the new folder.
FR4-2
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VII.
FR000014.EPS
REFERENCE
The data to be recorded varies with selected log mode.
Mode 1 records the logged data about associations only (only the
second and fifth lines in the above figure). Mode 2 records the entire
logged data.
Mode 0 records nothing.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
FR4-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
FR4-4
Setup procedure
With the Service Utility, perform gradation correction setup as directed
below.
1.
This section explains about the LUT file handling and Service Utility
setup procedures to be performed for gradation correction purposes.
u NOTE u
For image display optimization, it is necessary to use a LUT file that is
created with Fujis CRT-QC gradation correction tool for use with other
manufacturers viewer. Create such a LUT file beforehand.
For how to create a LUT file, see FCR Diagnostic Image
Display Gradation Correction Procedure in the MONITOR QC
Service Manual.
2.
III.
IV.
V.
u NOTE u
For Siemens viewer, use the LUT file (siemens.lut) that is stored in the
following folder on the CL.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\siemens.lut
Be sure to change the filename (to SCP AE name+.lut).
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
VI.
FR050001.EPS
I.
u NOTE u
Option II. is selectable only when the processed image
transmission option key is installed in the CL and DICOM CR
Storage setup is completed for processed image transmission.
III. Choose this option when DICOM tag information (Modality LUT
module/0028,3000) is to be added to outgoing images so that
they are subjected to gradation correction at the connected
equipment (Kodak, etc.).
FR5-1
NOTE
VI. Click
FR000057.EPS
IX. Locate
3.
).
This option is hidden by default. To check this option, you must first
set the system to show it. The procedure is described below.
in the window.
).
u NOTE u
Do not check this option when the 12bit image output setting is
used.
4.
Save the setup data and then exit the Service Utility mode.
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
FR5-2
Windows XP SP2
Windows 2000 SP4
I
II
V
III
VII
VI
IV
VI
FR050002.EPS
Required program
The LUT Bit Conversion Tool consists of the following files.
Conv10bitLUT.exe (LUT conversion program)
ConvLUTGraph.exe (Program to show graph of an LUT file after
conversion.)
Olch2x32.ocx
II
Input File
Output File
IV
Bit number after Enters a bit number (10 16) after data conversion
the converting
processing.
Start of data
conversion
VI
Graphical
representation
VII Exit
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
FR5-3
1.
Execute Conv10bitLUT.exe.
1.
1.
2.
I.
II.
III.
IV.
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
FR5-4
3.
Click
6.
7.
Click
8.
FR050004.EPS
4.
Click
5.
Click
FR050005.EPS
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
FR5-5
BLANK PAGE
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
FR5-6
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR5-7
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR5-8
1.
2.
REFERENCE
0301=TEST1
0302=TEST2
I.
II.
III.
3.
IV.
4.
V.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
u NOTES u
Comment
Lines beginning with a semicolon (;) is handled as a comment.
Protocol type
The name of the protocol to be edited must be written within
square brackets ([ ]). Only DICOM is supported.
MPM code tag and character string embedding tag
Describe an MPM code tag (fixed at 00181401) on the left-hand
side. Describe a character string embedding tag on the righthand side. Separate these two entries with a comma (,).
III. and IV. can be combined to set up two or more III. and IV.
items using different tags.
MPM code
Describe an MPM code for character string embedding. You can
describe one or more MPM codes.
Character string
Describe the character string to be embedded in the tag. Be sure
to enclose the character string in double-quotation marks ().
u NOTES u
For the detailed information about Fuji Private tags, see DICOM
Conformance Statement.
Because the TagLookup.ini file is applied after the TagReplace.ini file,
settings performed by the TagLookup.ini file take effect if values have
been set up for the same tag.
FR6-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
FR6-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR6-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR6-4
4.
1.
2.
3.
u NOTE u
Note that if there are a lot of log items, the number of data items
that can be stored in the log will be smaller.
FR000059.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
FR7-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
FR7-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR7-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR7-4
Wake-on-LAN Setup
2.
Wake-on-LAN Setup
This section describes the setup procedure for the Wake on LAN
function, which automatically starts the Image Reader upon CL startup.
u NOTES u
Only the CR-IR364 can be automatically started by the Wake on LAN
function.
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, which are the same as those
displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
3.
Click
1.
FR000060.EPS
4.
Click
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD.
5.
Click
6.
Click
FR000061.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
FR8-1
Wake-on-LAN Setup
REFERENCE
As regards the CR-IR364, the MAC address can be obtained with
the maintenance utility.
1.
From the
4.
Click
FR000063.EPS
2.
FR000065.EPS
3.
5.
6.
.
III. Click
II
IV
7.
III
FR000062.EPS
I.
1.
2.
FR8-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR8-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR8-4
1.
NOTE
FR000077.EPS
2.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
FR9-1
3.
Enter 1 (for the Japanese version) or 2 (for a nonJapanese version), and then press the <Enter> key.
The system sets the GPR processing parameters.
When you perform the above procedure, the following MPM code
menus are disabled (turned OFF) and the other menus are enabled
(turned ON). If the resulting setup does not meet the operating
conditions for a specific institution, manually adjust it accordingly.
Japan
U.S.
Other countries
Breast menu
?3??
?3??
?3??
Test menu
?9??
?9??
?9??
Treatment menu
7 ? 0B, 7 ? 1B
Pneumoconiosis
menu
0210
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR9-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR9-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR9-4
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
FR10-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
FR10-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR10-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR10-4
NOTE
To use the screening examination order issuance function for version
V7.1(B) or later, the IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat setup file is used.
Perform necessary operations reading the description presented herein
for it accordingly.
u NOTES u
The IssuancePreset.dat file uses Unicode characters. Therefore,
be sure to use NotePad as an a editor and save the edited file in
the Unicode format.
The backup function of Service Utility does not back up the
IssuanceIdPreset.dat and IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat files. Perform
a manual backup/restore procedure by, for instance, selecting the
IssuanceIdPreset.dat and IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat file directly
and saving them on media, such as FD, USB memory stick.
However in V8.1(B) or later, IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat file is
backed up in Service Utility.
1.
2.
REFERENCE
The default IssuanceIdPreset.dat file includes the following
description. System ID (alphanumerics) + study date (year,
month, day) + a five-digit serial number are issued following the
automatic issuance rules.
For IssuanceIdPreset.dat
%SystemID(0)%%Date(YYMMDD)%%AutoInc(A,5,0,99999,1,1)%
For IssuanceIdMassOrder.dat
%SystemID(0)%%Date(YYMMDD)%%AutoInc(AutoIncID,5,1,99999,1,1)%
3.
4.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Elements
Elements
%SystemID(0)%%Date("YYMMDD")%%AutoInc("A",5,0,99999,1,1)%
FR110001.eps
Elements
Elements
%SystemID(0)%%Date("YYMMDD")%%AutoInc("AutoIncID",5,1,99999,1,1)%
FR190001.ai
NOTE
If format of the ID issuance setup file is invalid (when the applicable
restrictions are not observed appropriately), a relevant message
appears at CL-AP startup. In such cases, correct the setup file format
as necessary. Note however that even if the format is invalid, it is
converted into fixed values internally and the CL-AP, as a result, starts
up.
FR11-1
Component
Setup example
System ID
%SystemID(Type)%
%SystemID(0)%
Date
%Date(Format)%
%Date(YYMMDD)%
Time
%Time(Format)%
User-defined
%UFix(ID, Max)%
character string
%UFix(B,4)%
ID (character string)
Enter an identifier for user-defined character strings. Set a value different from the
auto increment identifier. If an identifier same as to the auto increment identifier is set,
the two same values will be set up.
Max (numerical value)
Enter the maximum character string length.
%Fix(FUJI)%
* Elements for a maximum of one character string can be set up in one script.
:
Auto increment %AutoInc(ID, Order, Min, Max, ID (character string)
Order (numerical value) :
(serial numbers) Count, Reset)%
Min (numerical value) :
Max (numerical value) :
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR11-2
Component
Setup example
System ID
%SystemID(Type)%
%SystemID(0)%
Date
%Date(Format)%
%Date(YYMMDD)%
Time
%Time(Format)%
%Fix(FUJI)%
User-defined
%UFix(ID, Max)%
character string
ID (character string)
Make sure to specify SiteCode.
It should not be the same as the registry key name determined based on the
conventional automatic ID issuance function.
Max (numerical value)
Always specify 64.
%UFix(SiteCode,64)%
* Elements for a maximum of one user-defined character string can be set up in one script.
: Auto increment identifier
Auto increment %AutoInc(ID, Order, Min, Max, ID (character string)
* Always specify AutoIncID. (Fixed value)
(serial numbers) Count, Reset)%
Order (numerical value) : The number of digits. (6)
* Do not determine 0 (=variable).
Min (1)
: Minimum value
* Always determine 1. (Fixed value)
Max (999)
: Maximum value (999)
* Always determine 999. The displayed number of digits should be in accordance
with the value determined for Order above. (Fixed value)
Count (1)
: Increment range of serial numbers. (Numerical value)
* Always determine 1. (Fixed value)
Reset (1)
: Whether or not to reset the serial number at CL-AP startup.
* Always determine 0 (=Not to reset). (Fixed value)
%AutoInc(AutoIncID,5,1,99
999,1,1)%
* Only one auto increment character string component can be set up in one script.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR11-3
u NOTE u
The configuration setting for character string of a patient ID must be
longer than a character string issued automatically according to
17. Patient ID Length of 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION under
Setup Configuration Item - SYSTEM CONFIG.
No.
18
21
29
No.
188
Name
Selection
Mass Order Site A maximum of 49
one-byte
Code Mapping
characters.
Tag
(Blank)
Meaning
Specifying to which tag the site
identification code, entered
using the screening
examination order function, is
to be mapped.
(Description example)
0038,0500
NOTES
If format of the determined value is invalid, a relevant message
appears at CL startup, causing thus the startup to be unsuccessful. In
such cases, correct the setup file format appropriately.
56
80
83
93
106
Name
Patient ID Padding Method
Remarks
Changing to any desired setting is
disabled.
ExposureListErase
Preset exposure menus must be used.
StudyNumberType
No accession numbers are issued
automatically.
EnablePatientDB
If this function is activated, the patient
database is managed by newly added
automatically issued patient ID history
database.
Enable Auto Menu Creation If this function is activated, no studies
are started with exposure menus
remaining unregistered.
DefaultReqService
UseDistributionCodeDepartName
IssuanceIdNumber
User Utility settings must be observed.
If it is not determined (initial setting), the site identification code will not
be stored in the DICOM tag.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR11-4
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
FR12-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
FR12-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR12-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR12-4
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (Setup.bat) in the CD.
2.
FR130002.EPS
3.
Performing the above steps will inactivate (OFF) the auto shuttering
processing for the following MPM code menus and activate (ON) the
same processing for other menus. Manually set up shuttering
processing appropriately if the automatic setup will result in settings
unsuitable to your customers.
Table List of MPM codes that turn auto shuttering processing OFF
Menu
TEST Menu
RMI156 (only in Japan)
Treatment Menu (only in Japan)
BREAST, SPOT
PARANASAL SINUS
EAR
PARANASAL SINUS: C
PARANASAL SINUS: T
EAR: T
EAR-2DIV (only in Japan)
MPM Code
?9??
73?9
7??B
03?1
00?1
00?B
10?2
20?0
20?1
60?A
FR130001.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
FR13-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
FR13-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR13-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR13-4
1.
menu.
FR140002.EPS
NOTE
NOTE
When the CL is up and running, shut the CL down while holding down
the <Shift> button to have the system being at ordinary Windows status.
F140005.ai
2.
F140001.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)]
FR14-1
3.
II
F140003.EPS
I.
Use the absolute path to specify an input file in the [Input File]
box. Click
of [LUT used in outputting processed image:],
and then select an output LUT file (receiver AE name + .lut).
II. Enter 10 for software version V6.0 (B) or earlier.
Enter 16 for software version V7.0 (B) or earlier.
NOTE
Do not change [Output File] and [InBit (10-16)].
4.
NOTE
Click
For how to set up/format the table file, see the manual provided for
each printer.
5.
Click
The tool shuts down, closing then the Create LUT for Processed
Images window.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR14-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR14-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR14-4
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
FR15-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
FR15-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR15-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR15-4
Accession Number
Data Truncation Function
When generating image output using the DICOM Storage function, it is
possible to partially truncate tag information of an Accession Number
and patient ID.
To edit tag information, open the setup file (TagCharDataCut.ini).
Following is the setup procedure to perform.
IMPORTANT
When you are using this function, always obtain users agreement by
fully explaining details of settings you are performing. Do not use this
function on a system where RIS and PACS are linked.
I.
II.
III.
1.
2.
3.
4.
NOTE
Be sure to use NotePad to edit the TagCharDataCut.ini file and
save the edit result in the Unicode format because the file is based
on the Unicode characters.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
II. AE name
III. Tag
IV. Position to start
truncation
V. Number of characters
to be truncated
FR160001.EPS
NOTE
Tag settings are applied in order of priority:
I. Comment
IV.
V.
Comment
Lines beginning with a semicolon(;) is handled as a comment.
AE name
Describe an AE name targeted for data truncation by putting it
between brackets ([ ]). No line feed is allowed.
Tag
Describe a tag targeted for data truncation. Only Accession Number
and patient ID are the tags targeted for data truncation.
Position to start truncation
Describe a position to start data truncation. Describe a decimal
number for any desired position. To truncate data of a tag starting
from the tail end, enter TAIL.
Number of characters to be truncated
Use a decimal number to describe the number of characters to be
truncated.
NOTE
The number of characters specified in V., above, must not be larger
than that of the tag targeted for data truncation. It is neither allowed to
truncate all characters of the tag nor the number of characters larger
than that of the tag. If such is specified, it is regarded as an error and
disregarded.
The setup example above will result in the following:
Accession Number in AEName1 : Three characters are truncated
starting from the first character.
: One character is truncated
Patient ID in AEName1
starting from the tail end.
Accession Number in AEName2 : Three characters are truncated
starting from the third character.
FR16-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
FR16-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR16-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR16-4
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR17-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR17-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR17-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR17-4
NOTE
1.
2.
Perform settings for date and time display after completing CL-AP
installation processing.
REFERENCE
The date and time are displayed as shown below. With the mouse
operation, the display position can be moved as desired.
FR180002.EPS
3.
NOTE
If startup user of the CL-AP is other than the Administrator, move
the shortcut to the startup folder of that user.
FR180001.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR18-1
4.
7.
Make sure that the displayed date and time are correct.
NOTE
Follow the procedure below to correct the displayed date and time.
1.
menu.
2.
Double-click
5.
3.
Within about one minute, the CL-AP starts up and the CL initial
window opens.
6.
Check to see that the current date and time appear on the
window.
FR180008.EPS
FR180004.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR18-2
8.
I.
REFERENCE
menu.
II. Double-click
FR180006.EPS
FR180005.EPS
FR180007.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR18-3
menu.
II. Double-click
FR180009.ai
FR180010.ai
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR18-4
10. Change sizes of the date and time display font as necessary.
I.
menu.
REFERENCE
Monitor size
(M)
Monitor
Monitor
width (pixel) height (pixel)
Default font
size
0.7
1024
768
FontSize
1024768
10
1280
1024
FontSize
12801024
11
1600
1200
FontSize
16001200
12
2048
1536
FontSize
20481536
14
DCL70428.EPS
Registry
name
FR180011.ai
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR18-5
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FR18-6
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR18-7
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR18-8
Setup of Characters Under the Windows XP and Windows Vista Coexistent Environment [Applicable only in Japan]
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR19-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
FR19-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR19-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR19-4
REFERENCE
The following 6 CL functions require serial connectors to be set up
appropriately.
X-CON
ID Online
DAP
15 touch panel
Pocket id Console
UPS
NOTE
When the OS used is Windows XP, the PSI04A board can be used as
well.
For how to mount the PSI04A board, see 1.1 Mounting the PSI04A
Board.
For functions other than the above, use PC-standard serial connectors.
When a 2-port connector is to be used, add a serial connector from the
mother board.
For how to add a serial connector, see 1.2 Adding a Serial
Connector from the Mother Board.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
FR20-1
NOTES
When the OS used is Windows Vista, the PSI04A board can not be
used.
Make sure that the CL-AP has been installed and then mount the PSI
board.
The PSI serial i/f board driver will not be recognized correctly unless
the CL-AP has been installed.
1.
Shut down the CL and turn OFF the power to the CL-PC.
2.
3.
CH0
RS-232C
RS-422
CH1
SW6
SW5
SW8
SW7
SW10
SW9
RS-232C
RS-422
CH2
PSI04A
1
2
SW4
SW5~10
SW4
HARD
First board
SOFT
Second board
00000488.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
FR20-2
Function
Settings
Selection whether to
output CH0 remote
power control signal (at
SW5
master status) as is as a
contact signal or to
control with the register.
Selection whether to
output CH1 remote
power control signal (at
SW7
master status) as is as a
contact signal or to
control with the register.
Selection whether to
output CH2 remote
power control signal (at
SW9
master status) as is as a
contact signal or to
control with the register.
Function
Settings
Remarks
This function is enabled only
when CH0, CH1 and CH2 are
set for RS422. When set for
RS232C, there will be no output
to CN4.
Output to CN4
: Hardware
Interruption
: Software
Selection whether to
transmit remote power
control signal (at slave
SW10 status) from CH2 to CN4
or to handle it as an
interruption.
4.
Selection whether to
transmit remote power
control signal (at slave
SW6
status) from CH0 to CN4
or to handle it as an
interruption.
Selection whether to
transmit remote power
control signal (at slave
SW8
status) from CH1 to CN4
or to handle it as an
interruption.
Remarks
For GX110
I. Remove the CL-PC cover.
II. When the card cage is removed, its PSI board interferes with a
cable behind the hard disk. A workaround is to slightly pull the
disk unit on the front of the CL-PC toward you before removing
the card cage.
#1 [Push]
Disk unit
#2 [Pull]
#1 [Push]
Cables behind the hard disk
CL-PC
(OptiPlex GX110)
OE000006.EPS
V. PSI board
III. Lever
PCI slot
IV. Card cage
ON
FR
CL-PC
ON
FR
OE000013.EPS
FR20-3
5.
For GX150
I. Open the CL-PC cover.
II. Holding the card cage handle, remove the card cage.
III. Mount a PSI board in an empty PCI slot.
Within about one minute after Windows has been started up, the
CL-AP will start up. While the CL-AP is being started up, the PSI
board driver installation window opens.
6.
Click [Cancel].
NOTES
Install the AP key and then install the PSI board driver.
For Windows 2000, the PSI board driver is set up automatically
after the CL-AP has started up.
Handle
II. Card cage
III. PSI board
7.
(or
) menu.
AGP slot
Extension card
slot connector
NT
O
FR
CL-PC
(GX150 small desktop)
OE000014.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
FR20-4
1.
2.
For how to open the PC cover, read the Operation Manual that
comes with the PC.
#1
[Connect]
Add-in serial
connector
#2
[Mount]
Add-in serial
connector cable
OE180001.EPS
OE180002.EPS
Serial connector
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE180003.EPS
FR20-5
Serial connector
OE180004.EPS
Serial connector
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE180005.EPS
Serial connector
OE180111.EPS
Serial connector
OE180112.EPS
FR20-6
Serial connector
OE180113.EPS
Serial connector
Serial connector
Serial connector
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE180115.ai
OE180122.ai
OE180114.EPS
FR20-7
NOTE
A Windows 2000-installed computer cannot be used because it is not
provided with the PCI Express x 1 slot that provides interface with the
MOXA board.
Connected ports
There are 4 serial ports on a MOXA board, of which the 2 ports are for
connection to a JIS-X5002 protocol-compliant equipment unit. (Note
however that 3 ports are made available for troubleshooting purposes.)
When connecting a JIS-X5002 protocol-compliant equipment unit (such
as X-CON or RIS) to the MOXA board, make sure to connect it to port 1
through 3.
NOTE
To connect a JIS-X5002 protocol-compliant equipment unit, do not use
port 4.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-8
3.
Installing the CL-AP under Windows XP environment will install the PSI
board class driver as well. Even if the MOXA board is connected with
both the CL-AP and the PSI board class driver installed together, serial
communications established using the MOXA board will not be
activated.
To connect a MOXA board under Windows XP environment, a MOXA
board class driver needs to be installed. The procedure to be performed
is as described herein.
NOTES
It is not necessary to perform this procedure under the Windows Vista
environment, because a MOXA board class driver has been installed
at the time of CL-AP installation.
FR200030.ai
4.
REFERENCE
The MOXA board class driver (C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\System\
DsmpuUserModeDll.dll (2010/08/18)) uses the same filename as that
used for the PSI board class driver. (The file date is different with each
other.)
1.
NOTE
FR200031.ai
5.
6.
7.
2.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-9
6.
1.
Shut down the CL and then turn OFF the power to the
CL-PC.
2.
3.
4.
7.
Click [Cancel].
REFERENCE
MOXA board
Install the AP key and then install the MOXA board driver.
8.
menu.
NOTE
If a PSI board is mounted on the CL-PC, remove it and then mount
the MOXA board.
REFERENCE
The illustration presented above is for Dell OptiPlex 760. The
same procedure is used for mounting Dell OptiPlex 960.
5.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-10
3.
When the PSI04A board and the MOXA board are mounted, the
relevant drivers must be installed accordingly.
For how to install the PSI04A board driver, see 2.1 Installing
the PSI04A Board Driver.
For how to install the MOXA board driver, see 2.2 Installing
the MOXA Board Driver.
FR200001.ai
4.
and click
.
2.
Select
The installation finish window opens.
5.
Click
6.
menu to
select Properties.
The System Properties window opens.
7.
MU000031.EPS
8.
NOTE
If the password entry window opens, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) to Service Utility mode and click
MU000035.EPS
OE000PSI2.EPS
FR20-11
3.
Service Utility mode exits and the Welcome to the Found New
Hardware Wizard window opens.
1.
2.
FR200001.ai
4.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
FR200002.ai
MU000035.EPS
5.
Insert the CD that comes with the MOXA board into the PC.
6.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-12
7.
9.
FR200025.ai
8.
Click
Product names
OS
FR200004.ai
REFFRENCE
FR200005.ai
FR200003.ai
FR200006.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-13
10. Click
and click
NOTE
Upon completion of the board driver setup processing, operation
sequences then proceed to the driver setup processing of each port.
FR200001.ai
11. Select Dont search. I wil choose the driver to install. and
click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR200007.ai
FR20-14
13. Select the product name and a driver that is for the OS used,
and then click
14. Click
REFFRENCE
When setups are requested for ports 1, 2 and 3, repeat steps 11
through 14 as necessary.
Product name
OS
FR200008.ai
REFFRENCE
In case the Hardware Installation window opens, click
to proceed to the next step.
FR200005.ai
FR200010.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-15
3.
1.
2.
FR200011.ai
4.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
If the password entry window opens, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) to Service Utility mode and click
FR200012.ai
MU000035.EPS
FR200013.ai
5.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Insert the CD that comes with the MOXA board into the PC.
FR20-16
6.
Click
7.
REFFRENCE
In case the Windows Security window opens, click Install this
driver software anyway to proceed to the next step.
Click
NOTE
Upon completion of the board driver setup processing, operation
sequences then proceed to the driver setup processing of each
port.
REFFRENCE
In case the Found New Hardware window opens, click Dont
search online to proceed to the next step.
FR200014.ai
FR200015.ai
FR200017.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-17
8.
Click
REFFRENCE
In case the Windows Security window opens, click Install this
driver software anyway to proceed to the next step.
FR200014.ai
FR200018.ai
9.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-18
1.
For Windows XP
I. Select Control Panel from the
menu.
II. Double-click
II. Double-click
menu.
2.
MT000047.EPS
FR200019.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-19
2.
For Windows XP
I. Select Control Panel from the
menu.
II. Double-click
Name
32
44
MT000047.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-20
5.
menu.
II. Double-click
Click
6.
3.
DXL819008.ai
4.
DXL819010.ai
7.
Click
8.
Click
9.
DXL819009.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-21
1.
For Windows XP
I. Select Control Panel from the
menu.
II. Double-click
MT000047.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-22
3.
menu.
Select the Ports Configuration tab. Select then the row for
Port 1 and click the
key.
II. Double-click
2.
On the Device Manager window, right-click MOXA CP104EL Series (PCI Express Bus) to select Properties.
FR200021.ai
FR200020.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-23
4.
5.
Click
I.
II.
FR200023.ai
FR200022.ai
REFERENCE
6.
Select the row for Port 4 and repeat steps 2 through 4 above
to determine COM32 or smaller value for the Port
Number.
FR200027.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-24
7.
Click
9.
8.
Make sure that the board port numbers and the COM port
numbers are determined as shown in the table below.
Port number
MOXA Communication Port 1
MOXA Communication Port 2
MOXA Communication Port 3
MOXA Communication Port 4
No.
Name
COM33
COM34
COM35
Arbitrary
(COM32 or smaller value is recommended.)
32
44
FR200024.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-25
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-26
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-27
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR20-28
CAUTION
The used Image Reader must regularly be subjected to complete
calibration processing using the Image Reader QC tool, so that
the EI and DI values can be applied for the purpose of control of
actual image quality.
Any changes in exposure menus and/or exchange of images
made with regard to a menu already subjected to exposure do
not affect the functionality to display the EI and DI values (the EI
and DI values will be displayed as commanded according to the
functionality of the originally determined exposure menu). Note,
however, that the EI and DI values will not be displayed even if an
energy subtraction menu that has already been subjected to
exposure is changed to an RT menu. To check the EI and DI
values after changing an exposure menu or exchanging images,
select a correct exposure menu and then perform study.
A long-view exposure menu terminated without undergoing any
image composition processing does not cause the EI and DI
values to be displayed, because it is considered to have been
determined a long-view exposure menu (WS) in terms of the
functionality.
NOTES
Software version V8.0 or later enables the EI and DI values to be
displayed.
The EI value accuracy is 20%.
The Exposure Index function does not support the Mammography
exposure menus. As a result, the EI and DI values will not be
calculated leaving the relevant display boxes to be blank.
The EI and DI values will be displayed only when the determined
functionality is RT.
With respect to a study image that has already been subjected to the
study, the EI and the DI values will not be recalculated even if the ideal
EI value (EIt) that is to be used as a guidepost for the exposure menu
is changed.
REFERENCE
The Exposure Index is displayed on the Study screen and the QA
Processing screen as shown below. Its display position can be moved
as desired with mouse manipulation.
FR210001.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR21-1
Name
72
Enable
Exposure
Index
Function
Selection
Meaning
REFERENCE
The Backup/Restore function that the Service Utility capability offers is
available for the ExposureIndex.prm file.
VR name : DS
DI value : (0018,1413)
VR name : DS
VR name : DS
The EI value, DI value, and EIt value can be output in the following
service classes (including media storage).
DICOM Standard CR Storage (image processed)
DICOM Private CR Storage (standardized)
DICOM Unstandarlized CR Storage (before standardized)
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR21-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR21-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR21-4
IMPORTANT
When you are using this function, always obtain users agreement by
fully explaining details of settings you are performing. Do not use this
function on a system where RIS and PACS are linked.
NOTE
Tag settings are applied in order of priority:
TagReplace.ini > TagLookup.ini > TagCharDataCut.ini > TagCharDataAdd.ini
When the same tag has multiple settings, settings with higher priority
are applied.
See Example of Setting when Using Setup Files with Each
Other.
1.
2.
3.
4.
NOTE
Be sure to use NotePad to edit the TagCharDataAdd.ini file and
save the edit result in the Unicode format because the file is based
on the Unicode characters.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR22-1
NOTE
The maximum length in each tag is fixed.
; TagCharDataAdd
; [AE]
; Tag=Position, Length
I. Comment
; *******************
[AEName1]
II. AE name
00100020=FRONT,FujiHospital1
00080050=TAIL,FujiH1
[AEName2]
00100020=FRONT,FujiHospital2
III. Tag
IV. Adding position
V. Character string
to be added
00100020=FRONT,FujiHospital2
If the number of characters for each tag after adding a character string
is greater than the maximum number of characters, the character string
will not be added. Therefore, configure the number of characters in
each tag so that the numbers are less than the maximum values.
Also, the number of characters for Accession Number and patient ID
(section 15 and 17 of CSL/IDT FUNCTION) must be set within the
values with the number of added characters subtracted from the
maximum number of characters.
When Accession Number is 9876543210 and patient ID is 0123456789,
the following results will be as follows with this setting example.
Accession Number of AEName1 : 9876543210FujiH1
: FujiHospital10123456789
Patient ID of AEName1
Patient ID of AEName2
: FujiHospital20123456789
FR220003.ai
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
Comment
Lines beginning with a semicolon(;) is handled as a comment.
AE name
Describe an AE name to which a character string is to be added by
putting it between square brackets ([ ]). No line feed is allowed.
Tag
Describe the tags to which a character string is to be added. The only
tags to which a character string can be added are Accession Number
and patient ID.
Adding position
Describe the position where a character string is to be added. To add
a character string at the beginning, input FRONT, and then input
TAIL to add a character string at the end.
Character string to be added
Describe by single-byte characters except @ and *.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR22-2
Result
The .ini files will be applied as follows according to the priority
sequence of TagReplace.ini > TagLookup.ini > TagCharDataCut.ini
> TagCharDataAdd.ini.
(xxxx, yyyy) = (01234567)
TagReplace.ini
Configuration
Copy (xxxx, yyyy) to (aaaa, bbbb) by DICOM Tag Mapping Function
(TagReplace.ini).
Replacing tags
(aaaa, bbbb) = (01234567)
TagCharDataCut.ini
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR22-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
FR22-4
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
SP-I
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
Reason
10/20/2000
12/10/2000
04/10/2001
00
00
01
05/30/2001
08/30/2001
03/20/2002
11/30/2002
03/01/2003
02/20/2004
02
03
04
06
07
10
07/30/2004
11/12/2004
11
12
07/30/2005
14
07/30/2006
07/20/2007
07/20/2007
05/09/2008
10/31/2008
11/30/52009
11/30/52009
03/31/2010
03/31/2010
12/10/2010
16
17
17
18
19
20
20
21
21
22
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Pages affected
All pages
Pages I, II, 1, 6, 8, 10, 13, 15, 16
All pages
I, II, 3, 4
I, II, 3, 4
I, II, 4
I, II, 4-6
I, II, 4
All pages
I, II, 1, 35
IIV, 68
I, II, 37
I, II, 3, 4, 5, 7
I, II, 2, 3, 5, 6
7, 8
I, II, 36
I, II, 36, 912
I, II, 3, 4, 6
5
I, II, 4, 5, 7
6, 811
I, II, 7
SP-II
BLANK PAGE
010-054-12
11.12.2004 FM4450 (ITC)
SP-III
BLANK PAGE
010-054-12
11.12.2004 FM4450 (ITC)
SP-IV
Description
Repairable parts
Symbol for use other than in Japan
Description
PART NUMBER
A code number that is unique to each part. The rightmost letter of the
code number has the following meaning.
For hardware
The letter denotes the version number of a part. If parts have
different version numbers, they are upward-compatible.
For software
The letter denotes the software specifications.
PART NAME
QTY.
REF. NO.
REMARKS
Description
Parts that are necessary for fault analysis or parts that may
be needed in case of faults such as man-induced damage
SERIAL NUMBER
SP-1
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
SP-2
7
41
40
15
E
17~23
BorE
NT
O
FR
LP
58
24
16
61
4
2
RIS, etc
34
5
B
5
10
54~57
C
B
SIEMENS X-CON
3
D
44~51,60
Isolator
39
A (USB)
25~32
CL-PC
A (USB)
12
33
42
35
A (USB)
A (USB)
62
36
C
59
11,13,52,53
A (USB)
14
38
A (USB)
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
37
43
00000055.EPS
SP-3
64
63
65, 66
68, 69
67
DXL51001.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
SP-4
RANK REF.
E
PRAT UMBER
PART NAME
QTY.
REMARKS
SERIAL NUMBER
114Y5342001A Software
2.1
340N0205
Knob
2.2
340N0227
Knob
3.1
357N1405
Table
3.2
357N1455
Table
4.1
357N1406
Table
4.2
357N1456
Table
367N0021
Rubber foot
401N0811
Retaining plate
357N1428A
Table
357N1429A
Table
9.1
813Y0142A/B
Power supply
9.2
813Y0145C
Power supply
CR
10.1
849N0067A
Monitor display
LCD (9415TD15/G2)
Function repair
CR
10.2
849Y0094/B
Monitor display
Function repair
CR
10.3
849Y0095
Monitor display
Function repair
CR
10.4
849Y0099
Monitor display
Function repair
CR
10.5
849Y0103
Monitor display
LCD (L362T)
Function repair
CR
10.6
849Y100027
Monitor display
LCD (L560T-C)
Function repair
CR
10.7
849Y100004
Monitor display
Function repair
CR
10.8
849Y100057
Monitor display
Function repair
CR
10.9
849Y100048
Monitor display
Function repair
CR
10.10 849Y100066
Monitor display
Function repair
852Y0082
Reading unit
MCR-JIS
11
12.1
852N0023A
Reading unit
BCR
DENSO HC36TU-K
12.2
852N0026A
Reading unit
BCR
Optoelectronics
OPT-6125-USB
12.3
852N0032
Reading unit
BCR
Symbol LS1908T
12.4
852N100003
Reading unit
BCR
Metrologic MS3780
13
852Y0083
Reading unit
MCR-ISO
14
357N1408
Table
CR
15
113Y1405B
PEI01A
CR
16
113Y1502A/B
PSI04A
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
SP-5
RANK REF.
PRAT UMBER
PART NAME
QTY.
REMARKS
17
136Y5869A
5m
18
136Y5870A
15m
19
136Y5871A
30m
20
136Y5872A
45m
21
136Y5873A
60m
22
136Y5874A
100m
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
D
E
D
C
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41.1
136Y5875A
136Y5868A
136Y5757
136Y5758
136Y5759
136Y5760
136Y5761
136Y5522
136Y5523
136Y5524
357S0024
347N1785
136Y8551
136Y8546
357N1528
898Y1008
405N3111
125N0299
136S1245
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
150m
1.2m
CL - RIS OP-09/VH-05 RIS terminal 3m (D-sub 9pin)
CL - RIS OP-09/VH-06 RIS terminal 5m (D-sub 9pin)
CL - RIS OP-09/VH-07 RIS terminal 10m (D-sub 9pin)
CL - RIS OP-09/VH-08 RIS terminal 15m (D-sub 9pin)
CL - RIS/X-ray OP-09/VH-01 3m for RIS terminal/X-ray equipment connction (D-sub 25pin)
CL - RIS/X-ray OP-09/VH-02 5m for RIS terminal/X-ray equipment connction (D-sub 25pin)
CL - RIS/X-ray OP-09/VH-03 10m for RIS terminal/X-ray equipment connction (D-sub 25pin)
CL - RIS/X-ray OP-09/VH-04 15m for RIS terminal/X-ray equipment connction (D-sub 25pin)
For the BCR
Spacer (exclusively for 9416TD15/H2-F)
Hospital-grade (only for units used in Japan), 136Y8550+fastener
Hospital-grade option (only for units used in Japan)
For the BCR (exclusively for Symbol LS1908T)
41.2
136Y9400
Cable
41.3
136Y101344
Cable
D
E
D
D
D
42
43
44
45
46
852N0036C
357N1611
113Y1873
113Y1876
113Y1878
Reading unit
Rack
Memory board
Memory board
Memory board
1
1
1
1
1
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
SERIAL NUMBER
Symbol LS2208T
TS256MDL2075
TS256MDL5075/5076
SP-6
RANK REF.
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
E
E
E
E
E
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
DR
PRAT UMBER
PART NAME
QTY.
REMARKS
113Y1882A
113Y1881
113Y1935
113Y1943
113Y1944
852N0039/A
852N0040/A
136Y100276A
136Y100278A
136Y100280A
136Y100282A
138S0460
Memory board
Memory board
Memory board
Memory board
Memory board
Reading unit
Reading unit
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Ferrite core
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
For WS370
For WS360
For WS330/340
For GX270 (SDT/SMT)
For GX280 (SDT/SMT)
MCR-JIS
MCR-ISO
Isolator to X-CON 3m (only for units used other than in Japan) CR-IR 348
Isolator to X-CON 5m (only for units used other than in Japan) CR-IR 348
Isolator to X-CON 10m (only for units used other than in Japan) CR-IR 348
Isolator to X-CON 15m (only for units used other than in Japan) CR-IR 348
For USB mouse
59.1
850Y0132
Memory
DR
59.2
850Y0145
Memory
59.3
850Y100026A
Memory
59.4
850Y100039
Memory
60
113Y100249
Memory board
61
888S0002A
Cradle
62
136N100049
Cable
C
CR
C
C
D
D
D
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
113Y1971E
113Y100435/A
113Y100464
113Y100465
136Y102172
136Y102171
136Y102364
Video board
Video board
PC board
PC board
Cable
Cable
Cable
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Analog video cable for touch panel (FlexScan Moniter Cable V55)
(only for units used in Japan)
Video board for DUAL monitor / 3M monochrome (RealVisionSMD5-PCI)
Video board for DUAL monitor / 2M/3M color/monochrome (ATI FireGL V3600)
Serial port add-in board (RS232C)
Serial port add-in board (RS232C/RS422) (For Shimadzu HLZ100 X-CON )
Relay adapter
Serial conversion cable (RS232C)
Serial conversion cable (RS422)
SERIAL NUMBER
TS512MDL2076
TS512MDL5073
KT-900U-IR-2004
KT-960U-IR-2001
MOXA CP-104EL
MOXA CP-114EL
SP-7
1.3 Service Parts List (NEC PC: Applicable only for overseas users)
2
9
12
A
11
13
17
5,6
16
B
1
14
10
19
4
15
18
20
00000056.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
SP-8
1.3 Service Parts List (NEC PC: Applicable only for overseas users)
RANK REF.
PRAT UMBER
PART NAME
QTY.
REMARKS
DQ
850N0013
HDD
CQ
125N0137
Power supply
CQ
113Y1838
PC board
Motherboard
DQ
4.1
102N0085
IC
DIMM-DDR-512-NECC
DQ
4.2
102N0097
IC
DQ
102N0087
IC
Pentium4 2.8GHz
DQ
102N0086
IC
Celeron 2GHz
119N0011
Fan
CPU fan
119N0012
Fan
Housing fan
852N0035
CD-ROM drive
10
850N0014
FDD
11
128N0078
Mouse
PS/2 mouse
12
128N0077
Keyboard
13.1
128N0080
Power supply SW
13.2
128N0081
LED/SW cable
(RAID specification)
14
136N0455
Cable
15
136N0456
Cable
16
136N0457
Cable
17
136N0458
Cable
Speaker cable
18
350N3135
Cover
Front bezel
CQ
19
113Y1856
PC board
DQ
20
850N0015
HDD
(RAID specification)
SERIAL NUMBER
NOTE
When you are asking for replacing a part free of charge, use the error
analysis tool (TeDoLi) to attach error log of a part that caused an error
to occur.
For details of the device test procedures, see 5.1.2 Device Test
Procedures under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
For details of the error log save procedures, see 5.1.3 Log Save
Procedure under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
SP-9
H
B
24
15
15
11
6
7
A
G
16
12
1
E
5
H
9
20
14
19
B
C
10
F
18
21
13
22
17
23
00000057.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
SP-10
PART NAME
QTY.
REMARKS
113Y100405
Board assembly
102N100020
IC
457656-001 IC (CPU
102N100021
IC
850N100009
Memory
125N100039
Power supply
119N100032
Electric fan
379N100043
Radiator
119N100033
Electric fan
850N100010
Memory
10
850N100011
Memory
11
128N100040
Switch
12
128N100041
Keyboard
13
136N100052
Cable
14
136N100053
Cable
15
136N100054
Cable
16
136N100055
Cable
17
136N100056
Cable
18
369N100112
Duct
19
350N101276
Cover
20
107N100003
Solenoid
451149-001 solenoid
21
121N100002
Speaker
394779-001 speaker
22
128N100042
Switch
23
350N101277
Cover
24
357N100471
Table
451150-001 table
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
SERIAL NUMBER
SP-11
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
SP-12
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
PM-I
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
03/31/2010
21
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Reason
New release (FM5670)
Pages affected
All pages
PM-II
WARNING
To avoid electrical shock, turn off the power to the equipment,
before performing maintenance work.
Required Replacement
Remarks
time
part
WARNING/CAUTION
Observe Warnings/Cautions described in the Safety Precautions
section.
CAUTION
When performing maintenance work of the inside of the PC, the
user is required to wear a wrist strap unfailingly to secure proper
grounding.
Otherwise, electronic parts mounted on the boards may be
damaged due to static electricity discharged by the user.
6. Functional Checks
6.1
[option]
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
PM-1
3. Safety
View the OS event log (application) to check for any fatal error
recording.
For the procedure for viewing the event log, see 2. Using the
Event Viewer under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
Between L and N
Resistance value
100 k or higher
<For U.S.>
<For Japan>
E
L
N
E
N
N
L
DCL61002.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
PM-2
4. Hardware Cleaning
4.1 PC Internal Cleaning
Cooling fans (power supply fan, CPU fan, etc.) are mounted in the PC
to dissipate generated heat through air convection.
If dust is heavily accumulated in the neighborhood of a cooling fan or a
vent in the PC housing, the effect of the cooling fan may decrease,
thereby adversely affecting the operation of the PC. It is therefore
necessary to clean the inside of the PC on a periodic basis.
Preparations
Disconnect all cables from the PC main body.
2.
3.
4.
With an air blower, carefully blow dust away from the mouse
case into which the ball is to be placed.
5.
Cleaning
1.
2.
3.
With an air blower, clean the heat sink and circuit board
section.
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
PM-3
1.
1.
2.
2.
CAUTION
3.
If you vigorously scrub the LCD panel surface, the liquid crystal
surface may become damaged. Therefore, do not apply any undue
force to the LCD panel surface when you wipe it clean. If the LCD
panel surface is heavily soiled and cannot be cleaned with a
moistened cloth, clean it with the monitor cleaner kit. The monitor
cleaner kit is of a chemical type. Therefore, if the monitor cleaner
kit is repeatedly used for cleaning purposes, the LCD panel
surface will be adversely affected. When using the monitor cleaner
kit, read its operation manual and exercise utmost care.
Windows starts up. In about one minute, the CL-AP starts running.
4.
5.
6.
NOTE
Do not use dehydrated ethanol for cleaning purposes because it
adversely affects the LCDs surface film.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
7.
PM-4
6. Functional Checks
1.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
PM-5
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
PM-6
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-AI
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
10/20/2000
12/10/2000
00
00
12/10/2000
00
04/10/2001
01
05/30/2001
02
08/30/2001
03
08/30/2001
03/20/2002
03
04
03/20/2002
04
07/20/2002
05
07/20/2002
11/30/2002
03/01/2003
05
06
07
08/20/2003
12/10/2003
02/20/2004
08
09
10
07/30/2004
07/30/2005
11/30/2005
07/30/2006
11
14
15
16
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
All pages
Pages I, II, i, ii, 25, 810, 12, 13,
15, 1724, 2628, 3035, 3742,
4650, 5254, A1-14, A2-1, A3-1,
A3-3, A4-1, A4-2, A4-7, A5-24,
A6-13, A7-1, A7-3, A7-4, A8-18,
A9-14, A10-14
Pages 67, 11, 14, 16, 25, 29, 36,
4345, 51, 55, 56
All pages
I, II, IN-A150, Appx IN2-3,
Appx IN3-1Appx IN7-4
I, II, 1, 3, 6, 12-16, 18-20, 22, 24,
28, 29, 31, 35, 36, 43, 45,
App IN1-1, App IN2-2, App IN3-1,
App IN4-2, 3, 6, App IN5-3, 4, 6,
App IN6-14, App IN7-16,
App IN8-14, App IN9-1, 2
23, App IN1-2, 3
I, II, III, IV, 2, 4, 7, 19, 2230, 35,
36, 41, 42, App IN1-1, App IN2-13,
App IN3-1, App IN4-2, App IN5-13,
6, App IN8-16, App IN9-3, 4
20, 3134, 3740, 4348,
App IN1-2
I, II, 2, 6, 8, 10, 12, 1619, 2124,
30, 34, 48
1315, 20, 2529, 3133, 3547
I, II, 2, 3, 16, 17, 28, 30, 34, 35, 47
I, II, 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 21, 29, 31, 32,
3437
I, II, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 22, 3033, 35
I, II, 2, 18, 21, 35
All pages
I, II, 6, 1618, 21, 24, 26, 28, 35, 43
I, II, 18, 22, 27, 43, 44
I, II, 7, 11, 22, 29, 31
I, II, 2224
IN-AII
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
07/20/2007
17
07/20/2007
05/09/2008
10/31/2008
17
18
19
10/31/2008
19
11/30/2009
20
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
I, III, 2, 6, 12, 29, 31, 32, 3638, 44,
51, 52
3943, 4550
I, III, 1, 14, 32, 35
I, III, 2, 3, 16, 19, 30, 31, 33, 37, 40,
43
415, 17, 18, 2029, 32, 3436, 38,
39, 41, 42, 4452
I, III, 25, 27
IN-AIII
BLANK PAGE
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
IN-AIV
1. CL Installation Conditions
This section states the PC (controller: DELL OptiPlex GX150)
installation conditions.
u NOTE u
Listed below are the abbreviations adopted in this chapter.
:
Application
:
Local printer
:
CR-IR346CL
:
CR-IR346RU
CL configuration data :
RU configuration data :
AP
LP
CL
RU
CL-Config
RU-Config
For the dimensions and weights of the monitor and peripherals, see the
respective manuals that are supplied with them.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
Temperature
10C to 35C
-40C to 65C
Humidity
20% to 80% RH (non-condensing)
20% to 80% RH (non-condensing)
Remarks
Supplied from a 100 VAC wall outlet
Phase
: Single phase
Power frequency : 50/60 Hz
Grounding
: Ground resistance: 100 or less
IN-A1
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
REFERENCE
Startup procedure
1.
2. Click
3. From the
menu, sequentially choose Programs,
Fuji Film, and FCR.
Windows 2000 starts up. After about one minute, the CL-AP
starts.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
u NOTE u
Be sure to turn ON the power to the LCD first and then to the PC,
otherwise the touch panel may not operate correctly.
2.
3.
The Service Utility starts. The IIP Service Utility window opens.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
00000404.EPS
MU000032.EPS
MU000035.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A2
REFERENCE
1.
(or
2. Click
key.
2.
From the
3. From the
menu, sequentially choose Programs,
Fuji Film, and FCR.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
3.
4.
The Service Utility starts. The IIP Service Utility window opens.
MU000032.EPS
00000404.EPS
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A3
Exit procedure
1.
IN000117.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A4
IMPORTANT
Have on hand a CD-R disk that stores the CLs AP key
(114Y5342002A), which is distributed for use in servicing.
Use the AP key of version A00 or later.
4. CL Hardware Setup
5. Software Setup
6. Checkout Procedures
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A5
4. CL Hardware Setup
PC (controller)
Monitor
Insulating transformer (only for units used in Japan)
Others (options, etc.)
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
CAUTIONS
When unloading, transferring, and unpacking the machine,
observe the following precautions:
Do not subject the machine to vibration or shock.
If the machine is unduly vibrated or shocked while it is unloaded or
transferred, it may become damaged or defective.
Avoid moisture condensation inside the machine.
If the machine is subjected to a drastic temperature change when it is
transferred or unpacked, moisture condensation may occur inside the
machine. If you turn ON the machine while moisture is condensed on
its inner surface, the machine may become defective. To avoid such a
problem, be sure to allow the machine to stand at a room temperature
for a period of 1 hour or longer and then turn ON the power.
IN-A6
PC box
(Product code : IR 346 CL A-B)
PC
Keyboard
Mouse
Power cable
CL-AP (CD-ROM)
XG-1 Standard Key Software (CD-ROM)
For details of the component items, see the documentation
supplied with the PC0.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Monitor box
(Product code : IR 346 DISPLAY LCD (15" monitor with the touch panel)
or IR 346 DISPLAY CRT 17 IN (17" CRT monitor))
Monitor
Monitor cable
Serial cable (only for the 15" monitor with the touch panel)
Touch panel driver CD (only for the 15" monitor with the touch panel)
Power cable
For details on the component items, see the documentation
supplied with the monitor.
When a Super Resolution LCD Monitor SL-IC300 is used, see
manuals provided with the SL-IC300 to check the component
parts.
When an LCD Monitor SL-IC200 is used, see manuals provided
with the SL-IC200 to check the component parts.
IN-A7
Product
abbreviation
CL insulation power
box kit (only for units
used in Japan)
IR 346
INSULATION BOX
IR 346 LOCAL
PRINT
IR 346 DICOM
PRINT
Qty. Remarks*1
1
each
1
DICOM CR STORAGE
(standard/private)
key CD
IR 346 DICOM
CR STORAGE
IR 346 LCD
BRACKET
IR 346 MFP
CL GPR
Barcode reader
(with a rack)
IR 346 BARCODE
Qty. Remarks*2
1
1
each
IR 346 MCR
BRACKET
IDT-4 IF BD FOR
PCI
ODF/PS IF
CABLE nM*1
MF-PS667/DMS
IF CBL
IR 346 DMS
NET- WORK
IN-OUT
Product
abbreviation
Description
V, O
V, O
V, O
V, O
*1 n: Cable length
Processed-image
output key CD
IR 346 DICOM IM
PROCESSED
*2 O: Option
*1 V: Variation; O: Option
*2 Not required if the monitor type used is EIZO L350P-TS.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A8
PC
power cable
Insulating transformer
power cable
To power
Insulating
source
transformer
To medical
(only for Japan)
grounding
terminal
Additional protective
grounding conductor
PSI board (option)
RIS, etc.
Back of GX60
To LP
1 2
Mouse
Keyboard
* Only when the 15" monitor with the touch panel is used.
IN000001.EPS
u NOTE u
Use the first serial port of the two that are provided on the PC.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A9
4.3.1 PC Boards
To attach optional boards, observe the procedures described herein.
PEI board (optional)
PSI board (optional)
For how to verify setup of and attach the PSI board, see
1. Hardware Setup, under CL+RIS/IDC4 (ID Online) in
OE7: Connection between CL and Other Equipment.
1.
Check that the switches on the PEI board are properly set.
If their settings are incorrect, correct them accordingly.
u NOTE u
1 2 3
SW0
When no remote signal is to be sent to the printer, turn OFF all the
DPSW1 switches.
When connecting the CR-LP414N/FL-IM2636N or FL-IM3543N/
FL-IM3543MN
2 and 3
DPSW1 1 and 2: OFF; SW0
3 and 4: ON
short-circuited.
DPSW2 1 and 2: OFF; SW2 and SW5 1 and 2
3 to 8: ON
short-circuited.
DPSW3 1 to 8: OFF
SW3 and SW4 Jumpers removed.
ON
1 2 3
SW3
SW2
SW0
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
SW5
DPSW3
ON
SW3
SW2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
SW5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
DPSW2 ON DPSW1
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
1 2 3 4
OFF
SW4
PEI01A board
DPSW3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
DPSW2 ON DPSW1
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
00000007.EPS
1 2 3 4
OFF
SW4
PEI01A board
00000251.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A10
2.
u NOTE u
The procedure presented below applies when the PC used is
GX60.
When the PC used is a model other than GX60, see
Appendix C Removing/Reinstalling the Board (PEI/PSI) under
RI : Reinstalling the Software.
Handle
PCI slot
II. Card cage
III. PEI board
AGP slot
Extension card
slot connector
NT
O
FR
CL-PC (GX60)
IN000022.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A11
2.
3.
OFF
1.
CAUTION
For a PC provided with the source voltage changeover switch
(between 115 and 230 VAC), set the PC source voltage
according to the voltage supplied to the institution concerned
and then connect the power cable to the power source.
(3) Power ON
1.
2.
3.
Use the long bracket to secure that the power cable is not
disconnected accidentally from the insulating transformer.
2.
ON
Insulating transformer
Insulating transformer
00000301.EPS
REFERENCE
To secure cables, eight brackets (four each of long and short ones)
are attached to the insulating transformer.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A12
4.3.4 Monitor
1.
u NOTE u
Prior to connection of the power cable, connect the serial cable between
PC and monitor.
If the power cable is connected before serial cable connection, the
touch panel driver may not be installed.
2.
u NOTE u
Prior to connection of the power cable, connect the serial cable
between PC and monitor.
If the power cable is connected before serial cable connection, the
touch panel driver may not be installed.
Installation method 2
To replace the monitor with a wall-mounting type monitor, replace
first the bracket with a wall-mounting type (option). Perform then
step 1. thereafter.
REFERENCE
Installation method 1
To continue to use the monitor rack, perform step 1. thereafter.
2.
3.
Use the short bracket to secure that the power cable is not
disconnected accidentally from the insulating transformer.
Insulating transformer
Secure the short bracket using
the two connector cover
retaining screws.
00000384.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A13
1.
2.
2.
3.
Use the short bracket to secure that the power cable is not
disconnected accidentally from the insulating transformer.
Insulating transformer
Secure the short bracket using
the two connector cover
retaining screws.
00000384.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A14
When using an E-i/f LP, connect an E-i/f cable between the LP and CL.
CL
LP
CL
E-i/f cable
PEI board
00000035.EPS
RU
00000027.EPS
HUB
10BASE-T
cable (straight)
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
cable (straight)
RU
Other connected hosts
(FN-PS, QA-WS, etc.)
00000028.EPS
u NOTES u
Even if the CL and RU will eventually be incorporated into the network
of a hospital for operation, connect the CL and RU while they are
independent of the network (not incorporated into the hospitals
network).
Do not connect the telephone line to the CL and RU network
connectors.
The cable type applicable to this equipment is the IEC950/UL1950compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
REFERENCE
The RU cable connector is located on the lower-left on the rear of the
RU main unit.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A15
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A16
5. Software Setup
5.3 Setup with Service Utility ... Perform CL system information setup
(system information and IDT
functionality), LP setup, and film
annotation character setup.
Replace menu database for
equipment used abroad.
5.4 Procedures for Changing the .. This procedure is to be performed as
CL and RU IP Addresses
needed.
5.5 Procedures for Changing ... This procedure is to be performed as
the CL Host Name
needed.
5.6 CL Setup for Connection
to Other Equipment
5.7 Barcode Reader/Magnetic ... This procedure is to be performed as
Card Reader Connection
needed.
OS startup
OS setups
Touch panel driver installation
Option key installation
AP key reinstallation
CL-AP startup verification
u NOTES u
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP.
When setting procedures to be performed are different between
Windows 2000 and Windows XP, follow the procedure specific to the
used OS to perform necessary settings.
REFERENCE
The following OS setup and software installation steps are completed at
factory prior to shipment:
CL setup steps
CL IP address (172.16.1.20)
Subnet mask (255.255.0.0)
CL host name (CLxxxxxxxx, CRxxxxxxxx, CPxxxxxxxx: eight lowest
digits of a manufacturers serial number in the xxxxxxxx position)
Administrator password setup (fcr-iip)
Display setup (screen saver, screen resolution, etc.)
MS-IME setup (only for units used in Japan)
CL-AP (MSDE and SQL included) installation
XG-1 Standard Key Software installation
AP key installation
Image database initialization
RU setup steps
FTP server configuration and setup
RU information registration for CL-Config (host name, IP address,
and connected equipment information)
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A17
5.1.2 OS Setups
5.1.1 OS Startup
u NOTE u
Be sure to turn ON the power to the LCD first and then to the PC,
otherwise the touch panel may not operate correctly.
1.
1.
on the desktop.
Double-click
For Windows XP
00000421.EPS
Select
IMPORTANT
The above error display opens because an output system
(print or image transfer) option key has not been installed/set
up when the equipment was newly installed.
For error details, see 3.4 Precautions to be Observed During the
Use of Output Options under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
2.
Click
from the
menu.
2.
Double-click
00000216.EPS
3.
Click
IN-A18
3.
1.
Click
5.
00000115.EPS
4.
.
IN000105.EPS
6.
7.
Click
00000117.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN000106.EPS
IN-A19
5.
Click
IN000104.EPS
2.
Click
00000412.EPS
3.
Click
6.
Click
7.
8.
Click
u NOTE u
00000413.EPS
u NOTE u
Start adjusting the touch panel as soon as the window below has
opened, otherwise it will close with the touch panel left unadjusted.
An error will occur if the serial cable of the LCD display provided
with a touch panel is connected to serial port No. 2.
4.
Click
00000422.EPS
00000415.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A20
2.
u NOTE u
The following window may suddenly open during the touch panel
adjustment process. It does not indicate any touch panel adjustment
problem.
Click
Touch the
The
3.
00000316.EPS
4.
00000321.EPS
Click
u NOTE u
1.
Click
of the window.
Mark
5.
Deselect
click
) and then
u NOTE u
If a window opens to prompt FD insertion, click
00000227.EPS
IN-A21
Model 9416TD15/H2
Contrast : 127
(Press the Menu switch on the right-hand side of
the monitor to adjust the contrast with Page1.)
Brightness : 255
(Press the or button on the right-hand side of
the monitor while the Main Menu is not displayed
on the screen.)
1.
Model 9416TD15/H2-1
Contrast : 65%
(Press the Menu switch on the right-hand side of
the monitor to adjust the contrast with Page1.)
Brightness : 100%
(Press the or button on the right-hand side of
the monitor while the Main Menu is not displayed
on the screen.)
From the
menu, point to Settings, and then click
Control Panel.
2.
Double-click
3.
Model L350P-TS
Contrast : 80%
Brightness : 80%
(Press the Enter switch on the front of the monitor
to adjust the brightness by selecting <Picture
Adjustment>, then <Contrast Brightness>.)
IN000110.EPS
4.
Uncheck
( ).
Model L351P-TS
Contrast : 90%
Brightness : 90%
(Press the Enter switch on the front of the monitor
to adjust the brightness by selecting <Picture
Adjustment>, then <Contrast Brightness>.)
Model L362T
Contrast : Default (not determined)
Brightness : 90%
IN000109.EPS
5.
Click
IN-A22
Function
Print output
Product Abbreviation
IR346 LOCAL PRINT
IMPORTANT
Image
input/output
Either the image input/output function or print output option key must be
installed.
If it is not installed, an error display (error code: 50001) will be indicated
during CL-AP startup, resulting thus in disabling the CL-AP to be started
up.
Moreover, when the IR346 DICOM CR STORAGE or IR346 DICOM
PRINT option key has been installed, be sure to perform configuration
settings that result from Storage or DICOM Print. (This is because an
error would occur if only optional key is installed.)
The 50001 error display will be indicated if an output system (for print or
image output) option key has not been installed/set up properly.
For error details, see 3.4 Precautions to be Observed During
the Use of Output Options under MT: Machine
Troubleshooting.
IR346 DICOM
IM PROCESSED
Image
processing
Description
IR346 MFP
CL GPR
REFERENCE
Each option key is supplied on one dedicated CD-ROM for each
product.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A23
1.
2.
Click
REFERENCE
The CL is designed so that the CL-AP can be started up when registry
information is generated to define the encryption key.
The associated registry information is generated when the AP key is
installed.
Install the AP key as follows:
1.
2.
Click
00000416.EPS
3.
Click
u NOTE u
Depending on the option for installation, the installation start
window will be displayed some times. Perform steps 2. and 3. as
well.
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
5.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
4.
IN-A24
1.
From the
then FCR.
The CL opening window appears on the display. After about one
minute, the CL-AP starts up.
u NOTE u
00000195.EPS
u NOTE u
If the above window does not open or an error display appears,
note the displayed error code and the applicable remedy, and then
make necessary corrections to achieve AP startup.
See 1. Error Code Table in MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
2.
Click
in the
REFERENCE
The RU-AP and RU M-Utility are included in the CD provided with the
RU.
menu.
3.
The CL-AP exits and the system returns to the desktop screen.
REFERENCE
To shut down the CL-AP only, click [Shut Down] and then [OK]
while holding down the [Shift] key.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-A25
4.
1.
u NOTES u
Make sure to start the procedure below with the CL-AP quit
accordingly.
Click
00000188.EPS
5.
Click
00000322.EPS
6.
Click
00000214.EPS
2.
Click
00000185.EPS
3.
Click
00000215.EPS
IN-A26
2.
Verify the network connection between the CL and RU, and then install
the RU AP in the CLs FTP server.
REFERENCE
Values for time<10ms and TTL=128 in the message above vary
depending on the network status. Connection remains normal even
though such values vary.
REFERENCE
Make sure that the RU power cable is connected to the breaker and
the breaker is turned ON.
Exit all running APs (particularly Explorer) other than the RU M-Utility.
If you still cannot verify the connection, you can restore the network
connection by initializing RU memory to forcibly return the IP
address stored in the RU main unit to the default.
II
00000610.EPS
u NOTES u
Never change the IP address.
The host name entered here serves as the actual RU host name
(it is written in the FLASH ROM as the RU host name).
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
1.
3.
u NOTE u
Click
4.
Click the
mark at the upper right corner of the command
prompt window.
The system returns to the main menu.
IN-A27
4.
u NOTE u
The data set up as follows will be written on the RU-Config file and
then installed in the RU together with the RU-AP.
For the procedure used when changing the setup data
after installation, see Appendix 2 Setting the RU-Config.
I
II
III
IV
V
00000502.EPS
1.
2.
3.
Select the RU-AP version from the list, and then click
VI
.
IN000063.EPS
List
The READER UNIT SETTING window opens.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
00000190.EPS
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
IN-A28
Configuration
Setup Item
Setup
Range
Default
ROUTER IP
ADDR
IP address
setup range
0.0.0.0
Route address
(Do not change the setup.)
SECURE
TELNET HOST
IP ADDR
IP address
setup range
0.0.0.0
SECURE
TELNET
NETWORK
ADDR
IP address
setup range
0.0.0.0
EQUIPMENT
CODE
AZ
RANGE OF
ERASE MODE
ERASE 1
ERASE 1,
ERASE 2
ERASE 1
ERASE MODE
TIMEOUT
0 to 999
(sec)
060
IP ERASE TYPE
(FOR NO
BARCODE)
5, 6
6
ON
ON
ALARM
(CASSETTE
SET)
ON
OFF
ALARM
ON
(MODE SWITCH) OFF
WARNING OF
OVERXRAY
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
LOG &
MESSAGE LOG &
MESSAGE
LOG
NONE
Remarks
REFERENCE
The AUTO UPDATE function will automatically have the RU
download RU data from the FTP server if there is a discrepancy
between CL FTP server data and RU FLASH ROM data.
See 5.2 Mechanism of RU-AP/RU-Config AUTO UPDATE
in MD: Machine Description.
5.
Click
CAUTION
(Applicable only for RU-AP version A07 or later.)
The RU panel will be illuminated during the RU-AP installation
process. Never turn OFF the power to the RU or press the
reset switch at this time, otherwise the RU CPU board can be
damaged.
u NOTE u
Do not operate the CL-AP and RU M-Utility while RU-AP
installation is being performed.
6.
7.
Click the
IN-A29
8.
Click
9.
u NOTE u
(Applicable only for RU-AP version A06 or earlier.)
If the RU-AP version installed is A06 or earlier, be sure to start the
CL-AP to have the FTP server RU data be downloaded to the RU
FLASH ROM.
u NOTE u
For connection of the CR-IR355RU/356/357, be sure to install the
RU PC-TOOL. See the CR-IR355RU/356/357 Service Manual for
how to install it.
1.
Click
2.
MU000031.EPS
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A30
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
steps to start the Service Utility.
1. To exit the AP, choose Shut Down.
2. Click
3. From the
menu, sequentially choose Programs,
Fuji Film, and FCR.
1.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
3.
The Service Utility starts. The IIP Service Utility window opens.
00000500.EPS
2.
Click the
sign within
Configuration Item window.
in the Setup
IN-A31
00000404.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
3.
Click
u NOTE u
for
u NOTE u
Use Institute/Site Name Strings to enter a hospital name string
of one-byte characters for use in the CL system.
The default hospital name is FUJI FILM HOSPITAL. Change
this entry to a hospital name string of one-byte characters as
defined by a specific hospital.
You can enter a string of up to 60 characters.
00000132.EPS
4.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
u NOTE u
Set the IP size unit system (inch or metric) that the RU can
handle.
IN-A32
Use
used.
0: Japanese
1: English
2: German
3: French
4: Spanish
5: Italian
6: Swedish
7: Finnish
8: Danish
9: Norwegian
10: Korean
11: Chinese Simplified
12: Chinese Traditional
13: Portuguese
14: Polish
15: Hungarian
16: Czech
17: Russian
18: Slovene
1.
u NOTE u
Do not select 18: Slovene because software version V7.0 (B)
does not provide support to it.
Double-click
for
to enter a hospital name
u NOTE u
Use Institute/Site Name in Two-Byte Characters to enter a hospital
name string of two-byte characters for use in the CL system.
The default hospital name is
. Change this entry
to a hospital name string of two-byte characters as defined by a
specific hospital.
You can enter a string of up to 15 two-byte characters.
5.
2.
3.
Description
2
3
6
14
15
4.
Click
IN-A33
5.
6.
Registering the LP
1.
Click
00000407.EPS
2.
Click
3.
1.
in the
2.
3.
in the
field and specify the device
(LOCAL).
Click
REFERENCE
4.
4.
Click
IN-A34
1.
REFERENCE
1.
00000501.EPS
2.
3.
4.
Click
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A35
2.
Settings are thus completed, and the system returns to the IIP
Service Utility window.
u NOTE u
To use a nanao L351P (model L351P-TS) with the CL software A08
or earlier install the LUT file on the FD provided with the LCD
monitor.
[Installation procedures]
Copy the lut.txt and nanao_L351P.env files on the FD to the
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\lut folder (overwrite the lut.txt file).
1.
IN000129.EPS
2.
Click
IN-A36
3.
u NOTE u
Pay attention to the fact that exposure menu settings will revert to the
default if a menu database is replaced.
1.
RI0000428.EPS
NOTE
IN000116.EPS
2.
00000301.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A37
4.
u NOTE u
When you have selected For Digital X-ray (DX Storage Option) at
step 3 above, a window like that shown below opens. Skip step 5
and proceed to step 6.
5.
IN0000954.EPS
IN0000957.EPS
IN0000955.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN0000955.EPS
IN-A38
7.
8.
IN0000956.EPS
IN0000957.EPS
IN0000955.EPS
6.
u NOTE u
When the RU used is CR-IR 363, select 5 Use FNC, Highluminance film illuminator, Use 20line/mm image.
The message Menu Database installation completed. appears
completing thus changing the menu database.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A39
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A40
6. Checkout Procedures
ON
00000210.EPS
2.
From the
u NOTE u
This message will not appear if the RU has been started up
before the CL-AP.
IN-A41
3.
RU panel
(Illuminated)
00000207.EPS
4.
Reading Unit:
Reading Unit:
(Illuminated)
00000209.EPS
Read image
00000200.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A42
Preparations
1.
u NOTES u
Check the output image with all IP sizes that are used in the hospital.
Use the Type VI IPs.
Make sure that no important image data (e.g., patient images) is
exposed on the IPs to be checked.
2.
REFERENCE
If the IPs cannot exactly be exposed to 1 mR of radiation, use the
following IP exposure conditions as a guide. Note, however, that
the following conditions are used as a guide for standard IP setup.
Distance : 1.8 m
Voltage : 80 kV
Current : 50 mA
Time
: 0.013 sec
3.
4.
5.
Click
IN-A43
1.
Checking irregularities
Image frame
1.
Check that the output film and the image displayed on the
CL monitor are both free from peculiar irregularities.
If any abnormality is found, see Troubleshooting of the RU
Service Manual.
2.
00000212.EPS
u NOTE u
If the image is not generated at a magnification setting of 100%,
calculate as follows to check the white clear portion.
2
reduction ratio*
100
mm
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A44
1.
REFERENCE
The example in the figure below represents a printout that would be
generated when the default film annotation character format is used
(image size: 35 35cm (14" 14"); print format: TWIN).
When the default settings are used, character strings (1) through (19)
are printed out.
1.
Click
or
A menu opens.
2.
REFERENCE
If you click [Shut Down] without holding down the <Shift> key, both
the CL-AP and Windows shut down.
04001676
A0000 A020
(12) IP number
(2) EDR mode + menu code
(3) System ID + image number
(4) Patient ID
(5) Patient name
R->L
G 1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q0.5
SKULL, GENERAL
Surgi
01
(19)
Technologist's
code
G1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q1.0
[F] 23
SCALE:50% RT-04
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A45
2.
3.
u NOTES u
Never turn OFF the CL or RU power during a backup process. If the
power turns OFF, the machine may fail to start up.
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP.
7.1 Backing Up the CL Setup File
7.2 Backing Up the RU Setup File
00000417.EPS
4.
for
, and then choose
5.
Click
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A46
6.
Click
7.
8.
u NOTE u
The machine is supplied with an FD that stores machine shipment
control data. Do not use this FD for making a backup. This FD contains
data that can only be measured at factory. If such data is lost, it cannot
be restored at site.
u NOTES u
No message appears to indicate the end of the backup process.
1.
2.
The
mark does not appear unless the mouse cursor is
positioned in the Configuration Restore/Backup window.
Before removing the FD, verify that the FDD access lamp is
extinguished.
9.
10. Click
IV. Click.
II. Click.
I. Click.
00000219.EPS
IN-A47
3.
4.
I. Click.
II. Select.
III. Click.
00000220.EPS
REFERENCE
During SCN ALL DATA backup processing, the RU produces a
beep sound.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A48
C:WINNT\System32\telnet.exe
cr-ir346
Password :
-> mutl
0. QUIT
1. LOG
2. VERSION
3. TEST
4. ELECTORICAL UTILITY
5. SCANNER UTILITY
6. MECHANICAL UTILITY
7. SOFTWARE UTILITY
8. BACKUP MEMORY
9. HV OFF
>
0. QUIT
the <ENTER> key.
1. ERROR LOG
2. TRACE LOGS
LOG > 1
0. QUIT
the <ENTER> key.
1. DISPLAY
2. SAVE TO FTP-SERV
3. CLEAR
LOG > ELG > 1
0. QUIT
1. ALL
2. SUMMARY
LOG > ELG > DSP > 1
00000211.EPS
u NOTE u
Be quick to operate II. and III. above. The operation will be
canceled if the <Enter> key is not pressed in a certain period of
time.
If canceled, repeat step II. thereafter.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
If the error log does not exist, the following message appears:
THE LOG IS EMPTY.
RESULT:OK
C:WINNT\System32\telnet.exe
0. QUIT
1. LOG
2. VERSION
3. TEST
4. ELECTRICAL UTILITY
5. SCANNER UTILITY
6. MECHANICAL UTILITY
7. SOFTWARE UTILITY
8. BACKUP MEMORY
9. HV OFF
> 1
I. Click.
RU [ru0] login :
REFERENCE
1.
2.
0. QUIT
1. FATAL
2. WARNING
3. BOTH
LOG > ELG > DSP > ALL > 3
***ERROR LOG ALL***
CODE DATE
11311.2000.01.01
0. END (DEFAULT=0) :
00000221.EPS
IN-A49
1.
2.
2.
1.
OFF
00000224.EPS
u NOTE u
Continue to perform the procedures set forth in Chapter 10, Final
Installation, in Installation of the RU Service Manual.
00000222.EPS
II. Click.
I. Type in "1" and then
press the <Enter> key.
00000223.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A50
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A51
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-A52
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
IN-BI
IN-B: Installation Connection to Two or More RUs, 5000 plus and CR-IR356/357/359/362/363/364/366/367/368/370/371/372
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
05/30/2001
08/30/2001
02
03
08/30/2001
03/20/2002
03
04
07/20/2002
05
07/20/2002
11/30/2002
05
06
11/30/2002
03/01/2003
06
07
08/20/2003
08/20/2003
12/10/2003
08
08
09
12/10/2003
02/20/2004
09
10
07/30/2004
07/30/2004
07/30/2005
11
11
14
11/30/2005
15
07/30/2006
16
07/30/2006
16
07/20/2007
17
07/20/2007
17
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
All pages
I, II, 16, 917, 19, 20, 2328,
3150
18
IIV, 5, 12, 13, 16, 19, 20, 23,
2628, 3234, 38, 4048
I, II, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15,
1721, 23, 24, 40
11, 13, 16, 22, 2539, 4146
IIV, 5, 13, 18, 19, 21, 22, 25, 26,
28, 38, 48
20, 23, 24, 27, 29-37, 3947
I, II, 3, 57, 1719, 2226, 2933,
35, 36, 45, 46
I, II, 110, 1216, 19, 20, 2258
11, 17, 18, 21
I, II, 2, 3, 5, 6, 13, 16, 18, 19, 23,
24, 27, 37
3840
All pages
I, II, 4, 5, 1416, 1921, 2729
6, 3058
I, II, 2, 14, 16, 20, 21, 29, 36, 42,
50, 51, 55, 57
I, II, 17, 9, 10, 1216, 1930, 41,
48, 5158
I, II, 14, 15, 21, 23, 24, 2932, 40,
41, 59, 62
1620, 22, 2528, 3339, 4258,
60, 61
I, II, 111, 13, 14, 1621, 2433,
3638, 40, 4244, 46, 4850, 52,
54, 5766
12, 15, 22, 23, 34, 35, 39, 41, 45,
47, 51, 53, 55, 56
IN-BII
IN-B: Installation Connection to Two or More RUs, 5000 plus and CR-IR356/357/359/362/363/364/366/367/368/370/371/372
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
05/09/2008
18
05/09/2008
18
10/31/2008
19
11/30/2009
20
11/30/2009
20
03/31/2010
21
12/10/2010
22
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Reason
Pages affected
IIV, 19, 11, 13, 14, 16, 17, 2022,
2528, 3034, 3739, 41, 4345,
47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 5862, 6468
23, 24, 29, 35, 36, 40, 42, 46, 48,
50, 52, 54, 56, 57, 63
IIII, 17, 10, 11, 13, 14, 16, 17,
2026, 28, 3034, 3739, 41,
4345, 47, 49, 51, 53, 55, 5862,
6467
I, III, 8, 9, 19, 21, 25, 2729, 33, 35,
3840, 56, 58, 70
26, 3032, 34, 36, 37, 4155, 57,
5969, 71, 72
I, III, 7, 9, 22, 23, 28, 29, 35, 3740,
56
I, III, 9, 28, 34, 40
IN-BIII
BLANK PAGE
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
IN-BIV
1. CL Installation Conditions
1. CL Installation Conditions
For the PC (controller: DELL Optiplex GX150) installation
conditions required, see 1. CL Installation Conditions under
IN-A: Installation - One RU Connection.
u NOTE u
Listed below are the abbreviations adopted in this chapter.
: AP
Application
: LP
Local printer
: CL
CR-IR348CL
: RU (XG-1 RU)
CR-IR346RU
: IR (5000plus series)
5000plus
: 356
CR-IR 356
: 357
CR-IR 357
*1
: 359
CR-IR 359
: 362
CR-IR 362
: 363
CR-IR 363
: 364
CR-IR 364
: 366
CR-IR 366
: 367
CR-IR 367
: 368
CR-IR 368
*1
: 370
CR-IR 370
*1
: 371
CR-IR 371
*1
: 372
CR-IR 372
CL configuration data : CL-Config
*1 : CR-IR 359, CR-IR 370, CR-IR 371 and CR-IR 372 are the
equipment models available only other than in Japan.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B1
2. Installation Workflow
2. Installation Workflow
Presented below is the procedure used for installing the CL-AP.
Follow the flowchart to install the CL-AP.
u NOTE u
To facilitate you to understand installation workflow in this edition, the
following icons are shown to the right of the title in each chapter.
XG-1 RU
5000plus
356
357
359
362
363
364
366
367
368
370
371
372
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
XG-1 RU
FCR5000, etc.
CR-IR 356
CR-IR 357
CR-IR 359
CR-IR 362
CR-IR 363
CR-IR 364
CR-IR 366
CR-IR 367
CR-IR 368
CR-IR 370
CR-IR 371
CR-IR 372
IMPORTANT
Have on hand a CD that stores the CLs AP key (114Y5342002A),
which is distributed for use in servicing.
Be sure to use the AP key of version A00.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B2
2. Installation Workflow
357
359
362
363
364
366
367
368
370
371
372
CL Hardware Setup
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3.4 Monitor
3.3.1 PC Boards
3.3.2
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.
CL Software Setup
4.1
CL-AP Startup
4.1.1 OS Startup
4.1.2 OS Setups
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.2
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B3
2. Installation Workflow
357
359
362
363
364
366
367
368
370
371
372
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.6.5
4.6.7
4.6.8
4.7
4.7.6
4.7.8
4.7.9
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B4
2. Installation Workflow
357
359
362
363
364
366
367
368
370
371
372
4.8.3
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B5
3. CL Hardware Setup
3.1 Unloading and Unpacking
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
PC (controller)
Monitor
Insulating transformer (only for units used in Japan)
Others (options, etc.)
CAUTIONS
3.4 Making a Cable Connection to Other Equipment
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B6
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
Product Code
Qty. Remarks*
CL insulation power
box kit (only for units
used in Japan)
IR 346
INSULATION BOX
IR 346 LOCAL
PRINT
1
each
V, O
IR 346 DICOM
PRINT
V, O
V, O
DICOM CR STORAGE
(standard/private)
key CD
IR 346 DICOM
CR STORAGE
V, O
IR 346 LCD
BRACKET
MFP key CD
IR 346 MFP
MFP key CD
IR 348 MFP
Detail QA key CD
IR 346 DELUX-QA
Processed-image
output key CD
IR 346 DICOM IM
PROCESSED
371
372
PC box
(Product code : IR 348 CL A B )
PC
Keyboard
Mouse
Power cable
CL-AP (One or two CDs)
Standard Key Software (CD)
For details of the component items, see the documentation
supplied with the PC.
Monitor box
(Product code : IR 346 DISPLAY LCD (15" monitor with the touch panel)
or CL DISPLAY CRT 17 IN A (17" CRT monitor))
Monitor
Monitor cable
Serial cable (only for the 15" monitor with the touch panel)
USB cable (only for the 17" monitor with the touch panel)
Touch panel driver CD or FD (only for the monitor with the touch
panel)
Power cable
For details on the component items, see the documentation
supplied with the monitor.
* V: Variation; O: Option
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
IN-B7
Description
Product Code
Qty. Remarks*
Description
Product Code
Qty. Remarks*
QA batch processing
key CD
CL TILE-IM QA
FOR PLUS
Digital Mammography
key CD (image processing
parameters not provided.)
CL DICOM
MAMMO S
CL DICOM
MAMMO P
Image magnification
key CD (for Lite
Standard key)
CL IM-MAGNIFY
FOR LITE
CL LUTADJUSTMENT
FOR LITE
CL SHUTTERPROC
Annotation key CD
CL ANNOTATION
FOR LITE
Energy subtraction
processing key CD
CL ES
CL GPR
Ordering key CD
(serial connection)
CL ORDER
ONLINE
Image Reader QC
function key CD
FCR QC TEST
SOFT
Ordering key CD
(F-RIS)
CL ORDER
ONLINE FOR TST
CL DICOM MEDIA
STORAGE B
CL PEM
CL DICOM QR
CL X ONLINE
RETAKE ANALYSIS
key CD
CL RETAKE
ANALYSIS
CL IM
COMPOSITION
POCKET id Console
key CD
CL SOFT FOR
POCKET ID CL
Patient information
online key CD
IR 346 ID ONLINE
CL DICOM ORDER
MWM
CL DICOM ID
MWM
CL DICOM MPPS
DICOM Commitment
Push key CD
CL DICOM
COMMITMENT
Shadow-masking CD
key
* O : Option
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
* O : Option
IN-B8
Description
Product Code
Qty. Remarks*
Mammo QC key CD
(Applicable only in
Japan)
FCR QC TEST
SOFT M
PDI key CD
CL DICOM PDI
STORAGE
Precise Enlargement
image display function
key CD
CR PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT
QA ROI Measurement
function key CD
CR QA ROI
MEASUREMENT
Ordering key CD
(Synapse RIS)
DX CL SYNAPSE
RIS CONNECT
IR 346 BARCODE
IR 346 MCR
BRACKET
IDT-4 IF BD FOR
PCI
* O : Option
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Product Code
Qty. Remarks*2
ODF/PS IF CABLE
nM*1
IDT3/4 ONLINE
9S-CBL nM*1
IDT3/4 ONLINE
25P-CBL nM*1
MF-PS 667/DMSIF
CBL
IR 346
FERRITE KIT
2M/3M color/
monochrome video board
AMD FireGL V3600
(3M monochrome not
included)
CL VIDEO BD FOR
2MCG3MC
3M monochrome video
board
CL VIDEO BD FOR
SL-IC300
SERIAL PORT BD
SERIAL PORT BD
RS-422
XCON CONNECT
KIT
XCON CONNECT
KIT RS-422
Barcode reader
(with a rack)
Description
*1 n : Cable length
*2 O : Option
IN-B9
Insulating transformer
power cable
To power
source
Insulating
transformer
(only for Japan)
To medical
Additional protective grounding
grounding conductor terminal
PSI board (option)
Back of GX60
RIS, etc.
To LP
3.3.1 PC Boards
1 2
3.3.4 Monitor
USB cable
Mouse
attached to
the monitor*2
Keyboard
PEI board
(option)
To IR
Remote power
control box
(only when the IP is connected)
* 1: Only when the 15" monitor with the touch panel is used.
* 2: Only when the 17 monitor with the touch panel is used.
IN000010.EPS
u NOTE u
3.3.5 Remote Power Control Box
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Of the two serial ports provided on the PC, be sure to use the No.1
serial port ( ).
IN-B10
3.3.1 PC Boards
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
9000
364
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
1.
DPSW3
ON
For how to verify setup of and attach the PSI board, see
1. Hardware Setup, under CL+RIS/IDC4 (ID Online) in
OE7: Connection between CL and Other Equipment.
1 2 3
SW0
Check that the switches on the PEI board are properly set.
If their settings are incorrect, correct them accordingly.
u NOTE u
SW3
When no remote signal is to be sent to the printer, turn OFF all the
DPSW1 switches.
SW2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
SW5
2 and 3
short-circuited.
1 and 2
short-circuited.
Jumpers removed.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
DPSW2 ON DPSW1
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
1 2 3 4
OFF
SW4
PEI01A board
00000251.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B11
SW0
DPSW3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
DPSW2 ON DPSW1
ON
2.
u NOTE u
The procedure below applies when the PC used is GX60.
When the PC used is a model other than GX60, see
Appendix C Removing/Reinstalling the Board (PEI/PSI)
under RI : Reinstalling the Software.
Handle
3. Card cage
SW3
SW2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
SW5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
1 2 3 4
OFF
4. PEI board
SW4
PEI01A board
AGP slot
Expansion card
slot connector
00000007.EPS
NT
O
FR
CL-PC (GX60)
IN000009.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B12
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
372
u NOTE u
1.
2.
3.
9000
364
CAUTION
For a PC provided with the source voltage changeover switch
(between 115 and 230 VAC), set the PC source voltage
according to the voltage supplied to the institution concerned
and then connect the power cable to the power source.
2.
ON
2.
3.
OFF
(3) Power ON
Insulating transformer
Insulating transformer
Secure the long bracket using
the two connector cover
retaining screws.
00000383.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
00000301.EPS
REFERENCE
To secure cables, eight brackets (four each of long and short ones)
are attached to the insulating transformer.
IN-B13
1.
3.3.4 Monitor
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
u NOTE u
Prior to connection of the power cable, connect the serial cable between
PC and monitor.
If the power cable is connected before serial cable connection, the
touch panel driver may not be installed.
2.
REFERENCE
If the monitor type used is EIZOs L350/351P-TS, it is stable enough
even without optional rack for actual operations. Thus, it is not
necessary now for you to mount optional rack.
Installation method 1 (for the 15" monitor with the touch panel)
u NOTE u
Prior to connection of the power cable, connect the serial cable between
PC and monitor.
If the power cable is connected before serial cable connection, the
touch panel driver may not be installed.
2.
3.
Use the short bracket to secure that the power cable is not
disconnected accidentally from the insulating transformer.
Installation method 2 (for the 15" monitor with the touch panel)
To replace the monitor with a wall-mounting type monitor, replace
first the bracket with a wall-mounting type (option). Perform then
step 1. thereafter.
When using the wall-mounting bracket, see
Appendix 7 Attaching the Monitor Wall-Mounting Bracket
[Option] to replace the monitor rack.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Insulating transformer
Secure the short bracket using the two
connector cover retaining screws. 00000384.EPS
IN-B14
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
Use the short bracket to secure that the power cable is not
disconnected accidentally from the insulating transformer.
IN000108.EPS
2.
Insulating transformer
Secure the short bracket using the two
connector cover retaining screws.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
00000384.EPS
IN-B15
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
1.
2.
u NOTE u
To use the following remote power control cable for the master
IDT741, a conversion cable is required.
IDT-IV-to-FCR5000 connect signal cable REM CBL *M FOR IDT
MAIN D
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
cable (straight)
Other Connected
Equipment
HUB
IN000011.EPS
Remote power
control box
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
cable (cross)
CL
Other Connected
Equipment
IN000012.EPS
USB cable
To CL-PC USB
connector
Conversion cable
[as required]
Remote power
control cable
u NOTES u
FG terminal
[required only when
a conversion cable
is used.]
IR remote switch
connector
IN000014.EPS
3.
The cable type applicable to this equipment is the IEC950/UL1950compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher (when a HUB is used).
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B16
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
When using an E-i/f LP, connect an E-i/f cable between the LP and CL.
LP
CL
E-i/f cable
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
PEI board
Rear of the CL
00000035.EPS
Network
cable
Card reader
RU
20-40mm
Power cable
Ferrite core
00000036.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B17
4. CL Software Setup
4. CL Software Setup
4.1 CL-AP Startup
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
IN-B18
4.1.2 OS Setups
u NOTE u
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
When setting procedures to be performed are different between
Windows 2000, Windows XP and Windows Vista, follow the procedure
specific to the used OS to perform necessary settings.
REFERENCE
The following CL-PC setups and software installation steps are
completed at factory prior to shipment:
CL IP address (172.16.1.20)
Subnet mask (255.255.0.0)
CL host name (CRxxxxxxxx: 8 lowest digits of a manufacturers
serial number in the xxxxxxxx position)
Administrator password setup (fcr-iip)
Display setup (screen saver, screen resolution, etc.)
MS-IME setup (only for units used in Japan)
CL-AP (MSDE and SQL included) installation
Standard Key Software installation
AP key installation
Image database initialization
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B19
4.1.1 OS Startup
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
9000
364
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
u NOTE u
Be sure to turn ON the power to the LCD first and then to the PC,
otherwise the touch panel may not operate correctly.
1.
NOTE
00000421.EPS
A window like that shown below opens in case the date and time
displayed on the PC are older than those when it was started last
time.
Click [OK] on the window that opens, and set correct date and time
on the Date/Time Properties window.
IMPORTANT
The above error display opens because an output system (print or
image transfer) option key has not been installed/set up when the
equipment was newly installed.
For error details, see 3.4 Precautions to be Observed
During the Use of Output Options under, MT: Machine
Troubleshooting.
2.
CLP401002.EPS
Click
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
00000216.EPS
3.
Click
IN-B20
3.
4.1.2 OS Setups
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
If the date and time indicated are incorrect, correct them accordingly
and then click
.
1.
Double-click
on the desktop.
Double-click
4.
Click
5.
For Windows XP
00000117.EPS
Select
from the
menu.
7.
2.
Double-click
6.
menu.
Click
IN-B21
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
2.
1.
IN000107.EPS
Click
00000412.EPS
3.
Click
IN000102.EPS
00000413.EPS
u NOTE u
An error will occur if the serial cable of the LCD display provided
with a touch panel is connected to serial port No. 2.
4.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
00000415.EPS
IN-B22
5.
Click
For how to adjust the touch panel when using the L362T or L560T-C
monitor, see Appendix 1 Installing the Touch Panel Driver.
u NOTE u
The following window may suddenly open during the touch panel
adjustment process. It does not indicate any touch panel adjustment
problem.
Click
6.
Click
7.
8.
Click
00000321.EPS
1.
Mark
u NOTE u
Start adjusting the touch panel as soon as the window below has
opened, otherwise it will close with the touch panel left unadjusted.
00000422.EPS
00000227.EPS
The
sound.)
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
IN-B23
2.
Touch the
The
3.
Model 9416TD15/H2
Contrast : 127
(Press the Menu switch on the right-hand side of
the monitor to adjust the contrast with Page1.)
Brightness : 255
(Press the or button on the right-hand side of
the monitor while the Main Menu is not displayed
on the screen.)
Model 9416TD15/H2-1
Contrast : 65%
(Press the Menu switch on the right-hand side of
the monitor to adjust the contrast with Page1.)
Brightness : 100%
(Press the or button on the right-hand side of
the monitor while the Main Menu is not displayed
on the screen.)
00000316.EPS
4.
Click
u NOTE u
Model L350P-TS
Click
5.
Deselect
click
Model L351P-TS
) and then
u NOTE u
If a window opens to prompt FD insertion, click
Contrast : 90%
Brightness : 90%
(Press the Enter switch on the front of the monitor
to adjust the brightness by selecting <Picture
Adjustment>, then <Contrast Brightness>.)
Model L362T
.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Contrast : 80%
Brightness : 80%
(Press the Enter switch on the front of the monitor
to adjust the brightness by selecting <Picture
Adjustment>, then <Contrast Brightness>.)
Model L560T-C
Contrast : Default (not determined)
Brightness : 100%
IN-B24
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
4.
Uncheck
372
By default, the PC prompts for password input when you attempt to exit
the suspend mode. Since it is conceivable that the user may
inadvertently press the Suspend button on the keyboard, perform the
following procedure as needed.
NOTE
When the OS used is Windows Vista, nothing is needed to perform at
this step.
1.
From the
IN000109.EPS
5.
Click
menu.)
2.
Double-click
3.
IN000110.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B25
).
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B26
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
Function
357
368
359
370
371
372
The following option keys are available. Install necessary option keys
in compliance with the CL installation specifications.
IMPORTANT
Either the image input/output function or print output option key must be
installed. If it is not installed, an error display (error code: 50001) will be
indicated during CL-AP startup, resulting thus in disabling the CL-AP to be
started up. Moreover, when the IR346 DICOM CR STORAGE and
IR346 DICOM PRINT option keys have been installed, be sure to
perform configuration settings as well.
The 50001 error display will be indicated if an output system (for print or
image output) option key has not been installed/set up properly.
For error details, see 3.4 Precautions to be Observed During the
Use of Output Options under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
Function
Print
output
Image
input/
output
Product Code
Description
IR346 LOCAL PRINT LP (local printer) connection
IR346 DICOM PRINT DICOM Print function
DICOM-based image transmission
functions available (Also include a function
to transmit unstandardized images to the
QA-WS.) Options installed are as follows.
IR346 DICOM CR
STORAGE
CR Storage SCU (Standard)
CR Storage SCU (Private) (Private
Unstandardized CR Storage is included
in Private.)
Functions available for processed- image
transmission with DICOM Options installed
IR346 DICOM IM
are as follows.
PROCESSED
CR Storage SCU (Standard)
Processed image generation
Function for image transfer (input/output)
with FINP Options installed are as follows.
IR346 DMS NET FINP output
WORK IN-OUT
FINP input (Supports only the reprint
function.)
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Image input/
output
Image
storage
assurance
QA function
Product Code
CL DICOM MAMMO S
CR Digital Mammography
function (Image processing
parameters will not be provided.)
CL DICOM MAMMO P
CR Digital Mammography
function (image processing
parameters will be provided.)*1
CL DICOM MEDIA
STORAGE B
CL DICOM QR
CL DICOM PDI
STORAGE
CL DICOM
COMMITMENT
IR346 DELUX-QA
QA function addition*3, *4
CL TILE-IM QA FOR
PLUS
QA batch processing
IR346 MFP
IR348 MFP
Image
processing
Description
CL SHUTTER-PROC
Shuttering processing
CL PEM
CL IM COMPOSITION
Image composition
CL IM-MAGNIFY FOR
LITE
CL LUT-ADJUSTMENT
FOR LITE
*1 To use this option, the CL DICOM MAMMO S option key must have
been installed.
*2 To use this option, the IR346 DICOM CR STORAGE option key
must have been installed.
*3 When IR346 DELUX-QA is installed, all the QA functions are made
available.
If it is not installed, only a limited number of QA functions available.
*4 No option key is required because this function is available as a
standard on the DR Console Plus.
IN-B27
Function
Image
processing
Product Code
Description
CL ANNOTATION
FOR LITE
Annotation function
Mammo QC function
(Applicable only in Japan)
CL GPR
CL ID ONLINE
ID Online function
1.
NOTE
X-ray
controller
CL X ONLINE
P-Console
CL SOFT FOR
POCKET ID CL
Precise
enlargement CR PRECISE
image
ENLARGEMENT
display
QA ROI
CR QA ROI
measurement MEASUREMENT
CL RETAKE
ANALYSIS
2.
REFERENCE
Each option key is supplied on one dedicated CD for each product.
Click
00000416.EPS
3.
Click
u NOTE u
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Energy
subtraction CL ES
processing
Other
4.
5.
IN-B28
9000
364
355RU
366
357
368
359
370
371
372
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
u NOTE u
Install the AP key after all optional keys have been installed accordingly.
This is because once an optional key is installed, the AP key becomes
invalidated requiring thus the AP key to be reinstalled.
1.
372
then FCR.
The CL opening window appears on the display. After about two
minutes, the CL-AP starts up.
REFERENCE
The CL is designed so that the CL-AP can be started up when registry
information is generated to define the encryption key.
The associated registry information is generated when the AP key is
installed.
1.
From the
371
Version A software
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
IN000025.EPS
Version B software
IN000127.EPS
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
IN-B29
u NOTE u
If the above window does not open or an error display appears,
note the displayed error code and the applicable remedy, and then
make necessary corrections to achieve AP startup.
See 1. Error Code Table in MT: Machine
Troubleshooting.
2.
Click
in the
(or
menu.
The exit window opens.
3.
The CL-AP exits and the system returns to the desktop screen.
REFERENCE
To shut down both the CL-AP and Windows, click [OK] without
pressing the <Shift> key.
To shut down the CL-AP only, click [OK] while holding down the
<Shift> key.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B30
Follow the workflow below to perform settings for the CL using the
Service Utility.
4.2.1 Starting the Service Utility
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2 from the initial window within a
3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
steps to start the Service Utility:
1.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
371
) menu.
372
2. Click
Click
3. From the
menu, sequentially choose Programs,
Fuji Film, and FCR.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
2.
(or
3.
The Service Utility starts. The IIP Service Utility window opens.
MU000031.EPS
00000404.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B31
4.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
372
2.
3.
for
u NOTE u
Click the
sign within
Configuration Item window.
1.
Click
in the Setup
u NOTE u
Use Institute/Site Name Strings to enter a hospital name string
of one-byte characters for use in the CL system.
The default hospital name is FUJI FILM HOSPITAL. Change
this entry to a hospital name string of one-byte characters as
defined by a specific hospital.
You can enter a string of up to 60 characters.
Set the IP size unit system (inch or metric) for
.
u NOTE u
00000132.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B32
Use
used.
0: Japanese
1: English
2: German
3: French
4: Spanish
5: Italian
6: Swedish
7: Finnish
8: Danish
9: Norwegian
10: Korean
11: Chinese Simplified
12: Chinese Traditional
13: Portuguese
14: Polish
15: Hungarian
16: Czech
17: Russian
18: Slovene
19: Turkish
1.
u NOTE u
Do not select 18: Slovene because software version V7.0 (B)
does not provide support to it.
Double-click
for
to enter a hospital name
u NOTE u
Use Institute/Site Name in Two-Byte Characters to enter a
hospital name string of two-byte characters for use in the CL
system.
The default hospital name is
. Change this entry
to a hospital name string of two-byte characters as defined by a
specific hospital.
You can enter a string of up to 15 two-byte characters.
2.
3.
is
5.
4.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B33
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
371
372
Set the LUT file as follows to optimize the image display of the monitor
that is being used.
1.
IN000115.EPS
2.
u NOTE u
To use a nanao L351P (model L351P-TS) with the CL software A08
or earlier install the LUT file on the FD provided with the LCD
monitor.
IN000129.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
[Installation procedures]
Copy the lut.txt and nanao_L351P.env files on the FD to the
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\lut folder (overwrite the lut.txt file).
IN-B34
3.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
u NOTE u
Pay attention to the fact that exposure menu settings will revert to the
default if a menu database is replaced.
1.
RI0000428.EPS
NOTE
Do not select 20) Slovene because software version V7.0 (B)
does not provide support to it.
IN000116.EPS
2.
00000301.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
IN-B35
4.
u NOTE u
When you have selected For Digital X-ray (DX Storage Option) at
step 3 above, a window like that shown below opens. Skip step 5
and proceed to step 6.
5.
IN0000954.EPS
IN0000957.EPS
IN0000955.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN0000955.EPS
IN-B36
7.
8.
IN0000956.EPS
IN0000957.EPS
IN0000955.EPS
6.
u NOTE u
When the RU used is CR-IR 363, select 5 Use FNC, Highluminance film illuminator, Use 20line/mm image.
The message Menu Database installation completed. appears
completing thus changing the menu database.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
IN-B37
3.
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (Setup: bat) in the CD.
IN000116.EPS
2.
RI0000428.EPS
4.
u NOTE u
00000301.EPS
When you have selected For Digital X-ray (DX Storage Option) at
step 3 above, a window like that shown below opens. Skip step 5
and proceed to step 6.
RI0000472.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
IN-B38
5.
6.
RI0000471.ai
IN0000957.EPS
RI0000472.ai
IN0000955.EPS
7.
u NOTE u
When the RU used is CR-IR 363, select 5 Use FNC, Highluminance film illuminator, Use 20line/mm image.
IN0000956.EPS
8.
RI0000472.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
9.
IN-B39
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
Function
Ref.
Local Printer
E-i/f Connection
OE1
HI-C/QA-WS/OD-F
OE2
HI-C655/QA-WS/FCR VIEW
DICOM CR Storage
OE3
DICOM CR Storage :
Transfer of Processed Images
OE4
FN-PS551/DRYPIX/FM-DPL
DICOM Print
OE5
OE6
RIS/IDC4
ID Online
OE7
RIS
OE8
Archiver
OE9
QA-WS
Transfer of ES Images
OE10
X-Ray Controller
Serial Connection
OE12
Cluster Connection
OE15
DICOM MG Storage :
Transfer of Digital
Mammograms
OE16
OE17
POCKET id Console
OE18
OE19
Ordering
OE26
DICOM Server
OE20
PDI
OE22
DAP
OE23
OE24
OE25
Synapse Server
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
9000
364
IN-B40
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
When using the barcode reader or magnetic card reader, perform the
following connection and setup.
Barcode reader connection and setup
For details on the connection, see Appendix 3 Connecting
the Barcode Reader [Option].
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B41
1.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
1.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
2.
Click
IN000056.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B42
3.
Click
5.
II
IN000039.EPS
4.
Select
6.
Click
REFERENCE
DICOM_IIP and 21760 are the 5000 series defaults values set
when it is shipped from factory.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B43
7.
VII
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
1.
Click
2.
Click
II
III
9000
364
359
370
371
372
on the
IV
IN000042.EPS
IN000041.EPS
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
8.
3.
Select PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage.
Select SCP.
Select JPEG Lossless.
Select ST&HQ. Select SH when the 5000MA is connected.
Select HQ/SH.
To handle two-byte characters, check here.
Select OTHER.
Click
field,
respectively.
u NOTE u
The default host name for each IR is as follows:
5000/5000R/5000MA/
: fcr5000-n
5501/5501D/5502D/XU-D1 : fcr5501-n
9.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
4.
Select
IN-B44
5.
7.
IV
IN000044.EPS
I.
II.
III.
IV.
Select PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage.
Select SCU.
Select JPEG Lossless.
Select a destination for film output.
Select IIP when connecting an LP to the CL and FCR5000
when connecting an LP to the IR.
V. Select BUILTIN or CASSETTE.
5000/5000R/5000MA
: CASSETTE
5501/5501D/XU-D1/5520D : BUILTIN
IN000081.EPS
u NOTE u
The default Application Entity Name for each IR is DICOM_IR.
6.
Click
u NOTES u
8.
Click
9.
Click
IN-B45
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
4.
372
u NOTE u
These setups can be omitted for the cassette-type IR. When omitted,
FINP110 will interacts between IR and CL.
II
1.
Click
2.
Click
3.
IN000046.EPS
I.
Select
5.
IN000045.EPS
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B46
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
372
When two or more CLs are connected in the same system, make
settings so that the patient information can be shared by all CLs
connected.
1.
IN000047.EPS
IN000048.EPS
2.
Click
3.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B47
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
2.
372
II
III
u NOTE u
IV
1.
VI
VII
IN000050.EPS
I.
II.
III.
IV.
IN000049.EPS
V.
VI.
VII.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B48
3.
Version B software
4.
Click
5.
REFERENCE
The window shown below represents an example of user display
where one each of cassette device and built-in device have been
set in the selector.
Version A software
Selector
Selector
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN000130.EPS
IN000051.EPS
IN-B49
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
1.
Click
on the
REFERENCE
Image processing parameter transfer refers to a user utility function that
is responsible for matching the CL image processing parameters with
those for the IR. With this function, you can overwrite the IR image
processing parameter data with the CL image processing parameter
data.
IN000038.EPS
2.
Click
IN000042.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B50
3.
7.
I
II
III
u NOTE u
The default CPU90E board host name for each IR is as follows.
5000: fcr5000
5501: fcr5501
4.
5000R: fcr5000
XU-D1: fcr55es
5000MA: fcr5000
5502D: fcr5501
IN000054.EPS
Select
I.
II.
III.
IV.
5.
8.
Select PrivateUnstandardizedCRStorage.
Select SCU.
Select JPEG Lossless.
Select BUILTIN or CASSETE.
5000/5000R/5000MA
: CASSETE
5501/5501D/5502D/XU-D1 : BUILTIN
Click
9.
Click
IN000053.EPS
6.
Click
IN-B51
1.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
Connection verification
Connection between CL and IR
Connection to other equipment units
Output image (by causing the printer to generate a film output)
Setup file backup
Back up the CL setup file.
IN000047.EPS
u NOTE u
If you intend to connect the RU or CR-IR356/357/359/36X/37X in a later
procedure, do not back up the CL setup file at this stage.
IN000048.EPS
2.
Click
3.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B52
CL*1
TCP/IP
RU
(1st unit)
RU
(2nd unit)
RU
(3rd unit)
*1 CL that does not serve as the RU master IIP (to be added in section 4.7.8).
IN000069.EPS
REFERENCE
You must perform an extremely complicated procedure to set up the CL
as the RU master IIP for the connection of multiple RUs. It is therefore
recommended that you read the function descriptions in the following
reference sections in advance:
See 5. Relationship between RU and CL, and 6. RU-CL N:N
Connection Function Overview under MD: Machine
Description.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B53
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
4.
Click
372
1.
IN000042.EPS
5.
In the
field,
2.
3.
6.
Choose
.
IN000082.EPS
7.
Check
).
IN000071.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B54
8.
In the
REFERENCE
The character string entered need not be the same as the host
name.
9.
Click
2.
3.
II
10. Register the network information about the second and third
RUs by performing steps 3. through 9.
III
IV
IN000072.EPS
I. Choose READER.
II. Choose RU1.
u NOTE u
Do not register 5000plus series equipment for Connecting
Equipment.
1.
Click
4.
Click
IN000083.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B55
1.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
u NOTES u
The RU M-Utility installation procedure is described herein on the
assumption that the RU application CD version A07 or later is used for
the RU M-Utility (PC-MUTL hereinafter) that is to be installed as
follows. A different installation procedure will be required if a version
earlier than that mentioned above is used.
When the OS used is Windows XP, use RU software of A09 or later.
When the OS used is Windows Vista, use RU software of A13 or later.
Make sure to start the procedure below with the CL-AP quit accordingly.
IN000047.EPS
1.
Have on hand the CD that is supplied with the RU. Insert this
CD into the PC.
After a while, the following window opens:
IN000048.EPS
2.
Click
3.
4.
2.
Click
00000185.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
IN-B56
3.
Click
6.
Click
4.
Click
00000188.EPS
5.
Click
00000215.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B57
2.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
II
00000426.EPS
u NOTES u
u NOTES u
Since the host name entry made in step I. above becomes the formal
RU host name, be sure to enter a correct host name here.
Do not change RU IP ADDR to a setting other than 172.16.1.10.
For the RU host name change procedure, see
Appendix 8 Changing the RU Host Name.
1.
Turn ON only the first RU. Leave the second and third RUs
OFF.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B58
3.
Click
4.
REFERENCE
The time<10ms and TTL=128 portions of the above message
vary with the network status. Even when their values vary, the
connection is normal as far as the message appears four times.
u NOTE u
Be sure to verify the network connection. If you install the RU-AP
without completing the proper network verification procedure, an
error occurs when the RU restarts.
REFERENCE
If the connection to the RU cannot be verified, check whether the
following causes exist:
Cable connection
Check again.
RU or CL network board Restart.
Other
If you still cannot verify the connection, initialize the RU memory so
as to return the IP address recorded in the RU main unit to the
default value, and reestablish the network connection.
For details on the procedure for initializing the memory
to reestablish the network connection to the CL, see
3.1 CL/RU Connection Recovery Procedure to be
Performed upon RU Memory Initialization under
MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
5.
Click
at the upper right corner of the command prompt
window.
The system returns you to the main menu.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
1.
2.
00000502.EPS
3.
Select an RU-AP version (A05 or later) from the list and then
click
List
00000190.EPS
IN-B59
4.
IV. Enter the subnet mask (255.255.0.0 in the above setup example).
V. If necessary, change the settings indicated in the table below:
u NOTE u
The data set up as follows will be written on the RU-Config file and
then installed in the RU together with the RU-AP.
For the procedure used when changing the setup data
after installation, see Appendix 2 Setting the RU-Config.
I
II
III
IV
V
Configuration
Setup Item
Setup
Range
IN000063 EPS
I.
Remarks
ROUTER IP
ADDR
IP address
0.0.0.0
setup range
Route address
(Do not change the setup.)
SECURE
TELNET HOST
IP ADDR
IP address
0.0.0.0
setup range
SECURE
TELNET
NETWORK
ADDR
IP address
0.0.0.0
setup range
EQUIPMENT
CODE
AZ
RANGE OF
ERASE MODE
ERASE 1
ERASE 1, ERASE 1
ERASE 2
ERASE MODE
TIMEOUT
0 to 999
(sec)
060
ON
ON
IP ERASE TYPE
5, 6
(FOR NO
6
BARCODE)
VI
Default
ALARM
(CASSETTE
SET)
ALARM
(MODE
SWITCH)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
WARNING OF
OVERXRAY
LOG &
MESSAGE LOG &
MESSAGE
LOG
NONE
IN-B60
REFERENCE
The AUTO UPDATE function will automatically have the RU
download RU data from the FTP server if there is a discrepancy
between CL FTP server data and RU FLASH ROM data.
See 5.2 Mechanism of RU-AP/RU-Config AUTO UPDATE
in MD: Machine Description.
5.
Click
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
For the second RU, install the RU-AP as directed below. For the third
RU, perform the same installation procedure as for the second unit.
1.
Check to see that the first RU has been turned OFF and then
turn ON the second RU.
2.
In the same manner as for the first RU, verify the network
connection to the second RU.
CAUTION
(Applicable only for RU-AP version A07 or later.)
The RU panel will be illuminated during the RU-AP installation
process. Never turn OFF the power to the RU or press the
reset switch at this time, otherwise the RU CPU board can be
damaged.
u NOTE u
00000611.EPS
REFERENCE
6.
.
The system returns you to the main menu.
7.
3.
CAUTION
(Applicable only for RU-AP version A07 or later.)
The RU panel will be illuminated during the RU-AP installation
process. Never turn OFF the power to the RU or press the reset
switch at this time, otherwise the RU CPU board can be damaged.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B61
REFERENCE
In the [READER UNIT SETTING] window, perform setup for the second
RU as indicated below. (Enter data I through IV as shown below. Edit
data V as needed. For box VI, select OFF.)
READER UNIT SETTING window
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
u NOTE u
When changing the IP address, pay due attention to the netmask
settings. You might have to change the netmask size depending on the
IP address to be set up.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
u NOTE u
VI
IN000075.EPS
4.
5.
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
u NOTE u
(Applicable only for RU-AP version A06 or earlier.)
If the selector has been set to OFF with respect to the RU, perform
setup so as to permit cassette equipment use.
If the RU-AP version installed is A06 or earlier, be sure to start the CL-AP
to have the FTP server RU data de downloaded to the RU FLASH ROM.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
For the selector setup procedure, see 12. Setting the Selectors
Selector Setting in MU: Maintenance Utility.
IN-B62
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
u NOTES u
Perform patient information sharing setup for the CL serving as the RU
master IIP (first CL) and the CLs not serving as the RU master IIP
(second and subsequent CLs). If setup is not completed for both types
of CLs, images cannot be transferred from the RUs.
In situations where two or more CLs are connected, the second and
subsequent CLs are entitled to receive images from the RUs simply
when you complete patient information sharing setup for them.
Patient information sharing setup
First CL
(RU master IIP)
Transfer to CL where
the associated
ID is registered.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
Connection checkout
Connection between CL and RU
Connection to other equipment units
Output image (by causing the printer to generate a film output)
Setup file backup
CL setup file
RU setup file (RU master IIP only)
RU error log checkout and deletion (RU master IIP only)
For details of each item, see 6. Checkout Procedures and
7. Setup File Backup and RU Error Log Verification/Deletion
under IN-A: Installation One RU Connection.
u NOTE u
If you intend to connect the CR-IR356/357/359/36X/37X in a later
procedure, do not back up the CL setup file at this stage. However,
the RU setup file must be backed up at this stage.
Second CL
(not a RU master IIP)
Image
TCP/IP
RU
RU
RU
Installed
IN000080.EPS
Even when two or more of the installed CLs serve as RU master IIPs,
be sure that patient information sharing setup is completed with
respect to each other. The reason is that a certain such CL may
receive images from RUs that it does not manage.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B63
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
u NOTE u
When changing the IP address, pay attention to the netmask setting.
It may be necessary to change the netmask size depending on the IP
address to be set.
XG-1 RU 5000plus
362
363
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
1.
2.
9000
364
00000404.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B64
3.
Click
and then
6.
Choose
IN000071.EPS
4.
Click
IN000082.EPS
7.
).
For CR-IR356/357/359/362/363/368 :
For CR-IR364/366/367/370/371/372 :
8.
In the
REFERENCE
The above entry need not always be the same as the host name.
IN000042.EPS
5.
In the
the CR-IR356/357/359/36X/37X.
In the
(172.16.1.11).
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
9.
Click
10. If you connect more than one unit, repeat steps 3. through 9.
IN-B65
1.
u NOTE u
Do not register a 5000 plus series equipment for the Connecting
Equipment.
4.
Click
1.
IN000083.EPS
2.
Click
3.
IN000047.EPS
IN000048.EPS
IN000072.EPS
I. Choose READER.
II. Select the CR-IR356/357/359/36X/37Xs host name (e.g., RU11).
III. If you connect two or more units of the CRIR356/357/359/36X/37X, select their host names from the
Equipment #2 and subsequent fields.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
2.
Click
IN-B66
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
u NOTE u
Be sure to perform IDT CONNECTION setup even if the system
contains only one CL. If you do not perform IDT CONNECTION setup,
an error (error code: 31418) occurs because the RU does not transfer
images to the CL.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
1.
IN000049.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B67
2.
VII. To restore the initially selected status when the CL was started,
from the selector that is now being edited, turn the radio button ON.
3.
II
III
IV
V
4.
Click
VI
5.
6.
VII
IN000050.EPS
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B68
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
372
u NOTES u
Perform patient information sharing setup for the CL serving as the RU
master IIP (first CL) and the CLs not serving as the RU master IIP
(second and subsequent CLs). If setup is not completed for both types
of CLs, images cannot be transferred from the RUs.
In situations where two or more CLs are connected, the second and
subsequent CLs are entitled to receive images from the RUs simply
when you complete patient information sharing setup for them.
First CL
(RU master IIP)
Transfer to CL where
the associated
ID is registered.
Second CL
(not a RU master IIP)
Image
TCP/IP
RU
RU
RU
Installed
IN000080.EPS
Even when two or more of the installed CLs serve as RU master IIPs,
be sure that patient information sharing setup is completed with
respect to each other. The reason is that a certain such CL may
receive images from RUs that it does not manage.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B69
NOTE
When the OS used is Windows Vista, use the Windows Vistacompatible RU PC-TOOL.
For the installation procedure, see IN: Installation of the
CR-IR356/357/359/36X/37X Service Manuals, as required.
REFERENCE
NOTE
When the OS used is Windows Vista, use the Windows Vistacompatible RU application.
For the installation and configuration setup procedures, see
IN: Installation of the CR-IR356/357/359/36X/37X Service
Manuals, as required.
IN000123.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B70
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
Connection verification
Connection between the CL and CR-IR356/357/359/36X/37X
Output image (by causing the printer to generate a film output)
See IN: Installation of the CR-IR356/357/359/36X/37X Service
Manuals, as required.
9000
364
355RU
366
356
367
357
368
359
370
371
372
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B71
BLANK PAGE
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
IN-B72
010-054-12
11.12.2004 FM4450 (ITC)
IN-CI
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
11/12/2004
010-054-12
11.12.2004 FM4450 (ITC)
12
Reason
Revision for software V1.0(C) (FM4450)
Pages affected
All pages
IN-CII
1. CL Installation Conditions
[Applicable only in Japan]
010-054-12
11.12.2004 FM4450 (ITC)
IN-C1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-12
11.12.2004 FM4450 (ITC)
IN-C2
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN-I
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
07/20/2002
11/30/2002
03/01/2003
08/20/2003
12/10/2003
05
06
07
08
09
02/20/2004
10
07/30/2004
11
07/30/2004
07/30/2005
07/20/2007
10/31/2008
11/30/2009
11
14
17
19
20
11/30/2009
03/31/2010
20
21
03/31/2010
21
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
I-IV, 3-1, 3-3, 4-2, 4-3, 7-1, 7-6
I-IV, 3-3, 3-4, 5-1, 5-6
I, II, 4-49, 5-4, 6, 7-6, 9-1
I, II, 3-1, 4-2
I, II, 1-1, 1-46, 4-2, 5-3, 5-4, 5-6,
6-4, 7-6, 8-3
All pages
I, II, 1-4, 1-6, 2-1, 3-1, 4-2, 5-1,
5-68, 8-1, 9-1, 9-2
2-24, 5-25
I, II, 5-7, 9-2
I, II, 4-10, 5-1, 5-4
I-IV, 1-1, 68, 5-4, 5, 10-18
I, II, 1-6, 812, 2-1, 3-1, 4-2, 5-1, 6,
7, 8-1, 9-14, 10-5, 7, 8, 10
5-8, 10-6, 9
I, II, 1-1, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 2-1, 3-1, 3, 4,
4-13, 6, 10, 5-1, 2, 7-1, 68, 8-1, 2,
5, 7, 8, 10-1, 35, 7, 11-140
1-11, 12
Appx IN-II
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Appx IN-III
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Appx IN-IV
This appendix shows the touch panel driver installation and adjustment
procedures to be performed when using a monitor with the touch panel.
When using an L362T monitor for the touch panel, see
Installing the driver (for L362T) and Adjusting the touch
panel (for L362T) to perform necessary procedures.
When using an L560T-C monitor for the touch panel, see
Installing the driver (for L560T-C) and Adjusting the touch
panel (for L560T-C) to perform necessary procedures.
IN000084.EPS
1.
2.
00000226.EPS
Appx IN1-1
3.
Click
6.
Click
00000412.EPS
4.
Click
7.
Click
8.
u NOTE u
00000413.EPS
u NOTE u
Select the same COM port number as that of the serial port
connected to the PC.
5.
Click
9.
Click
u NOTE u
Start adjusting the touch panel as soon as the window below has
opened, otherwise it will close with the touch panel left unadjusted.
00000415.EPS
00000422.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN1-2
3.
u NOTE u
The following window may suddenly open during the touch panel
adjustment process. It does not indicate any touch panel adjustment
problem.
Click
4.
Click
u NOTE u
Click
00000321.EPS
1.
2.
Touch the
The
5.
Deselect
click
) and then
u NOTE u
If a window opens to prompt for FD insertion, click
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN1-3
4.
u NOTE u
Click
1.
5.
Select
2.
6.
IN000304.EPS
3.
7.
IN000301.EPS
IN000305.EPS
IN000302.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN1-4
8.
1.
Double-click
IN000306.EPS
2.
Click
IN000307.EPS
9.
Uncheck
click
) and
10. Click
3.
4.
IN000308.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
5.
Click
Appx IN1-5
6.
1.
IN000310.EPS
7.
I.
IN000319.ai
2.
II.
IN000311.EPS
I.
Touch
II. Touch
touchdown].
8.
Touch
window.
IN000321.ai
3.
Click
IN000322.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN1-6
4.
Select
5.
.
IN000324.ai
7.
Uncheck
) and click
.
The Touch Screen Calibration Needed window opens.
8.
Click
in the
box.
IN000323.ai
6.
IN000325.ai
IN000328.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
9.
Appx IN1-7
3.
1.
Select the Drivers tab and then click Touch Panel Driver
(Windows Vista).
DCL70424.ai
DCL70411.ai
2.
DCL70414.ai
NOTE
If the AutoPlay window does not open automatically at step 1
above, double-click the execution file (Launcher.exe) in the CD.
4.
Click Install.
A confirmation window opens.
DCL70413.ai
DCL70425.ai
5.
Click
DCL70426.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx IN1-8
6.
Click
9.
7.
DCL70430.ai
DCL70428.ai
INApp01001.ai
DCL70429.ai
8.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
NOTE
Move the scroll bar up and down to check to see that only EX II
USB Touch Screen Support is checkmarked.
Appx IN1-9
11. Click
DCL70431.ai
DCL70432.ai
13. Click
14. Click
15. Click [Exit] to exit the EIZO Touch Panel Disk Setup
window.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN1-10
6.
1.
Double-click
7.
Click
2.
Click
3.
8.
Touch the
IN000327.ai
9.
window.
At the completion of calibrating the touching position, the
I.
4.
II.
5.
Touch the
IN000316.EPS
window.
At the completion of calibrating the touching position, the
mark will appear.
I.
Select
II. Select
10. Touch
window.
Appx IN1-11
6.
NOTE
Check to see that a USB cable is used to make connection between the
PC and a touch panel, and then start working on the necessary task.
1.
Double-click
Click
7.
.
DCL70420.EPS
8.
DCL70419.ai
2.
Click
I.
3.
II.
4.
DCL70421.EPS
I.
5.
Touch
II. Touch some times the button that is in the Touch Sound field until
the
9.
Touch
Panel window.
DCL70434.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN1-12
1.
u NOTES u
Verify that Explorer or other application is not running. If any
applications are running, exit them.
Before proceeding to perform the procedure set forth below, exit the
CL-AP.
RU M-Utility is used for RU-Config setup. However, the setup
procedure varies with the employed RU M-Utility version. When the
employed version is 1.2 or later (when RU M-Utility is installed from
RU application CD version A07 or later), you only have to perform
steps 1. through 6.
However, if the employed RU M-Utility version is 1.1 or earlier (when
RU M-Utility is installed from RU application CD version A06 or
earlier), you have to perform all steps.
IV. Click.
II. Click.
I. Click.
00000219.EPS
00000215.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN2-1
2.
00000434.EPS
3.
Click
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
Appx IN2-2
4.
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XIII
XIV
XV
IN000086.EPS
CL IP ADDR
FTP-SERV
III
IP ADDR
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
0.0.0.0
IP address
setup range
0.0.0.0
AZ
RANGE OF
IX ERASE
MODE
ERASE 1
ERASE 1,
ERASE 2
ERASE 1
ERASE MODE
TIMEOUT
IP ERASE
TYPE
XI
(FOR NO
BARCODE)
0 to 999
(sec)
060
XII
II
IP address
setup range
ROUTER IP
ADDR
SECURE
TELNET
VI
HOST IP
ADDR
SECURE
TELNET
VII
NETWORK
ADDR
EQUIPMENT
VIII
CODE
III
RU IP ADDR
Subnet mask
II
Configuration
Setup Item
IV NET MASK
Configuration
No.
Setup Item
Setup
Default
Range
Subnet mask
specification 255.255.0.0
range
IP address
0.0.0.0
setup range
No.
Setup
Range
Default
Remarks
IP address set up
when the RU-AP IP address of the RU.
is installed.
IP address set up
IP address
when the RU-AP IP address of the HOST (CL).
setup range
is installed.
IP address that
is set up during
Subnet mask
RU-AP
FTP server IP address
setup range
installation will
be the default.
IP address
setup range
5, 6
6
ALARM
XII (CASSETTE
SET)
ON
OFF
ON
ALARM
XIII (MODE
SWITCH)
ON
OFF
ON
LOG &
WARNING OF MESSAGE LOG &
XIV
OVER-XRAY LOG
MESSAGE
NONE
AUTO
XV UPDATE
(A07 or later)
ON
OFF
ON
Remarks
Route address
(Do not change the setup.)
Appx IN2-3
5.
Click
CL
CAUTION
(Applicable only for RU M-Utility version 1.2 or later.)
Never turn OFF the power to the RU or press the reset switch while
the RU panel is illuminated for the RU-Config installation process,
because the RUs CPU board can be damaged.
6.
Click the
Perform steps hereinafter only when the RU M-Utility version used is 1.1
or earlier.
From the
9.
Click
on the CL monitor.
7.
00000433.EPS
8.
CAUTION
Never turn OFF the power to the RU or press the reset switch while
the RU panel is illuminated, because the RUs CPU board can be
damaged.
00000601.EPS
u NOTE u
Do nothing and wait for a while.
The Console Warning window will disappear.
The RU initialization message appears. The RU becomes
available in about one minute.
RU
!
All the LEDs on the RU panel come on.
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
00000196.EPS
Appx IN2-4
Just connecting the barcode reader to the PC will set up the driver
automatically making thus it available.
u NOTE u
Because the driver is not set up automatically for Windows XP or
Windows Vista, you have to do it manually.
For how to install the driver, see 4.6 Changing the Barcode
Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Driver Software under
MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
USB port
CL
Barcode reader
Just connecting the barcode reader to the PC will set up the driver
automatically making thus it available.
00000037.EPS
u NOTES u
After the barcode reader has been connected to the CL, be sure to
restart the OS. Although a window opens immediately after reader
connection to indicate that driver software installation has been
completed, you cannot immediately use the reader because it is not
recognized by the CL-AP yet.
Because the CL system barcode reader sound needs to be produced
only when a barcode is read successfully, it has been designed so that
the PC itself produces a sound. For this reason, the sound produced
by the barcode reader, not only when a barcode is read successfully
but also when it is read unsuccessfully, is disabled for machines when
they are shipped from factory. When it is necessary that the barcode
reader produces a sound for some reason, make the setup accordingly
by reading the barcode described in the section below.
The barcode reader driver is then automatically set to make the
barcode reader operative.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN3-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN3-2
Sounding the
buzzer three times
Setup started
Sounding the
buzzer three times
All default settings (*)
Sounding the
buzzer three times
Setup completed
Transfer permitted
Transferring a/b/c/d
Transferring a/b/c/d
Transfer permitted
Buzzer disabled
Setup completed
Sounding the
buzzer three times
Appx IN3-3
CR-IR346CL Service Manual
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN3-4
ISO type
IMPORTANT
When installing the wall-mounting bracket, ensure that the concrete
strength of the wall is not less than 210 kgf/cm2. If the concrete strength
is inadequate, the required amount of mounting strength will not be
obtained. Be sure to check the concrete strength in advance.
1.
Direction
of magnetic
card insertion
Lamp
(left-hand side)
Reading surface
u NOTE u
Be sure that the employed anchor nuts conform to the wall
conditions (use the supplied anchor nuts).
Lamp
(right-hand side)
42mm
Reading surface
Wall-mounting
bracket
00000029.EPS
00000225.EPS
2.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN4-1
3.
Wall-mounting bracket
Reader
I. Two screws
1.
Use the cable supplied with the reader to connect the USB
port that is on the back of the CL to the reader. When the PC
is used placing it horizontally, connect the reader to the top
port for back connection.
Ferrite core
Dedicated cable
supplied with the
reader
USB port
CL
Reader
00000030.EPS
u NOTES u
Wall
00000031.EPS
After the reader has been connected to the CL, be sure to restart
the OS. Although a window opens immediately after reader
connection to indicate that driver software installation has been
completed, you cannot immediately use the reader because it is
not recognized by the CL-AP yet.
Because the driver is not set up automatically for Windows XP or
Windows Vista, you have to do it manually.
For how to install the driver, see 4.6 Changing the
Barcode Reader/Magnetic Card Reader Driver
Software under MT: Machine Troubleshooting.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN4-2
REFERENCE
Perform the following procedures to set the reader type and magnetic
card type.
1.
2.
Click
3.
Click the
4.
Click
sign within
.
.
The IDT functionality and magnetic card setup items appear in the
right-hand area of the window.
5.
With
2.
3.
Click
4.
5.
Click
1.
1.
From
0: FUJI [default]
6: FJ51
0: FUJI [default]
1: FJ01
2: FJ02
3: FJ03
4: FJ04
5: FJ05
, a magnetic card in
2.
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN4-3
5.
Click
REFERENCE
7.
REFERENCE
When changing an item setting, select an item and then click
.
To delete an existing setup item, select it and then click
.
The Data Type window opens.
00000431.EPS
6.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN4-4
8.
III. Enter the Card Offset, Data Length , and Destination (storage
offset) settings.
Card Offset
Specify the data start position on the card.
Setup must be performed with the position next to STX (the
character F when the FUJI card is used) regarded as 0.
Do not select the SI/SO or Kanji IN/OUT code portion as the
start position.
II
Data Length
Enter the number of characters existing before the card offset
position to specify the length of the data to be read.
Ensure that the data length does not include the SI/SO or Kanji
IN/OUT code portion.
III
For kanji data, use an even number to specify the data length.
u NOTE u
00000432.EPS
I.
u NOTE u
Selectable only when Patient Sex, Patient Birth Date, or Year
or Month of Patient Birth Date is selected as a Data Type setting.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
REFFERENCE
The data length cannot be specified for the following data types.
Patient Birthday Date (Day)
Patient Birthday Date (Month)
Patient Birthday Date (Year)
Patient Birthday Date
Patient Sex
Appx IN4-5
9.
Click
12. Click
Digit
Content
S
T
X
S
O
S
I
Digit 31
32
15
16
17
18
Patient name
(1-byte code katakana, 16-digit)
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
19
20
21
S
O
S
I
Sex
(1-digit)
42
43
44
22
29
30
Patient ID number
(10-digit)
47
48
49
50
Content
Birth date
Year (4-digit)
Month
(2-digit)
Alphanumeric
department name (10-digit)
Day of
the month
(2-digit)
53
54
E
S
C
S
I
Content
Digit 51
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
55
56
57
58
59
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
Undefined
(2-digit)
71
72
E
T
X
L
R
C
Appx IN4-6
Setup procedure
1.
4.
With
00000468.EPS
5.
00000467.EPS
2.
Click
field.
3.
00000469.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN4-7
u NOTES u
When performing patient name setup for 1-byte code katakana
(Japanese language version), choose Patient Name (SBCS).
Choosing Patient Name (SBCS) automatically adds the SI/SO
code to both ends of data.
7.
Click
6.
Click
00000271.EPS
00000470.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN4-8
8.
u NOTE u
Since the third to seventh digits of a hospital card patient ID
number are to be loaded, pay due attention to the Card Offset,
Data Length, and Destination settings.
Date Type
Data Length
Since five digits are to be used, enter 5.
Destination
Since data loading begins with the third digit of the patient ID
area, enter 2.
Content
Sex 1
(1digit)
27 28 29
29 30 31
5
Not used
Data to be
loaded into CL
Format
day of the
Date (Date)
month (2)
Alphanumeric
Requesting
department
Service (SBCS)
name (10)
Kanji name Patient Name
(14)
(SBCS)
Settings marked * cannot be changed.
Card Offset
Since the patient ID number data begins with the 21st digit and
does not use the two highest digits, enter 21.
Card 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Offset
Digit 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Birth
date/
year
(4-digit)
Card Data
Destination
Offset Length
29
0*
34
5*
37
2*
8*
39
10
53
14
Not used
FT100309.EPS
00000607.EPS
9.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN4-9
Content
S
T
X
Digit
28
System code
(FJ01)
Digit
Content
S
T
X
S
O
S
I
System code
(FUJI)
24
25
26
28
29
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
36
37
24
25
26
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
S
O
S
I
45
46
47
48
Number
(10 digits)
Content
Year
Month
Day
Sex
Male/Female
(M) (F)
( denotes a period.)
Digit
49
50
51
52
Distribution code
(4 lower digits)
53
54
55
56
E
S
C
S
I
57
58
Name in Kanji
(14 digits)
69
70
71
72
E
T
X
L
R
C
Birth date
Number
(10 digits)
Content
Year
Month
Day
Sex
Male/Female
(M) (F)
( denotes a period.)
Digit
49
50
Content
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
69
70
71
72
E
T
X
L
R
C
27
Birth date
Content
Digit
Patient name
(20 digits)
27
S
O
S
I
Patient name
(20 digits)
29
S
O
S
I
JIS-II Type
Fuji Standard Format (FUJI)
It is FUJIFILMs standard format, whose system code is FUJI. Since
undefined regions cannot be used, they must be filled with space (20H).
Note that kanji characters cannot be used for patient names.
Appx IN4-10
Content
S
T
X
Digit
28
S
O
S
I
System code
(FJ02)
29
36
37
24
25
26
S
O
S
I
Patient name
(20 digits)
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
27
45
46
47
48
Content
S
T
X
Digit
28
S
O
S
I
System code
(FJ03)
29
36
37
Number
(10 digits)
Year
Content
49
50
55
Alphanumeric
department
name
(8 digits)
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
56
57
58
63
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Distribution code
(8 digits)
27
45
46
47
48
Birth date
Month
64
26
S
O
S
I
Day
Sex
Male/Female
(M) (F)
Number
(10 digits)
Content
Year
Month
Day
( denotes a period.)
Digit
25
Patient name
(20 digits)
Birth date
Content
24
65
69
Undefined
(6 digits)
70
71
72
E
T
X
L
R
C
Sex
Male/Female
(M) (F)
( denotes a period.)
Digit
49
Content
50
55
56
Alphanumeric department
name (8 digits)
57
58
65
66
67
68
69
Undefined
(4 digits)
70
71
E
T
X
Appx IN4-11
72
L
R
C
Content
S
T
X
Digit
28
S
O
S
I
System code
(FJ04)
29
36
37
24
25
26
S
O
S
I
Patient name
(20 digits)
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
27
45
46
47
48
Content
S
T
X
Digit
28
S
O
S
I
System code
(FJ05)
29
36
37
Number
(10 digits)
Year
Content
49
50
55
Distribution code
(8 digits)
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
56
57
58
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Examination number
(10 digits)
27
45
46
47
48
Birth date
Month
65
26
S
O
S
I
Day
Sex
Male/Female
(M) (F)
Number
(10 digits)
Content
Year
Month
Day
( denotes a period.)
Digit
25
Patient name
(20 digits)
Birth date
Content
24
66
67
68
69
Undefined
(4 digits)
70
71
72
E
T
X
L
R
C
Sex
Male/Female
(M) (F)
( denotes a period.)
Digit
50
Content
51
56
57
Alphanumeric department
name (8 digits)
58
59
60
61
62
S
O
S
I
E
S
C
63
64
69
70
71
72
E
T
X
L
R
C
Appx IN4-12
Content
S
T
X
System code
(FUJI)
Digit
28
29
37
38
39
25
26
27
Patient name
(20 digits)
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Content
S
T
X
Digit
29
25
26
27
28
28
System code
(FJ51)
30
37
38
Space
Space
Space
Space
Digit
Digit
Patient name
(20 digits)
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
49
Birth date
Birth date
Number
(10 digits)
Content
Year
Month
Day
Sex
Male/Female
(M) (F)
Number
(10 digits)
Content
Year
Month
Day
Sex
Male/Female
(M) (F)
( denotes a period.)
( denotes a period.)
Digit
Digit
50
51
Content
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
52
Undefined
(28 digits)
76
77
78
E
T
X
50 51
56 57 58 59
64 65 66 67
74 75 76 77 78 79
79
L
R
C
Content
Alphanumeric department
name
(8 digits)
Distribution code
(8 digits)
Examination number
(10 digits)
E
Space
T
(2 digits)
X
Appx IN4-13
L
R
C
Data Definition
u NOTES u
Exercise care not to confuse the JIS and ISO cards, since they
contain different character codes.
Undefined regions in the recorded information must be filled with
space code (JIS: 20H/ISO: 00H) if:
Some of the information to be recorded into the ID card cannot be
entered; and
The number of characters actually entered is smaller than the
number of characters specified in this specification.
STX: Start Code
This code indicates the start of text that has been written.
System Code: Identification Code
Four-character code that identifies whether the ID card is for FCR use
or not.
Identification code
Format type
FUJI
Standard format
Extension format
Other
u NOTE u
Patient Name
For JIS
This indicates a patient name by not greater than 20 Roman
characters or Katakana graphic characters, excluding @ and *.
To switch between alphabet and Katakana modes, use SI/SO code.
Any SI/SO code of not greater than 20 characters of the patient name
is substituted by space code (20H) and handled as part of the
20-character patient name.
For ISO
This indicates a patient name by not greater than 20 Roman
characters or Roman special characters, excluding @ and *.
For Roman special characters, set MAG CARD of the IDT
management information to 1, and set Roman special character
codes and characters used in Setting Character Code for Reading
ISO Card.
Number: Patient Number
This indicates a patient number for identifying the patient by graphic
characters in alphabetic mode, excluding @ and *.
If the patient number falls short of ten digits, enter characters from the
right-most location, and fill the rest with space code (JIS: 20H/ISO:
00H).
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN4-14
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
Fill 0.
Year
Month
Day
u NOTE u
in the 42nd and 45th digits denotes a period (JIS:2EH/ISO:0EH).
Sex: Patient Sex
The sex of a patient is denoted by one alphabetic character.
Male : M
Female : F
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN4-15
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN4-16
u NOTE u
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
When setting procedures to be performed are different between
Windows 2000, Windows XP and Windows Vista, follow the procedure
specific to the used OS to perform necessary settings.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN5-1
2.
u NOTE u
u NOTES u
Before proceeding to perform the procedure set forth below, exit the
CL-AP.
1.
IV. Click.
II. Click.
I. Click.
00000219.EPS
ON
00000210.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN5-2
3.
6.
RU host name
Click
CAUTION
(Applicable only for RU M-Utility version 1.2 or later.)
Never turn OFF the power to the RU or press the reset switch while
the RU panel is illuminated for the RU-Config installation process,
because the RUs CPU board can be damaged.
7.
00000434.EPS
Click
Perform steps hereinafter (up to step 12.) only when the RU M-Utility
version used is 1.1 or earlier.
8.
5.
4.
Click the
From the
CAUTION
Never turn OFF the power to the RU or press the reset switch while
the RU panel is illuminated, because the RUs CPU board can be
damaged.
The CL-AP starts up in about one minute.
The RU-Config file in the RU FLASH ROM will be updated.
(The RU LED lights and a beep sounds.)
The CL monitor displays a message indicating that the RU-Config
file is being updated.
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
Appx IN5-3
9.
Click
on the CL monitor.
1.
Click
2.
31117 or 31118 can eventually be displayed.
00000601.EPS
10. Click
11. Click
(or
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
).
MU000031.EPS
A menu opens.
The CL-AP exits and the system returns to the desktop screen.
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Appx IN5-4
3.
6.
The Service Utility starts. The IIP Service Utility window opens.
sign within
.
7.
1. To exit the AP, hold down the <Shift> key and choose Shut
Down on the
4.
(or
) menu.
and then
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
steps to start the Service Utility:
Click the
select
8.
Click
9.
10. Click
00000159.EPS
5.
Click the
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
sign within
Appx IN5-5
4.
1.
Click
5.
Double-click
on the desktop.
Double-click
Choose
6.
Choose
7.
For Windows XP
from the
Select
menu.
II
2.
Double-click
3.
00000430.EPS
8.
Click
9.
Click
Double-click
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
When a window appears prompting you to restart the system, click
[Yes].
Once the OS has started, the CL-AP will start up automatically.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx IN5-6
1.
menu.
2.
Double-click
6.
Choose
7.
.
II
3.
00000430.ai
8.
Click
9.
Click
10. Click
4.
Click
Choose
REFERENCE
5.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx IN5-7
1.
Click
2.
3.
Version A software
Set the cassette in the RUs cassette setting unit and make
sure that images are transferred to the CL.
REFERENCE
Be sure not to incorrectly enter an IP address for NETWORK
CONFIG ALL OTHER NODES ru0 settings, otherwise an
image transfer error will be indicated.
IN000025.EPS
4.
Click
5.
Click
Version B software
(or
).
A menu opens.
6.
The CL-AP exits and the system returns to the desktop screen.
IN000128.EPS
REFERENCE
If the RU initialization message does not appear on the CLs
monitor, restart both the CL and RU.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx IN5-8
3.
u NOTE u
Check for foreign matter beneath the monitor surface. Observe this
precaution to avoid damaging the monitor.
4.
u NOTE u
For TPS9415TD15
1.
2.
Remove cover 2.
5.
Remove rack A.
(3) Four double-sems screws [Remove]
(5) Rack A [Remove]
Monitor
(2) Cover 2 [Remove]
Monitor
CAUTION
Do not pull on the
connector cable.
00000018.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN6-1
6.
For TPS9416TD15
1.
u NOTE u
Putting a screwdriver in the clearance of cover 1 (position A) will
enable you to remove it easily.
Monitor
1. Cover 1 [Remove]
Monitor
00000019.EPS
IN000058.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN6-2
2.
3.
5.
u NOTE u
u NOTE u
Check for foreign matter beneath the monitor surface. Observe this
precaution to avoid damaging the monitor.
6.
u NOTE u
4.
Remove rack A.
(2) Four double-sems
screws [Remove]
(4) Rack A [Remove]
(6) Spacer
Monitor
Monitor
IN000059.EPS
IN000060.EPS
7.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN6-3
1.
3.
Put the monitor face down as shown below and attach rack B.
Monitor
Monitor
Rack
[Remove]
IN000312.EPS
2.
u NOTE u
Be sure to connect cables properly before attaching rack B.
IN000313.EPS
4.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN6-4
1.
Attaching the bracket
(for TPS9415TD15)
u NOTE u
Be sure that the employed anchor nuts conform to the wall
conditions (use the supplied anchor nuts).
70mm
70mm
190mm
Wall-mounting bracket
00000021.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN7-1
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
Remove cover 2.
(3) Screw
[Loosely attach]
(4) [Fully tighten]
(BR M420)
(2) Anchor nut [Drive]
Monitor
(2) Cover 2 [Remove]
7.5mm
25 + 2 mm
00000020.EPS
Rack A
(1) Cover 1 [Remove]
00000267.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN7-2
3.
6.
u NOTE u
Check for foreign matter beneath the monitor surface. Observe this
precaution to avoid damaging the monitor.
4.
Monitor
u NOTE u
Remove rack while exercising care not to pull on the connector
cable. Failure to observe this precaution may cause damage to the
PC board.
5.
Bracket [Attach]
Monitor
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN7-3
7.
1.
u NOTE u
Monitor [Mount]
Wall-mounting bracket
Monitor
1. Cover 1 [Remove]
00000023.EPS
IN000058.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN7-4
2.
3.
5.
u NOTE u
u NOTE u
Check for foreign matter beneath the monitor surface. Observe this
precaution to avoid damaging the monitor.
6.
u NOTE u
Remove rack A while exercising care not to pull on the connector
cable. Failure to observe this precaution may cause damage to the
PC board.
4.
Monitor
Remove rack A.
(2) Four double-sems
screws [Remove]
(6) Spacer
(6) Bracket
[Attach]
Monitor
IN000090.EPS
CAUTION
Do not pull on the
connector cable.
IN000091.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN7-5
7.
1.
u NOTE u
Wall-mounting bracket
Monitor
Bracket [Attach]
IN000089.EPS
Rack [Remove]
IN000111.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN7-6
2.
Monitor [Mount]
Wall-mounting
bracket
IN000112.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN7-7
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN7-8
NOTE
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
u NOTES u
Before performing the procedures described herein, be sure to take
note of all the registered RU configuration information, particularly IP
address and sub-net mask, for the following reason.
When reinstalling the RU-AP, it is necessary to uninstall the RU-AP
that has been installed. While this processing is being performed, the
RU configuration data is deleted (only data stored in the FTP server is
deleted).
When the OS used is Windows XP, the RU M-Utility must be of version
1.4 or later and the RU software, A09 or later.
Change the host name according to the flow below.
Uninstalling the RU-AP
REFERENCE
To upgrade RU M-Utility, first uninstall it and then install its new version.
u NOTE u
Note that, even if two or more RUs have been registered to the RU
M-Utility, just a single operation uninstalls all those RUs registered.
In such a case, all those RUs must be set up anew. Thus, you have to
surely jot down information on each of those RUs.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN8-1
5.
u NOTE u
1.
REFERENCE
2.
Click [START].
u NOTE u
3.
6.
I
II
7.
8.
Click
00000426.EPS
Click the
mark at the upper right corner of the command
prompt window.
9.
u NOTE u
The host name entered at step I. above will be taken as the RUs
correct host name. Be sure to enter the correct host name at this
step.
4.
Click
List
00000190.EPS
Appx IN8-2
IN000093.EPS
11. Click
12. Click
15. Click
on the CL monitor.
CAUTION
Never turn OFF the power to the RU or press the reset switch while
the RU panel is illuminated, because the RUs CPU board can be
damaged.
16. Click
17. Click
(or
00000601.EPS
).
A menu opens.
The CL-AP exits and the system returns to the desktop screen.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN8-3
1.
2.
3.
Choose
4.
Change the
5.
Click
6.
7.
Click
8.
9.
Click
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN8-4
u NOTES u
Verify that Explorer or other application is not running. If any
applications are running, exit them.
Before proceeding to perform the procedure set forth below, exit the
CL-AP.
Perform the steps in the following workflow:
Changing the RU host name
Changing the CL Service Utility settings
1.
00000612.EPS
2.
IV. Click.
00000613.EPS
3.
II. Click.
I. Click.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Click
Appx IN8-5
4.
1.
00000614.EPS
5.
Click
CAUTION
The RU panel will be illuminated while the RU host name is being
changed. Never turn OFF the power to the RU or press the reset
switch during such a change process because the RUs CPU board
can be damaged.
6.
Click
2.
3.
Choose
4.
Change the
5.
Click
6.
7.
Click
8.
9.
Click
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Appx IN8-6
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN8-7
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN8-8
3.
Double-click
In addition, the sub-net mask must also be changed from the default
setup value (255.255.0.0) to another, for which the procedures
described below should be followed.
REFERENCE
u NOTE u
Windows 2000 screens are used herein, whose contents are the same
as those displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
4.
Click
1.
5.
Select
on the desktop.
Double-click
Double-click
6.
Select
7.
For Windows XP
Select
from the
menu.
2.
Double-click
II
IN000094.EPS
I. IP address
II. Sub-net mask
Appx IN9-1
8.
Click
9.
Click
1.
menu.
REFERENCE
When a window appears prompting you to restart the system, click
[Yes]. Once the OS has started, the CL-AP will start up
automatically.
2.
Double-click
3.
AWS80302.ai
4.
Click
5.
Choose
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx IN9-2
6.
Choose
7.
II
00000430 ai
8.
Click
9.
Click
10. Click
REFERENCE
When a window appears prompting you to restart the system, click
[Yes].
Once the OS has started, the CL-AP will start up automatically.
Appx IN9-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx IN9-4
1. Mounting a High-resolution
Monitor Board (When a
16001200 or 20481536
Resolution Monitor is Used)
1.
2. Installing a High-resolution
Monitor Driver (When a
16001200 or 20481536
Resolution Monitor is Used)
1.
2.
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
2.
3.
3.
The Service Utility mode starts and then the Service Utility
window opens.
4.
DCL70411.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN10-1
5.
Click [Cancel].
8.
6.
menu. Select
DCL70414.EPS
DCL70415.EPS
DCL70412.EPS
9.
7.
Click
DCL70416.EPS
10. Click
NOTE
If no confirmation window opens disabling the PC to be restarted,
do it from the
DCL70413.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
menu.
After the PC is restarted, Windows will start up. Within about one
minute, the CL-AP will also start up displaying then the CL initial
window.
Appx IN10-2
11. Within three seconds after the CL initial window opens, click
the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
The password entry window opens.
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
DCL70417.EPS
15. Insert into the PC the driver media supplied with the
12. Enter fieldengineer and click
The Service Utility mode starts and then the IIP Service Utility
window opens.
monitor.
13. Click Exit Service Utility at the lower right corner of the
window.
The Service Utility exits and the Found New Hardware Wizard
window opens.
DCL70430.EPS
DCL70418.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN10-3
17. Select Search for the best driver in these locations and
checkmark Search removable media (
).
22. Click
DCL70421.EPS
DCL70419.EPS
18. Click
23. Click
The PC restarts.
DCL70420.EPS
20. Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN10-4
3. Changing to a High-resolution
Monitor (12801024,
16001200 or 20481536
monitor)
1.
DCL70422.EPS
3.
DCL70423.EPS
4.
DCL70424.EPS
MT000015.ai
2.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN10-5
).
5.
DCL70425.EPS
6.
Click
DCL70426.EPS
7.
Click
NOTE
Click [Yes] quickly within 15 seconds, otherwise the system
returns to the previous window.
When a monitor with the touch panel is used, change the window
settings as appropriate, and perform touch panel calibration.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx IN10-6
2.
3.
4.
menu.
DCL70427.EPS
5.
6.
DCL70428.EPS
button.
Enter regedit in
and
Appx IN10-7
7.
Click [LUT].
11. Click
8.
9.
12. Perform
connected monitor,
15" touch panel LCD monitor : 297
17" touch panel LCD monitor : 264
SL-IC200
: 255
SL-IC300
: 207
DCL804001.EPS
14. Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Appx IN10-8
Prior to setup
CL requirements
CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: V7.1 (B) or later
The PC memory is 2GB or more. (If not sufficient, expand it as
appropriate.)
Configuration example
1st monitor
2nd monitor
1. Uninstalling the
Video Driver
2. Connecting the
Video Board
3. Installing the
Monitor
4. Installing and
Setting the Video
Driver
OE240001.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-1
2.
NOTE
Uninstallation of the video driver is not necessary when the PC is
provided with DVI connectors as the standard items and the 1st monitor
and the 2nd monitor use 0.7M or 1M and 2M (color/monochrome),
respectively.
1.
menu.
3.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-2
4.
AWS823046.ai
5.
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-3
3.
NOTES
The video board to be connected differs for each monitor and/or OS.
Monitor
1st Monitor
2nd Monitor
Resolution
Resolution
2M Color /
Monochrome
0.7/1M Color
3M Color /
Monochrome
2M Color /
Monochrome
2M Monochrome
3M Color /
Monochrome
3M Color /
3M Color
Monochrome
3M Color /
3M Monochrome
Monochrome
Video board
OS
Windows XP
Windows Vista
FireGL V3600
FireGL V3600
FireGL V3600
FireGL V3600
FireGL V3600
FireGL V3600
FireGL V3600
FireGL V3600
FireGL V3600
FireGL V3600
FireGL V3600
AWS827033.ai
4.
NOTE
Connect the video board correctly as illustrated below. The board
connection location differs depending on the video board type.
1.
Disconnect the VGA cable or DVI cable from the 1st monitor.
2.
For VREngine/SMD5
For FireGL V3600
AWS827034.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
5.
Release the card retention latch, and fasten the video board.
6.
Appx IN11-4
1.
Take the LCD panel (2nd monitor) out of its carton and
install it in a place of use.
NOTES
Place the LCD panel on a level surface.
Place the LCD panel in landscape orientation. After installing the
monitor driver, place the monitor in portrait orientation if necessary
to do so.
1.
Connect the VGA cable (or the DVI cable) of 1st monitor and
the power cable.
NOTES
Do not connect 2nd monitor at this step.
To use a VREngine/SMD5 video board under Windows XP,
connect a VGA cable to the VGA connector provided on the
mother board.
Connect to the VGA cable
VGA cable
Back of the PC
1st monitor
OE240056.ai
DVI cable
1st monitor
Back of the PC
AWS823037.ai
For connecting method of the DVI cable and power cable, see
the LCD panel operation manual.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-5
1.
2.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts, and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-6
3.
4.
8.
OE240006.ai
5.
Click
9.
.
I.
II.
OE240004.ai
6.
Click
OE240007.ai
OE240005.ai
7.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-7
10. Click
13. Click
OE240011.ai
OE240008.ai
11. Click
14. Select
NOTES
OE240009.ai
12. Click
DVI cable
OE240010.ai
1st monitor
2nd monitor
Back of the PC
AWS823038.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-8
1.
3.
2M color
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
IV. Press Return and Menu Off to shut down the initial setting
window.
(Power button) to turn OFF the monitor power.
V. Touch
VI. Holding down the <> key, press
(Power button).
VII. Press the <> key to make sure that the initial setting window
does not open.
2.
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
4.
NOTE
Perform the following steps when the taskbar is displayed on the
2nd monitor side.
1. Right-click the taskbar, and remove the check mark from the
Lock the Taskbar.
2. Drag the taskbar to the bottom of 1st monitor.
3. Right-click the taskbar, and enter a checkmark for Lock the
Taskbar.
The system returns to the desktop screen.
Windows starts up. After about 1 minute, the CL-AP starts running.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-9
5.
8.
6.
7.
I.
II.
II.
III.
IV.
OE240013.ai
OE240012.ai
NOTE
If the 1st monitor resolution determined is not correct, make
corrections as follows.
I. Click Advanced Settings....
II. Select the Adapters tab and click List All Modes....
III. Select the correct 1st monitor resolution.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
9.
Click
Appx IN11-10
NOTE
To use another monitor of different resolution, select the one
carefully by seeing setting values presented in the table at step 9 in
Installing the video driver above.
14. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper
left and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
22. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper
left and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
MU000031.EPS
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
NOTE
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click
.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-11
29. Click
NOTE
In case the Monitor Settings window opens, click [Yes].
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-12
3.
1.
4.
Click [Cancel].
5.
6.
Click InstallDrivers.
2.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
OE240015.ai
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts, and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-13
7.
Click
OE240016.ai
AWS823006.ai
8.
Click
9.
Click
AWS823007.ai
OE240017.ai
OE240052.ai
OE240015.ai
10. Select
Appx IN11-14
1.
NOTE
When driver CD AMD/ATI FireGL/FireMV (Version: 8.523.1) is
used, do not connect the 2nd monitor at this step.
DVI cable
1st monitor
2nd monitor
DVI cable
Back of the PC
INApp11002.ai
2.
2M color
IV. Press Return and Menu Off to shut down the initial setting
window.
(Power button) to turn OFF the monitor power.
V. Touch
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
DXL824006.ai
Appx IN11-15
III. Select Portrait (HW) in the Orientation menu and press the
Enter key <>.
Mode
AWS827014.ai
DXL824008.ai
II. Select Color 8bit in the Signal Selection menu and press the
Enter key <>.
III. Select Portrait (HW) in the Orientation menu and press the
Enter key <>.
Mode
DXL824008.ai
II. Select 8/10bit in the Signal Selection menu and press the
Enter key <>.
III. Select Portrait (SW) in the Orientation menu and press the
Enter key <>.
AWS827014.ai
AWS823056.ai
DXL824008.ai
II. Select Dual Link in the Signal Selection menu and press the
Enter key <>.
3.
AWS827013.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-16
4.
6.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
NOTE
When driver CD V3600 Video Driver CD (Version: 8.593.1) is
used, proceed to the next step because the monitors have already
been connected.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
DVI cable
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
5.
1st monitor
1. Right-click the taskbar, and remove the check mark from the
Lock the Taskbar.
2. Drag the taskbar to the bottom of 1st monitor.
3. Right-click the taskbar, and enter a checkmark for Lock the
Taskbar.
Back of the PC
AWS823038.ai
7.
NOTE
Perform the following steps when the taskbar is displayed on the
2nd monitor side.
2nd monitor
8.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-17
9.
I.
I.
II.
II.
III.
IV.
III.
OE240019.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE240020.ai
11. Click
Appx IN11-18
REFERENCE
If you double-click the ATI icon in the task tray to open
CATALYST Control Center, you can see what was determined.
OE240053.ai
OE240021.ai
REFERENCE
Depending on the monitor model used, Left (90 ccw) is
appropriate.
II. Turn the monitor vertically.
NOTE
In case a window like that shown below opens while necessary
and proceed to the
settings are being processed, click
next step.
OE240018.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-19
3.
4.
5.
NOTE
Make sure to use a Ver3.2.7N2 (as marked on the CD label) driver,
which is to be used under Windows Vista, and do not use a
Ver10.0.0N1 driver that is for Windows XP.
1.
2.
AWS823001.ai
6.
Click
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
AWS823002.ai
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts, and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-20
7.
Click
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
AWS823003.ai
8.
Click
9.
Select
The PC restarts.
After restart, the CL-AP starts running.
NOTE
Perform the following steps when the taskbar is displayed on the
2nd monitor side.
1. Right-click the taskbar, and remove the check mark from the
Lock the Taskbar.
2. Drag the taskbar to the bottom of 1st monitor.
3. Right-click the taskbar, and enter a checkmark for Lock the
Taskbar.
The system returns to the desktop screen and then the Monitor
selection window opens.
10. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper
left and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
MU000031.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-21
15. Click
16. Select
II.
OE240022.ai
13. Click
cable to the right-side connector (in the case the 1st monitor
cable is a DVI cable), and the 2nd monitor DVI cable to the
left-side connector.
DVI cable
1st monitor
2nd monitor
14. Click
Back of the PC
AWS823038.ai
OE240023.ai
OE240024.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-22
1.
3.
I.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
2.
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
4.
5.
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-23
7.
I.
II.
I.
III.
IV.
II.
III.
AWS823005.ai
NOTE
If the 2nd monitor resolution determined is not appropriate, make
corrections as follows.
IV.
AWS823004.ai
NOTE
If the 1st monitor resolution determined is not appropriate, make
corrections as follows.
9.
10. Click
NOTE
8.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
In case the Display Settings window opens at this step, click [Yes].
Appx IN11-24
3.
NOTES
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
AWS823006.ai
7.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
AWS823007.ai
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts, and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-25
8.
II. Click
AWS823012.ai
AWS823008.ai
Click
AWS823009.ai
9.
Click
DXL824011.ai
II. Click
DXL824012.ai
11. Click
AWS823010.ai
Click
The PC restarts.
After restart, the End User License Agreement window opens.
AWS823011.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-26
The Service Utility starts, and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
NOTE
When a message saying Specify folder to install to. appears, click
[Yes].
After installation completed, ATI Catalyst@ Install Manager
window opens.
NOTES
Perform the following steps if the Service Utility is not starting.
1. Press <Ctrl> + <Alt> + <Delete>.
The Windows Security window opens.
2. Click [Task Manager].
The Windows Task Manager window opens.
3. Select the Processes tab.
4. Right-click on the IIPMAIN.exe, and select End Process
Tree.
AWS823014.ai
13. Click
The PC restarts.
After restart, the CL-AP starts running.
14. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper
left and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
AWS823047.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-27
1st monitor
2nd monitor
Back of the PC
1st monitor
2nd monitor
DVI cable
Back of the PC
INApp11003.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-28
1.
2M color
IV. Press Return and Menu Off to shut down the initial setting
window.
(Power button) to turn OFF the monitor power.
V. Touch
VI. Holding down the <> key, press
(Power button).
VII. Press the <> key to make sure that the initial setting window
does not open.
DXL824006.ai
DXL824008.ai
II. Select Color 8bit in the Signal Selection menu and press the
Enter key <>.
III. Select Portrait (HW) in the Orientation menu and press the
Enter key <>.
AWS827014.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-29
III. Select Portrait (SW) in the Orientation menu and press the
Enter key <>.
Mode
AWS823056.ai
DXL824008.ai
II. Select Dual Link in the Signal Selection menu and press the
Enter key <>.
2.
3.
AWS827013.ai
III. Select Portrait (HW) in the Orientation menu and press the
Enter key <>.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
AWS827014.ai
Mode
MU000035.EPS
DXL824008.ai
II. Select 8/10bit in the Signal Selection menu and press the
Enter key <>.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
Appx IN11-30
4.
7.
NOTE
Perform the following procedures when the taskbar is displayed on
the 2nd monitor side.
1. Right-click the taskbar, and remove the check mark from the
Lock the Taskbar.
2. Drag the taskbar to the bottom of 1st monitor.
3. Right-click the taskbar, and enter a check mark for Lock the
Taskbar.
I.
5.
II.
III.
IV.
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE240054.ai
I.
II.
III.
IV.
Appx IN11-31
8.
following settings.
I.
I.
REFERENCE
Depending on the monitor model used, Left (90 ccw) is
appropriate.
II. Turn the monitor vertically.
II.
III.
OE240055.ai
9.
10. Click
NOTE
In case the Display Settings window opens at this step, click [Yes].
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-32
III. Make sure that Basic is selected and press the <> key.
IV. Make sure that Rotation is selected and press the <> key.
V. Use the [] key to select Active and press the <> key.
VI. Select Menu Off to shut down the initial setting window.
VII. Touch
(Power button) to turn OFF the monitor power.
VIII. Holding down the <> key, press
(Power button).
IX. Press the <> key to make sure that the initial setting window
does not open.
1.
NOTE
Place the 2nd monitor horizontally.
Mode
VGA cable
DVI cable
DXL824008.ai
II. Select Color 8bit in the Signal Selection menu and press the
Enter key <>.
III. Select Portrait (HW) in the Orientation menu and press the
Enter key <>.
1st monitor
2nd monitor
Back of the PC
DXL824005.ai
AWS827014.ai
2.
3.
(Power button).
DXL824007.ai
DXL824006.ai
Appx IN11-33
6.
1.
2.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
I.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
II.
III.
IV.
AWS823004.ai
NOTE
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
3.
4.
5.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-34
7.
I.
II.
III.
IV.
AWS823005.ai
NOTE
If the 2nd monitor resolution determined is not appropriate, make
corrections as follows.
I. Click Advanced Settings.
II. Select the Adapters tab and click List All Modes....
III. Select the correct 2nd monitor resolution.
8.
9.
Click
NOTE
In case the Display Settings window opens at this step, click [Yes].
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-35
2.
Drag the monitor icon of the 2nd monitor and adjust the
position of 2nd monitor.
1.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-36
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
Click
3.
DXL824023.ai
4.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
5.
6.
Appx IN11-37
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-38
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-39
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Appx IN11-40
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE15
OE16
OE17
OE18
OE19
OE20
OE21
OE22
OE23
OE24
OE25
OE26
OE-I
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
10/20/2000
12/10/2000
00
00
12/10/2000
04/10/2001
00
01
05/30/2001
02
05/30/2001
08/30/2001
02
03
03/20/2002
04
03/20/2002
07/20/2002
04
05
07/20/2002
11/30/2002
05
06
03/01/2003
07
03/01/2003
07
08/20/2003
08
08/20/2003
08
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
All pages
I, II, i, ii, B1-110, B2-115,
B3-116
B2-16
All pages
OE-II
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
12/10/2003
09
12/10/2003
02/20/2004
09
10
07/30/2004
11
07/30/2004
11
07/30/2005
14
07/30/2005
11/30/2005
07/30/2006
14
15
16
07/30/2006
07/20/2007
16
17
07/20/2007
05/09/2008
17
18
10/31/2008
19
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Reason
Pages affected
I, III, 1-8, 1-12, 2-6, 15, 3-6, 17, 4-6,
17, 5-5, 11, 14, 15, 6-6, 13, 7-5, 7, 9,
10, 12, 1416, 18, 8-16, 21, 9-11,
10-17, 12-4, 9, 13-5, 7, 11, 14-1, 2,
15-5, 6, 9, 22, 16-14
1-13, 14, 7-11, 13, 17, 12-1012
All pages
I, III, 1-7, 3-11, 15, 4-11, 15, 5-14,
7-7, 8-19, 9-5, 10-12, 14, 16, 12-1,
610, 13-7, 14, 14-1, 15-1015, 28,
16-10, 14, 17-112, 18-1, 2,
19-110
1-811, 7-818, 12-1114, 13-813,
15-1627
IIII, 1-1, 14, 2-16, 3-14, 15, 18,
4-4, 14, 15, 18, 5-3, 8, 14, 17, 6-2,
4, 14, 7-2, 18, 8-5, 1821, 24, 9-12,
10-16, 18, 11-1, 12-2, 9, 10, 13,
13-1, 9, 12, 13, 15-5, 27, 16-1214,
16, 17-12, 19-1, 37, 10, 20-122
8-2123, 19-8, 9
I, III, 21-14
I, III, 3-8, 10, 4-8, 10, 12-1, 2, 5, 6,
913, 16, 18-126, 19-1, 38, 12
19-911
I, III, 1-8, 13, 2-5, 3-5, 11, 12, 15,
4-5, 11, 12, 15, 5-4, 16, 6-5, 7-3, 4,
8, 8-16, 18, 20, 10-12, 14, 16, 11-1,
12-3, 6, 10, 13-14, 16-911, 14,
17-4, 8, 9, 18-4, 19-3, 20-19, 20
3-13, 14, 16, 4-13, 14, 16, 10-15
I, III, 2-3, 3-3, 4-3, 5-2, 6-3, 7-5, 11,
13, 8-3, 4, 13, 16, 9-3, 10-3, 12-10,
15-2, 16-2, 17-1, 7, 8, 18-1, 4, 19-2,
7, 20-3, 22-112
I, III, 1-1, 8, 2-1, 5, 6, 3-1, 2, 5, 6,
4-1, 46, 5-1, 4, 5, 13, 6-1, 5, 6,
7-1, 8, 8-1, 2, 9-1, 6, 12-10, 15-1,
17-1, 4, 11, 22-57, 11, 12, 23-112
OE-III
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
11/30/2009
20
11/30/2009
20
03/31/2010
21
03/31/2010
21
12/10/2010
22
12/10/2010
22
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Reason
Pages affected
I, IV, 1-1, 2-4, 5, 3-4, 5, 8, 12, 4-4, 5,
8, 11, 14, 5-1, 3, 4, 7, 12, 6-4, 5,
7-2, 58, 20, 8-1, 4, 5, 9-4, 5, 10-4,
5, 12-2, 58, 18 15-3, 4, 1518,
16-4, 7, 9, 13, 17-1, 35, 11, 18-1,
5, 9, 17, 24, 28, 20-4 19-57, 20-1,
4, 5, 7, 22-1, 36, 8, 9, 14, 23-8,
24-146
7-919, 12-3, 4, 1017, 15-514,
1932, 18-68, 1016, 1823,
2527, 19-812, 22-7, 8, 1013
I, IV, 1-7, 14, 2-4, 5, 16, 3-4, 5, 18,
4-4, 5, 18, 5-3, 4, 17, 6-4, 5, 14,
7-112, 16, 8-4, 5, 15, 24, 9-4, 5,
12, 10-4, 5, 18, 12-19, 11, 12,
15-23, 24, 31, 16-4, 16, 17-13, 5,
7, 912, 18-2, 3, 5, 6, 14, 24,
19-35, 12, 20-4, 5, 21, 22-3, 4, 11,
12, 14, 23-2, 6, 11, 24-122,
25-116
7-1315, 12-10, 13, 14, 18-4, 713,
1523
I, IV, 3-12, 4-12, 8-2123, 12-11,
16-11, 17-9, 26-116
1-15, 16, 3-19, 20, 4-1320,
5-19, 20, 6-15, 16, 8-2428,
10-19, 20, 11-3, 4, 12-15, 16,
13-3, 4, 14-3, 4, 16-10, 17-1016,
20-23, 24, 21-3, 4, 22-15, 16,
24-23, 24,
OE-IV
NOTES
The CR-IR 346/348CL and the Local Print are abbreviated
hereafter CL and LP, respectively.
When the OS used is Windows Vista, this function is not supported.
Before setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required : A00 or later.
The LP option key (IR 346 LOCAL PRINT) is required.
REFERENCE
If the PEI board is not mounted when the LP option key is installed, the
CL-AP does not run.
Printer requirements
The printer main unit setup procedure must have been completed.
The connections to the following models are supported.
NOTES
The CR-LP414, FL-IM3543, and FL-IM3543M are not supported.
Even when the printer prints images onto the CR-DP T or
CR-DP3543T, the print process is performed so that the printer
resolution is 10 lines/mm. As is the case with the FCR5000 Series, the
printer enlarges the print image to 7/6 the original size.
The CR-DP L printers support printout generation at a resolution of
20 lines/mm.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE1-1
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
3. Verifying the
Connection
4. Backing Up the
Setup File
00056009.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE1-2
1. Hardware Setup
For the CL and printer, the following hardware setup procedures must
be completed:
1.1 Installing the PEI Board
3.
Verify that the switches on the PEI board are properly set.
If their settings are incorrect, correct them accordingly.
NOTE
When no remote signal is to be sent to the printer, turn OFF all the
DPSW1 switches.
When connecting the CR-LP414N/FL-IM2636N or FL-IM3543N/
FL-IM3543MN
DPSW1
DPSW2
DPSW3
SW0
SW2 and SW5
SW3 and SW4
Before installing the PEI board, make sure that the CL-AP is installed.
The PEI01A driver is properly recognized only when the CL-AP is
installed.
1.
Shut down the CL and then turn OFF the CL-PC power.
2.
DPSW3
ON
1 2 3
SW3
SW2
SW0
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
SW5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
DPSW2 ON DPSW1
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
1 2 3 4
OFF
SW4
PEI01A board
00000251.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE1-3
1 2 3
SW3
SW2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
SW5
I.
II.
#1 [Push]
Disk unit
#2 [Pull]
DPSW3
ON
SW0
For GX110
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
DPSW2 ON DPSW1
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
1 2 3 4
OFF
SW4
ON
FR
#1 [Push]
Cables behind the hard disk
CL-PC
(OptiPlex GX110)
OE000006.EPS
III. Raise the lever as illustrated by the arrow.
IV. Remove the card cage.
V. Mount a PEI board in a PCI slot within the card cage.
PEI01A board
V. PEI01A board
III. Lever
00000007.EPS
4.
PCI slot
IV. Card cage
ON
FR
CL-PC
OE000007.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE1-4
With the E-i/f cable that is supplied with the CL, connect the CL to the
printer.
For GX150
PEI board
CL
Printer
E-i/f cable
Remove
00000015.EPS
AGP slot
Extension card
slot connector
NT
O
FR
CL-PC
(GX150)
OE000001.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE1-5
2. Software Setup
This section describes the procedures used for setup of CL and printer
software.
Set up grayed-out items as required. All other items must be set up.
2.1 CL software setup
2.1.1 Installing the LP Option Key
2.1.2 Reinstalling the AP Key
2.1.3 Starting the Service Utility
2.1.4 Registering the Printer for
Automatic Image Printout
When a Study is Completed
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
2.1.5 Setting the System Information
for CL/LP Connection
2.1.6 Setting the Film Annotation
Character Format
2.1.7 Exiting the Service Utility
2.2 Printer Main Unit Setup
1.
2.
Click
00000241.EPS
3.
Click
4.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE1-6
6.
Select
.
1.
7.
Click
8.
Click
2.
and click
menu to
select Properties.
The System Properties window opens.
9.
10. Ensure that the PEI board driver has been installed
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
NOTE
For Windows XP, perform steps 5 through 10 to install the PEI board
driver.
5.
10000001.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE1-7
1.
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
steps to start the Service Utility:
REFERENCE
) menu.
2.
(or
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
3. From the Start menu, sequentially choose Programs,
Fuji Film, and FCR.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
3.
The Service Utility mode starts and then the IIP Service Utility
window opens.
MU000031.EPS
OE000025.EPS
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE1-8
2.
Click
Described herein is the procedure used for registering the printer for
automatic image printout when a study is completed.
For a printer that outputs prints only through the QA operation, no
registration is required at this step.
1.
00000081.EPS
3.
Click
4.
in the
in
field and select the device
(LOCAL).
00000131.EPS
NOTE
If the LP option key is not installed, you cannot choose LOCAL.
5.
Click
00000404.EPS
6.
7.
Click
OE1-9
1.
REFERENCE
The default film annotation character format for print output is basically
the same as for printouts generated by the FCR 5000 Series.
Film output differences between the CL and the 5000 Series
are stated in 2.2 Precautions of the Film Annotation
Character Format under Print Output Function in
FR1: Function-specific Reference.
2.
Click
3.
1.
2.
Click
NOTE
Setup items 1 through 9 refer to the LP-related system information.
Items 10 thereafter are for the film annotation character format.
3.
5.
Click
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
4.
4.
5.
Click
OE1-10
1.
2.
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
OE1-11
Version B software
This section describes the procedures for printing images onto the
printer from the CL for film annotation character format verification
purposes.
3.1 Starting the CL-AP
OE000099.EPS
From the
OE000017.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE1-12
2.
REFERENCE
The example in the figure below represents a printout that would be
generated when the default film annotation character format is used
(image size: 35 35cm (14" 14"); print format: TWIN). When the
default settings are used, character strings (1) through (19) are printed
out.
(1) Hospital name (institution name)
FUJIFILM HOSPITAL
04001676
A0000 A020
(12) IP number
(2) EDR mode + menu code
(3) System ID + image number
(4) Patient ID
(5) Patient name
R->L
G 1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q0.5
SKULL, GENERAL
Surgi
01
G1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q1.0
[F] 23
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE1-13
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE1-14
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE1-15
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE1-16
CL+HI-C/QA-WS/OD-F
(FINP: Image Input/Output)
This chapter describes the setup procedures for image input/output
using the FINP between the CR-IR346/348CL and other connected
equipment.
Connection/setup example
HOST name : FCR-CSL*
IP address : 172.16.1.20*
CL
LP
Reprint
NOTE
The CR-IR346/348CL and the HI-C655/HI-C654/QA-WS/OD-F614/624
are abbreviated hereafter CL and other connected equipment,
respectively.
Image output
TCP/IP
FRUP
RU
Image input
(reprint)
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The main units of other connected equipment must have been set up
accordingly.
Following are the equipment connectable to the CL and the protocol
software versions available.
Equipment
HI-C654
HI-C655
QA-WS
OD-F614
OD-F624
CR-IR346CL
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
FINP100
Connected
equipment B
(e.g.: HI-C655)
HOST name
: hic_a*
IP address
: 172.16.1.30*
Device attribute : HD_FILE*
Protocol ID
: 110*
Items marked with * constitute setup examples, which need be
changed depending on the equipment or network environment.
00000435.EPS
A13 or later
A07 or later
A03 or later
A11/Z02 or later
A11/Z02 or later
A00 or later
OE2-1
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
3.Connection
Checkout
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE2-2
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the CL to other equipment via network as illustrated below.
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
RU
CL
Other connected
equipment
00000051.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the CL
and other connected equipment.
The cable type applicable to this equipment is the IEC950/UL1950compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE2-3
2. Software Setup
Follow the procedures below to set up software for the CL and other
connected equipment.
Set up the items shown in gray as required. Be sure to set up all other
items.
2.1 FINP Image Input/Output Option Key
Installation
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
Tasks done on
the CL
00000085.EPS
3.
4.
Click
5.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Click
Click
Tasks done
on other
connected
equipment
6.
REFERENCE
The installation start window opens twice because the two kinds of
keys, for image input and output, are stored on the FINP image input/
output option key CD.
OE2-4
1.
REFERENCE
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
2.
MU000031.EPS
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE2-5
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. above from the initial window within
a 3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the
following steps to start the Service Utility mode.
1. To exit the AP, choose Shut Down on the
(or
) menu.
Connection example
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
3. From the Start menu, sequentially choose Programs,
Fuji Film, and FCR.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
3.
CL
LP
Reprint
Image output
TCP/IP
FRUP
The Service Utility mode starts. The IIP Service Utility window
opens.
RU
Image input
(reprint) Other connected
equipment B
(e.g.: HI-C655)
00000079.EPS
OE000028.EPS
4.
00000077.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE2-6
Setup overview
Service Utility Setup Configuration Item window
1.
I
II
III
00000054.EPS
00000131.EPS
00000404.EPS
2.
Click the
3.
Select
mark of the
field.
and click
NOTE
To enable this setup, the
field must have been
activated before setting the image data compression type (ALL OTHER
NODES).
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
00000436.EPS
OE2-7
4.
equipment in
5.
8.
equipment in
6.
7.
Click
is selected in the
II
column.
III
VI
00000437.EPS
I.
II.
) of other connected
OE2-8
III. Select
HQ images and
as well.
Device attribute
Protocol ID
IV. Select
if other connected equipment can transfer
HQ images.
V. Select the image data compression type used for image transfer.
when transferring images by
Select
changing the data compression type depending on the MPM
code.
NOTE
The archiver (ODF and LF-C1) also has the same image
compression ratio setting as indicated in step V.
Note that the setting selected here (at the CL) takes effect and not
the the setting selected for the ODF or LF-C1.
VI. To transfer annotation-embedded images, select
Select
9.
.
to transfer images not embedded with annotation.
Click
REFERENCES
Items just have been set up will appear on the right-side area of
the Setup Configuration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.
If the
deleted.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Handling of
HQ images
Image data
compression type
Annotation transfer
00000269.EPS
11. Click
OE2-9
2.
3.
1.
Select
Configuration Item window.
Click
of the Setup
I
A list showing the data compression type for each MPM code will
be displayed on the right-side area of the window.
II
I.
REFERENCE
The MPM code that is for the exposure menu selected will be
displayed in the MPM Code column. Using the User Utility, the
user thus can view which MPM code is for the exposure menu
selected.
II. Select the image data compression type.
4.
Settings for data compression ratio for each MPM code
Click
00000439.EPS
NOTE
ALL MENU (Default) provides a compression ratio setting that
applies to all MPM codes.
5.
6.
7.
Click
OE2-10
3.
1.
Click
Item window.
field.
NOTE
For an automatic image distribution processing, be sure to change to
Yes ahead of time the setting (item 3 of SYSTEM CONFIG
5.CSL/IDT FUNCTION) under Enable Distribution Code Setup of the
Service Utility function.
of the
to select the host name
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
00000410.EPS
2.
Click
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE2-11
3.
1.
NOTE
Click
Configuration Item window.
within
on the Setup
2.
Click
within
and select equipment (ODF
host name).
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE2-12
REFERENCE
Images input from other connected equipment are stored directly on the
CL print queue. Note that in the list displayed with the All or Today
tab on the CL user window, you cannot check images input from other
connected equipment.
NOTES
[only when other connected equipment is the CL]
If a multiple number of CLs are network-connected, it is designed
that the system omits some of setups for those CLs by copying the
setup file (NetConfiguration.mdb) of one CL onto another CL
connected via the same network.
CL-B
TCP/IP
Print queue
Copying
CL-A
CL
LP
Copyng
Reprint
NetConfig.mdb
Image output
TCP/IP
FRUP
RU
CL-C
Image input
(reprint) Other connected
equipment B
(e.g.: HI-C655)
00000080.EPS
00000078.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE2-13
2.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
For host name and IP address setup procedures, see the relative
Service Manuals.
OE2-14
3. Connection Checkout
After the CL-AP is started up, make sure that images can be transferred
from the CL to other connected equipment.
Output checkout
Transfer images from the CL to other connected equipment.
1.
2.
From the
Input checkout
Transfer images from other connected equipment to the CL.
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that the LP, if connected, outputs the image thus
transferred properly.
OE000017.EPS
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE2-15
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE2-16
NOTE
The CR-IR346/348CL and the HI-C655 (or QA-WS or FCR VIEW)
are abbreviated hereafter CL and other connected equipment,
respectively.
The CL supports the following DICOM CR Storage functions, overview
of which is shown below.
CR Storage SCU (10bit)
An image transfer function using the DICOM.
CR Storage SCU Private (10bit) (Private Unstandardized CR
Storage)
An image transfer function using the DICOM, which makes it
possible to add FUJIs own private information to images for transfer.
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: A00 or later
Option keys are needed.
Key Name
Functions Supported
This function can be used when, for example, the QA-WS that is
capable of receiving images not subjected to standardization
processing is connected to the CL.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE3-1
Connection/setup example
Setup example of
other connected equipment
HOST name
: HIC655a*
IP address
: 172.16.1.30*
AE name (Provider) : HIC655a-SCP*
Port number
: 5001*
Service Class
: Private CR Storage*
Transfer Syntax
: JPEG Lossless
Other connected
equipment
(HI-C655 or QA-WS)
TCP/IP
FRUP
RU
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
DICOM CR Storage
CL
CL setup example
HOST name
: fcr-csl*
IP address
: 172.16.1.20*
AE name (User) : CL-SCU*
Service Class : Private CR Storage*
Transfer Syntax : JPEG Lossless*
Items marked with * constitute setup examples, which need be
changed depending on the equipment or network environment.
3. Connection
Checkout
00000401.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE3-2
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the CL to other connected equipment via network as illustrated
below.
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
RU
CL
Other connected
equipment
00000003.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the CL
and other connected equipment.
The cable type applicable to this equipment (CL/HI-C655 or QA-WS)
is the IEC950/UL1950-compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE3-3
2. Software Setup
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
Tasks done on
the CL
2.
Click
00000085.EPS
Tasks done
on other
connected
equipment
3.
Click
4.
Click
5.
REFERENCE
The installation start window opens twice because the two kinds of
keys, Standard and Private are stored on the DICOM CR Storage
option key CD.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE3-4
1.
1.
REFERENCE
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
2.
MU000031.EPS
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE3-5
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. above from the initial window within
a 3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the
following steps to start the Service Utility mode.
1. To exit the AP, choose Shut Down on the
(or
) menu.
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
3. From the Start menu, sequentially choose Programs,
Fuji Film, and FCR.
1.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
3.
The Service Utility mode starts. The IIP Service Utility window
opens.
00000131.EPS
00000403.EPS
00000404.EPS
2.
Click the
3.
Select
mark of the
field.
and click
OE3-6
4.
Make sure that the CL host name and IP address are displayed.
6.
Enter the AE name that is the SCU for the CL (e.g.: CL-SCU)
in the
CL host name
field.
NOTE
CL IP address
When selecting SCU as the Role, the set port number will be
disregarded even if it is set.
00000441.EPS
NOTE
The IP address will not be displayed properly unless the CL is
connected to a network.
7.
Click
5.
Select DICOM.
00000405.EPS
00000443.EPS
00000442.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE3-7
8.
in the
in the
field to select the
CR Image Storage
Private CR Storage
Private Unstandardized CR Storage
Verification
REFERENCES
If a Service Class that includes Private CR Storage is selected,
items that need not be set will be hidden on the DICOM Setup
window.
Verification is the Service Class used to verify connection
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection,
Verification must be selected.
For details of verification of connection, see 7. Verifying
the Connection to Other Connected Equipment Verify
Connection in MU: Maintenance Utility.
9.
(SCU) for
REFERENCES
If SCU is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden on
the DICOM Setup window.
For DICOM SCU settings on this equipment (THIS HOST (IIP)),
two or more Service Class settings (e.g., CR Image Storage,
Private CR Storage, and other) can be selected for a single
Application Entity. Moreover, two or more Transfer Syntax settings
(e.g., JPEGLossless, ImplicitVRLittleEndian, and other) can be
selected for a single Service Class.
ImplictVR
LittleEndian
ExplictVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
CR Image Storage
Private CR Storage
Private Unstandardized
CR Storage
Verification
REFERENCES
To transfer large-capacity image data such as mammograms,
check the time required to transfer those images using the
DICOMStorage.log function, and then determine in the
[Timeout1: ] box a time long enough to perform image transfer
processing.
.
It is not necessary to check
Even if checked, it will be disregarded if the Role set in step 9.
above is the SCU.
in the
NOTE
To set the SCU AE on the CL, select OTHER for the device
attribute for the time being.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE3-8
13. Click
14. Click
REFERENCE
Items just have been set up will appear on the right-side area of
the Setup Configuration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.
If the
1.
Select
deleted.
2.
Select DICOM.
00000405.EPS
16. Click
OE3-9
3.
Click
5.
Click
00000443.EPS
6.
of the
field and select Service
4.
field.
NOTES
Never fail to enter the SCP AE name.
Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly.
Enter the Port number of other connected equipment (e.g.: 5001)
in the
field.
CR Image Storage
Private CR Storage
Private Unstandardized CR Storage
Verification
NOTE
Do not select two or more Service Class settings for a single
Application Entity (e.g., CR Image Storage and Private CR
Storage). Further, do not select two or more Transfer Syntax
settings for a single Service Class (e.g., JPEG Lossless and
Implicit VR Little Endian).
Even if you select two or more settings, only the first one takes
effect.
REFERENCES
If Private CR Storage is selected, items that need not be set will
be hidden on the DICOM Setup window.
Verification is the Service Class used to verify connection
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection,
Verification must be selected.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
OE3-10
7.
8.
) within the
field.
NOTE
If the IR346 DICOM IM PROCESSED option key has not been
installed, the Image Processing function will be disregarded even
though PROC is selected (the result will be as if NONE has
been selected).
ImplictVR
LittleEndian
ExplictVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
CR Image Storage
Private CR Storage
Private Unstandardized
CR Storage
downward arrow
Verification
NOTE
Be sure to select the same Transfer Syntax as that selected for this
equipment.
9.
equipment, select
in the
field to select Transfer
Service Class
setup value.
10 : Select when generating 10bit processed image output.
12 : Select when generating 12bit processed image output.
NOTE
The value set up in Bit Stored is allowed to change only when
either CR Image Storage or MG Image Storage For Presentation
is selected for Service Class and PROC is selected for Image
Processing.
ST :
OE3-11
NOTE
This setup item is displayed only when the competing brand
PACS LUT adjustment function key (one of the Plus Standard Key
functions) is installed.
in the
OE030002.ai
MONOCHROME1 : S
elect when setting the minimum pixel value to
white and the maximum pixel value to black.
MONOCHROME2 : S
elect when setting the minimum pixel value to
black and the maximum pixel value to white.
NOTE
OE030001.EPS
NOTE
Setups are possible for gradation correction only when CR Image
Storage or Private CR Storage is selected for the Service Class.
Note that setups are not possible when Private Unstandardized
CR Storage is selected.
For setup details, see Display Gradation Correction Setup
under FR5: Function-specific Reference.
: CR Image Storage
: SCP
: Unable to apply LUT Operation or
Apply LUT correction process to the image
Image Processing : PROC
17. Click
18. Click
Yes : To transfer annotation-embedded images.
to
box
).
REFERENCE
needs not be checked. Even if checked, it will be
20. Click
disregarded.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE3-12
3.
NOTE
1.
Click
Item window.
of
to select equipments
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
2.
Click
1.
Click
Configuration Item window.
on the Setup
OE000003.EPS
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE3-13
2.
Click
3.
within
NOTE
With software version A00, HD_FILE can be selected in the
Function box. However, even though HD_FILE has been
selected, no images will be transferred to equipment of HD_FILE
attribute automatically. It is thus necessary to make setup for
DISTRIBUTION CODE if you wish to transfer images of HD_FILE
attribute automatically.
1.
Click the
mark of
Configuration Item window.
2.
Click
of the Setup
within
and select equipment (ODF
host name).
4.
Click
00000408.EPS
5.
6.
Click
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE3-14
3.
Table
No.
Name
Selection
Meaning
12 UID Issuance
Before
Sending
Processed
Data
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
Does not issue a new UID.
No
Name
Selection
Meaning
39 UID
YES
Issuance
Issues a new UID.
about a
NO
function
Does not issue a new UID.
(except Image
Processing) to
change to the
image
themselves
: Default setting
4.
5.
Click
: Default setting
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE3-15
2.
Other devices
See DICOM-related descriptions included in the manual of
each device.
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE3-16
3. Connection Checkout
After the CL-AP is started, makes sure that images can be transferred
from the CL to other connected equipment.
1.
2.
1.
From the
OE000017.EPS
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE3-17
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE3-18
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE3-19
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE3-20
Connection/setup example
Setup example of
other connected equipment
HOST name
IP address
AE name (Provider)
Port number
Service Class
Transfer Syntax
NOTE
The CR-IR346/348CL and the image transmission equipment are
abbreviated hereafter CL and other connected equipment,
respectively.
Other01*
172.16.1.30*
Other01-SCP*
5001*
CR Image Storage
Implicit VR Little Endian*
Other connected
equipment
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: A00 or later
Option keys are needed.
Key Name
:
:
:
:
:
:
TCP/IP
FRUP
RU
CL
Functions Supported
CL setup example
HOST name
IP address
AE name (User)
Service Class
Transfer Syntax
:
:
:
:
:
fcr-csl*
172.16.1.20*
CL-SCU*
CR Image Storage
Implicit VR Little Endian*
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE4-1
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
3. Connection
Checkout
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE4-2
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the CL to other connected equipment via network as illustrated
below.
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
RU
CL
Other connected
equipment
00000044.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the CL
and other connected equipment.
The cable type applicable to this CL equipment is the IEC950/UL1950compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE4-3
2. Software Setup
1.
NOTE
Tasks done on
the CL
2.
Click
Tasks done
on other
connected
equipment
00000046.EPS
3.
Click
4.
Click
5.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE4-4
1.
1.
2.
Click
Windows starts up and then the CL-AP starts running in about one
minute.
REFERENCE
NOTE
2.
MU000031.EPS
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE4-5
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
steps to start the Service Utility.
1. To exit the AP, choose Shut Down on the
(or
) menu.
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
3. From the Start menu, sequentially choose Programs,
Fuji Film, and FCR.
1.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
3.
The Service Utility mode starts and then the IIP Service Utility
window opens.
00000049.EPS
00000048.EPS
00000091.EPS
2.
Click the
3.
Select
mark of the
field.
and click
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE4-6
4.
6.
in the
CL IP address
When selecting SCU as the Role, the set port number will be
disregarded even if it is set.
00000092.EPS
NOTE
field.
NOTE
CL host name
5.
Enter the AE name that is the SCU for the CL (e.g.: CL-SCU)
7.
Click
Select DICOM.
00000093.EPS
00000443.EPS
00000094.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE4-7
8.
in the
in the
REFERENCES
Service Class
CR Image Storage
9.
ImplictVR
LittleEndian
ExplictVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
Verification
REFERENCES
To set up the AE that is the User, select
Role.
REFERENCES
If SCU is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden on
the DICOM Setup window.
For DICOM SCU settings on this equipment (THIS HOST (IIP)),
two or more Service Class settings (e.g., CR Image Storage,
Private CR Storage, and other) can be selected for a single
Application Entity. Moreover, two or more Transfer Syntax settings
(e.g., JPEGLossless, ImplicitVRLittleEndian, and other) can be
selected for a single Service Class.
in the
NOTE
To set the SCU AE on the CL, select OTHER for the device
attribute for the time being.
13. Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE4-8
14. Click
REFERENCES
Items just have been set will appear on the right-side area of the
Setup Configuration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.
If the
deleted.
1.
Select
2.
Select DICOM.
00000096.EPS
Select DICOM.
00000097.EPS
16. Click
OE4-9
3.
Click
5.
Click
00000443.EPS
6.
in the
field and select the
00000098.EPS
4.
NOTE
NOTES
Never fail to enter the SCP AE name.
Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly.
REFERENCES
in the
field.
7.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
OE4-10
8.
in the
equipment, select
Service Class
CR Image Storage
Verification
ImplictVR
LittleEndian
ExplictVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
NOTE
Be sure to select the same Transfer Syntax as that selected for this
equipment.
9.
) within the
field.
setup value.
10 : Select when generating 10bit processed image output.
12 : Select when generating 12bit processed image output.
NOTE
The value set up in Bit Stored is allowed to change only when
either CR Image Storage or MG Image Storage For Presentation
is selected for Service Class and PROC is selected for Image
Processing.
Setting of
ST :
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
to
).
REFERENCE
needs not be checked. Even if checked, it will be
disregarded.
box
in the
OE4-11
NOTE
This setup item is displayed only when the competing brand
PACS LUT adjustment function key (one of the Plus Standard Key
functions) is installed.
OE030002.ai
MONOCHROME1 : S
elect when setting the minimum pixel value to
white and the maximum pixel value to black.
MONOCHROME2 : S
elect when setting the minimum pixel value to
black and the maximum pixel value to white.
NOTE
Photometric Interpretation can be selected only when the following
settings are performed.
OE030001.EPS
Abstract Syntax
Role
LUT Operation
: CR Image Storage
: SCP
: Unable to apply LUT Operation or
Apply LUT correction process to the image
Image Processing : PROC
17. Click
Yes : To transfer annotation-embedded images.
No : To transfer images not embedded with annotation.
18. Click
20. Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE4-12
3.
1.
Click
Item window.
NOTE
For an automatic image distribution processing, be sure to change to
Yes ahead of time the setting (item 3 of SYSTEM CONFIG
5.CSL/IDT FUNCTION) under Enable Distribution Code Setup of the
Service Utility function.
of
to select equipments
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
00000247.EPS
2.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE4-13
3.
1.
NOTE
Click
Configuration Item window.
within
on the Setup
2.
Click
within
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE4-14
1.
Click the
mark of
Configuration Item window.
2.
Click
of the Setup
00000248.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE4-15
3.
No
Table
No
Name
Selection
Meaning
12 UID Issuance
Before
Sending
Processed
Data
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
Does not issue a new UID.
Name
Selection
Meaning
: Default setting
4.
5.
Click
: Default setting
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE4-16
1.
2.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE4-17
3. Connection Checkout
After the CL-AP is started, makes sure that images can be transferred
from the CL to other connected equipment.
1.
2.
1.
From the
OE000017.EPS
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE4-18
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE4-19
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE4-20
CL+FN-PS551/DRYPIX/FM-DP L
(DICOM Print)
Connection/setup example
Other connected equipment
HOST name
IP address
AE name (Provider)
Port number
Service Class
Transfer Syntax
Described below are setup procedures used for printing images onto
the FN-PS551, DRYPIX or FM-DP L from the CR-IR346/348CL using
the DICOM Print function.
NOTE
:
:
:
:
:
:
FN-PS551 *
172.16.0.41 *
Printer1*
104*
Basic Grayscale Print
Implict VR Little Endian
The CR-IR346/348CL is abbreviated hereafter simply CL. The FNPS551 and DRYPIX or FM-DP L are abbreviated other connected
equipment.
Other
connected
equipment
Key Name
Functions Supported
Printer*
(FM-DPL, etc.)
Before setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: A00 or later.
The option key is required.
E-i/f
TCP/IP
FRUP
DICOM Print
RU
CL
CL setup example
HOST name
IP address
AE name (User)
Service Class
Transfer Syntax
:
:
:
:
:
fcr-csl*
172.16.1.20*
CL-SCU*
Basic Grayscale Print
Implicit VR Little Endian*
00000395.EPS
REFERENCE
The default DRYPIX user AE name is FCR-CSL.
OE5-1
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
TCP/IP
RU
CL
FN-PS551
Printer
E-i/f Cable
00000396.EPS
DRYPIX or FM-DP L
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX Cable
TCP/IP
RU
CL
DRY PIX/
FM-DPL
OE000005.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the CL
and other connected equipment.
3. Verifying the
Connection
4. Backing Up the
Setup File
00000486.EPS
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE5-2
2. Software Setup
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
Tasks done on
the CL
2.
Click
00000085.EPS
Tasks done
on other
connected
equipment
3.
Click
4.
OE5-3
1.
1.
Windows starts up and then the CL-AP starts running in about one
minute.
REFERENCE
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
2.
MU000031.EPS
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE5-4
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
steps to start the Service Utility:
1. To exit the AP, choose Shut Down on the
(or
) menu.
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
1.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
3.
The Service Utility mode starts and then the IIP Service Utility
window opens.
00000131.EPS
00000397.EPS
00000404.EPS
2.
Click the
3.
Select
mark of the
field.
and click
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE5-5
4.
6.
in the
CL host name
CL IP address
00000441.EPS
NOTE
The IP address will not be displayed properly unless the CL is
connected to a network.
5.
Enter the AE name that is the SCU for the CL (e.g.: CL-SCU)
field.
REFERENCE
When the connected equipment is DRYPIX or FM-DP L, enter
FCR-CSL. As the AE name of the connected equipment (SCU),
FCR-CSL has been set for DRYPIX and FM-DP L.
NOTE
There is no need to set the port number in
When selecting SCU as the Role, the set port number will be
disregarded even if it is set.
Select DICOM.
00000405.EPS
00000442.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE5-6
7.
Click
as necessary.
REFERENCE
It is not necessary to check
.
Even if checked, it will be disregarded if the Role set in step 9.
above is the SCU.
00000443.EPS
8.
in the
in the
NOTE
field to select Service
REFERENCE
Verification is the Service Class used to verify connection
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection,
Verification must be selected.
To set the SCU AE on the CL, always select OTHER for the
device attribute.
12. Click
9.
REFERENCE
If SCU is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden on
the DICOM Setup window.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE5-7
13. Click
REFERENCES
Items just have been set will appear on the right-side area of the
Setup Configuration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.
If the
deleted.
AE name of this equipment
Note that the setup procedure when the FM-DPL is connected will differ
from that used for other devices.
Host name and IP address of other
connected equipment
AE name (Application Entity Name) and
......A
port number of other connected equipment
Service Class, Role, Transfer Syntax and
device attribute
......B
00000399.EPS
15. Click
......D
OE5-8
3.
equipment
1.
Select
Click
2.
Select DICOM.
00000444.EPS
00000405.EPS
REFERENCE
Set as follows when the DRYPIX or FM-DP L is connected.
Host name: fujiprinter (default)
IP address: 172.16.1.30 (default)
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE5-9
1.
2.
Click
field.
NOTE
Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly.
Enter the Port number of other connected equipment (e.g.: 104)
in the
00000443.EPS
field.
REFERENCE
Set as follows when the DRYPIX or FM-DPL is connected.
DRYPIX
Application Entity Name : DRYPIX (default)
: 17238 (default)
Port number
FM-DPL
Note
Application Entity Name : FM-DP L (for 10pix images)*
FM-DP LD (for 20pix images)* Note
: 17238 (for both 10pix and 20pix
Port number
images)* Note
(* Note) Because these setting values are not the FM-DP L
defaults, be sure to set them in accordance with the
FM-DP L values.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE5-10
1.
of the
field and select Service
output conditions.
Set them as shown in the table below if the other connected
equipment is the FN-PS551, DRYPIX or FM-DP L.
REFERENCE
Verification is the Service Class used to verify connection
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection,
Verification must be selected.
For details of connection checkout, see 7. Verifying the
Connection to Other Connected Equipment Verify
Connection under MU: Maintenance Utility.
2.
3.
in the
Media Type
OE000036.EPS
PROCESSOR (Default)
Film Destination
CUBIC (Default* 2)
Mag Type
Blank (Default)
Smoothing Type
NONE (Default)
Recognition Coed
1 (Default)
Default Bin Number
(Change as needed.)* 1
Film Size ID
SUPPORTED (Default)
Requested Image Size
3.0 (Default)
Dmax
10 Bits Stored Supported Use check mark. (Default)
* 1 Set this item in accordance with the film size available on the
printer.
* 2 For software version A00, BILINEAR is the default.
For details of settings for the DICOM Print output conditions,
see 4. Setting the DICOM Print Output Conditions under
Print Output Function of FR1: Function-specific
Reference.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE5-11
1.
Check
(
to
) of Acceptable Density if other
connected equipment can receive mammographic images
(20pixel/mm) as well.
NOTES
To enable transfer of 20pixel/mm images, an Application Entity for
output of 20pixel/mm images needs be set up in other connected
equipment such as FM-DP L.
1.
2.
to
box
).
REFERENCE
needs not be checked. Even if checked, it
will be disregarded.
00000131.EPS
3.
Click
4.
Click
5.
00000404.EPS
6.
Click
OE5-12
2.
Click
REFERENCE
The default film annotation character format for print output is basically
the same as for printouts generated by the FCR 5000 Series.
Film output differences between the CL and the 5000 Series
are stated in 2.2 Precautions of the Film Annotation
Character Format under Print Output Function in
FR1: Function-specific Reference.
00000081.EPS
3.
Click
4.
in the
1.
2.
Click
in the
field and select the AE name
3.
Click
6.
7.
4.
Click
5.
5.
Click
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE5-13
1.
DRYPIX
See 8.1 Network Connection (DICOM) in IN: Installation of
the DRYPIX Service Manual.
FM-DP L
See 8. Checking the Network (DICOM) Connection in the
Installation section of the FM-DP L Service Manual.
2.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE5-14
From the
OE000017.EPS
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE5-15
2.
REFERENCE
The example in the figure below represents a printout that would be
generated when the default film annotation character format is used
(image size: 35 35cm (14" 14"); print format: TWIN). When the default
settings are used, character strings (1) through (19) are printed out.
(1) Hospital name (institution name)
FUJIFILM HOSPITAL
04001676
A0000 A020
(12) IP number
(2) EDR mode + menu code
(3) System ID + image number
(4) Patient ID
(5) Patient name
R->L
G 1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q0.5
SKULL, GENERAL
Surgi
01
G1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q1.0
[F] 23
OE5-16
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE5-17
BLANK PAGE
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE5-18
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE5-19
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE5-20
Connection/setup example
HOST name : FCR-CSL*
IP address : 172.16.1.20*
This chapter presents the procedure for printing images using the FINP
via the FN-PS551 or 5000 series.
CL
IMPORTANT
When using the FINP, the film character format specified will be printed
out in accordance with the film format file defined in the FN-PS551 or
5000 series. Have the film character format be set up on the FN-PS551
or 5000 series.
Note that a film character format set up on the CL will not be enabled.
Image transfer
TCP/IP
Print output
FRUP
Other
connected
equipment
RU
LP
NOTE
The CR-IR346/348CL and FN-PS 551 or 5000 series are
abbreviated hereafter simply CL and other connected equipment,
respectively.
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: A00 or later
The FINP image input/output option key (IR346 DMS NET-WORK
IN-OUT) is necessary.
HOST name
: FN-PS551*
IP address
: 172.16.1.30*
Device attribute : PRINT*
Protocol ID
: 110*
Items marked with * constitute setup examples, which need be
changed depending on the equipment or network environment.
00000252.EPS
FN-PS551 requirements
The FN-PS551 main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: A04 or later.
5000 series requirements
The 5000 series main unit must have been set up accordingly.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE6-1
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
3. Connection
Checkout
4. Backing up the
Setup File
00000255.EPS
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE6-2
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the CL to other connected equipment via network as illustrated
below.
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX Cable
TCP/IP
RU
CL
Other
connected
equipment
Printer
E-i/f Cable
00000253.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the CL
and other connected equipment.
The cable type applicable to these equipment models (CR-IR346CL
and FN-PS5551) is the IEC950/UL1950-compliant UTP cable of
category 5 or higher.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE6-3
2. Software Setup
1.
NOTE
2.
Click
Tasks done
on the CL
00000085.EPS
3.
4.
Click
Click
Tasks done
on other
connected
equipment
5.
Click
6.
REFERENCE
The installation start window opens twice because the two kinds of
keys, for image input and output, are stored on the FINP image input/
output option key CD.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE6-4
1.
REFERENCE
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
2.
MU000031.EPS
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE6-5
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. above from the initial window within
a 3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the
following steps to start the Service Utility mode.
1. To exit the AP, choose Shut Down on the
(or
Setup overview
Service Utility Setup Configuration Item window
) menu.
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
3. From the Start menu, sequentially choose Programs,
Fuji Film, and FCR.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
3.
II
The Service Utility mode starts. The IIP Service Utility window
opens.
00000054.EPS
OE000034.EPS
4.
NOTE
To enable this setup, the
field must have
been activated before setting the image data compression type (ALL
OTHER NODES).
00000077.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE6-6
4.
1.
5.
6.
is selected in the
column.
7.
Click
00000131.EPS
00000404.EPS
2.
Click the
3.
Select
mark of the
field.
and click
00000436.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE6-7
8.
II
III
IV
III. Select
HQ images.
Select
IV. Select
when transferring HQ images to other
connected equipment.
V. Select the image data compression type used for transferring
images to other connected equipment.
Select
when transferring images by
changing the data compression type depending on the MPM
code.
See 2.4.2 Setup for Changing the Image Data
Compression Type Depending on the MPM Code (FINP
COMPRESSION TYPE).
VI
00000437.EPS
I.
REFERENCE
Select PRINT for the 5000 series and FN-PS551.
Select HD_FILE for the HI-C/QA-WS system.
Select OD_FILE for the ODF system.
Select OTHER for the CL.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE6-8
9.
Click
REFERENCES
Items just have been set up will appear on the right-side area of
the Setup Configuration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
11. Click
.
If the
deleted.
Device attribute
Protocol ID
Handling of HQ images
Image data compression type
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Annotation transfer
00000438.EPS
OE6-9
3.
1.
II
Select
Item window.
A list showing the data compression type for each MPM code will
be displayed on the right-side area of the window.
00000440.EPS
I.
List showing the data compression type for each MPM code
REFERENCE
The MPM code that is for the exposure menu selected will be
displayed in the MPM Code column. Using the User Utility, the
user thus can view which MPM code is for the exposure menu
selected.
II.
4.
Click
Click
00000439.EPS
2.
5.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE6-10
2.5 Registering the Printer for Automatic Image Printout When a Study is Completed CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
1.
Click
Configuration Item window.
on the Setup
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
00000081.EPS
2.
Click
3.
in the
in the
field and select the host name
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE6-11
2.
5000 series
EQUIPMENT (EQUIP file) settings
HOST ADDRESS (HOST file) settings
Film annotation character format (PRINT file) settings
See MU: Maintenance Utility of the 5000 series Service Manuals.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE6-12
3. Connection Checkout
After the CL-AP has been started up, make sure that images can be
transferred from the CL to the FN-PS551.
1.
1.
2.
3.
When prints are output to the printer, make sure that those
printouts are as per the film character format that has been
set up on other connected equipment.
OE000017.EPS
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE6-13
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE6-14
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE6-15
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE6-16
NOTES
The connection system will differ with each other for RIS and IDC4.
The CR-IR346/348CL is abbreviated hereafter simply CL.
Before setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
1. Hardware Setup
2. CL Software Setup
3. Verifying the
Connection
4. Backing Up the
Setup File
OE7-1
1.1 Adding a Serial Connector [Only when using the serial i/f]
1. Hardware Setup
Set up hardware as follows for the CL and RIS.
1.1 Adding a Serial Connector Add a serial connector to the
CL-PC (only when using the
[Only when using the
serial i/f).
serial i/f]
1.2 Connecting the Cable
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
RIS:
Use a dedicated serial cable to
connect the CL to the RIS.
IDC4:
Use a network cable to connect
the CL to the RIS.
OE7-2
RIS
IDC4
OE000008.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the CL network connectors.
The cable type applicable to this CL equipment is the IEC950/UL1950compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-3
2. CL Software Setup
2.1 Patient Information Online Option Key
Installation
2.2 AP Key Reinstallation
1.
NOTE
2.
Click
00000241.EPS
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-4
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-5
From the
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
3-second period and allow the AP to start up, perform the following
steps to start the Service Utility:
2.
(or
) menu.
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
3. From the Start menu, sequentially choose Programs,
Fuji Film, and FCR.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
3.
MU000031.EPS
The Service Utility mode starts and then the IIP Service Utility
window opens.
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
00000403.EPS
OE7-6
Configuration Item
RIS IDC4
CP850(DOSLatin1)/
CP1252(WINLatin1)
Short/Long format
34 Various timeout
No changes are required for settings.
35 values
Search key
36
type
37 i/f type
TypeA/TypeB/Type-IDC4
Serial port
number
33 i/f format
38
IDC4 host
name
idc4 (default)
39
IDC4 IP
address
172.16.1.1 (default)
40
IDC4 port
number
13001 (default)
: Essential
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Remarks
: As required
OE7-7
1.
2.
Click
00000131.EPS
3.
Select for
00000404.EPS
4.
number for
5.
To use extended format for the i/f format, change setting for
to 1.Long.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-8
6.
7.
REFERENCE
Type-A : Used when transferring ID information from the RIS (no
queries will be made by the CL).
Type-B : Used when making queries by the CL with the search
key to acquire ID information that corresponds to the
search key from the RIS.
CL user window (Registration) : Version A software
u NOTE u
For the Latin font, either DOS Latin1 or WIN Latin1 code set will be
used.
For the code set used, follow the settings in step 3.
REFERENCE
0 : ID#
1 : ID#&RECEPT#
2 : ID#&EXAM#
3 : ID#&RECEPT#&EXAM#
ID No. only
ID No. and Reception No.
ID No. and Accession No.
ID No., Reception No., Accession No.
If "Type-B" is selected,
appears on the right of the
search key entry box.
If "Type-A" is selected, the entry box does not appear.
00000122.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-9
1.
Search key
(This window represents an example when
3:ID#&RECEPT#&EXAM# has been selected.)
00000131.EPS
00000120.EPS
8.
9.
Click
00000404.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-10
2.
Click
6.
With
(search key).
NOTE
For the Latin font, either DOS Latin1 or WIN Latin1 code set will be
used.
For the code set used, follow the settings in step 3.
REFERENCE
0 : ID#
1 : ID#&RECEPT#
2 : ID#&EXAM#
3 : ID#&RECEPT#&EXAM#
ID No. only
ID No. and Reception No.
ID No. and Accession No.
ID No., Reception No., Accession No.
OE000038.EPS
3.
With
4.
5.
Change the
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
setting to 1. Long.
setting to
Search key
(This window represents an example when
3:ID#&RECEPT#&EXAM# has been selected.)
00000494.EPS
OE7-11
1.
2.
Search key
(This window represents an example when
3:ID#&RECEPT#&EXAM# has been selected.)
00000120.EPS
7.
In the
name.
8.
In the
address.
9.
In the
port number.
11. Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-12
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
From the
OE000017.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-13
Version B software
1.
2.
OE000101.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-14
2.
1.
(or
).
Version A software
Patient information
transferred from
the RIS
Select the search key type and enter the search key.
00000497.EPS
Version B software
Select the
search key type.
Enter the
search key.
OE000010.EPS
Version B software
00000121.EPS
Patient information
transferred from the RIS
OE000102.EPS
NOTE
If the target patient information is not found on the RIS or IDC4, a
message will appear to indicate that no such information has been
registered to the RIS.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-15
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE7-16
NOTE
TheCR-IR348CL is abbreviated hereafter simply CL.
Prior to setup
CL requirements
Connection/setup examples
The following connection/setup examples are used in this chapter to
describe the setup procedure.
RIS setup example
RIS_A* /172.16.1.80*.............................
RIS_SCP* /5010*...............................
Modality Worklist Management....
SCP..........................................
Performed Procedure Step..........
SCP..........................................
RIS
DICOM MWM
TCP/IP
DICOM PPS
RU
CL
CL setup example
fcr-csl* /172.16.1.20*............................... HOST name/IP address
CL-SCU*/Port number
(setup not required**)......................... AE name/Port number
Modality Worklist MFIND............... Service Class (for MWM)
SCU.......................................... Role
Modality Performed Procedure Step.. Service Class (for PPS)
SCU.......................................... Role
* Setup examples that need be changed depending on the equipment
or network environment.
** Port number needs not be set up for the Service Class when the
Role is SCU.
00000520.EPS
OE8-1
1. Hardware Stup
2. Software Setup
When performing DICOM MWM or DICOM PPS setup, you might have
to perform configuration setup procedures (IMAGE MODALITY and
CSL/IDT FUNCTION) in addition to a normal DICOM connection setup
procedure depending on the specifications for the RIS to be connected.
Details are given below.
For detailed setup procedure, see 2.5 MWM/PPS Configuration
Setup.
When the employed RIS does not support the PPS (or makes the
PPS inoperative)
Select No for IMAGE MODALITY No. 18 (Display Performed
Procedure on Worklist Tab). There are no operational problems even
if No is selected when the employed RIS supports the PPS.
3. Verifying the
Connection
4. Backing Up
the Setup File
When the PPS function is not used, the information about the end of
study cannot be returned to the RIS. This causes the system to send
data about patients who have gone through a study process back to
the RIS. For this reason, such data is displayed unavoidably. This
configuration setting is used to avoid this situation. When No is
selected as the configuration setting, the data about patients who
have gone through a study process will be deleted from the CL
worklist.
When the employed RIS is manufactured by T company
When Ts RIS is used, consult with the hospital administrator to
determine whether or not to enable the following configuration
settings.
Setting the method of inquiring at the RIS
The CL acquires patient information in accordance with a trigger
signal from the RIS.
Setting the compliance with the JJ1017 guideline in Japan
The following three items of information will be displayed within
the exposure menu information sequence.
First information item
: Exposure technique (Plain, Contrast,
etc.)
Second information item : Exposure region (Head, Chest, etc.)
Third information item
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE8-2
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the CL to the RIS via networks as illustrated below.
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
RU
CL
RIS
00000522.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the CL network connectors.
The cable type applicable to the CL equipment is the IEC950/UL1950compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE8-3
2. Software Setup
REFERENCE
You may install both the MWM (ORDER) option key and the MWM (ID)
option key.
Local patient information database, which cannot be used if only the
MWM (ORDER) option key is installed, becomes available when both
are installed.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Compulsory tasks
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
Tasks done only
when the PPS
function is used.
2.
Click
3.
Click
Tasks done as
necessary.
Tasks done only
when handling
ordering information
with the MWM
function.
4.
5.
OE8-4
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
1.
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
00000404.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE8-5
2.
Click the
3.
Select
mark of the
field.
and click
4.
00000441.EPS
NOTE
00000442.EPS
6.
Enter the AE name (e.g. CL-SCU) that is the SCU for the CL
field.
in the
5.
NOTE
There is no need to set the Port number in the
(Port number) field.
When selecting SCU as the Role, the Port number will be
disregarded even if it is set.
Select DICOM.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
00000405.EPS
OE8-6
7.
Click
in the
NOTE
To set the SCU AE on the CL, select OTHER for the device
attribute for the time being.
12. Click
8.
13. Click
The system returns to the Setup Configuration window.
in the
field to select Service
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
Items just have been set will appear on the right-side area of the
Setup Configuration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.
CLs AE name
9.
(SCU) for
REFERENCE
You need not to check
If the
00000538.EPS
be deleted.
OE8-7
3.
Click
1.
Select
2.
field.
00000444.EPS
4.
Select DICOM.
00000405.EPS
NOTES
Never fail to enter the SCP AE name.
Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly.
Enter the RIS Port number (e.g. 5010) in the
field.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE8-8
5.
Click
1.
Click
Configuration Item window.
of the Setup
00000081.EPS
00000533.EPS
6 .
in the
field
7.
8.
3.
box
field
).
in the
field
4.
Click
in the
10. Click
REFERENCE
9.
Click
2.
5.
11. Click
OE8-9
2.
Select
(CLs AE name).
NOTE
Do not perform settings for the DICOM PPS function if the optional
DICOM PPS key has not been installed. Otherwise, an error (30151 or
20110) will occur.
1.
00000539.EPS
3.
Click
00000533.EPS
00000131.EPS
00000404.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE8-10
4.
in the
field to select Service
REFERENCE
Verification is the Service Class used to verify connection
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection,
Verification must have been set.
For details of verification of connection, see 7. Verifying
the Connection to Other Connected Equipment Verify
Connection under MU: Maintenance Utility.
5.
1.
Select
(RIS
AE name) in the Setup Configuration Item window.
(SCU) for
REFERENCE
When setting up SCU, items in the DICOMSetup window that
need not be set will be hidden.
6.
REFERENCE
You need not to check
.
Even if checked, it will be disregarded if the Role set in step 5,
above is the SCU.
7.
Click
00000540.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE8-11
2.
Click
1.
Click
Configuration Item window.
on the Setup
00000081.EPS
00000533.EPS
3.
2.
in the
field to select Service
4.
3.
in the
field
in the
field and select the AE name
.
(e.g.: RIS_SCP).
Click
REFERENCE
6.
5.
Click
4.
Click
5.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE8-12
1.
2.
3.
Choose
4.
Setups items related with the IDT functions appear on the righthand side of the window.
Item
number
Configuration name
15
17
Patient ID Length
(Character string length
of the patient ID.)
22
5.
, then
Description
Item
number
Configuration name
Description
16
17
18
Display Performed
Procedure on Worklist
Tab
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE8-13
Function overview
There are the following three methods of making patient information
inquiries at the RIS.
Trigger signal from the RIS
Update procedure to be performed at the CL - 1
Update procedure to be performed at the CL - 2
Trigger signal from the RIS
When the CL receives a trigger signal from the RIS, the CL makes
inquires at the RIS to acquire patient information. An automatic
transition occurs to switch from the worklist tab window to the study
start window only when one piece of study information is acquired.
NOTES
Trigger signal setup is to be performed only when the connection to
T companys equipment is established.
Setup procedure
1.
2.
Item
number
Configuration name
64
65
66
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Description
3.
0: Manual (default)
Update procedure to be performed
at the CL.
1: Trigger
RIS trigger signal.
2: Auto
Update procedure to be performed
at the CL (automatic window
transition).
OE8-14
Function overview
Function overview
DICOM Tag
Meaning
0040,030E
>Radiation Mode
0018,115A
Radiation mode.
>KVp
0018,0060
>Exposure Time
0018,1150
>Filter Type
0018,1160
>Filter Material
0018,7050
Setup procedure
1.
2.
NOTE
Setup is to be performed only for the connection to the equipment
manufactured by T company.
REFERENCE
At the CL, three values of the codes [(0040,0008)>(0008,0100)] fed
from the RIS are sequentially concatenated and used as an extended
menu code. If, for instance, three menus are fed, a total of nine codes
exist. Sets of three items of information are sequentially concatenated,
beginning with the leading one, and used as an extended menu code.
Setup procedure
1.
Item
number
67
3.
Configuration
name
MWM Request
Exposure
Dose Status
Description
The configuration function for this inquiry
item is disabled. This inquiry item will be
validated when you add it as one of the
inquiries (listed in the table of Function
Overview above) to be addressed to the
RIS by exercising 14. Setting the DICOM
MWM C-FIND Tags.
2.
Item
number
68
3.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Configuration
name
MWM Exposure
Menu Code
Treatment
Description
Exposure menu code system for MWM use.
This item is used to specify the setting in
accordance with the RIS specifications.
0: Normal (default)
1: JJ1017
2: JJ1017 (Ver3)
OE8-15
Function overview
The information about exposure status can be added as the PPS
information to be returned to the RIS.
A private tag is used to return the information.
Description
DICOM Tag
Meaning
Exposure Status
Sequence
0019,XXA0
>Division Count
>Exposure Status
Exposure status
>0019,XXA1 (NORMAL: Normal exposure;
MIS: Improperly exposed image).
>Exposure Kind
Exposure kind
>0019,XXA2 (NORMAL: Normal; ADD: Additional;
AGAIN: Reexposure).
Distance Source to
Detector
>0018,1110
Distance between
X-ray source and detector.
2.
Setup procedure
76
PPS
Exposure
Status
Sequence
0: No (default)
Does not return exposure status information.
1: Status Only
Returns only exposure status information.
2: Status + Other Results
Returns exposure status information along with
other results values.
Item Configuration
number
name
3.
Function overview
1.
Setup procedure
1.
2.
Item
number
92
3.
Configuration
name
PPS N-SET
Timming
Description
Specifying the time at which the PPS study
termination notice (N-SET) should be
transmitted to the RIS.
0: Complete [default]
1: Subscribe
2: DownloadPDA
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE8-16
Function overview
This function is exercised at the time of PPS study termination
notification to map image-incidental information (divided exposure
count, exposure status, and exposure kind) with a PPS standard tag
and transmit it to the RIS.
NOTE
Although 2.5.5 Setting the Additional PPS Items to be Returned to the
RIS states that a private tag is used to return the information to the
RIS, the captioned function maps the exposure information with a
standard tag and returns it to the RIS.
Setup procedure
2.
Item
number
90
91
3.
Configuration
name
Description
PPS Exposure
Status Mapping Tag
PPS Exposure
Status
Mapping Kind
Function overview
The exposure results to be returned to the RIS are edited from the study
window at the PPS. The following information items can be edited:
Discription
PPS Tag
Item
Setup target
0040,0340>0008,1070
Technologist
information
For each
study
0019,xxA0>0018,1110
Radiation
source-todetector
distance (SID)
For each
menu
(image)
Billing Supplies
and Devices
Sequence
0040,0324
Contrast media
For each
consumption
study
information
Number of Films
0040,0321>2100,0017
Number of
films
For each
menu
(image)
Film SIze ID
0040,0321>2010,0050
Film size
For each
menu
(image)
Radiation Dose
Sequence
0040,030E
X-ray dose
For each
X-ray shot
Performed
Procedure Step
Description
0040,0254
Performed
For each
procedure step
study
description
Protocol Name
0040,0340>0018,1030
Protocol name
Operators Name
Distace Source to
Detector (SID)
For each
study
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE8-17
Setup procedure
1.
2.
Item
number
87
Configuration
name
Description
Specifying from the exposure information
editing dialog box whether the information
about contrast media consumption should
be editable.
Function overview
The [0040,0100]>[0040,0008]>[0008,0104] Code Meaning acquired
from the RIS as the information about a response from the RIS
(C-FIND-RSP) will be handled as an exposure menu name. The names
received from the RIS will be used as the following menu names:
Image-level menu names for various study lists
Menu names for the study/QA window
Menu names to be displayed on the Image Reader panel
Menu names indicated on an output film
Menu names for a filing device/image display device (output device)
For details on DICOM MWM C-FIND tag setup, see 14. Setting the
DICOM MWM C-FIND Tags DICOM MWM C-FIND Tag Setting in
MU: Maintenance Utility.
Yes
: Editable.
No [default] : Noneditable.
88
Setup procedure
1.
Yes
: Opens.
No [default] : Does not open.
3.
2.
Item
number
89
3.
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
Configuration
name
Description
Handling the code meaning acquired as
the information about a response from the
RIS as an exposure menu name.
Yes
: Handles as an exposure
menu name.
No [default] : Does not handle as an
exposure menu name.
OE8-18
Function overview
The StudyInstanceUID acquired via MWM was not allowed to modify so
far, which now became possible to be modified from version V3.0(B).
Modification is possible if Yes is specified for setup item No. 134 of
CSL/IDT FUNCTION. Patient information and the like changed following
the configuration settings for the UID generation will consequently
modify SOPInstanceUID and StudyInstanceUID at the same time.
1.
Click the
mark in the
Setup Configuration Item window.
2.
Click
field on the
Setup procedure
Procedure used for performing configuration settings for
regeneration of StudyInstanceUID acquired using MWM
1.
Select
and then
on the Setup Configuration Item window.
Setup items for the IDT function appear at the right side of the
window.
2.
Item
number
134
3.
Configuration
name
MWM
StudyInstanceUID
Regeneration
00000408.EPS
Description
Specifying whether or not to permit the
MWM StudyInstanceUID to be
regenerated.
Yes : Permitted.
No : Not permitted (default)
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE8-19
3.
Table
No
Name
Selection
Meaning
12 UID Issuance
Before
Sending
Processed
Data
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
Does not issue a new UID.
No
Name
Selection
Meaning
: Default setting
4.
5.
Click
: Default setting
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE8-20
Setup procedure
1.
NOTES
This function cannot be used with portable radiographic function (CL
SOFT FOR POCKET ID CL) (optional).
If the exposure menu is added/edited on CL for a study supporting
JJ1017 V3, JJ1017 V3 will not be applied to the study.
An exposure menu received from RIS is displayed on CL by combining
the code which is defined in JJ1017 V3. If a different menu name
has been set for the menu code from User Utility, the contents to be
displayed will be different.
Up to 28 characters of menu name can be displayed on CL after being
combined. Be careful when using menus with long codes.
If a normal menu or a menu for JJ1017 V3 is edited in User Utility, the
menu will be registered as a normal exposure menu when the first and
last half of the extended menu code are left blank.
If JJ1017 V3 is set, the study which can be received from RIS will be
only the menu supporting JJ1017 V3.
The mapping database will be backed up/restored in V8.0 HF0004 or
later; so make sure to do it in V8.0 HF0004 or later when backing up/
restoring the menu database from User Utility.
If the menu database is replaced from CL-AP CD (2 of 2), manually
copy the mapping database (MWMMenuCodeMapping.mdb) from
CL-AP CD (2 of 2) and paste it to C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\
MWMStudyList.
When upgrading from V8.0 HF0004 to V8.1, back up/restore the
mapping DB manually because the mapping DB is not taken over.
It will be taken over when upgrading from V8.1 or later.
Function overview
If the setting for JJ1017 V3 is performed, the following functions can be
added.
16 characters can be set in each of first half and last part as an
extended menu code.
The normal exposure menu can be used with the exposure menu for
JJ1017 V3.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Select
on
The IDT function setup items appear in the right-hand area of the
window.
2.
No
Selection
Meaning
68 MWM
Exposure
Menu Code
Treatment
0:Normal
1:JJ1017
2:JJ1017(Ver3)
89 MWM Menu
Name
Mapping
YES
Handles as an exposure
menu name.
NO
Does not handle as an
exposure menu name.
: Default setting
3.
4.
Click
5.
OE8-21
6.
7.
12
8.
Click
>>(0080, 0100)
TagSetting1
SH 007F260 00080100
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE8-22
Tag mapping
When transmitting order information to the CL for MWM purposes, it is
necessary to standardize the exposure and study menu tag information
for the RIS and CL.
More specifically, you must complete the following steps.
Verify the DICOM tag number that contains RIS ordering information.
Ensure that the RIS ordering information and CL exposure menu/
study menu agree in extended menu codes (this can be
accomplished by rewriting the menu codes as needed with the CLs
user utility).
REFERENCE
The CL performs exposure menu mapping in accordance with a tag
number (0040,0008)>(0008,0100) transmitted from the RIS. Study
menu mapping is performed when no exposure menu tag number is
transmitted from the RIS.
The study menu mapping tag numbers transmitted from the RIS vary
from one RIS manufacturer to another. Therefore, Service Utility must
be used to set such tag numbers for the CL.
Service Utilitys initial setting is (0040,0100)>(0040,0007).
For most of the RIS manufacturers in Japan, the initial setting
(0040,0100)>(0040,0007) can be used as is. For most of RIS
manufacturers other than in Japan, however, the initial setting needs to
be changed.
OE000058.EPS
REFERENCE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE8-23
Study menu
Since no study menu is registered in the CL, create a new study
menu and then enter the RIS ordering information related to the
study menu.
24
Tag Mapped on
Study Menu at
MWM Use
Perform Mapping
to Exposure Menu
at MWM Use
Description
DICOM-defined tag numbers to be mapped
onto a study menu.
The default setups are 0040, 0100>0040
and 0007.
Specifying whether or not to perform study
menu/exposure menu mapping.
If No is selected, only the patient
information will be used to initiate a study
process.
The default setup is to perform mapping.
REFERENCE
Configuration
name
Display Dialog
When Failed in
Mapping to Menu
at MWM Use
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE8-24
After the CL-AP has been started up, verify MWM and PPS operations.
Check to see that the patient information registered to the RIS appears
in the MWM worklist.
Patient information registered to the RIS appears here.
1.
From the
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE8-25
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE8-26
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE8-27
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE8-28
NOTE
The CR-IR346/348CL will be abbreviated hereinafter simply CL.
Connection/setup example
This chapter describes the setup procedure using the connection/setup
examples shown below.
Archiver setup example
Scommit* /172.16.1.90*...................... HOST name/IP address
Scommit_SCP* /5020*................... AE name/Port number
CR Image Storage..................... Service Class
SCP....................................... Role
ImplicitVRLittleEndian*.......... Transfer Syntax
SC AE Name*....................... SCommit_SCP
Storage Commitment Push....... Service Class
SCP....................................... Role
Prior to setup
Archiver
CL requirements
Functions Supported
TCP/IP
RU
CL
CL setup example
fcr-csl* /172.16.1.20*............................... HOST name/IP address
CL-SCU*/Port number
(setup not required**)....................... AE name/Port number
CR Image Storage......................... Service Class
SCU.......................................... Role
ImplicitVRLittleEndian*.................. Transfer Syntax
SC AE Name*........................... Scommit_SCP
Storage Commitment Push........... Service Class
SCU.......................................... Role
* Setup examples that need be changed depending on the equipment or
network environment.
** Port number needs not be set up for the Service Class when the Role is SCU.
00000523.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE9-1
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
3. Verifying the
Function
4. Backing Up
the Setup File
00000541.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE9-2
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the CL to the archiver via networks, as illustrated below.
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
RU
CL
Archiver
00000524.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the CL network connectors.
The cable type applicable to the CL equipment is the IEC950/UL1950compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE9-3
2. Software Setup
Set up the CL software by performing the following steps:
Before installing the DICOM Commitment Push option key, install the
DICOM CR Storage option keys.
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
3.
Click
4.
5.
REFERENCE
The DICOM CR Storage option key CD stores two keys (Standard
and Private). That is why the installation start window opens twice.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE9-4
NOTE
1.
2.
Click
3.
Click
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
4.
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE9-5
1.
00000543.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE9-6
2.5 Setting Information on This Equipment for the Commitment Push Function
2.
Click
the window).
7.
With the Config (F) menu, save the entered setup data.
REFERENCE
Items just have been set will appear on the right-side area of the
Setup Configuration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.
AE name of this equipment
00000533.EPS
3.
for the
field and select Service
Class (StorageCommitmentPush).
4.
5.
as the
If the
00000545.EPS
deleted.
REFERENCE
You do not have to check
.
Even if it is checked, it will be disregarded even if SCU is chosen
as the Role in step 4 above.
6.
Click
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE9-7
2.6 Registering the Archiver Information for the Commitment Push Function
2.
Sequentially choose
,
,
and
Storage).
1.
00000544.EPS
00000404.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE9-8
2.6 Registering the Archiver Information for the Commitment Push Function
3.
Click
8.
the window).
Click
9.
With the Config (F) menu, save the entered setup data.
00000533.EPS
4.
) for the
field and select Service
Class (StorageCommitmentPush).
5.
6.
7.
).
field.
OE9-9
2.
1.
From the list in the lower right corner of the window, select
CR Image Storage for the Service Class and then click
.
and
00000548.EPS
3.
) for the
00000544.EPS
4.
Click
5.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
Use the Config (F) menu to save the entered setup data.
OE9-10
1.
2.
From the
and FCR.
Version A software
OE000017.EPS
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE9-11
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE9-12
CL+QA-WS
(Transfer of Energy Subtraction Images)
Described herein is the procedure used when transferring energy
subtraction (ES hereinafter) images to the QA-WS.
To transfer ES images, the two Application Entities, one for the transfer
of raw data (unstandardized images) and the other for the transfer of
standardized images, must be set up.
NOTE
ES images can be transferred only via DICOM, and not via FINP.
NOTE
The CR-IR348CL is abbreviated hereinafter simply CL.
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up being incorporated into
the 5000 plus (CR-IR348CL) system.
Software version required: A02 or later
Install the following option keys.
Key Name
Functions Supported
REFERENCE
The ES image consists of the following four types.
Low-pressure image (L image)
High-pressure image (H image)
Bone image (B image)
Soft tissue image (S image)
The low-pressure and high-pressure images are raw data
(unstandardized images).
The bone and soft tissue images are standardized images generated
from low-pressure and high-pressure images.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE10-1
Connection/setup examples
QA-WS
TCP/IP
Transfer of ES images
CR-IR348RU
CL setup examples
CL
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
3. Verifying the
Function
4. Backing Up the
Setup File
00000531.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE10-2
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Connect the CL to the QA-WS via networks, as illustrated below.
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
CR-IR348RU
CL
QA-WS
00000528.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the CL and QA-WS network
connectors.
The cable type applicable to the CL and QA-WS is the IEC950/
UL1950-compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE10-3
2. Software Setup
1.
Tasks done on
the CL
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
Tasks done on
the QA-WS.
2.
Click
3.
Click
4.
REFERENCE
The installation start window opens twice because the two kinds of
keys, Standard and Private, are stored on the IR346 DICOM CR
STORAGE option key CD.
5.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE10-4
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
For the transfer of B/S and L/H images, set up information of this
equipment using Service Utility NETWORK CONFIG and THIS HOST
(IIP).
1.
Click
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
00000404.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE10-5
2.
Click the
3.
Select
sign within
.
and click
5.
4.
Select DICOM.
00000405.EPS
CL host name
CL IP address
00000441.EPS
NOTE
Unless the CL is network-connected, the IP address will not be
displayed correctly.
00000442.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE10-6
6.
For the transfer of B/S images, enter the AE name that is the
SCU for the CL (e.g.: CL_10_SCU) in the
field.
(SCU) for
Click
REFERENCE
NOTE
7.
9.
in the
field and select the
NOTE
For the transfer of ES images, only the JPEG Lossless Transfer
Syntax will be supported.
11. Set
value) as necessary.
REFERENCE
00000533.EPS
8.
in the
REFERENCE
Verification is the Service Class used to verify connection
between DICOM equipment units. For verifying connection,
Verification must be selected.
For details of verification of connection, see 7. Verifying
the Connection to Other Connected Equipment Verify
Connection under MU: Maintenance Utility.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE10-7
in the
field to select the device attribute
(OTHER).
13. Click
1.
14. Click
Select
and click
REFERENCE
Items just have been set will appear on the right-side area of the
Setup Configuration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.
AE name of this equipment
00000535.EPS
If the
deleted.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
00000442.EPS
OE10-8
2.
For the transfer of L/H images, enter the AE name that is the
SCU for the CL (e.g.: CL_11_SCU) in the
6.
in the
field and select the
field.
Transfer Syntax (JPEG Lossless).
NOTE
NOTE
3.
Click
7.
Set
value) as necessary.
REFERENCE
needs not be checked. Even if set, it will be
disregarded. (It is effective only when SCP is specified for the
Role.)
8.
in the
field to select the device attribute
00000533.EPS
(OTHER).
4.
in the
field and select the Service
5.
(SCU) for
9.
Click
10. Click
REFERENCE
If SCU is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden on
the DICOMSetup window.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE10-9
3.
Click
1.
Select
2.
00000444.EPS
4.
field.
NOTES
Never fail to enter the SCP AE name.
Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly.
Enter the QA-WS Port number (e.g.: 5030) in the
field.
Select DICOM.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
00000405.EPS
OE10-10
5.
Click
9.
00000533.EPS
6.
of the
and select the Service
7.
ST:
Select when transferring standard images only.
ST & HQ: Select when transferring both standard and HQ
images.
10. Select
in the
field.
8.
of the
field and select the
NOTE
For the transfer of ES images, only the JPEG Lossless Transfer
Syntax is supported.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE10-11
to
box
).
REFERENCE
needs not be checked.
OE030001.EPS
NOTE
Gradation corrections can be set up only when CR Image Storage
or Private CR Storage has been selected for the Service Class,
and cannot be set up if Private Unstandardized CR Storage has
been selected for it.
For setup details, see Display Gradation Correction Setup
under FR5 : Function-specific Reference.
of the
field and select the QA-WS device
attribute (HD_FILE).
15. Click
16. Click
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE10-12
2.
1.
Sequentially select
NOTES
Never fail to enter the SCP AE name.
Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly.
Enter the QA-WS Port number (e.g.: 5040) in the
field.
field.
,
,
3.
Click
00000533.EPS
4.
of the
and select the Service
5.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE10-13
6.
of the
field and select the
to
).
REFERENCE
NOTE
7.
of the
field and select the AE name
8.
box
of the
field and select the QA-WS device
attribute (HD_FILE).
12. Click
13. Click
Setting of
ST:
Select when transferring standard images only.
ST & HQ: Select when transferring both standard and HQ
images.
9.
Yes : To transfer annotation-embedded images.
No : To transfer images not embedded with annotation.
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE10-14
1.
NOTE
To enable the automatic image distribution function, set Enable
Distribution Code Setup (SYSTEM CONFIG and then item No. 3 of
5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION) in Service Utility to Yes.
1.
Click
Item window.
2.
Select
and then
on the Setup Configuration Item window.
3.
Double-click
00000410.EPS
of
to select the combination of
REFERENCE
2.
4.
3.
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
L/H/B/S images
L/B/S images
L/S images
L/B images
L/H images
Click
in the
field and select the
4.
Click
OE10-15
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE10-16
Start up the CL-AP and then make sure that images can be transferred
from the CL to the QA-WS.
Transfer ES images that have been read on the 5501ES to the QA-WS.
1.
2.
From the
3.
OE000017.EPS
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE10-17
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE10-18
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE10-19
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE10-20
CL+F-RIS (Ordering)
[Applicable only in Japan]
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE11-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE11-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE11-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE11-4
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
3. Verifying the
Connection/Data
Exchange
4. Backing Up the
Setup FIle
Product Name
Toshiba
Shimadzu
Hitachi
Philips
Siemens
X-CON for mammography use
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Product Name
Toshiba
Planmed
MGU-100D
Sophie / Sophie mobile / Sophie MaxView ready
/ Sophie with MaxView / Sophie Classic /
Sophie Classic mobile / Sophie Classic
MaxView ready / Sophie Classic with MaxView
MAMMOMAT 3000 Nova V4.4 (no dose
calculation function provided) / MAMMOMAT
3000 Nova V4.5 (dose calculation function
provided; recommended version)
Siemens
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-1
1. Hardware Setup
NOTE
When using a Siemens mammography X-CON, perform hardware
setups as directed in 1.3 Hardware Setup [for Siemens mammography
X-CON].
For details of the hardware setups, see 1.3 Hardware Setup [for
Siemens mammography X-CON].
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-2
Serial Connecter
CL
X-CON
CL
X-CON
Dedicated serial cable
OE000048.EPS
OE000043.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-3
2. Software Setup
2.1 Installing the X-CON Control Function
Option Key
1.
NOTE
2.3 Installing the Driver
2.
2.5 Setting Configuration for the X-CON
Click
00000085.EPS
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-4
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
For details of the port and Service Utility setup procedure, see
3. Port and Service Utility Settings in FR20 Adding and Setting
the Serial Connector under FR: Function-specific Reference.
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-5
1.
3.
Click
2.
OE000038.EPS
00000131.EPS
00000404.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-6
4.
Configuration Item
Remarks
X-CON for
mammography use
42
Timeout value
43
Default: XCON
44
45
Operating condition
reception setting
Default: Receives.
*1
46
Exposure condition
transmission setting
*2
47
Default: 28kV
48
Default: 110kV
49
Default: 9mA
50
Default: 400mA
51
Default: 10msec
52
Default: 5400msec
Default : 4800bits
120
Default: 0
Default: 2
: Essential
: Changed as required.
*1 : Be sure to set Yes (reception possible) for an X-CON for mammography use.
*2 : Be sure to set No (transmission not possible) for an X-CON for mammography use.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-7
5.
NOTE
When the mammography X-CON used is made by Toshiba, Planmed or
Siemens, the following configuration items must be set up as shown in the
table below.
No.
Config item
Toshiba
Planmed
To be set in the
range of 1 to 3.
108
Xcon Format
Type
Select
4: Mammo1.
Select
5: Mammo2.
Select
6: Mammo3.
Yes
Yes
No (Default)
3:9600.
3:9600.
Xcon Interlock
109 Command
Transfer
111
Xcon Serial_TX
2:4800 (Default)
Baudrate
No.
Siemens (*1)
44
100
20 (Default)
20 (Default)
Xcon Data
113 Reception
Timeout
100
20 (Default)
20 (Default)
117
Xcon
DoseValue1
1:Entrance Dose
(Default)
1:Entrance Dose
(Default)
1:Entrance Dose
(Default)
118
Xcon
DoseValue2
2:Dose Product
(Default)
2:Dose Product
(Default)
2:Dose Product
(Default)
136
Xcon Serial_TX
0 (Default)
Control Prot2
0 (Default)
142
Xcon Serial_Tx
2:even (Default)
Parity
2:even (Default)
0:none
Meaning
6.
7.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-8
5.
1.
menu to select
II
III
2.
IV
V
VI
3.
Click the
mark to the left of Ports (COM & LPT) on the
Device Manager window.
OE000050.EPS
I.
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
OE000049.EPS
4.
NOTE
Be sure to right-click a port of the same number as to the COM port
specified with the CL Config settings (CONFIG - SYSTEM
CONFIG - CSL/IDT FUNCTION - No 136 Xcon Serial_TX
Control Port2 of IIP Service Utility - Setup Configuration Item).
6.
Click
7.
Click
8.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-9
From the
Version A software
OE000017.EPS
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
2.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-10
OE000052.EPS
NOTES
For software version V7.1 or earlier
To check if data is exchanged properly during exposures using
a cassette, shot X-rays with targeted exposure menus selected
accordingly (after each X-ray shot, a mark appears to show that the actual
exposure result data was received), and then register the IP barcode.
For software version V8.0
When your Image Reader is a cassette type machine, make sure
to register the IP after completing the exposure processing.
After receiving the actual exposure result data, a mark lights
up at the moment when the IP is registered. Proceeding to the
next exposure process without registering the IP will cause it
to be considered as a split exposure, and disabling the correct
exposure parameters to be displayed.
To have a study be suspended, ensure that IP registration has
been performed with respect to all the exposure menus already
subjected to exposure, otherwise information on X-ray exposure
parameters will be cancelled.
For software version V8.1 or later
The status of the reception confirmation mark when the actual
exposure result information is received from XCON is shown below.
User operation
Before exposure
Status of reception
confirmation mark
Remarks
None
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Select an exposure
menu arbitrarily
Confirm the IP
for the arbitrary
exposure menu
Lighting
(on the menu that
IP is registered)
OE12-11
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-12
Function
actual CL exposure results
actual CL exposure results
kVmAms
kVmAms
DHF-155H (S)
X-ray tube/
technique code
Exposure/
perspective flag
Film-related code
SUPER 50 CP
Polydros50S
RS232C
RS232C
4800BPS
4800BPS
Start: 1bit Data: 8bits
Start: 1bit Data: 8bits
Parity: 1bit (even) Stop: 1bit Parity: 1bit (even) Stop: 1bit
D-sub25p male cross (the
D-sub25p male cross
same cable as the makers
(provided by Fuji)
will be provided by Fuji)
CL X-ray exposure
conditions setup
APR code
X-ray exposure conditions
actual CL exposure
results kVmAms
X-ray tube: Fixed at 0.
(Select according to the
technique.)
CL X-ray exposure
conditions setup
Mode selection code
X-ray exposure conditions
actual CL exposure
results kVmAms
Fixed at 0.
Manually selected by the
controller.
Techniques 1 to 9 Reserved
KXO-80F
KXO-50F
RS232C
4800BPS
Start: 1bit Data: 8bits
Parity: 1bit (even) Stop: 1bit
D-sub25p male cross
(provided by Fuji)
CL X-ray exposure conditions
setup kVmAms
X-ray exposure conditions actual
CL exposure results kVmAms
KXO 50F is only for X-ray
exposure conditions setup CL
CL X-ray is not effective.
Only X-ray CL is effective.
00: BUCKY1
01: BUCKY2
02: GEN1/BKY3
03: GEN2
04: TOMO WO.APR
05: TOMO WITH APR
06: MAMMO
07: SPOT
08: SPOT-ATR
09: ANGIO
10: ANGIO WITH KVR
11: DHF-155H
Maker/model code 10: CR-250
(Perspective/tomography)
Tube voltage (kV)
20150
Irradiation time
18000
(ms)
Invalid 00000000
01: UD150B
00: HLZ110
30
40
20150
18000
20
20150
Invalid 0
X-ray actual CL result is
effective.
Invalid 0
X-ray actual CL result is
effective.
39999
101000
20, 50, 100, 160, 200, 250: Small focus
320, 400, 500, 640, 800: Large focus
10630,1250
101000
ID code
1 to 64, techniques
(512 programs in total)
mAs mode: 5 to 8000
If mAs mode is not used (normal): 0
Focus size specified0: Small
focus 1000: Large focus
2: Standard
14
3: 0 standard
1 to 16 or 1 to 32
17
0: Standard
14
4: 0 standard
Reserved 1
Reserved 2
Film sensitivity
Detection field
Film density
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-13
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE12-14
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE12-15
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE12-16
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE13-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE13-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE13-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE13-4
CL+Receipt Computer/Electronic
Patient Record System
[Applicable only in Japan]
010-054-11
07.30.2004 FM4254 (ITC)
OE14-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE14-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE14-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE14-4
Connection/setup examples
CL2 setup example
Host name : fcr-csl2*
IP address : 172.16.1.30*
NOTE
The CR-IR348CL is abbreviated hereafter CL.
CL2
Before setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: A09 or later
The CLs to be cluster-connected must be found on the network and
capable of transferring images.
RU2
FRUP
TCP/IP
FRUP
RU1
CL1
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE15-1
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware
Setup
2. Software
Setup
RU1
CL1
CL2
RU2
00000202.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the CL network connector.
The cable type applicable to the CL equipment is the IEC950/UL1950compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
3. Connection
Verification
4. Setup File
Backup
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE15-2
2. Software Setup
Tasks done on
all CLs
To permit the CLs to share study information, ensure that their host
names do not exceed ten characters in length. (By the default, the CL
host name consists of no more than ten characters.)
Verify the CL host name as directed below.
1.
From the
2.
Tasks done on
individual CLs
00000270.EPS
3.
Click
OE15-3
1.
menu.
2.
Double-click
1.
3.
Click
4.
Select the Computer Name tab and check to see that the
Full Computer Name is described at a maximum of 10
characters (a period at the tail end is not included).
00000615.EPS
2.
OE000100.ai
5.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
00000616.EPS
OE15-4
00000271.EPS
3.
1.
4.
2.
00000271.EPS
5.
6.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-5
2.
For study information sharing, it is necessary that all the CLs agree with
each other in some menu, environment, and table settings that can be
accessed from User Utility.
From the
(or
) menu, choose
User Utility
The Main Menu window opens.
Perform the following steps to check the relevant User Utility settings
and equalize them as needed.
1.
From the
00000090.EPS
OE000017.EPS
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-6
1.
Click
2.
3.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-7
Function
The study cannot be started unless there is an extended code for the
Unexposed menu, and the following messages appear.
Failed in acquiring image information
Failed in reading an exposure menu
The process can be resumed by registering a menu or changing the
exposure menu.
As regards the Image entered menu, a study can be started even when
the extended code is unavailable.
Same as left.
If the extended menu code for the image source and destination are not
registered in the menu datafase of a specific CL, it is reported to the user
and no image changeover takes place.
Same as left.
When a study can be started, a menu change can be applied (Unexposed Same as left.
menu).
The menu change dialog box opens with no menu selected (although the
currently set menu should be selected).
The sequence to be followed after dialog box opening remains unchanged.
Same as left.
Same as left.
Same as left.
Processing is possible.
Same as left.
The menu change dialog box opens with no menu selected (although the
currently set menu should be selected).
The sequence to be followed after dialog box opening remains unchanged.
Same as left.
Same as left.
Same as left.
11
If the extended menu code for the image source and destination are not
available, it is reported to the user and no image changeover takes place.
Same as left.
Output is possible.
OE15-8
1.
Click
2.
Choose the
tab.
3.
Item
no.
Item
PRINT Attribute
FILE Attribute
Agreement is required.
Energy-Subtraction
Exposure Output Image
Agreement is required.
Agreement is required.
*1 When a study is moved in the middle of an exposure process from CL 1 which is set for image distribution after QA (Print Attribute
setting. printer A) to CL 2 which is set for image distribution during reading (Print Attribute setting. printer B), the resulting operation is
as indicated below.
Menu status at startup
Image input is completed.
The image is not entered yet and At the time of image input.
is to be entered after the move.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-9
4.
Click
1.
Click
2.
Item
no.
Item
Necessity for
agreement
Symptom caused by
disagreement
Technologist
Agreement is
Information Setting required.
Agreement is
Requesting
required.
Department
Information Setting
3.
Click
1.
Click
2.
On the
(or
System.
The Exit window opens.
3.
OE15-10
7.
Click
1.
2.
8.
REFERENCE
Although Administrators and Administrator are both selectable,
be sure to choose Administrators.
00000606.EPS
3.
4.
5.
00000610.EPS
00000611.EPS
00000608.EPS
6.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
9.
OE15-11
13. Click
Permissions (
16. Click
window.
The entered setup data is then saved.
REFERENCE
When the sharing setup procedure for drive C is completed, the
icon for drive C looks like the figure below.
REFERENCE
Although Administrators and Administrator are both selectable,
be sure to choose Administrators.
00000610.EPS
00000611.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-12
4.
For Windows XP
1.
2.
00000XXX.EPS
5.
Click
3.
6.
Select the View tab, and remove the checkmark from Use
simple file sharing (Recommended) (
).
.
Click
00000XXX.EPS
7.
Click
00000XXX.EPS
00000XXX.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-13
8.
9.
Click
repeatedly
00000XXX .EPS
REFERENCE
00000XXX.EPS
10. Click
11. Click
00000XXX.EPS
00000XXX.EPS
00000XXX .EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-14
).
14. Click
1.
2.
REFERENCE
When Administrators is not displayed, repeat steps 9. to 12.
OE150001.ai
18. Click
3.
Select the View tab and remove the checkmark from Use
Sharing Wizard (Recommended) (
). Then click
window.
The entered setup data is then saved.
REFERENCE
When the sharing setup procedure for drive C is completed, the
icon for drive C looks like the figure below.
OE150002.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-15
4.
8.
9.
Click [Add].
The Select Users or Groups window opens.
OE150003.ai
5.
6.
) and
OE150006.ai
10. Click
11. Click
OE150004.ai
7.
Click [Permissions...].
The Permissions for C window opens.
OE150007.ai
OE150005.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-16
repeatedly
REFERENCE
If Administrators is not displayed, repeat steps 9 through 12.
OE150008.ai
REFERENCE
Although Administrators and Administrator are both selectable,
be sure to select Administrators here.
18. Click
window.
The entered setup data is then saved.
REFERENCE
OE150009.ai
OE150010.ai
).
14. Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-17
3.
NOTE
Click
1.
From the
00000602.EPS
4.
00000600.EPS
2.
Click
00000603.EPS
00000601.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-18
5.
00000604.EPS
6.
).
00000605.EPS
7.
Click
8.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-19
3.
1.
00000614.EPS
4.
Click
2.
00000613.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-20
2.
IMPORTANT
When you register the host name of the CLs that share the study
information, use only one CL. To the other study information sharing
CLs, copy the registered data from the CL at which the host name
registration procedure is completed (by backing up the data and
restoring it).
00000618.EPS
1.
00000619.EPS
3.
Click
00000612.EPS
4.
OE15-21
The entered host name and installation location name are then
displayed.
IMPORTANT
00000621.EPS
5.
6.
7.
Click
Be sure to perform sharing setup at only one CL. Copy the resulting
setup data to the other CLs. If you register a host name individually at
each CL, images may not be displayed.
REFERENCE
Within the CL, the host name registered for sharing setup is managed
with a unique ID. This ID varies with the order of registration.
8.
00000111.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-22
4.
1.
2.
and
media.
5.
Click
3.
6.
Click
Click [Backup/Restore].
7.
00000043.EPS
00000111.EPS
8.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE15-23
4.
1.
2.
00000041.EPS
5.
Click
00000612.EPS
6.
3.
Click
Click [Backup/Restore].
7.
00000043.EPS
00000111.EPS
8.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE15-24
3.
1.
00000622.EPS
4.
Click
5.
00000612.EPS
2.
NOTE
The OutputMasterList shows the host names that are registered
as directed in 2.1.8 Defining the Share Range.
00000613.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-25
6.
00000111.EPS
00000624.EPS
NOTE
The OutputMaster pull-down menu shows only the host names
that are checked in step 5.
7.
8.
Click
).
9.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-26
3.
1.
4.
00000612.EPS
2.
00000626.EPS
NOTE
The Master pull-down menu shows the host names that are
registered as directed in 2.1.8 Defining the Share Range.
5.
Click
00000613.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
6.
Click
OE15-27
7.
NOTE
00000111.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-28
3. Connection Verification
1.
From the
TCP/IP
Version A software
RU1
CL1
CL2
RU2
NOTE
OE000017.EPS
Before performing the verification procedures, start all the clusterconnected CLs. If any CL is not operating, the study information
possessed by that unit cannot be shared.
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
2.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-29
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-30
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE15-31
BLANK PAGE
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE15-32
NOTE
The CR-IR348CL and the equipment to which images are transferred
are abbreviated hereafter CL and other connected equipment,
respectively.
Connection/setup example
Setup example of other connected equipment
HOST name
: Mammo-View
IP address
: 172.16.1.35*
AE name (Provider) : MammoView01-SCP*
Port number
: 5001*
Service Class
: MG Image Storage For Presentation
(Image processing parameters not provided.)
Transfer Syntax
: Implicit VR Little Endian*
Other connected
equipment
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: A09 or later
Option keys are needed.
Key Name
Functions Supported
MG Storage SCU
(Image processing parameters not
provided.)
MG Storage SCU
(Image processing parameters
provided.)
NOTE
To install an option that provides image processing parameters, another
option that does not provide image processing parameters must have
been installed.
TCP/IP
Data transfer
5000MA plus, etc.
DICOM MG Storage
CL
CL setup example
HOST name
: fcr-csl*
IP address
: 172.16.1.20*
AE name (User) : CL-mammo-SCU*
Service Class : MG Image Storage For Presentation
(Image processing parameters not provided.)
Transfer Syntax : Implicit VR Little Endian*
Items marked with * constitute setup examples, which need be
changed depending on the equipment or network environment.
00001600.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE16-1
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
2. CL Software Setup
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
RU
CL
Other connected
equipment
00000044.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the CL
and other connected equipment.
The cable type applicable to the CL equipment is the IEC950/UL1950compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
3. Connection
Checkout
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE16-2
2. CL Software Setup
Set up software for the CL and other connected equipment.
Set up the items shown in gray as required. Be sure to set up all other
items.
2.1 Installing the Digital Mammography
Exposure Menu
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE16-3
1.
1.
NOTE
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
2.
Click
3.
Click
3.
Click
4.
4.
5.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE16-4
1.
4.
Select
and click
5.
CL IP address
2.
00000092.EPS
NOTE
The IP address will not be displayed properly unless the CL is
connected to a network.
00000599.EPS
00000091.EPS
3.
Click the
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
mark of the
field.
OE16-5
6.
8.
Click
Select "DICOM".
00000093.EPS
00000443.EPS
9.
in the
field to select MG Image
NOTE
To attach image processing parameters, select MG Image Storage
For Processing.
REFERENCES
00000094.EPS
7.
Enter the AE name that is the SCU for the CL (e.g.: CLmammo-SCU) in the
field.
NOTE
There is no need to set the port number in
When selecting SCU as the Role, the set port number will be
disregarded even if it is set.
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE16-6
REFERENCE
If SCU is selected, items that need not be set will be hidden on
the DICOM Setup window.
For DICOM SCU settings on this equipment (THIS HOST (IIP)),
two or more Service Class settings (e.g., CR Image Storage,
DICOM Print, and other) can be selected for a single Application
Entity. Moreover, two or more Transfer Syntax settings (e.g.,
JPEGLossless, ImplicitVRLittleEndian, and other) can be selected
for a single Service Class.
14.
Click
REFERENCES
ExplictVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
MG Image Storage
For Presentation
MG Image Storage
For Processing
Verification
REFERENCES
To transfer large-capacity image data such as mammograms,
check the time required to transfer those images using the
DICOMStorage.log function, and then determine in the
[Timeout1: ] box a time long enough to perform image transfer
processing.
It is not necessary to check
.
Even if checked, it will be disregarded if the Role set in step 10.
above is the SCU.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
NOTE
15. Click
in the
field to select the
Service Class
in the
Items just have been set will appear on the right-side area of the
Setup Configuration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.
If the
deleted.
17. Click
OE16-7
2.5 Registering on the Other Connected Equipment for DICOM MG Storage Function
3.
Click
1.
Select
2.
00000098.EPS
4.
field.
Enter the IP address (e.g.: 172.16.1.35) in the
field.
Select DICOM.
field.
NOTES
Never fail to enter the SCP AE name.
Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly.
Select "DICOM".
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
field.
OE16-8
2.5 Registering on the Other Connected Equipment for DICOM MG Storage Function
5.
Click
8.
in the
00000443.EPS
6.
in the
7.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
MG Image Storage
For Presentation
MG Image Storage
For Processing
Verification
NOTE
JPEG
Lossless
REFERENCES
ExplictVR
LittleEndian
NOTES
ImplictVR
LittleEndian
9.
OE16-9
2.5 Registering on the Other Connected Equipment for DICOM MG Storage Function
) within the
).
REFERENCE
field.
NOTE
Yes cannot be selected when MG Image Storage For
Presentation is specified for Abstract Syntax. This setup item is
grayed out.
equipment, select
) within the
of the
field.
downward arrow
to
box
setup value.
10 : Select when generating 10bit processed image output.
12 : Select when generating 12bit processed image output.
NOTE
The value set up in Bit Stored is allowed to change only when
either CR Image Storage or MG Image Storage For Presentation
is selected for Service Class and PROC is selected for Image
Processing.
OE030001.EPS
OE16-10
2.5 Registering on the Other Connected Equipment for DICOM MG Storage Function
19. Click
REFERENCES
OE030002.ai
Items just have been set will appear on the right-side area of the
Setup Configuration Item window. A displayed item can be
changed. Whenever it is changed, never fail to click
.
If the
deleted.
NOTE
Photometric Interpretation can be selected only when the following
settings are set.
Abstract Syntax
Role
LUT Operation
18. Click
21. Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE16-11
3.
of
to select equipments
NOTE
For an automatic image distribution processing, be sure to change to
Yes ahead of time the setting (item 3 of SYSTEM CONFIG
5.CSL/IDT FUNCTION) under Enable Distribution Code Setup of the
Service Utility.
For an automatic distribution to equipment of OD_FILE attribute,
perform the procedure described in 2.7 Setting up CONNECTING
EQUIPMENT.
1.
Click
Item window.
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
00000247.EPS
2.
Click
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE16-12
1.
Click
Configuration Item window.
on the Setup
1.
Click the
mark of
Configuration Item window.
2.
Click
of the Setup
2.
Click
3.
within
within
00000248.EPS
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
OE16-13
3.
Table
No.
Name
Selection
Meaning
9 UID Issuance
after Modifying
ID Information
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
Does not issue a new UID.
10 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Normalized
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
Does not issue a new UID.
11 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Image
Processing
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
Does not issue a new UID.
12 UID Issuance
YES
Before Sending
Issues a new UID.
Processed Data NO
Does not issue a new UID.
13 DICOM Series
Generation
Logic
No.
Name
Selection
Meaning
39 UID
YES
Issues a new UID.
Issuance about
a function
NO
(except Image
Does not issue a new UID.
Processing) to
change to the
image
themselves
45 UID Issuance
after Modifying
Trimming
Parameter
YES
Issues a new UID.
NO
Does not issue a new UID.
: Default setting
4.
5.
Click
: Default setting
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE16-14
3. Connection Checkout
After the CL-AP is started, makes sure that images can be transferred
from the CL to other connected equipment.
1.
2.
From the
OE000017.EPS
Version B software
OE000099.EPS
010-054-10
02.20.2004 FM4220 (ITC)
OE16-15
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE16-16
NOTES
The CR-IR348CL is abbreviated hereafter simply CL.
With software version V8.0 or later, images can be stored in a USB
memory stick using the DICOM Media Storage function.
IMPORTANT
Installation of the CL DICOM MEDIA STORAGE B key will enable
you to use the two kinds of functions said above, (A) and (B). Use
these two functions as appropriate in accordance with the
equipments usage environment.
(A) To use the DVD media (or USB memory stick) only on the CL,
select Private Unstandardized CR Storage.
(B) To write images onto the DVD media (or USB memory stick)
on the CL and read those images on other makers DICOM
server, select CR Image Storage or MG Image Storage for
Presentation.
(A)
Image writing
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: V2.0 (B) or later
The option key is required.
Key Name
Functions Supported
NOTE
To store digital mammograms, the mammography option key is
required.
For details of digital mammogram settings, see
OE16 CL+Other (DICOM MG Storage: Digital Mammogram
Transfer).
USB memory requirements (V8.0 or later)
USB2.0 is supported.
Dedicated drive and software need not to be installed.
The capacity is 2GB or more.
Writing and reading necessary data are proved to be possible.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Image reading
Removable media
(DVD/USB memory)
CL
(B)
CL
Removable media
(DVD/USB memory)
DVD
LF-C1
Other makers
DICOM server
Image
reading
Removable media
(DVD)
Image reading
OE170021.EPS
OE17-1
Connection/setup example
TCP/IP
Private Unstandardized
CR Storage
Data transmission
XG-1 RU, etc.
Removable media
(DVD or USB memory)
CL
CL setup example
AE name (Provider)
Removable media (DVD)
drive recognized by the CL
Service Class
Transfer Syntax
: MEDIA *
: F:\ *
: Private UnstandardizedCRStorage *
: JPEG Lossless *
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
1. Hardware Setup
2. CL Software Setup
3. Connection
Checkout
OE17-2
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
2. CL Software Setup
NOTE
This manual uses Windows 2000 screens, whose contents are the
same as those displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
TCP/IP
RU
CL
Removable media
(DVD/USB memory)
USB cable/USB port
OE170000.EPS
NOTE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE17-3
NOTE
When the OS installed is Windows Vista, the writing software supplied
as a standard of the OS is used. For this reason, no driver needs to be
installed.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE17-4
1.
1.
NOTE
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
OE170005.EPS
2.
Click
.
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
3.
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Click
4.
OE17-5
2.4 Setup of Removable Media Information on the DICOM Media Storage Function
5.
CL host name
CL IP address
1.
00000092.EPS
2.
NOTE
The IP address will not be displayed correctly unless the CL is
connected to a network.
6.
Select MEDIA.
00000599.EPS
OE170006.EPS
00000091.EPS
3.
Click
4.
Select
of the
field.
and click
OE170008.EPS
OE17-6
2.4 Setup of Removable Media Information on the DICOM Media Storage Function
7.
9.
Click
in the
field and select Private
8.
CR Image Storage
in the
field to select
JPEGLossless.
OE170013.EPS
NOTE
Service Class
OE170014.EPS
ImplicitVR
LittleEndian
ExplicitVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
CR Image Storage
Private Unstandardized
CRStorage
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
to
box
).
OE17-7
2.4 Setup of Removable Media Information on the DICOM Media Storage Function
NOTE
The value set up in Bit Stored is allowed to change only in the
following cases:
II
OE170009.EPS
13.
NOTE
These setup items are displayed only when the LUT adjustment
function key for competing PACS is installed (one of functions
enabled by the Plus Standard Key).
NOTE
PROC can be set up only when CR Image Storage has been
selected for the Service Class, which is disabled when Private
Unstandardized CRStorage or MG Image Storage for
Presentation is selected.
setup value.
10 : Select when generating 10bit processed image output.
12 : Select when generating 12bit processed image output.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE030001.EPS
NOTES
The gradation correction setting is enabled only when CR Image
Storage or MG Image Storage for Presentation is selected for
the Service Class, and is disabled when Private Unstandardized
CRStorage is selected.
Do not select Using Modality LUT module for using image for MG
Image Storage for Presentation. Even if it is selected, no
operation will be activated.
For details of this setting, see Display Gradation Correction
Setup under FR5: Function-specific Reference.
OE17-8
2.4 Setup of Removable Media Information on the DICOM Media Storage Function
19. Click
REFERENCES
OE170012.EPS
Data that has just been set up is displayed on the right-side of the
Setup Configuration Item window that opens. You can change
the display item as needed. Every time you have changed it,
.
Clicking
21. Click
NOTE
Photometric Interpretation can be selected only when the following
settings are performed.
Abstract Syntax
18. Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE17-9
1.
Click
Configuration Item window.
on the Setup
OE170019.EPS
2.
Click
3.
in the
field
in the
field
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
OE17-10
3.
1.
Click
2.
OE000038.EPS
4.
114
00000131.EPS
Media Auto
Mount
Description
Setting whether or not to mount media
(DVD or USB memory) automatically at CL
startup.
: Set it up as required.
5.
00000404.EPS
6.
Click
7.
8.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE17-11
3. Connection Checkout
Start running the CL-AP and then make sure that images can be saved
from the CL to the removable media.
3.1 CL-AP Startup
Use removable media to save images stored in the CL onto the storage
media.
NOTES
In case a USB memory stick is used for the storage media, this
procedure needs not to be performed. Connect the USB memory to
the PC and then proceed to 3.2.2 Recognizing the Removable
Media.
For how to format storage media, procedures to be performed are
different depending on whether it is to be performed in Japan or
outside Japan.
NOTE
This manual uses Windows 2000 screens, whose contents are the
same as those displayed by Windows XP or Windows Vista.
From the
1.
and then
on the CL
media window.
2.
Click
OE170002.EPS
OE170020.EPS
2.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE17-12
1.
2.
Check to see that the image has been stored on the image
storage media properly.
For details of how to check images stored on the image
storage media, see the Operation Manual supplied with the
removable media.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE17-13
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE17-14
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE17-15
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE17-16
CL+POCKET id Console
(Portable Exposure Function)
This chapter describes how to configure a setup procedure to transmit/
receive study reception information between the CR-IR348CL and the
POCKET id Console (PDA) and perform portable exposure.
NOTES
The CR-IR348CL is hereafter referred to as CL.
When the OS used is Windows Vista, this function is not supported.
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: V4.0 (B) or later
Portable exposure function option key (CL SOFT FOR POCKET ID
CL) is required.
Requirements of the POCKET id Console
Used model : PPT8846-R3BZ00WW manufactured by Symbol
Technology
(Microsoft Windows Mobile 2003 Software for Pocket
PC)
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
1. Hardware Setup
2. CL Software Setup
3. Connection
Verification
OE18-1
1. Hardware Setup
REFERENCE
With the help of the cradles LED, you can tell when the battery
becomes fully charged. The battery is fully charged when the LED
changes from red to green.
1.
2.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
When the battery is used for the very first time, it takes about 24
hours for the backup battery to become fully charged. Therefore,
do not disengage the main battery before 24 hours have passed.
3.
4.
OE18-2
2. CL Software Setup
NOTE
This chapter uses Windows 2000 windows, whose contents are the
same as those displayed by Windows XP.
In this chapter, perform the software setup procedure on the CL and the
POCKET id Console as follows.
1.
2.
OE180101.EPS
3.
Click
OE180077.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-3
4.
Click
OE180080.EPS
OE180078.EPS
5.
10. Click the Guest partnership radio button to enable it, and
then click
NOTE
Do not place the POCKET id Console into the cradle yet.
6.
7.
8.
Click
OE180081.EPS
OE180078.EPS
OE180079.EPS
9.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-4
12. Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-5
Once the option key has been installed, be sure to reinstall the AP key.
Use the AP key installation CD (114Y5342002A: Version A00) to
reinstall the AP key. The installation procedure is described below.
1.
1.
NOTE
NOTE
2.
Click
OE180016.EPS
2.
Click
3.
Click
.
OE180017.EPS
4.
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-6
3.
1.
From the
4.
By tapping on the
or
tab.
next to the
5.
next to the
field.
The calendar window opens.
OE180085.EPS
6.
7.
Tap on
OE180083.EPS
2.
Double-click
or
A dialog opens to confirm if you are sure to save the setup data.
OE180086.EPS
8.
Tap on
OE180084.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-7
3.
1.
From the
tab.
OE180088.EPS
4.
Tap on
OE180083.EPS
2.
Double-tap on
OE180089.EPS
5.
Tap on the
cursor in the field, and then enter the device ID (e.g. FF001)
using the data entry panel.
NOTES
If two or more POCKET id Consoles are introduced at a given
institution, unique device IDs should be assigned to them.
For information, a single CL can handle up to three POCKET id
Consoles.
OE180087.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-8
6.
Tap on
7.
Tap on
Backlight setting
1.
From the
tab.
OE180083.EPS
2.
Double-tap on
OE180090.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-9
3.
Checkmark
4.
).
).
OE180091.EPS
5.
Checkmark
6.
Tap on
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-10
3.
Brightness setting
1.
From the
tab.
OE180093.EPS
4.
is being selected in
field.
REFERENCE
If the user wants, for example, to prolong battery life, it is possible
to conserve battery consumption by changing the Brightness level
setting. However, since the window becomes difficult to see (with
reduced brightness), it is necessary for you to have the user
understand this fact.
OE180083.EPS
2.
Double-tap on
5.
Tap on
OE180092.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-11
1.
From the
ActiveSync.
The ActiveSync tab window opens.
OE180106.EPS
4.
Tap on
OE180094.EPS
2.
Tap on
3.
Tap on
.
and select [Option].
OE180107.EPS
OE180095.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
5.
Select
6.
Tap on
.
at the upper right corner of the window.
OE18-12
4.
This section describes the procedure used for registering the POCKET
id Console device ID on the CL side.
1.
Click
5.
Click
REFERENCE
2.
Enter in the
6.
Click
7.
Click
on the
3.
8.
Click
Click
OE180046.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-13
4.
1.
2.
(green).
5.
OE180102.EPS
OE180075.EPS
3.
6.
Click
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
OE180103.EPS
7.
Click
8.
9.
OE180049.EPS
REFERENCE
The IIP Setup Tool is a utility tool for performing CL-AP installation
and the like. This tool is contained on the CD that came with the CL
as a standard (Product name: Application software, Part No.:
114Y5342001A).
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-14
Enter key
(
button)
Scan trigger
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE180110.EPS
OE18-15
1.
From the
4.
Double-click
Programs.
The Programs window opens.
OE180098.EPS
5.
Tap on
6.
Tap on
OE180096.EPS
2.
3.
Double-click
OE180097.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-16
3.
1.
Under
, click
2.
4.
No.
1
BatteryWarning2
StudyFilePath
CustomFilePath
LoginFlag
OE180072.EPS
OE180073.EPS
Meaning
OE18-17
NOTE
If you have set LoginFlag to ON, set the item no. 37 Enable
Security Function under SYSTEM CONFIG - IMAGE
MODALITY to Yes and define the technologist name and
password in the User Utility, and then transfer the technologist
information to the POCKET id Console.
5.
1.
From the
Programs.
The Programs window opens.
6.
Click
7.
REFERENCE
OE180096.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-18
2.
Double-click
4.
Click
NOTE
A transfer of the configuration file should be done with the POCKET
id Console up and running.
The startup window opens, and then the "Study list" window of the
POCKET id Console application opens.
OE180045.EPS
5.
Click
OE180061.EPS
OE180059.EPS
3.
6.
Click
OE180062.EPS
7.
Click
CL display.
The system returns to the P-Console Setting window.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-19
8.
Click
on the
9.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-20
3. Connection Verification
After starting the CL-AP, verify that study reception information can be
transmitted/received properly between the CL and the POCKET id
Console.
2.
OE180104.EPS
From the
FCR.
3.
4.
Click
and then
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-21
5.
2.
tab.
OE180108.EPS
OE180109.EPS
3.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-22
3.4 Receiving Study Reception Information Transmitted from the POCKET id Console to the CL and Checking the Result
4.
Press either of the scan triggers located on the right and left
sides of the POCKET id Console. When doing so, make sure
that red scan beam focuses on the entire barcode.
Scan window
Scan trigger
Scan trigger
OE180066.EPS
When a barcode is read, the green scan LED lights up and a beep
sounds.
OE180104.EPS
2.
3.
Click
and then
4.
REFERENCE
If you see an IP number in the IP # column in the lower right
portion of the window, it means that barcode reading using the
POCKET id Console and data reception from the POCKET id
Console have been successfully performed.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-23
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE18-24
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: V2.0 (B) or later
Microsoft Internet Explorer: Version 5.5 or later (6.0SP1 or later is
recommended.)
NOTE
To use the Synapse server Web Query function, the CL Microsoft
Internet Explorer version must be 5.5 or later.
Synapse server
The CL user account (Administrator) must be registered beforehand
using the Synapse servers Administrator Tool. Specify Referring
Physician as the User Group for registration.
010-054-16
07.30.2006 FM4952 (ITC)
1. Hardware Setup
2. CL Software Setup
3. Connection
Checkout
OE19-1
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Network-connect the CL and the Synapse server to each other, as
illustrated below.
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
CL
Synapse
server
OE000062.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the CL
and Synapse server.
The cable type applicable to the CL and the Synapse server is the
IEC950/UL1950-compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE19-2
2. CL Software Setup
NOTES
menu.
2.
Type in conf.exe in
and click
3.
OE190013.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE19-3
4.
Uncheck
.(
OE190014.EPS
5.
Click
6.
7.
NOTE
To use the Synapse server Web Query function, the CL Microsoft
Internet Explorer version must be 5.5 or later (6.0SP1 or later is
recommended.).
REFERENCE
When installing the Synapse Client software, Microsoft Internet Explorer
is used to download files and the like. If no Microsoft Internet Explorer
windows are displayed but the internet connection wizard is displayed,
make the following settings.
For the first window
8.
NOTE
Skip this step when software version V8.0 (B) or later is used.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE19-4
4.
5.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (Setup: bat) in the CD.
OE190016.EPS
2.
OE190017.EPS
3.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE19-5
From the
Control Panel.
For Windows XP
Control Panel.
Double-click
Double-click
OE190002.EPS
OE190001.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE19-6
2.
menu.
Double-click
Click
OE190003.EPS
3.
OE190004.EPS
4.
Click
5.
Click
6.
Click
OE19-7
3.
Click the
symbol at the left of
Setup Configuration Item window.
4.
Click
2.
on the
OE190005.EPS
00000131.EPS
5.
Double-click
6.
Click
of
A list of IDT/Console function setup items appears in the righthand area of the window.
00000404.EPS
OE000038.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE19-8
7.
Double-click
of
With the use of the User Utilitys screen display customization function
(exposure parameter shortcut), add screen display icon for the Web
Query function.
NOTE
When an IP address was used to install the Synapse Client, the IP
address must be input at this step.
8.
Double-click
of
and
REFERENCE
%20 of ALL%20Patients stands for a one-byte space.
9.
10. Click
OE190006.EPS
Web Query
function icon
OE190007.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE19-9
3. Connection Checkout
Use the Web Query function to search images handled by the Synapse
server.
1.
NOTE
2.
From the
then FCR.
The CL opening window opens.
In about two minutes, the CL-AP reception window opens.
OE000099.EPS
OE190008.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE19-10
3.
Click
6.
OE190011.EPS
OE190009.EPS
4.
REFERENCE
If a domain is required to log onto the Synapse server, enter a
domain name in the Domain box.
Mark the Remember my password checkbox as necessary.
When network authentication successfully confirms the user
identity, the Security Warning window opens.
OE190010.EPS
5.
Click
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE19-11
7.
NOTE
When the Web Query function is used, there may be cases where
a patient image is not displayed though the list appears at step 6.
above. Make always sure that the patient image is displayed
appropriately.
Have the following item ready for use for file backup:
Storage media (FD, USB memory stick or the like)
For details on the backup procedure, see 5. Restoring/Backing
Up the Configuration File Configuration Restore/Backup under
MU: Maintenance Utility.
OE190012.EPS
8.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE19-12
Connection/setup example
(1) Connection/setup example (DICOM Query/Retrieve)
Set up the DICOM/Query/Retrieve function following the example
below.
CL setup example
HOST name
IP address
AE name (User)
Service Class
fcr-csl*
172.16.1.20*
CL- SCU-QR*
Study Root Query
Study Root Retrieve
Transfer Syntax : ImplicitVRLittleEndian
NOTE
The CR-IR348CL is abbreviated hereinafter simply as CL.
An equipment unit targeted for image search/acquisition (DICOM
server) and that targeted for image printout (DICOM printer) are
abbreviated herein as other connected equipment.
CL (This equipment)
TCP/IP
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit (including DICOM Print/DICOM Storage) must have
been set up accordingly.
Software version required: V3.0(B) or later
The option key is required.
Key Name
Functions Supported
CL DICOM QR key
DICOM Query/Retrieve
DICOM server
SYNAPSE and other manufacturers DICOM servers should be
connectable. Connection requirements must be checked for in advance.
:
:
:
:
DICOM CR Storage
DICOM Query/Retrieve
DICOM Server
(Other connected
equipment)
Setup example of other
connected equipment
HOST name
IP address
AE name (Provider)
Port number
Service Class
Transfer Syntax
:
:
:
:
:
D-Server*
172.16.1.40*
ServerDicom*
12040*
Study Root Query
Study Root Retrieve
: ImplicitVRLittleEndian
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE20-1
REFERENCE
NOTE
Searched images will be input actually by using the CR Image Storage
or Private CR Storage service class.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\CrtLut\ReverseLut.lut
CL setup example
HOST name
IP address
AE name (Provider)
Port number
Service Class
Transfer Syntax
:
:
:
:
:
:
fcr-csl*
172.16.1.20*
CL- SCP*
12408*
CR Image Storage*
JPEGLossLess*
CL (This equipment)
TCP/IP
DICOM CR Storage
DICOM Query/Retrieve
DICOM server
(Other connected
equipment)
Setup example of
other connected equipment
HOST name
IP address
AE name (User)
Service Class
Transfer Syntax
:
:
:
:
:
D-Server*
172.16.1.40*
ServerDicom*
CR Image Storage*
JPEGLossLess*
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-2
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
Printer
FN-PS551
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
Other connected
equipment
CL
00000044.EPS
DRYPIX/FM-DPL
DRYPIX/
FM-DPL
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
3. Verification
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
E-i/f cable
CL
Other connected
equipment
00000044.EPS
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the CL
and other connected equipment.
The cable type applicable to the CL equipment is the IEC950/UL1950compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
OE20-3
2. Software Setup
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
Tasks done
on the CL
2.
Click
Task done
on other
connected
equipment
00000046.EPS
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE20-4
1.
NOTE
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
1.
2.
00000419.EPS
3.
Click
4.
015015.EPS
015016.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE20-5
3.
4.
Click the
mark of the
Select
7.
.
and click
the CL in the
field.
NOTES
5.
fcr-csl
CL host name
1 72 16 1 20
CL IP address
REFERENCE
You need not to set up the port number in
8.
015017.EPS
Click
NOTES
The IP address will not be displayed properly unless the CL is
network-connected.
Select DICOM Protocol in the Add Node box.
6.
Click
9.
Click
015018.EPS
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-6
10. Select
13. Click
REFERENCES
If the Service Class and Role are selected, contents of Transfer
Syntax and Attribute are determined automatically. The Transfer
Syntax is fixed at ImplicitVRLittleEndian and the Attribute is fixed
at OTHER.
SCU is the abbreviation of Service Class User.
015023.EPS
REFERENCE
It is not necessary to place a checkmark to
disregarded even if placed.
. It will be
14. Click
12. Click
15. Select
NOTE
If the Service Class and Role are selected, contents of Transfer
Syntax and Attribute are determined automatically. The Transfer
Syntax is fixed at ImplicitVRLittleEndian and the Attribute is fixed at
OTHER.
REFERENCE
It is not necessary to place a checkmark to
disregarded even if placed.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
. It will be
OE20-7
17. Click
18. Click
1.
Click the
mark in
Configuration Item window.
on the Setup
2.
015063 eps
20. Click
I.
II. Click
(slightly below the center of the window).
The DICOMSetup window opens. Skip steps 3. through 5. and
continue with the processing from step 6.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-8
3.
Click
I.
Select
and click
NOTE
Select DICOM Protocol in the Add Node field.
III. Continue with the processing from step 3.
4.
.
.
equipment in
NOTES
Enter SynapseDicomSCP if the connected DICOM server is
SYNAPSE.
Be sure to enter the upper- or lower-case characters correctly.
A maximum of 16 one-byte characters can be entered.
Enter the port number of other connected equipment (12040, for
example) in
NOTE
Enter 104 if other connected equipment is SYNAPSE.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-9
5.
Click
NOTE
11. Click
6.
Click
7.
Select
NOTE
If the Service Class and Role are selected, contents of Transfer
Syntax and Attribute are determined automatically. The Transfer
Syntax is fixed at ImplicitVRLittleEndian and the Attribute is fixed at
OTHER.
015066.eps
12. Click
8.
9.
10. Set up
as necessary.
015023.EPS
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-10
13. Click
17. Click
14. Select
NOTES
If the Service Class of Study Root Query is selected, contents of
Transfer Syntax and Attribute are determined automatically. The
Transfer Syntax is fixed at ImplicitVRLittleEndian and the Attribute
is fixed at QUERY.
SCP is the abbreviation of Service Class Provider.
015073.eps
).
REFERENCE
It is not necessary to place a checkmark to
be disregarded even if placed.
. It will
19. Click
015049.EPS
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-11
3.
Click
1.
Select
2.
fcr-csl
CL host name
1 72 16 1 20
CL IP address
4.
NOTES
NOTES
NOTE
Set up a port number paying attention not to specify the same port
number of other SCP (for the FCR5000plus or DVD). The port
number used for DVD is fixed at 104.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-12
5.
Click
REFERENCE
8.
Click
6.
Click
NOTE
Set up MGImageStorageForPresentation or MGImageStorageForProcessing only when an option has been installed.
REFERENCE
Verification included in the pull-down menu is the Service Class
used to verify connection between DICOM equipment units. For
verifying connection, Verification must be selected accordingly.
For details of connection verification, see 7. Verifying the
Connection to Other Connected Equipment Verify
Connection in MU: Maintenance Utility.
7.
Select
ImplictVR
LittleEndian
ExplictVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
CR Image Storage
Private CR Storage
MGImageStorageForPresentation
MGImageStorageForProcessing
Verification
NOTE
When setting up ImplicitVRLittleEndian, an image reception error
may result. For the purpose of image storage, use ExplicitVRLittleEndian or JPEGLossless.
9.
).
as necessary.
11. Click
12. Click
OE20-13
13. Click
2.
Click
window).
015010.EPS
015008.EPS
15. Click
3.
Click
NOTE
Set up MGImageStorageForPresentation or MGImageStorageForProcessing only when an option has been installed.
REFERENCE
1.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-14
4.
Select
7.
Click
REFERENCE
SCU is the abbreviation of Service Class User.
5.
Click
ImplictVR
LittleEndian
ExplictVR
LittleEndian
JPEG
Lossless
015011.eps
CR Image Storage
Private CR Storage
MGImageStorageForPresentation
MGImageStorageForProcessing
Verification
NOTE
Be sure to set up the same Transfer Syntax as that set up on the
Provider side (SCP).
8.
9.
Click
REFERENCES
You need not to place a checkmark to
It is not necessary to perform setting for
be disregarded even if set up.
6.
Click
.
. It will
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-15
1.
Click
Configuration Item window.
on the Setup
1.
Click the
mark in
Configuration Item window.
2.
Click
on the Setup
OE000004.EPS
2.
Click
3.
20000001.EPS
4.
Click
5.
6.
Click
OE20-16
3.
Name
1 Retrieved
Image Viewer
Finish Mode
Selection
0 : Normal
Normal finish (finishing after clicking the finish button)
1 : Finish After Reprint
Finishes after generating reprint.
Meaning
Specifying image confirmation finish mode.
3 The Patient
Format
For Search
Condition
: (1) family
*
: (2) family, given
*^*
: (3) family, given, middle
*^*^*
: (4) family, given, middle, prefix
*^*^*^*
: (5) family, given, middle, prefix, suffix
*^*^*^*^*
: (1) Multi-byte support to (1) above.
*=*
: (2) Multi-byte support to (2) above.
*^*=*^*
: (3) Multi-byte support to (3) above.
*^*^*=*^*^*
: (4) Multi-byte support to (4) above.
*^*^*^*=*^*^*^*
*^*^*^*^*=*^*^*^*^* : (5) Multi-byte support to (5) above.
: Default setting
4.
5.
Click
OE20-17
1.
2.
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-18
3. Verification
After starting up the CL-AP, make sure that images on the DICOM
server can be searched for/acquired appropriately. Also make sure that
acquired images can be output from the CL to the specified printer.
3.1 Starting the CL-AP
From the
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
OE20-19
1.
REFERENCE
The example in the figure below represents a printout that would be
generated when the default film annotation character format is used
(image size: 35 35cm (14" 14"); print format: TWIN). When the default
settings are used, character strings (1) through (19) are printed out.
(1) Hospital name (institution name)
FUJIFILM HOSPITAL
04001676 A0000A020
(12) IP number
(2) EDR mode + menu code
(3) System ID + image number
2.
2.
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
(4) Patient ID
(5) Patient name
R->L
G 1.0G#0.7+0.50R5Q0.5
SKULL, GENERAL
Surgi
[F] 23
For any problem that may occur, see Print Output Function in
FR1: Function-specific Reference.
OE20-20
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE20-21
BLANK PAGE
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
OE20-22
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE20-23
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE20-24
CL+T-RIS (Ordering)
[Applicable only in Japan]
010-054-15
11.30.2005 FM4760 (ITC)
OE21-1
BLANK PAGE
010-054-15
11.30.2005 FM4760 (ITC)
OE21-2
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE21-3
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE21-4
REFERENCE
A dedicated Viewer is stored on the storage media created using the
PDI function. This Viewer enables you to view image data on a generalpurpose PC.
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
Application installation
Option key installation
AP key reinstallation
Configuration item settings
Institution information settings
Prior to setup
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: V6.0 or later
The PDI option key (CL DICOM PDI STORAGE) is required.
NOTES
3. Verification
OE22-1
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Connect a CD-RW drive to the CL, as illustrated below.
TCP/IP
RU
CL
CD-RW drive
USB cable
OE210000.EPS
NOTE
Do not install the driver supplied with the CD-RW drive.
Other than in Japan, use a drive built in the CL.
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
OE22-2
2. Software Setup
2.1 Installing the PDI Application
1.
NOTE
OE220001.EPS
2.
OE220002.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE22-3
3.
4.
NOTE
5.
OE220003.EPS
2.
OE220021.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE22-4
3.
5.
Click
OE220005.EPS
NOTE
When the OS installed is Windows XP, a window like that shown
below opens.
OE220022.ai
NOTE
When the OS used is Windows Vista, a window like that shown
below opens.
OE220004.EPS
OE220023.ai
4.
6.
7.
8.
OE220004.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE22-5
1.
NOTE
From the
2.
2.
Click
Click
Click the upper left and then the upper right corner.
3.
MU000031.EPS
4.
MU000035.EPS
NOTE
The password entry window opens with software version V7.0 (B)
or later. For software version V6.0 (B) or earlier, the Service Utility
mode starts without opening this window.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE22-6
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a
3-second period allowing the AP to have started up unintentionally,
perform the following steps to start the Service Utility.
1. To shut down the AP, select Shut Down on the
menu.
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
3. From the [Start] menu, sequentially select Programs, Fuji
Film, and FCR.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left
and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
3.
1.
The Service Utility mode starts and then the IIP Service Utility
window opens.
OE210004.EPS
OE210003.EPS
OE210005.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE22-7
2.
Click
Name
Selection
Meaning
Specifying a DICOM
contents transfer syntax
* Select 0:Explicit VR
Little Endian if
complied with IHE.
4.
5.
Click
3.
Name
Selection
Meaning
Example: E
Specifying SoftcopyLUT
applied to a processed
image.
0 : ST
1 : HQ
Yes
Included.
No
Not included.
Specifying whether or
not to include multi-byte
information in the
DICOM contents.
OE22-8
2.
1.
2.
menu.
OE220006.EPS
3.
I.
II.
OE220007.EPS
I.
4.
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE22-9
3. Verification
3.1 Starting the CL-AP
3.2 Writing study information using the
PDI function
From the
OE000099.EPS
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE22-10
3.
OE220008.EPS
2.
OE220009.EPS
4.
OE220010.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE22-11
5.
Click
Use the procedure below to verify the data written onto the CD-R
created as directed in 3.2 Writing Study Information Using the PDI
Function, above, by inserting it into a PC other than the CL.
1.
Set the CD-R created by using the PDI function into the PC
other than the CL.
2.
3.
Double-click INDEX.HTM.
OE220011.EPS
OE220012.EPS
OE220013.EPS
6.
Click
7.
4.
OE220014.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE22-12
8.
OE220015.EPS
5.
Click
OE220018.EPS
9.
Click
OE220016.EPS
6.
Click
7.
OE220017.EPS
OE22-13
OE220020.EPS
12. Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE22-14
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE22-15
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE22-16
Prior to setup
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
3. Verification
CL requirements
The CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: V7.0 or later
Connected DAP
For direct connection
Connect a VacuDAP of VacuTEC directly to a serial port of the PC.
For indirect connection
Connect a VacuDAP of VacuTEC and an X-CON to a conversion box
(Livingstons CR BOX) and then connect the conversion box to the
PSI04A board on the CL.
For the CR-IR371/372, connect a VacuDAP of VacuTEC to an X-CON
and then connect the X-CON to the PSI04A board on the CL.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE23-1
1. Hardware Setup
1.
Hardware Setup
TCP/IP
RU
RU
CL
Display
Unit
CL
X-CON
DAP
DAP
OE230003.ai
OE230001.ai
For details on the X-CON setting procedure, see OE12: CL+XRay Controller (Serial Connection) under OE: Connecting the
CL to Other Equipment.
Serial connecter
Dedicated serial cable
TCP/IP
Conversion
box
Serial connecter
Dedicated serial cable
TCP/IP
X-CON
RU
CL
Display
Unit
RU
DAP
X-CON
DAP
OE230004.ai
OE230002.ai
For details on the X-CON setting procedure, see OE12: CL+XRay Controller (Serial Connection) under OE: Connecting the
CL to Other Equipment.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
CL
For details on the X-CON setting procedure, see OE12: CL+XRay Controller (Serial Connection) under OE: Connecting the
CL to Other Equipment.
OE23-2
2. Software Setup
2.1 Starting the Service Utility
2.2 Setting the Configuration Items
2.3 Exiting the Service Utility
From the
2.
MU000031.EPS
MU000035.EPS
REFERENCE
If you cannot complete step 2. from the initial window within a 3-second
period allowing the AP to have started up unintentionally, perform the
following steps to start the Service Utility.
1. To shut down the AP, select Shut Down on the
menu.
2. Click [OK] while holding down the <Shift> key on the shutdown
window.
3. From the [Start] menu, sequentially select Programs, Fuji Film,
and FCR.
4. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper left and
upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE23-3
3.
The Service Utility mode starts and then the IIP Service Utility
window opens.
OE210003.EPS
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE23-4
1.
4.
Click
OE210006.EPS
OE210004.EPS
OE210005.EPS
2.
Click
3.
Name
Meaning
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE23-5
5.
Name
Selection
Meaning
179 DAP
Message
Trial Count
Specifying a DAP
message transfer trial
count.
180 DAP
Address
Specifying a DAP
address character while
a DAP is connected.
(Specify a capital
alphanumeric.)
1 to 30
( 1)
Specifying a caption
used to indicate a
related status while a
DAP is connected.
6.
7.
Click
NOTE
Select 0: Old for No. 108 Xcon Format Type.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE23-6
2.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE23-7
3. Verification
Verify connection to a DAP, as follows.
3.1 Starting the CL-AP
From the
OE230005.ai
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
OE23-8
NOTE
When a cassette is used to perform exposure, IP registration is
needed after a study menu was registered.
2.
3.
4.
5.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE23-9
2.
1.
NOTE
Select the study that was checked for in 3.3 Verifying Reception of
Dose-area Product Information above.
2.
1.
1.
NOTE
NOTE
Select the study that was checked for in 3.3 Verifying Reception of
Dose-area Product Information above.
2.
NOTE
As a standard function, no dose-area product information is printed
on output film. Edit the FilmStrFm.env file so that necessary
settings are performed to print dose-area product information on
output film properly.
For how to edit the FilmStrFm.env file, see FR1: Print Output
Function under FR: Function-specific Reference.
Select the study that was checked for in 3.3 Verifying Reception of
Dose-area Product Information above.
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE23-10
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE23-11
BLANK PAGE
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
OE23-12
Prior to setup
CL requirements
CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: V7.1 or later
Precise enlargement function option key (CR PRECISE
ENLARGEMENT) is required.
The OS used on the PC is Windows XP SP2 or later or Windows Vista.
The PC memory is 2GB or more. (If not sufficient, expand it as
appropriate.)
The 2nd monitor has been connected.
For the detailed 2nd monitor connection procedure, see
Appendix 11 Connecting the 2nd Monitor under Appx IN:
Installation Appendix.
NOTE
This function is not supported on the PC models listed below, because
memory expansion is not possible on them.
OptiPlex GX50, 60, 150, 260, 270
1. Software Setup
Setting the OS
Setting the User Utility of Precise
enlargement software
Setting the Service Utility of Precise
enlargement software
Confirm that the image is displayed
on the 2nd monitor.
2. Confirming the
Settings
3. Backup/Restore
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-1
1. Software Setup
1. Software Setup
Set up the CL software following the flow chart below.
1.1 Installing the Precise Enlargement Function Software
1.2 Setting the Firewall
1.3 Installing the Precise Enlargement Function Option Key
1.4 Reinstalling the AP Key
1.5 Setting the System
1.5.1 Setting the OS
1.5.2 Setting the Service Utility
1.5.3 Setting the User Utility
1.5.4 Setting the Overlay Item
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-2
3.
4.
NOTE
2.
NOTE
Double-click directly the execution file (Setup.exe) in the CD when
the window does not display automatically.
5.
1.
OE240027.ai
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click
REFERENCE
Installation is not required when the following window opens. Click
No and proceed to Step 12.
The following window opens.
MU000035.EPS
OE240025.ai
The Service Utility starts, and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-3
6.
Click
8.
Click
NOTE
When a window like that shown below opens after
is clicked at step above, click
7.
Select
, click
OE240029.ai
OE240030.ai
OE240028.ai
9.
Click
OE240031.ai
10. Click
OE24-4
13. When the initial window opens, sequentially click its upper
left and upper right corners within a period of 3 seconds.
Click the upper left corner and then the upper right corner.
OE240032.ai
REFERENCE
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
OE240033.ai
The Service Utility starts, and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
17. Click
NOTE
Double-click directly the execution file (Setup.exe) in the CD when
the window does not display automatically.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE240035.ai
OE24-5
18. Click
20. Click
21. Click
OE240036.ai
REFERENCE
Installation is not required when the following window opens. Click
No and proceed to Step 22.
OE240039.ai
OE240038.ai
OE240040.ai
23. Click
OE240037.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-6
26. Click
NOTE
Perform reinstallation from the step 8 after restarting PC when
[.NET Framework 3.5] is not installed message displayed.
I.
II.
OE240041.ai
I.
Select a language.
NOTE
Select the same language as you selected at the SYSTEM
CONFIG - 7. Language Setup for Screen Message in the Service
Utility.
II. Select the type of added monitor (2nd monitor) for image
confirmation.
OE240043.ai
REFERENCE
After installation completed, the monitor type can be changed by
clicking [Change Monitor] in the Install Echo application screen
window.
25. Click
28. Click
OE240042.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-7
4.
1.
2.
NOTE
Double-click directly the execution file (Setup.exe) in the CD when
the window does not display automatically.
5.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click
.
AWS823070.ai
REFERENCE
Installation is not required when the following window opens. Click
OK and proceed to Step 6.
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts, and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
3.
or
AWS825002.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-8
II. Select the type of added monitor (2nd monitor) for image
confirmation.
REFERENCE
After installation completed, the monitor type can be changed by
clicking [Change Monitor] in the Install Echo application screen
window.
8.
Click
AWS823069.ai
6.
AWS823067.ai
Click
7.
9.
Click
I
II
AWS825004.ai
I.
Select a language.
NOTE
Select the same language as you selected at the SYSTEM
CONFIG - 7. Language Setup for Screen Message in the Service
Utility.
AWS823068.ai
10. Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-9
OE240044.ai
2.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-10
1.
NOTE
Double-click directly the execution file (Filename extension : exe) in
the CD when the window does not display automatically.
OE240045.ai
2.
Click
2.
Click
3.
Click
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
4.
OE24-11
3.
OE240047.ai
No.
Make settings so that the taskbar is not displayed at the time of starting
the User Utility for Precise enlargement function.
1.
2.
1.
<Enter> key.
The Service Utility window for the linking application opens.
2.
Remarks
MS UI Gothic
Select the display font
Microsoft Sans Serif type for overlay item that
is displayed on the
image confirmation
window.
Select the image density
to display. HQ image
displayed as STD image
if Standard is selected.
III
IV
Maximum
500
zoom ratio (%) (200, 300, 400, 500)
Font Name of
Overlay
Option
II
Remove the check mark from the Keep the taskbar on top
of other windows.
Item Name
4.
Click
5.
6.
NOTE
When [No] is not set for Allow switch app by menu, be sure to set
[No].
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-12
No.
1.
Option
II
Loupe area
size
III
Magnification
ratio of Loupe
(%)
300
(200, 300, 400, 500)
IV
Overlay Item
Setting
VI
Version
information
AWS823031.ai
2.
3.
Remarks
NOTE
The User Utility for Precise enlargement function should be started
while CL-AP is running.
Item Name
Click
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
OE240048.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-13
1.
Click
on the User Utility
window for Precise enlargement function.
The Additional Information Settings window opens.
2.
Overlay item Patient ID, Patient's Name, Kanji Patient's Name, Sex,
for patient
Patient's Bitrth Date, Patient's Age
Order
infomation
II.
Overlay item Menu Name, S/L, Pixel Spacing, kVp, X-ray Tube
for image
Current, Exposure Time, Exposure, Dose Area Product,
Target/Filter, Grid, Focus, Thickness, Comp Force,
Angle, AEC, VCS+VMCS, AGD, ESE, Laterality, Patient
Orientation, GA/GS
Display
attribute
infomation
III.
OE240049.ai
I.
Font size
Set the font size of overlay item. Select either 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
14, 16, 18, 20, 22 (default), 24, 26, 28, 36, or 48.
II. Font color
Set the display font colors of overlay item. Select either Gray
(default), Cyan, Magenta, or Yellow.
Magnification Ratio
Setting method
1.
2.
Select the position (Top-left, Top-right, Bottom-left, Bottomright) to be displayed from the left-side of display area.
3.
Click
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-14
1.
2.
Click
REFERENCE
Overlay items set as the factory default settings are shown below.
Cancel unnecessary setting items.
Top-left
Patient ID
Patients Name
Patients Sex
Patients Birth Date
Patients Age
Bottom-left
Pixel Spacing
Magnification Ratio
S/L
GA/GS
Top-right
Accession Number
Acquisition Date
Acquisition Time
Menu Name
Laterality
Patient Orientation (Row/Column)
VCS+VMCS
Bottom-right
X-ray Tube Current
Exposure Time
kVp
Exposure
Target/Filter
Grid
Focus
AEC
ESE
Image Area Dose Product
NOTE
Cancel the Focus item.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-15
1.
2.
From the
OE000099.EPS
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-16
3. Backup/Restore
The procedures to back up/restore the setting values for the Precise
enlargement function are described.
1.
1.
Select the
2.
3.
Restore
1.
AWS825011.ai
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-17
5.
AWS825013.ai
6.
Click [OK].
7.
AWS825010.ai
CAUTION
When the [Copy File] window opens, do not select [Copy, but keep
both files].
AWS825014.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-18
5.
3.2.2 Restore
CAUTION
1.
Select the
2.
AWS825010.ai
3.
Click [Restore].
AWS825016.ai
AWS825012.ai
4.
6.
Click [OK].
7.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-19
4.
1.
<Enter> key.
notepad C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Version.xml
Version.xml opens in Note Pad.
2.
AWS823066.ai
3.
5.
6.
<Enter> key.
explorer C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Version.xml
Version.xml opens in the browser.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-20
1.
<Enter> key.
notepad C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Version.xml
Version.xml opens in Note Pad.
3.
<Enter> key.
explorer C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\Cooper\System\Version.xml
Version.xml opens in browser.
4.
5.
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-21
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE24-22
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE24-23
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE24-24
QA ROI Measurement
QA ROI Measurement
Described herein are the procedures to use the QA ROI Measurement
function to set up an ROI on an image displayed on the CL and to
display width and height of the displayed ROI, as well as the average
pixel value, median pixel value, standard deviation and area.
Prior to setup
CL requirements
CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: V8.0 or later
ROI option key (CR QA ROI MEASUREMENT) is requiredey.
The OS used on the PC is Windows XP SP2 or later or Windows Vista.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
1. Software Setup
2. Creating an
Exposure Menu for QA
ROI Measurement
3. Confirming the
Settings
4. Backup/Restore
OE25-1
1. Software Setup
Set up the CL software following the flow chart shown below.
1.1 Installing the QA ROI Measurement Software
1.2 Setting the Firewall
2.
MU000031.EPS
NOTE
When the following window is displayed, enter the login password
(fieldengineer) for Service Utility and click
MU000035.EPS
The Service Utility starts, and then the IIP Service Utility window
opens.
3.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-2
4.
NOTE
Double-click directly the execution file (Setup.exe) in the CD when
the window does not display automatically.
5.
AWS824019.ai
6.
Click
AWS824020.ai
NOTE
Installation is not required when the following window opens. Click
No and proceed to step 6.
or
AWS825002.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-3
7.
9.
Click
I
II
AWS825004.ai
I.
Select a language.
AWS824022.ai
NOTE
Select the same language as that you selected at SYSTEM
CONFIG 7. Language Setup for Screen Message in the
Service Utility.
II. Select the type of Primary monitor (1st monitor) for image
confirmation.
REFERENCE
After installation is completed, the monitor type can be changed by
clicking [Change Monitor] in the Install QA ROI Measurement
screen window.
8.
Click
10. Click
AWS824023.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-4
1.
AWS823040.ai
AWS824021.ai
2.
2.
Click
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-5
1.
NOTE
Double-click directly the execution file (Filename extension : exe) in
the CD when the window does not display automatically.
1.
2.
Click
3.
Click
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
2.
Select ROI and then select [HQ Preferred] from the Image
Type pull-down menu that opens.
3.
Click
4.
OE25-6
3.
NOTE
Monitor models other than those shown in the table below require
settings specific to discontinued monitors.
Resolution
Monochrome/Color
Monitor Model
Copy the ENV file used by the CL-AP, as checked for at step 1.
above.
NOTE
Pay due attention not to move or delete the ENV file from the C:\
Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Lut folder.
4.
5.
6.
1024768
Color
FlexScan L362T
12801024
Color
16001200
Monochrome
RadiForce GS220
20481536
Color
RadiForce RX320
20481536
Monochrome
RadiForce GS310
I.
1.
NOTES
The Monitor name is to be used as the filename or folder name
at subsequent steps. Therefore, assign a simple name that can
be used as a filename.
Example: NANAO_L560T-C
7.
When the ENV filename for a certain monitor is unknown, use the
file below to confirm it.
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\Lut\lut.txt
2.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-7
8.
NOTE
The table below shows folders of the monitor name folder of the
same resolutions.
Copy and paste a folder of the resolution same as that of the
monitor to be set up (regardless of whether it is monochrome or
color).
Monitor Name Folder
Resolution
Monochrome/Color
NANAO_L362T
1024x768
Color
NANAO_L560T-C
1280x1024
Color
NANAO_GS220
1600x1200
Monochrome
NANAO_RX320
2048x1536
Color
NANAO_GS310
2048x1536
Monochrome
9.
NOTE
Though folder names are the same as for C:\Program Files\
FujiFilm\Cooper\Screen\Manager and C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\
Cooper\Screen\Roi, the files that consist of each folder are
different with each other. Therefore, be sure to copy the monitor
name folder of the same resolutions that is included in the
respective folder.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-8
5.
NOTE
The saving function for QA ROI Measurement is not supported.
1.
AWS824012.ai
I.
menu.
The CL opening window opens.
In about two minutes, the CL-AP registration window opens.
2.
Select the
6.
3.
4.
I
II
AWS824013.ai
I. Select Fix.
II. Set S value up to 120.
AWS824011.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-9
7.
REFERENCES
9.
AWS824015.ai
8.
Click [OK].
The system returns to the Menu Setup window.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-10
2.
3.
1.
Select the
OE000099.EPS
AWS824016.ai
4.
Click
5.
Click [Terminate].
The system returns to the CL-AP registration window.
6.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-11
7.
8.
9.
AWS824018.ai
AWS824017.ai
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-12
4.1 Backup
4. Backup/Restore
5.
4.1 Backup
1.
Select the
2.
AWS825010.ai
3.
CAUTION
When the [Copy File] window opens, do not select [Copy, but keep
both files].
AWS825011.ai
4.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-13
4.1 Backup
AWS825013.ai
6.
Click [OK].
7.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-14
4.2 Restore
5.
4.2 Restore
CAUTION
1.
Select the
2.
AWS825010.ai
3.
Click [Restore].
AWS825016.ai
AWS825012.ai
4.
6.
Click [OK].
7.
Insert media in which the backup data is stored into the PC.
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-15
BLANK PAGE
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
OE25-16
NOTES
The CR-IR348CL is abbreviated hereafter simply CL.
This option cannot be used with the following options.
(These options will be automatically turned OFF when the Synapse RIS
option key is installed.)
Function
Option key
CL DICOM MPPS
CL DICOM ID MWM
ID Online function
IR 346 ID ONLINE
When the user authentication function for CL is used, make sure that
the service engineer synchronizes the user authentication information
for CL and Synapse RIS at the time of installation.
When the image is specified as mis-exposure from QA after the study
is finished, the information of mis-exposure will not be sent to Synapse
RIS.
When the StudyInstanceUID is assigned from the Synapse RIS,
confirm that the StudyInstanceUID is not being assigned redundantly
from the Synapse RIS before installing the Synapse RIS options.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Prior to setup
CL requirements
CL main unit must have been set up accordingly.
Software version required: V8.1 (B) or later
Synapse RIS option key (DX CL SYNAPSE RIS CONNECT) is
required.
RETAKE ANALYSIS option key (CL RETAKE ANALYSIS) is required.
PC satisfies the following specifications.
OS
Windows XP
Windows Vista
1. Hardware Setup
2. Software Setup
3. Verification
OE26-1
1. Hardware Setup
1. Hardware Setup
Network-connect the CL and the Synapse RIS server to each other, as
illustrated below.
10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX cable
TCP/IP
CL
Synapse RIS
server
OE260016.ai
NOTES
Do not connect the telephone line to the network connectors of the CL
and Synapse RIS server.
The cable type applicable to the CL and the Synapse RIS server is the
IEC950/UL1950-compliant UTP cable of category 5 or higher.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-2
2. Software Setup
2.1 Installing the Option Key
2.2 Reinstalling the AP Key
1.
u NOTE u
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
OE260002.ai
3.
Click
4.
5.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-3
1.
u NOTE u
In case the installation start window does not open automatically,
double-click the execution file (extension: exe) in the CD.
2.
Click
3.
Click
4.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-4
1.
REFERENCE
menu, and
u NOTE u
The folder names of the shared folder of No.97 Recept Computer
Info File Share Folder under 5. CSL/IDT FUNCTION and the shared
folder of No.307 Simplified Ordering Report Share Folder can be
specified arbitrarily at any locations where CL and Synapse can
access.
The shared folder for No.307 Simplified Report Share Folder is not
created by default setting so create the folder manually.
If the location or name of the shared folder is changed from the default
setting, also change the setting in Service Utility.
2.
3.
4.
Select
) and click
For Windows XP
See 2.3.1 Creating and Setting the Shared Folder in Windows
XP.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-5
5.
1.
menu.
2.
3.
OE260018.ai
6.
Click
7.
Click
4.
Click
8.
9.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE260010.ai
OE26-6
5.
Place a checkmark to
click
) and
8.
Click
9.
6.
OE260012.ai
7.
Click
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-7
1.
2.
Click [SetupConfigurationItem].
4.
Click
00000248.EPS
00000131.EPS
00000404.EPS
3.
Click the
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
sign within
OE26-8
5.
No.
34 Enable
Statistical
Info. Output
Selection
No.
Meaning
Yes
Enables the exposure result
data file output function.
No
Disables the exposure result
data file output function.
37 Enable
Security
Function
Yes
Uses the user authentication
function.
Name
51 Use Reject
Comment
Selection
Yes
Enables the entry.
No
Disables the entry.
Meaning
Specifying whether to
enable or disable entry of
comment on mis-exposed
images.
* Select Yes when using
the Retake Analysis
function.
6.
Click
Specifying whether
or not to use the user
authentication function.
No
Does not use the user
authentication function.
38 Link User
Account to
Operator's
Name
Yes
Displays the login user name
in the technologist name field.
OE260013.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-9
7.
No.
9.
20 Alert MSG
Type When
Patient
Information
will be
Modified
Selection
Meaning
Specifying a message
type to be displayed when
changing the patient
information.
No.
16 Examination
No. Padding
Method
2 : Non-Display
Not displayed.
8.
Click
Meaning
A list of IDT/Console function setup items appears in the righthand area of the window.
Setup items for the IDT/Console function
18 Patient ID
Padding
Method
OE000038.EPS
Selection
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-10
No.
Name
95 Recept
Computer
Type
Selection
0 : Standard
FujiFilm Standard
1 : SANYO
Sanyo
2 : TOSHIBA
Toshiba
Meaning
Computer type for
connection of a receipt
computer.
* To use Synapse RIS,
select 0: Standard.
3 : FUJITSU
Fujitsu
97 Recept
C:\User\IIP\ReceptShare\
Computer
Info File
Share Folder
Specifying a folder in
which the shared
information file is to
be saved when a receipt
computer is connected.
98 Recept
1 to 300 ( 5)
Computer Info
File Polling
Interval ([sec])
99 Recept
0 : XMLOnly
Computer
Only XML is used.
Info File Type
1 : CSVOnly
Only CSV is used.
2 : Both
Both XML and CSV are used.
No.
Name
Selection
Meaning
100 Recept
C:\Program Files\FujiFilm\IIP\
Computer Info
Data\Reserved
File Temporal
Folder
131 Enable
Yes
MultipleStudy
Permitted.
No
Not permitted.
197 Alert MSG
Yes
Displays the message when the
When Patient
patient information is changed.
Information
will be
No
Modified
Dose not display the message
SynapseRIS
when the patient information is
changed.
307 Simplified
C:\Usr\IIP\
Ordering
OrderingReportShare\
Report Share
Folder
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-11
10. Click
13. Click
OE260014.ai
Name
Enable
Retake
Analysis
Function
Selection
Meaning
Yes
Enables the Retake Analysis
function.
Specifying whether or
not to enable the Retake
Analysis function.
No
Disables the Retake Analysis
function.
*T
o enable this option, use
the log storage function
offered by the User Utility
to collect necessary logs
beforehand.
*T
o enable this option,
specify Yes also for
Nos. 34 and 51 of IMAGE
MODALITY setup items.
* Use the LOG SHARE
setup function to register
the host name and
IP address of the CL
targeted for calculation
of Retake Analysis.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-12
3. Verification
3. Verification
Perform the startup verification of the Synapse RIS window.
1.
From the
2.
OE260019.ai
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-13
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-14
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-15
BLANK PAGE
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
OE26-16
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
PC-I
Control Sheet
Issue date
Revision number
07/30/2004
11/12/2004
11
12
11/12/2004
07/30/2005
07/30/2005
11/30/2005
11/30/2005
07/30/2006
07/20/2007
05/09/2008
10/31/2008
11/30/2009
11/30/2009
03/31/2010
12/10/2010
12
14
14
15
15
16
17
18
19
20
20
21
22
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Reason
New release (FM4254)
Revision for software V1.0(C) and corrections
(FM4450)
Changes in pagination (FM4450)
Revision for software V3.0(B) (FM4543)
Changes in pagination (FM4543)
Revision for software V3.1(B) (FM4760)
Changes in pagination (FM4760)
Revision for software V4.0(B) (FM4952)
Revision for software V5.0(B) (FM5201)
Revision for software V6.0(B) (FM5356)
Revision for software V7.0(B) (FM5460)
Revision for software V7.1(B) (FM5622)
Changes in pagination (FM5622)
Revision for software V8.0(B) (FM5670)
Revision for software V8.1(B) (FM5817)
Pages affected
All pages
I, II, 15
612
I, II, 13, 57, 9
4, 8, 10
IIV, 1, 2, 9, 12
10, 11
I, II, 4, 9
I, II, 1, 2, 9, 10
I, II, 2, 7, 9
I, II, 2, 4, 7, 10
I, II, 2, 4, 5, 10, 11
12
I, II, 2, 4
I, II, 2, 10, 11
PC-II
BLANK PAGE
010-054-15
11.30.2005 FM4760 (ITC)
PC-III
BLANK PAGE
010-054-15
11.30.2005 FM4760 (ITC)
PC-IV
Installation information
Equipment S/N :
Site Name
:
Site Number :
Room Name :
Software Ver.
:
Installed by
:
Signature
:
Date of Installation/Servicing :
Checklist
CL startup verification
CL setup for connection with other equipment
IP adress
: (
)
Subnet mask
: (
)
Host name
: (
)
Default gateway : (
)
Registered AE title
Printer
: (
)
Storage (server) : (
)
Storage (viewer) : (
)
Pass Fail
Pass Fail
Pass Fail
3. Checkout Procedures
6. Checkout Procedures under IN-A: Installation
Storage (server)
Storage (viewer)
4. Setup File Backup and RU Error Log Verification/Deletion
1. CL Hardware Setup
4. CL Hardware Setup under IN-A: Installation
Pass Fail
010-054-17E
07.20.2007 FM5201 (ITC)
2. Software Setup
Setting/checking the PC system date and time
Installing the option key
DICOM PRINT
LOCAL PRINT
DICOM CR STORAGE DICOM IM PROCESSED
DMS NET-WORK IN-OUT
DICOM COMMITMENT
X-ONLINE(X-CON)
MFP
GPR
Pass Fail
Pass Fail
Done
Pass Fail
Pass Fail
PC-1
CR-IR348CL Performance Checklist Connection to two or more RUs, 5000plus and CR-IR356/357/359/362/363/364/366/367/368/370/371/372
Installation information
Equipment S/N :
Site Name
:
Site Number :
Room Name :
Software Ver.
:
Installed by
:
Signature
:
Date of Installation/Servicing :
CheckList
1. CL Hardware Setup
3. CL Hardware Setup under IN-B: Installation
Pass Fail
2. CL Software Setup
4. CL Software Setup under IN-B: Installation
MFP
SHUTTER-PROC
IM-MAGNIFY(Lite)
DICOM Q/R
PRECISE ENLARGEMENT
DELUX-QA(Lite)
TILE-IM QA
PEM
IM COMPOSITION
LUT-ADJUST(Lite)
RetakeAnalysis
ROI
CL startup verification
CL setup for connection with other equipment
IP adress
: (
)
Subnet mask
: (
)
Host name
: (
)
Default gateway : (
)
Registered AE title
Printer
: (
)
Storage (server) : (
)
Storage (viewer) : (
)
MWM / MPPS : (
)
ES
GPR
FCR QC
ANNOTATION(Lite)
PDI
Synapse RIS
Pass Fail
Pass Fail
Pass Fail
3. Checkout Procedures
6. Checkout Procedures under IN-A: Installation
Storage (server)
Storage (viewer)
4. Setup File Backup and RU Error Log Verification/Deletion
7. Setup File Backup and RU Error Log Verification/Deletion
under IN-A: Installation
Pass Fail
Pass Fail
Done
PC-2
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
PC-3
IMAGE MODALITY
Check No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
010-054-21E
03.31.2010 FM5670 (ITC)
Name
System Common Date Format
Alert MSG Display When Deleting Image
Activate Error Recovery Retrial
Institute/Site Name Strings
IP Size by inch or Metric
Two Independent Mask Sizes Applicable to
Left and Right Images
Language Setup for Screen Message
Institute/Site Name in Two-Byte Characters
UID Issuance after Modifying ID Information
UID Issuance after Modifying Normalized
Parameter
UID Issuance after Modifying Image
Processing Parameter
UID Issuance Before Sending Processed Data
DICOM Series Generation Logic
System Recognition ID (A to Z)
User Utility Password Required or Not
SOP Class UID for PPS When No FILE
Attribute Output
Protocol Name for PPS
Display Performed Procedure on Worklist Tab
Kind of Output Image (Energy Subtraction)
Send 3 on 1 Format to External Device
Connection Between Reader and Console
Long Type Character Format
Tag Mapped on Study Menu at MWM Use
Perform Mapping to Exposure Menu at MWM
Use
Display Dialog When Failed in Mapping to
Menu at MWM Use
Use Study InstanceUID from RIS
Setup Value
Check No.
27
28
29
30
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
56
57
67
72
Name
Setup Value
PC-4
2.
FINP SETUP
Check No.
Name
Setup Value
1 Justify Patient ID When Converting in FUJI
Protocols
2 Justify Patient Name When Converting in
FUJI Protocols
3 Justify Menu Name When Converting in FUJI
Protocols
4 Justify Examination Number When Converting
in FUJI Protocols
5 Justify Department Name When Converting in
FUJI Protocols
3.
QA FUNCTION
Check No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
Name
Setup Value
Enable Image Proc. Pram Update Flag
Enable E-mail Button
Use Dialog for Choosing Folder to Save Jpeg Image
Destination Path of JPEG File
Filename Format of JPEG Information
JPEG Image Processing Use CrtLut
Alert MSG Display When Output
Display Save Button
Alert MSG Display When Save
Alert MSG Display When Image Changed
Enable Dicom File Storage
Tranfer Syntax Used When Using Dicom File Storage
Save Multibyte Code When Using Dicom File Storage
Save Annotation Information When Using
Dicom File Storage
DCM File Image Processing Use CrtLut
Change Modality When Using Dicom File
Storage (MG -> CR)
Enable Change ImageDate and ImageTime
Image File Type For Magnify Display
ProcessingPemForMagnify
Alert MSG Type When Patient Information will
be Modified
4.
PRINTER
Check No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Name
Setup Value
Pixel Clock Rate Changeover
Enable Magnify Print
[Indent] Film Sorting Info.Setup
[Indent] Menu Name Start Position on Film
[Indent] Unique ID for Film Sorting Condition
Printer Interface Type (Old/New)
Film Size Available in Printer
Film Base Color (Blue/Clear)
Printer Buffer Size
Black Margin Setup o n Film Edge
Trimming Range [mm]
Trimming Range for Mammography [mm]
Print Barcode
Print EDR Mode
Print Image Process Condition
Print L, S, CS, SS Condition
Print Shot Time
Print Set Process
Print Engineer ID
Print Menu Name
Print Compression Rate
Print Energy-Subtraction Parameter
Print Image Frame (3543film:1417, 1414,
1843/3535film:1414/2636film:1014/
2025film:810, 1824 Single Format)
Print Image Frame (3543 film:1843 LR/2on1
Format)LR/2on1 Format)
Print Image Frame (3543 film:1417, 1843, 8
10 4on1 Format)
Print Image Frame (3543 film:EnergySubstraction 3on1 Format)
Print Image Frame (2636 film:1824, 2430/
2025 film:1824 Single Mammography
Format)
Print Image Frame (2636 film:1824 2on1
100% Mammography Format)
No Print Scale (User Definition Rules)
Representation of Age
Print Reverse Mark
PC-5
Check No.
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
Name
Setup Value
Print Film Character Field (1417-S/4on1,
1843-LR/2on1/4on1, 810-4on1, 1414-S,
1014-S, 1824-LR/2on1, 810/1824-S
Format)
Print Film Char 2/Examination number
Size Selection of 3543, 3535, 2636, 2025 Film
Character(Single Format)
3543 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(1417 Image)
3543 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(1714 Image)
3543 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(1843 Image)
3543,2025 Film Character Field Position &
Rotation (3543 Film:810-4on1, 2025 Film:
810-Single)
2025 (Landscape)Film Character Field
Position & Rotation (810,1824-Single)
Film Character Field position & rotation
(User Definition Rules1)
Film Character Field position & rotation
(User Definition Rules2)
Film Character Field position & rotation
(User Definition Rules3)
Film Character Field position & rotation
(User Definition Rules4)
Film Character Field position & rotation
(User Definition Rules5)
Film Character Field position & rotation
(User Definition Rules6)
Image Area Move to the Top of 3543 Film
Patients Name Length on Film
Patients Name Length on Film (Multibyte)
Patients Name Justify on Film
Menu Name Length on Film
Menu Name Length on Film (Multibyte)
Menu Name Justify on Film
Department Name Length on Film
Department Name Length on Film (Multibyte)
Department Name Justify on Film
Enable Auto Edit Function of Film String
Format File
Check No.
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
Name
Setup Value
Gap between Image Edge and Film Edge
(Mammography Format) [0.1mm]
Font Size of Requesting Service
Format Type of Operators Name
Display Image Feature
2636 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(Left Image of 2on1 Mammography Format)
2636 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(Right Image of 2on1 Mammography Format)
3535 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(Single Format)
Enable Reduce To 810 Film
2636 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(1014 Image)
2636 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(1410 Image)
2636 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(2636 film:1824-LR)
2636 Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(2636 film:1824-2on1)
Print Image Frame (2636 film:1824-LR, 2on1
Format)
Reduction Rate (2636 film:1824-LR, 2on1
Format)
Print Priority in Dicom Print
2530 Film Character Field Position Rotation
(1012, 2430-Single)
2530(Landscape)Film Character Field Position
Rotation (1012, 2430-Single)
Film String Format
Lifesize Film Character Field Position &
Rotation
Overlap width(mm) of the Lifesize Film
Apply GSFilter On SpecialPrint
Film Annotation Position (12on1 Film Format)
Print Image Frame (12on1 Film Format)
Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(12on1 Film Format)
Reduction Rate (810,2on1 Film Format)
Enable Image Frame (810,100%-Size Image
2on1Film Format)
Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(810,100%-Size Image 2on1 Film Format)
PC-6
Check No.
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
010-054-19E
10.31.2008 FM5460 (ITC)
Name
Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(814,100%-Size Image 2on1 Film Format)
Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(78,100%-Size Image 4on1 Film Format)
Film Character Field Position & Rotation
(710,100%-Size Image 2on1 Film Format)
Film Character Mode Setting On XCON
Material Info.
1530 ExFormat For 1410 Film
1530 ExFormat For 108 Film
Setting of minimum scale to be cut off the
ends of Life-size Output (cm).
Type of processing multi-frame format.
Setup Value
5.
CSL/IDT FUNCTION
Check No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Name
Setup Value
AutoMenuSelect
Default Menu Code for Unregistrated Image
Enable Distribution Code
Enable Film String
Enable Function Setup
Enable Pantomography Processing
Enable Performance Data (RIS)
Enable Automatic Selector Switching
Enable Requesting Dept. Name Field
Enable Technologist Name Field
Image Rotation/Reversal Range
EDR Mode Setup
Image Data Filing Mode Setup
Function Setup
Examination No. Length
Examination No. Padding Method
Patient ID Length
Patient ID Padding Method
Reception No. Length
Reception No.Padding Method
Exposure List Erasure Setup
Requesting Dept. Name Field Setup
Technicians Name Filed Setup
Min.Set Number
Max.Set Number
MCR Customized Card
MCR Card Type (JIS/ISO)
MCR Card Format Setup
Study Number Issuance Logic Setup
Technicians Code Length
ID Online Acquisition Info. Code Setup
ID Online Serial Port No.
ID Online Interface Format
PC-7
Check No.
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
Name
ID Online/Offline Switching Timeout
ID Online Requesting Timeout
ID Online Search Key
ID Online Type
Host Name of RIS Server (Type-IDC4)
Ip Address of RIS Server (Type-IDC4)
Port Number for RIS Server (Type-IDC4)
RIS Type Setup
Wait Time for Performed Exposure Info. from
Xcon
Xcon Status Display Strings
Xcon Serial_TX Control Port
Xcon Performed Info. Reception
Xcon Exposure Info.Transfer
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value (Minimum KVP
[kV])
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value (Maximum KVP
[kV])
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value (Minimum X-ray
Tube Current [mA])
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value (Maximum
X-ray Tube Current [mA])
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value (Minimum
Exposure Time [msec])
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value (Maximum
Exposure Time [msec])
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value (Minimum
Reserve 1)
Xcon Exposure Info. Limit Value (Maximum
Reserve 1)
Distribution Code for FCR5000 SeriesConnection
Enable Patient Info.DB Function
Max. Number of Patient Info.
Patients Name Format
Enable Customaize Function of Study List and
Patient Info.ListDB Function
IP Info. Request Timeout (Reader:CSL=N:N)
010-054-14
07.30.2005 FM4543 (ITC)
Setup Value
Check No.
Name
Setup Value
PC-8
Check No.
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
105
106
107
108
109
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
Name
Kanji Patients Name Auto Convert
Recept Computer Info File Share Folder
Recept Computer Info File Polling Interval ([sec])
Recept Computer Info File Type
Recept Computer Info File Temporal Folder
Enable Study Reservation (Easy Operation Only)
Use Space Padding ID (Easy Operation Only)
Do Next Study At Study Screen With End Button
Click
Automatic Issuance Patient ID
Enable mAs Value Recalculation
Xcon Format Type
Xcon Interlock Command Transfer
Xcon Serial_TX Baudrate
Xcon No-Response Timeout
Xcon Data Reception Timeout
Media Auto Mount
Synapse Host for Web Query
Web Query Root Path
Xcon DoseValue1
Xcon DoseValue2
Enable Velocity Sensitivity Button
Xcon No-Data Default Output
External Character Conversion
MWM Not Received Condition Delete Study
Enable Clear View for Mammography
Clear View Mode: Offset GS (100)
Clear View Mode: Offset GA (10)
Clear View Mode: Offset DRE (10)
Clear View Mode: Fix DRT
Clear View Mode: Offset MDE (10)
Clear View Mode: Fix MDT
Enable MultipleStudy
Enable SpecialPrint
Use 12on1 Film Print in MediaList
MWM StudyInstanceUID Regeneration
010-054-18E
05.09.2008 FM5356 (ITC)
Setup Value
Check No.
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
165
167
168
169
170
171
Name
Setup Value
PC-9
Check No.
177
178
179
180
181
182
185
186
187
188
197
198
199
307
308
Name
DAP Serial_TX Parity
DAP Serial_TX Control port
DAP Message Trial Count
DAP Address
Wait Time for Response From DAP
DAP Status Display Strings
Enable Display Reverse Marker
Reverse Marker Position [%] (X\Y)
Reverse Marker Color (Fore Color-Back Color)
Mass Order Site Code Mapping Tag
Alert MSG When
Patient Information will be Modified SynapseRIS
Grid Data Sort Order
Overwrite of the Patient Info
Simplified Ordering Report Share Folder
Synapse RIS URL
Setup Value
7.
CONFIG OPTION
Check No.
8.
Name
10
12
13
CONFIG QC
Check No.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
Setup Value
Name
Country
Setup Value
PC-10
9.
CONFIG PDA
Check No.
1
BatteryWarning1
BatteryWarning2
StudyFilePath
CustomFilePath
LoginFlag
PDAShare Interval
Name
Setup Value
Name
Setup Value
10. CONFIG QR
Check No.
010-054-22E
12.10.2010 FM5817
PC-11
Host Name
CL (This
equipment)
IP adress
Function
CR Console
FRUP
FRUP
FRUP
FRUP
FRUP
FRUP
FRUP
FRUP
5000DICOM
5000DICOM
5000DICOM
DICOM PRINT
DICOM PRINT
DICOM PRINT
DICOM Storage
DICOM Storage
DICOM Storage
DICOM MWM
DICOM PPS
FINP
Local Print
CL
IDT CONNECTING
CL
IDT CONNECTING
CL
IDT CONNECTING
010-054-20E
11.30.2009 FM5622 (ITC)
AE name
Port No.
Service Class
Transfer Syntax
PC-12